Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 22, 2007
Registration No. 333-      
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware
  7389   20-1677033
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
 
 
 
2220 W. 14 th  Street
Tempe, AZ 85281
(602) 850-5000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
 
 
 
Jeffrey W. Lunsford
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Limelight Networks, Inc.
2220 W. 14 th  Street
Tempe, AZ 85281
(602) 850-5000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
         
Mark L. Reinstra, Esq.
Mario M. Rosati, Esq.
Alexander D. Phillips, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304-1050
(650) 493-9300
  David Van Engelhoven, Esq.
General Counsel
Limelight Networks, Inc.
2220 W. 14 th  Street
Tempe, AZ 85281
(602) 850-5000
  Kevin P. Kennedy, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
2550 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, CA 94304
(650) 251-5000
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.  o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.  o
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                     
      Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
Title of Each Class of
    Aggregate
    Registration
Securities to be Registered     Offering Price(1)     Fee
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share
    $ 201,250,000       $ 6,179  
                     
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee, in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
 
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion, Dated March 22, 2007
 
          Shares
 
(LIMELIGHT LOGO)
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Limelight Networks, Inc.
 
Limelight Networks is offering           of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional           shares. Limelight Networks will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $      and $      per share. Application has been made for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “LLNW.”
 
See “Risk Factors” on page 8 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.
 
 
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
 
 
                 
   
Per Share
   
Total
 
 
Initial public offering price
  $                $        
Underwriting discount
               
Proceeds, before expenses, to Limelight Networks
               
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
               
 
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than           shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional           shares from Limelight Networks at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on          , 2007.
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. Morgan Stanley

Jefferies & Company
Piper Jaffray

Friedman Billings Ramsey
 
 
 
 
Prospectus dated          , 2007


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Before deciding whether to buy shares of our common stock, you should read this summary and the more detailed information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes and especially the discussion of the risks of investing in our common stock under the heading, “Risk Factors.”
 
Limelight Networks, Inc.
 
Limelight Networks is a leading provider of high-performance content delivery network services. We digitally deliver content for traditional and emerging media companies, or content providers, including businesses operating in the television, music, radio, newspaper, magazine, movie, videogame and software industries. Using Limelight’s content delivery network, or CDN, content providers are able to provide their end-users with a high-quality media experience for rich media content, including video, music, games, software and social media.
 
As consumer demand for media content over the Internet has increased, and as enabling technologies such as broadband access to the Internet have proliferated, consumption of rich media content has become increasingly important to Internet end-users and therefore to the content providers that serve them. eMarketer estimates that at the end of 2006, nearly 60% of all Internet users regularly watched videos online, and approximately 80% are expected to do so by the end of 2010. We developed our services and architected our network specifically to meet the unique demands content providers face in delivering rich media content to large audiences of demanding Internet end-users. Our comprehensive solution delivers content providers a high-quality, highly scalable, highly reliable offering at a low cost. As of February 2007, over 700 customers have chosen Limelight Networks to deliver the high-quality media experiences their consumers seek online.
 
Content providers seeking to deliver rich media content to end-users via the Internet have two primary alternatives: deliver content using basic Internet connectivity or utilize a CDN. The basic Internet, which is a complex network of networks, is effective for delivering many types of content but can be ineffective for delivering rich media content with satisfactory performance. Internet protocols are designed to reliably transport data packets, but the packets can be lost or delayed in transit. When data packets are lost or delayed during the delivery of rich media content, the result is noticeable to users because playback is interrupted. This interruption causes songs to skip, videos to freeze and downloads to be slower than acceptable for demanding consumers. This lack of performance and its dramatic effect on user experience make the delivery of rich media content via the basic Internet extremely challenging.
 
In response to this challenge, some content providers have chosen to invest significant capital to build the infrastructure of servers, storage and networks necessary to bypass, as much as possible, the public Internet. The substantial capital outlay and the development of the expertise and other technical resources required to manage such a complex infrastructure can be time-consuming and prohibitively expensive for all but the largest companies. As a result, many companies have chosen to rely on one or more CDNs for the delivery of their content. Most early CDNs were built and configured to deliver the objects typically found in basic web sites such as photos or graphics, but were not configured for the large files and large content libraries associated with today’s rich media.
 
Benefits of our Solution to Customers
 
We have designed our CDN solution specifically to handle the demanding requirements of delivering rich media content over the Internet. Our solution enables content providers to provide their end-users with high-quality experiences across any digital media type, content library size or audience


1


Table of Contents

scale without expending the capital and developing the expertise needed to build and manage their own networks. Our CDN solution delivers the following benefits to our customers:
 
High Quality User Experience
 
We enable users to receive their requested content such as movies, television shows, games, songs and software downloads in a timely manner and to enjoy a high-quality media experience. We accomplish this, in part, by delivering content from servers that can be closer to users than a content provider’s own servers, and by delivering more than half of our content volume directly to a user’s access network, bypassing much of the congestion typically experienced in the public Internet. We also operate a dedicated high-speed (10 gigabits per second) backbone that enables us to move content quickly between locations on our network.
 
High Scalability Across Media Type, Library Size, and Audience Size
 
Our current global delivery capability exceeds 1 terabit per second. This capacity allows us to support traffic spikes associated with special one-time or unexpected events. Our highly scalable infrastructure also enables us to maintain our performance levels as our customers’ audiences grow, media file sizes increase and content libraries expand.
 
High Reliability
 
Our distributed CDN architecture, managed by our proprietary software, seamlessly and automatically responds in real time to network and data center outages. Each of our content delivery network locations connects to multiple Internet backbone and broadband Internet service provider networks, and has multiple redundant servers, enabling us to continue serving content even if a particular network connection or server fails.
 
Comprehensive Solution
 
We can begin delivery services for a new customer within days of a customer’s placement of an order. We also support both download and streaming delivery in a broad variety of formats, including Adobe Flash, MP3 audio, QuickTime, RealNetworks RealPlayer and Windows Media. In addition, our value-added services include a web-based customer portal that provides management information reports and a download manager that simplifies the downloading process for the end-user. Lastly, we offer custom services to address customers’ non-standard delivery needs.
 
Low Content Delivery Costs
 
Our content delivery services enable customers to avoid the substantial upfront and ongoing capital requirements of upgrading and maintaining their data centers and networks in order to deliver media content themselves. Customers benefit from the lower cost associated with the delivery of content using our infrastructure, which is designed specifically for delivering rich media content, and the expertise we have acquired from serving over 700 customers.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our strategic goal is to be the provider of choice in the delivery of rich media content. Key elements of our strategy include:
 
  •  Continuing to focus on customers with rich media content, a market which we believe represents a stable and growing business opportunity;
 
  •  Expanding content delivery network infrastructure to address significant growth opportunities and increase our market penetration in key international markets, including Europe and the Asia Pacific region;


2


Table of Contents

 
  •  Continuing to innovate in order to enhance our content delivery capabilities;
 
  •  Expanding content delivery network capacity to further advantages associated with the scale of our network;
 
  •  Enhancing our sales and distribution channels to broaden our customer relationships and deepen our penetration of existing customer accounts; and
 
  •  Expanding our partner relationships to further complement our service offerings.
 
Risks Affecting Us
 
There are numerous risks and uncertainties that may affect our financial and operating performance and our growth. You should carefully consider all of the risks discussed in “Risk Factors,” which begins on page 8, before investing in our common stock. These risks include the following:
 
  •  the limited operating history in our market, which makes evaluating our business and future prospects difficult;
 
  •  the possibility that we might not manage our future growth effectively;
 
  •  the consequences of a potential adverse resolution of the lawsuit Akamai Technologies, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology have filed against us;
 
  •  the highly competitive nature of the CDN market, and the adverse consequences if we are unable to compete effectively; and
 
  •  the possibility that rapidly evolving technologies or new business models could cause demand for our CDN services to decline or could cause these services to become obsolete.
 
Corporate Information
 
We were formed as an Arizona limited liability company, Limelight Networks, LLC, in June 2001 and converted into a Delaware corporation, Limelight Networks, Inc., in August 2003. Our principal executive offices are located at 2220 W. 14th Street, Tempe, Arizona 85281, and our telephone number is (602) 850-5000. Our website address is www.limelightnetworks.com. The information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus. References in this prospectus to “Limelight Networks,” “Limelight,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Limelight Networks, Inc. and its subsidiaries and predecessor entity.
 
Limelight Networks and the Limelight Networks logo are trademarks of Limelight Networks, Inc. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


3


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING
 
Common stock offered by Limelight Networks           shares
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders           shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering           shares
 
Use of proceeds We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund capital expenditures for network and other equipment, as well as for working capital and other general corporate purposes. In addition, we intend to use approximately $23.8 million of the net proceeds to repay the outstanding balance under our credit facility. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol LLNW
 
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 44,514,964 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2006 and excludes:
 
  •  3,767,495 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2006 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.47 per share;
 
  •  65,390 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant outstanding as of December 31, 2006 at an exercise price of $0.22 per share;
 
  •  602,836 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan as of December 31, 2006, plus an additional 950,000 shares that we reserved for issuance under this plan in March 2007; and
 
  •             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan adopted in          , subject to future adjustment as more fully described in “Management — Employee Benefit Plans.”
 
Unless otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:
 
  •  no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional           shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments;
 
  •  the conversion of each outstanding share of preferred stock into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering; and
 
  •  the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prior to closing of this offering.


4


Table of Contents

 
Summary Financial Data
 
The following tables provide our summary consolidated financial data. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 and the actual summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this information together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (in thousands,
 
    except per share data)  
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                       
Revenue
  $ 11,192     $ 21,303     $ 64,343  
Cost of revenue:
                       
Cost of services(1)
    4,834       9,037       25,662  
Depreciation — network
    775       2,851       10,316  
                         
Total cost of revenue
    5,609       11,888       35,978  
                         
Gross profit
    5,583       9,415       28,365  
Operating expenses:
                       
General and administrative(1)
    2,147       4,107       18,274  
Sales and marketing(1)
    2,078       3,078       6,841  
Research and development(1)
    231       462       3,151  
Depreciation and amortization
    69       100       226  
                         
Total operating expenses
    4,525       7,747       28,492  
                         
Operating income (loss)
    1,058       1,668       (127 )
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest expense
    (189 )     (955 )     (1,782 )
Interest income
    1             208  
Other income (expense)
    (48 )     (16 )     175  
                         
Total other income (expense)
    (236 )     (971 )     (1,399 )
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    822       697       (1,526 )
Income tax expense(2)
    306       300       2,187  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 516     $ 397     $ (3,713 )
                         
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
  $ 317     $ 185     $ (3,713 )
                         
Net income (loss) per common share:
                       
Net income (loss) per common share — basic
  $ 0.01     $ 0.01     $ (0.22 )
                         
Net income (loss) per common share — diluted
  $ 0.01     $ 0.01     $ (0.22 )
                         
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income (loss) per common share — basic
    23,125       23,158       17,061  
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income (loss) per common share — diluted
    25,971       27,375       17,061  
                         
Other Operating Data:
                       
Active customers at period end(3)
    268       392       693  
Annual revenue per customer
(in thousands)(4)
  $ 42     $ 54     $ 93  
Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)(5)
  $ 1,869     $ 4,697     $ 21,284  
 


5


Table of Contents

 
(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006  
    (in thousands)  
 
Cost of services
  $     $     $ 459  
General and administrative
    14       94       6,686  
Sales and marketing
                329  
Research and development
                1,660  
                         
Total
  $ 14     $ 94     $ 9,134  
                         
 
(2) In 2006, approximately $7.6 million in stock-based compensation expense was not deductible for tax purposes by us, which resulted in the incurrence of income tax expense despite our having generated a loss before income taxes in this period.
 
(3) We define active customers as those that generated revenue for us within 30 days of the period end.
 
(4) Annual revenue per customer equals revenue for the year divided by the number of active customers with respect to each period.
 
(5) We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006  
    (in thousands)  
 
Net income
  $ 516     $ 397     $ (3,713 )
Plus: depreciation and amortization
    844       2,951       10,542  
Plus: interest expense
    189       955       1,782  
Less: interest income
    (1 )           (208 )
Plus: income tax expense
    306       300       2,187  
                         
EBITDA
  $ 1,854     $ 4,603     $ 10,590  
Plus: stock-based compensation
    14       94       9,134  
Plus: litigation expenses recoverable from escrow
                1,560  
                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 1,868     $ 4,697     $ 21,284  

6


Table of Contents

Our consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 is presented:
 
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to our receipt of net proceeds from our sale of           shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2006  
                Pro Forma
 
    Actual     Pro Forma     As Adjusted(1)  
    (in thousands)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 7,611     $ 7,611     $ 121,461  
Working capital
    14,033       14,033       127,883  
Property and equipment, net
    41,784       41,784       41,784  
Total assets
    73,928       73,928       187,778  
Long-term debt, less current portion
    20,415       20,415       20,415  
Convertible preferred stock
    30              
Total stockholders’ equity
    36,589       36,589       150,439  
 
(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.


7


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks could harm our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose part or all of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Our limited operating history makes evaluating our business and future prospects difficult, and may increase the risk of your investment.
 
Our company has only been in existence since 2001. A significant amount of our growth, in terms of employees, operations and revenue, has occurred since 2004. For example, our revenue has grown from $5.0 million in 2003 to $64.3 million in 2006. As a consequence, we have a limited operating history which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and our future prospects. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, such as the risks described in this prospectus. If we do not address these risks successfully, our business will be harmed.
 
If we fail to manage future growth effectively, we may not be able to market and sell our services successfully.
 
We have recently expanded our operations significantly, increasing our total number of employees from 29 at December 31, 2004 to 158 at March 1, 2007, and we anticipate that further significant expansion will be required. Our future operating results depend to a large extent on our ability to manage this expansion and growth successfully. Risks that we face in undertaking this expansion include: training new sales personnel to become productive and generate revenue; forecasting revenue; controlling expenses and investments in anticipation of expanded operations; implementing and enhancing our CDN and administrative infrastructure, systems and processes; addressing new markets; and expanding international operations. A failure to manage our growth effectively could materially and adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products and services.
 
A lawsuit has been filed against us and an adverse resolution of this lawsuit could cause us to incur substantial costs and liability or force us to cease providing our CDN services altogether.
 
In June 2006, Akamai Technologies, Inc., or Akamai, and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, filed a lawsuit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts alleging that we are infringing two patents assigned to MIT and exclusively licensed by MIT to Akamai. In September 2006, Akamai and MIT expanded their claims to assert infringement of a third, recently issued patent. These two matters have been consolidated by the Court. In addition to monetary relief, including treble damages, interest, fees and costs, the consolidated complaint seeks an order permanently enjoining us from conducting our business in a manner that infringes the relevant patents. A permanent injunction could prevent us from operating our CDN altogether. The Court has scheduled a claims construction hearing, known as a Markman hearing, for May 2007. Although the Court has not set a trial date, based on the schedule currently in place, we believe it is likely that the case will go to trial in 2008.
 
Akamai and MIT have asserted two of the patents at issue in the current litigation in two previous lawsuits against different defendants. Both cases were filed in the same district court as the current action, and assigned to the same judge currently presiding over the lawsuit filed against us. In one


8


Table of Contents

case, a portion of one of these patents was upheld but neither lawsuit resulted in the defendant being able to obtain a license from Akamai or MIT, nor did the lawsuits result in a settlement. In addition, Akamai acquired the defendant prior to final resolution of the lawsuit in one of these cases.
 
While we believe that the claims of infringement asserted against us by Akamai and MIT in the present litigation are without merit and intend to vigorously defend the action, we cannot assure you that this lawsuit ultimately will be resolved in our favor. An adverse ruling could seriously impact our ability to conduct our business and to offer our products and services to our customers. This, in turn, would harm our revenue, market share, reputation, liquidity and overall financial position. Whether or not we prevail in our litigation, we expect that the litigation will continue to be expensive, time-consuming and a distraction to our management in operating our business.
 
We currently face competition from established competitors and may face competition from others in the future.
 
We compete in markets that are intensely competitive, rapidly changing and characterized by vendors offering a wide range of content delivery solutions. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience increased competition. Many of our current competitors, as well as a number of our potential competitors, have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, broader customer relationships and industry alliances and substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. Our primary competitors include content delivery service providers such as Akamai, Level 3 Communications (which recently acquired Digital Island, SAVVIS Communications’ content delivery network services business) and Internap Network Services Corporation (which recently acquired VitalStream). Also, as a result of the growth of the content delivery market, a number of companies are currently attempting to enter our market, either directly or indirectly, some of which may become significant competitors in the future. Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. Some of our current or potential competitors may bundle their offerings with other services, software or hardware in a manner that may discourage content providers from purchasing the services that we offer. In addition, as we expand internationally, we face different market characteristics and competition with local content delivery service providers, many of which are very well positioned within their local markets. Increased competition could result in price reductions and revenue shortfalls, loss of customers, and loss of market share, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may lose customers if they elect to develop content delivery solutions internally.
 
Our customers and potential customers may decide to develop their own content delivery solutions rather than outsource these solutions to content delivery network, or CDN, services providers like us. This is particularly true as our customers increase their operations and begin expending greater resources on delivering their content using third-party solutions. For example, MusicMatch was our most significant customer in 2004 and one of our top 10 customers in 2005, but following its acquisition by Yahoo! Inc., MusicMatch’s content delivery requirements were in-sourced and it was not a customer of ours at all in 2006. If we fail to offer CDN services that are competitive to in-sourced solutions, we may lose additional customers or fail to attract customers that may consider pursuing this in-sourced approach, and our business and financial results would suffer.
 
Rapidly evolving technologies or new business models could cause demand for our CDN services to decline or could cause these services to become obsolete.
 
Customers or third parties may develop technological or business model innovations that address content delivery requirements in a manner that is, or is perceived to be, equivalent or superior to our CDN services. If competitors introduce new products or services that compete with or surpass the quality or the price/performance of our services, we may be unable to renew our agreements with existing customers or attract new customers at the prices and levels that allow us to generate


9


Table of Contents

attractive rates of return on our investment. For example, one or more third parties might develop improvements to current peer-to-peer technology, which is a technology that relies upon the computing power and bandwidth of its participants, such that this technological approach is better able to deliver content in a way that is competitive to our CDN services, or even that makes CDN services obsolete. We may not anticipate such developments and may be unable to adequately compete with these potential solutions. In addition, our customers’ business models may change in ways that we do not anticipate and these changes could reduce or eliminate customers’ needs for CDN services. If this occurred, we could lose customers or potential customers, and our business and financial results would suffer. As a result of these or similar potential developments, in the future it is possible that competitive dynamics in our market may require us to reduce our prices, which could harm our revenue, gross margin and operating results.
 
If we are unable to sell our services at acceptable prices relative to our costs, our revenue and gross margins will decrease, and our business and financial results will suffer.
 
Prices for content delivery services have fallen in recent years and are likely to fall further in the future. Recently, we have invested significant amounts in purchasing capital equipment to increase the capacity of our content delivery services. For example, in 2006 we made $40.6 million in capital expenditures, primarily for computer equipment associated with the build-out and expansion of our content delivery network. Our investments in our infrastructure are based upon our assumptions regarding future demand and also prices that we will be able to charge for our services. These assumptions may prove to be wrong. If the price that we are able to charge customers to deliver their content falls to a greater extent than we anticipate, if we over-estimate future demand for our services or if our costs to deliver our services do not fall commensurate with any future price declines, we may not be able to achieve acceptable rates of return on our infrastructure investments and our gross profit and results of operations may suffer dramatically.
 
In addition, in 2007 and beyond, we expect to increase our expenses, in absolute dollars, in substantially all areas of our business, including sales and marketing, general and administrative, and research and development. In 2007 and 2008, as we further expand our content delivery network, we also expect our capital expenditures to be generally consistent with the high level of expenditures we made in this area in 2006. As a consequence, we are dependent on significant future growth in demand for our services to provide the necessary gross profit to pay these additional expenses. If we fail to generate significant additional demand for our services, our results of operations will suffer and we may fail to achieve planned or expected financial results. There are numerous factors that could, alone or in combination with other factors, impede our ability to increase revenue, moderate expenses or maintain gross margins, including:
 
  •  failure to increase sales of our core services;
 
  •  significant increases in bandwidth and rack space costs or other operating expenses;
 
  •  inability to maintain our prices relative to our costs;
 
  •  failure of our current and planned services and software to operate as expected;
 
  •  loss of any significant customers or loss of existing customers at a rate greater than our increase in new customers or our sales to existing customers;
 
  •  failure to increase sales of our services to current customers as a result of their ability to reduce their monthly usage of our services to their minimum monthly contractual commitment;
 
  •  failure of a significant number of customers to pay our fees on a timely basis or at all or failure to continue to purchase our services in accordance with their contractual commitments; and
 
  •  inability to attract high-quality customers to purchase and implement our current and planned services.


10


Table of Contents

 
If we are unable to develop new services and enhancements to existing services or fail to predict and respond to emerging technological trends and customers’ changing needs, our operating results may suffer.
 
The market for our CDN services is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and new product and service introductions. Our operating results depend on our ability to develop and introduce new services into existing and emerging markets. The process of developing new technologies is complex and uncertain. We must commit significant resources to developing new services or enhancements to our existing services before knowing whether our investments will result in services the market will accept. For example, we recently introduced our Traffic Services Manager and Geo-Compliance paid service options, and we do not yet know whether our customers will adopt these offerings in sufficient numbers to justify our development costs. Furthermore, we may not execute successfully our technology initiatives because of errors in planning or timing, technical hurdles that we fail to overcome in a timely fashion, misunderstandings about market demand or a lack of appropriate resources. Failures in execution or market acceptance of new services we introduce could result in competitors providing those solutions before we do, which could lead to loss of market share, revenue and earnings.
 
We depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue in any fiscal period, and the loss of, or a significant shortfall in demand from, these customers could significantly harm our results of operations.
 
During any given fiscal period, a relatively small number of customers typically accounts for a significant percentage of our revenue. For example, in 2006, revenue generated by sales to our top 10 customers, in terms of revenue, accounted for approximately 58% of our total revenue for the same period. One of these top 10 customers, CDN Consulting, which acted as a reseller of our services primarily to a single large content provider, represented in excess of 21% of our total revenue for that period. Prospectively, we do not expect sales to this reseller to continue at comparable levels. In the past, the customers that comprised our top 10 customers have continually changed, and we also have experienced significant fluctuations in our individual customers’ usage of our services. For example, one of our top 10 customers in 2005 was no longer a customer at all in 2006. In addition, our operating costs are relatively fixed in the near term. As a consequence, we may not be able to adjust our expenses in the short term to address the unanticipated loss of a large customer during any particular period. As such, we may experience significant, unanticipated fluctuations in our operating results which may cause us to not meet our expectations or those of stock market analysts, which could cause our stock price to decline.
 
If we are unable to attract new customers or to retain our existing customers, our revenue could be lower than expected and our operating results may suffer.
 
In addition to adding new customers, to increase our revenue, we must sell additional services to existing customers and encourage existing customers to increase their usage levels. If our existing and prospective customers do not perceive our services to be of sufficiently high value and quality, we may not be able to retain our current customers or attract new customers. We sell our services pursuant to service agreements that are generally one to three years in length. Our customers have no obligation to renew their contracts for our services after the expiration of their initial commitment period, and these service agreements may not be renewed at the same or higher level of service, if at all. Moreover, under some circumstances, some of our customers have the right to cancel their service agreements prior to the expiration of the terms of their agreements. Because of our limited operating history, we have limited historical data with respect to rates of customer service agreement renewals. This fact, in addition to the changing competitive landscape in our market, means that we cannot accurately predict future customer renewal rates. Our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including:
 
  •  their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our services;


11


Table of Contents

 
  •  the prices of our services;
 
  •  the prices of services offered by our competitors;
 
  •  mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base; and
 
  •  reductions in our customers’ spending levels.
 
If our customers do not renew their service agreements with us or if they renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may decline and our business will suffer. Similarly, our customer agreements often provide for minimum commitments that are often significantly below our customers’ historical usage levels. Consequently, even if we have agreements with our customers to use our services, these customers could significantly curtail their usage without incurring any penalties under our agreements. In this event, our revenue would be lower than expected and our operating results could suffer.
 
It also is an important component of our growth strategy to market our CDN services to industries, such as enterprise and the government. As an organization, we do not have significant experience in selling our services into these markets. We have only recently begun a number of these initiatives, and our ability to successfully sell our services into these markets to a meaningful extent remains unproven. If we are unsuccessful in such efforts, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.
 
Our results of operations may fluctuate in the future. As a result, we may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to decline.
 
Our results of operations may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. If our results of operations fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Fluctuations in our results of operations may be due to a number of factors, including:
 
  •  our ability to increase sales to existing customers and attract new customers to our CDN services;
 
  •  the addition or loss of large customers, or significant variation in their use of our CDN services;
 
  •  costs associated with current or future intellectual property lawsuits;
 
  •  service outages or security breaches;
 
  •  the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;
 
  •  the timing and success of new product and service introductions by us or our competitors;
 
  •  the occurrence of significant events in a particular period that result in an increase in the use of our CDN services, such as a major media event or a customer’s online release of a new or updated video game;
 
  •  changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
 
  •  the timing of recognizing revenue;
 
  •  stock-based compensation expenses associated with attracting and retaining key personnel;
 
  •  limitations of the capacity of our content delivery network and related systems;
 
  •  the timing of costs related to the development or acquisition of technologies, services or businesses;
 
  •  general economic, industry and market conditions and those conditions specific to Internet usage and online businesses;


12


Table of Contents

 
  •  limitations on usage imposed by our customers in order to limit their online expenses; and
 
  •  geopolitical events such as war, threat of war or terrorist actions.
 
We believe that our revenue and results of operations may vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on the results of one period as an indication of future performance.
 
We generate our revenue almost entirely from the sale of CDN services, and the failure of the market for these services to expand as we expect or the reduction in spending on those services by our current or potential customers would seriously harm our business.
 
While we offer our customers a number of services associated with our content delivery network, we generated nearly 100% of our revenue in 2006 from charging our customers for the content delivered on their behalf through our CDN. As we do not currently have other meaningful sources of revenue, we are subject to an elevated risk of reduced demand for these services. Furthermore, if the market for delivery of rich media content in particular does not continue to grow as we expect or grows more slowly, then we may fail to achieve a return on the significant investment we are making to prepare for this growth. Our success, therefore, depends on the continued and increasing reliance on the Internet for delivery of media content and our ability to cost-effectively deliver these services. Factors that may have a general tendency to limit or reduce the number of users relying on the Internet for media content or the number of providers making this content available online include a general decline in Internet usage, litigation involving our customers and third-party restrictions on online content, including copyright restrictions, digital rights management and restrictions in certain geographic regions, as well as a significant increase in the quality or fidelity of offline media content beyond that available online to the point where users prefer the offline experience. The influence of any of these factors may cause our current or potential customers to reduce their spending on CDN services, which would seriously harm our operating results and financial condition.
 
Many of our significant current and potential customers are pursuing emerging or unproven business models which, if unsuccessful, could lead to a substantial decline in demand for our CDN services.
 
Because the proliferation of broadband Internet connections and the subsequent monetization of content libraries for distribution to Internet users are relatively recent phenomena, many of our customers’ business models that center on the delivery of rich media and other content to users remain unproven. For example, social media companies have been among our top recent customers and are pursuing emerging strategies for monetizing the user content and traffic on their web sites. Our customers will not continue to purchase our CDN services if their investment in providing access to the media stored on or deliverable through our CDN does not generate a sufficient return on their investment. A reduction in spending on CDN services by our current or potential customers would seriously harm our operating results and financial condition.
 
We may need to defend our intellectual property and processes against patent or copyright infringement claims, which would cause us to incur substantial costs.
 
Companies, organizations or individuals, including our competitors, may hold or obtain patents or other proprietary rights that would prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use or sell our services or develop new services, which could make it more difficult for us to operate our business. From time to time, we may receive inquiries from holders of patents inquiring whether we infringe their proprietary rights. Companies holding Internet-related patents or other intellectual property rights are increasingly bringing suits alleging infringement of such rights or otherwise asserting their rights and seeking licenses. For example, in June 2006, we were sued by Akamai and MIT alleging we infringed patents licensed to Akamai. Any litigation or claims, whether or not valid, could result in substantial


13


Table of Contents

costs and diversion of resources. In addition, if we are determined to have infringed upon a third party’s intellectual property rights, we may be required to do one or more of the following:
 
  •  cease selling, incorporating or using products or services that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;
 
  •  pay substantial damages;
 
  •  obtain a license from the holder of the infringed intellectual property right, which license may not be available on reasonable terms or at all; or
 
  •  redesign products or services.
 
If we are forced to take any of these actions, our business may be seriously harmed. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us and our failure or inability to obtain a license to the infringed technology, our business and operating results could be harmed.
 
Our business will be adversely affected if we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights from unauthorized use or infringement by third parties.
 
We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect our intellectual property rights. These legal protections afford only limited protection, and we have no currently issued patents. Monitoring infringement of our intellectual property rights is difficult, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights. We have applied for patent protection in a number of foreign countries, but the laws in these jurisdictions may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. Furthermore, we cannot be certain that any pending or future patent applications will be granted, that any future patent will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that rights granted under any patent that may be issued will provide competitive advantages to us.
 
Any unplanned interruption in the functioning of our network or services could lead to significant costs and disruptions that could reduce our revenue and harm our business, financial results and reputation.
 
Our business is dependent on providing our customers with fast, efficient and reliable distribution of application and content delivery services over the Internet. Many of our customers depend primarily or exclusively on our services to operate their businesses. Consequently, any disruption of our services could have a material impact on our customers’ businesses. Our network or services could be disrupted by numerous events, including natural disasters, failure or refusal of our third-party network providers to provide the necessary capacity, failure of our software or CDN delivery infrastructure and power losses. In addition, we deploy our servers in approximately 50 third-party co-location facilities, and these third-party co-location providers could experience system outages or other disruptions that could constrain our ability to deliver our services. We may also experience disruptions caused by software viruses or other attacks by unauthorized users. While we have not experienced any significant, unplanned disruption of our services to date, attacks by unauthorized users in the future may be successful, and our security measures may not be effective in preventing damages from such an attack. Despite our significant infrastructure investments, we may have insufficient communications and server capacity to address these or other disruptions, which could result in interruptions in our services.
 
Any widespread interruption of the functioning of our CDN and related services for any reason would reduce our revenue and could harm our business and financial results. If such a widespread interruption occurred or if we failed to deliver content to users as expected during a high-profile media event, game release or other well-publicized circumstance, our reputation could be damaged severely. Moreover, any disruptions could undermine confidence in our services and cause us to lose customers or make it more difficult to attract new ones, either of which could harm our business and results of operations.


14


Table of Contents

 
We may have difficulty scaling and adapting our existing architecture to accommodate increased traffic and technology advances or changing business requirements, which could lead to the loss of customers and cause us to incur unexpected expenses to make network improvements.
 
Our CDN services are highly complex and are designed to be deployed in and across numerous large and complex networks. Our network infrastructure has to perform well and be reliable for us to be successful. The greater the user traffic and the greater the complexity of our products and services, the more resources we will need to invest in additional infrastructure and support. We have spent and expect to continue to spend substantial amounts on the purchase and lease of equipment and data centers and the upgrade of our technology and network infrastructure to handle increased traffic over our network and to roll out new products and services. This expansion is expensive and complex and could result in inefficiencies, operational failures or defects in our network and related software. If we do not expand successfully, or if we experience inefficiencies and operational failures, the quality of our products and services and users’ experience could decline. From time to time, we have needed to correct errors and defects in our software or in other aspects of our CDN. In the future, there may be additional errors and defects that may harm our ability to deliver our services, including errors and defects originating with third party networks or software on which we rely. These occurrences could damage our reputation and lead us to lose current and potential customers. We must continuously upgrade our infrastructure in order to keep pace with our customers’ evolving demands. Cost increases or the failure to accommodate increased traffic or these evolving business demands without disruption could harm our operating results and financial condition.
 
Our operations are dependent in part upon communications capacity provided by third-party telecommunications providers. A material disruption of the communications capacity we have leased could harm our results of operations, reputation and customer relations.
 
We lease private line capacity for our backbone from a third party provider, Global Crossing Ltd. Our contracts for private line capacity with Global Crossing generally have terms of three years. The communications capacity we have leased may become unavailable for a variety of reasons, such as physical interruption, technical difficulties, contractual disputes, or the financial health of our third party provider. As it would be time consuming and expensive to identify and obtain alternative third-party connectivity, we are dependent on Global Crossing in the near term. Additionally, as we grow, we anticipate requiring greater private line capacity than we currently have in place. If we are unable to obtain such capacity on terms commercially acceptable to us or at all, our business and financial results would suffer. We may not be able to deploy on a timely basis enough network capacity to meet the needs of our customer base or effectively manage demand for our services.
 
Our business depends on continued and unimpeded access to third-party controlled end-user access networks.
 
Our content delivery services depend on our ability to access certain end-user access networks in order to complete the delivery of rich media and other online content to end-users. Some operators of these networks may take measures, such as the deployment of a variety of filters, that could degrade, disrupt or increase the cost of our or our customers’ access to certain of these end-user access networks by restricting or prohibiting the use of their networks to support or facilitate our services, or by charging increased fees to us, our customers or end-users in connection with our services. This or other types of interference could result in a loss of existing customers, increased costs and impairment of our ability to attract new customers, thereby harming our revenue and growth.
 
In addition, the performance of our infrastructure depends in part on the direct connection of our CDN to a large number of end-user access networks, known as peering, which we achieve through mutually beneficial cooperation with these networks. If in the future a significant percentage of these


15


Table of Contents

network operators elected to no longer peer with our CDN, the performance of our infrastructure could be diminished and our business could suffer.
 
If our ability to deliver media files in popular proprietary content formats was restricted or became cost-prohibitive, demand for our content delivery services could decline, we could lose customers and our financial results could suffer.
 
Our business depends on our ability to deliver media content in all major formats. If our legal right or technical ability to store and deliver content in one or more popular proprietary content formats, such as Adobe Flash or Windows Media, was limited, our ability to serve our customers in these formats would be impaired and the demand for our content delivery services would decline by customers using these formats. Owners of propriety content formats may be able to block, restrict or impose fees or other costs on our use of such formats, which could lead to additional expenses for us and for our customers, or which could prevent our delivery of this type of content altogether. Such interference could result in a loss of existing customers, increased costs and impairment of our ability to attract new customers, which would harm our revenue, operating results and growth.
 
If we are unable to retain our key employees and hire qualified sales and technical personnel, our ability to compete could be harmed.
 
Our future success depends upon the continued services of our executive officers and other key technology, sales, marketing and support personnel who have critical industry experience and relationships that they rely on in implementing our business plan. In particular, we are dependent on the services of our Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey W. Lunsford and also our Chief Technical Officer, Nathan F. Raciborski. Neither of these officers nor any of our other key employees is bound by an employment agreement for any specific term. In addition, we do not have “key person” life insurance policies covering any of our officers or other key employees, and we therefore have no way of mitigating our financial loss were we to lose their services. There is increasing competition for talented individuals with the specialized knowledge to deliver content delivery services and this competition affects both our ability to retain key employees and hire new ones. The loss of the services of any of our key employees could disrupt our operations, delay the development and introduction of our services, and negatively impact our ability to sell our services.
 
Our senior management team has limited experience working together as a group, and may not be able to manage our business effectively.
 
Two members of our senior management team, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey W. Lunsford, and our Chief Financial Officer, Matthew Hale, have been hired since November 2006. As a result, our senior management team has limited experience working together as a group. This lack of shared experience could harm our senior management team’s ability to quickly and efficiently respond to problems and effectively manage our business.
 
We face risks associated with international operations that could harm our business.
 
We have operations and personnel in Japan, the United Kingdom and Singapore, and we currently maintain network equipment in France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, the Netherlands and the United Kingdom. As part of our growth strategy, we intend to expand our sales and support organizations internationally, as well as to further expand our international network infrastructure. We have limited experience in providing our services internationally and such expansion could require us to make significant expenditures, including the hiring of local employees, in advance of generating any revenue. As a consequence, we may fail to achieve profitable operations that will compensate our investment in international locations. We are subject to a number of risks associated with international


16


Table of Contents

business activities that may increase our costs, lengthen our sales cycle and require significant management attention. These risks include:
 
  •  increased expenses associated with sales and marketing, deploying services and maintaining our infrastructure in foreign countries;
 
  •  competition from local content delivery service providers, many of which are very well positioned within their local markets;
 
  •  unexpected changes in regulatory requirements resulting in unanticipated costs and delays;
 
  •  interpretations of laws or regulations that would subject us to regulatory supervision or, in the alternative, require us to exit a country, which could have a negative impact on the quality of our services or our results of operations;
 
  •  longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;
 
  •  corporate and personal liability for violations of local laws and regulations;
 
  •  currency exchange rate fluctuations; and
 
  •  potentially adverse tax consequences.
 
Internet-related and other laws relating to taxation issues, privacy and consumer protection and liability for content distributed over our network, could harm our business.
 
Laws and regulations that apply to communications and commerce conducted over the Internet are becoming more prevalent, both in the United States and internationally, and may impose additional burdens on companies conducting business online or providing Internet-related services such as ours. Increased regulation could negatively affect our business directly, as well as the businesses of our customers, which could reduce their demand for our services. For example, tax authorities abroad may impose taxes on the Internet-related revenue we generate based on where our internationally deployed servers are located. In addition, domestic and international taxation laws are subject to change. Our services, or the businesses of our customers, may become subject to increased taxation, which could harm our financial results either directly or by forcing our customers to scale back their operations and use of our services in order to maintain their operations. In addition, the laws relating to the liability of private network operators for information carried on or disseminated through their networks are unsettled, both in the United States and abroad. Network operators have been sued in the past, sometimes successfully, based on the content of material disseminated through their networks. We may become subject to legal claims such as defamation, invasion of privacy and copyright infringement in connection with content stored on or distributed through our network. In addition, our reputation could suffer as a result of our perceived association with the type of content that some of our customers deliver. If we need to take costly measures to reduce our exposure to these risks, or are required to defend ourselves against such claims, our financial results could be negatively affected.
 
If we are required to seek additional funding, such funding may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.
 
We may need to obtain additional funding due to a number of factors beyond our control, including a shortfall in revenue, increased expenses, increase investment in capital equipment or the acquisition of significant businesses or technologies. We believe that our cash, plus cash from operations and the proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to fund our operations and proposed capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. However, we may need funding before such time. If we do need to obtain funding, it may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, our business would be harmed. Even if we were able to find outside funding sources, we might be required to issue securities in a transaction that could be highly dilutive to our investors or we may be required to issue securities with greater rights than the


17


Table of Contents

securities we have outstanding today. We might also be required to take other actions that could lessen the value of our common stock, including borrowing money on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to generate or raise capital that is sufficient to fund our operations, we may be required to curtail operations, reduce our capabilities or cease operations in certain jurisdictions or completely.
 
Our business requires the continued development of effective business support systems to support our customer growth and related services.
 
The growth of our business depends on our ability to continue to develop effective business support systems. This is a complicated undertaking requiring significant resources and expertise. Business support systems are needed for:
 
  •  implementing customer orders for services;
 
  •  delivering these services; and
 
  •  timely billing for these services.
 
Because our business plan provides for continued growth in the number of customers that we serve and services offered, there is a need to continue to develop our business support systems on a schedule sufficient to meet proposed service rollout dates. The failure to continue to develop effective business support systems could harm our ability to implement our business plans and meet our financial goals and objectives.
 
Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and affect our reported results of operations.
 
A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our operating results and may affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of existing accounting pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business. For example, our recent adoption of SFAS 123R in 2006 has increased the amount of share-based compensation expense we record. This, in turn, has impacted our results of operations for the periods since this adoption and has made it more difficult to evaluate our recent financial results relative to prior periods. Under SFAS 123R, unrecognized stock-based compensation totaled $30.1 million at December 31, 2006.
 
We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.
 
As a public company, we will incur significant accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These expenses include increased accounting, legal and other professional fees, insurance premiums, investor relations costs, and costs associated with compensating our independent directors. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Global Market, impose additional requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. For example, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market require that we satisfy certain corporate governance requirements relating to independent directors, audit committees, distribution of annual and interim reports, stockholder meetings, stockholder approvals, solicitation of proxies, conflicts of interest, stockholder voting rights and codes of conduct. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability


18


Table of Contents

insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial additional costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to identify and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.
 
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our operating results, our ability to operate our business and investors’ views of us.
 
We must ensure that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis. We will be required to spend considerable effort on establishing and maintaining our internal controls, which will be costly and time-consuming and will need to be re-evaluated frequently. We have very limited experience in designing and testing our internal controls. We are in the process of documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving our internal controls and procedures in anticipation of being a public company and eventually being subject to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we will be required to file a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. Both we and our independent auditors will be testing our internal controls in anticipation of being subject to Section 404 requirements and, as part of that documentation and testing, may identify areas for further attention and improvement. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may entail substantial costs to modify our existing financial and accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete, and distract our officers, directors and employees from the operation of our business. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or a consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In addition, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements may seriously affect our stock price.
 
Failure to effectively expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our services.
 
Increasing our customer base and achieving broader market acceptance of our services will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our sales and marketing operations. Historically, we have concentrated our sales force at our headquarters in Tempe, Arizona. However, we have recently begun building a field sales force to augment our sales efforts and to bring our sales personnel closer to our current and potential customers. Developing such a field sales force will be expensive and we have limited knowledge in developing and operating a widely dispersed sales force. As a result, we may not be successful in developing an effective sales force, which could cause our results of operations to suffer.
 
We believe that there is significant competition for direct sales personnel with the sales skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant growth in revenue in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of direct sales personnel. We have expanded our sales and marketing personnel from a total of 13 at December 31, 2004 to 81 at March 1, 2007. New hires require significant training and, in most cases, take a significant period of time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as we would like, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we do business. Our business will be seriously harmed if these expansion efforts do not generate a corresponding significant increase in revenue.


19


Table of Contents

 
If the estimates we make, and the assumptions on which we rely, in preparing our financial statements prove inaccurate, our actual results may be adversely affected.
 
Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments about, among other things, taxes, revenue recognition, share-based compensation costs, contingent obligations and doubtful accounts. These estimates and judgments affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, the amounts of charges accrued by us, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances and at the time they are made. If our estimates or the assumptions underlying them are not correct, we may need to accrue additional charges that could adversely affect our results of operations, investors may lose confidence in our ability to manage our business and our stock price could decline.
 
As part of our business strategy, we may acquire businesses or technologies and may have difficulty integrating these operations.
 
We may seek to acquire businesses or technologies that are complementary to our business. Acquisitions involve a number of risks to our business, including the difficulty of integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired companies, the potential disruption of our ongoing business, the potential distraction of management, expenses related to the acquisition and potential unknown liabilities associated with acquired businesses. Any inability to integrate operations or personnel in an efficient and timely manner could harm our results of operations. We do not have prior experience as a company in this complex process of acquiring and integrating businesses. If we are not successful in completing acquisitions that we may pursue in the future, we may be required to reevaluate our business strategy, and we may incur substantial expenses and devote significant management time and resources without a productive result. In addition, future acquisitions will require the use of our available cash or dilutive issuances of securities. Future acquisitions or attempted acquisitions could also harm our ability to achieve profitability. We may also experience significant turnover from the acquired operations or from our current operations as we integrate businesses.
 
Risks Related to this Offering
 
The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile, and you might not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
 
The trading prices of the securities of technology companies have been highly volatile. Further, our common stock has no prior trading history. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock will include:
 
  •  variations in our operating results;
 
  •  announcements of technological innovations, new services or service enhancements, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;
 
  •  commencement or resolution of, or our involvement in, litigation, particularly our current litigation with Akamai and MIT;
 
  •  recruitment or departure of key personnel;
 
  •  changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by any securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;
 
  •  developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;
 
  •  the gain or loss of significant customers;


20


Table of Contents

 
  •  market conditions in our industry, the industries of our customers and the economy as a whole; and
 
  •  adoption or modification of regulations, policies, procedures or programs applicable to our business.
 
In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. Each of these factors, among others, could cause the value of your investment in our common stock to decline. Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class actions filed against them. If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or outcome, it could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources. This could harm our business and cause our operating results and financial condition to suffer.
 
Our securities have no prior market and our stock price may decline after the offering.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, an active public trading market for our common stock may not develop or, if it develops, may not be maintained after this offering. Our company, the representatives of the underwriters and our qualified independent underwriter will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price may be higher than the trading price of our common stock following this offering. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. If there are substantial sales of our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.
 
The price of our common stock could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock in the public stock market after this offering. After this offering, we will have          outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2006. This includes           shares being sold in this offering, all of which may be resold in the public market immediately following this offering. The remaining           shares, or approximately          % of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold in the near future as set forth below:
 
     
Number of
   
shares and
   
percentage of
   
total outstanding
 
Date available for sale into public market
 
           shares, or     %
  Immediately after this offering.
           shares, or     %
  Generally, 180 days after the date of this prospectus due to lock-up agreements between certain of the holders of these shares and the underwriters and to contractual arrangements between the other holders of these shares and us, subject to a potential extension under certain circumstances.
           shares, or     %
  At various dates more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.


21


Table of Contents

After this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 29,960,170 shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2006, including entities affiliated with one of our lead underwriters for this offering, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the issuance of all shares of common stock that we have issued and may issue under our option plans. Once we register the issuance of these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to lock-up agreements. Due to these factors, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock.
 
If securities or industry analysts do not actively follow our business or if they publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock may be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
 
Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and will be able to influence corporate matters.
 
Upon completion of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately          % of our outstanding common stock, including approximately          % beneficially owned by investment entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co., our co-lead underwriter in this offering, in each case assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us. These amounts compare to approximately          % of our outstanding common stock represented by the shares sold in this offering, also assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over us.
 
Because affiliates of the co-lead underwriter for this offering hold a substantial equity interest in us, the co-lead underwriter for this offering may have interests that conflict with yours as an investor in our common stock.
 
In July 2006, we completed the sale of our Series B preferred stock to certain investors, after which sale certain entities affiliated with Goldman Sachs & Co., the co-lead underwriter for this offering, held approximately 45% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock, and will hold     % after the completion of this offering. Because affiliates of Goldman Sachs & Co. own more than 10% of our outstanding capital stock, Goldman Sachs & Co. is deemed to be an affiliate of ours under Rule 2720(b)(1) of the NASD Conduct Rules and, therefore, the underwriters for this offering may also be deemed to have a conflict of interest under Rule 2720 of the NASD Conduct Rules. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable NASD Conduct Rules, which require that the initial public offering price can be no higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined by the NASD. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is serving in that capacity.


22


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that the use of a qualified independent underwriter will be sufficient to eliminate any actual or potential conflicts of interest. For more information regarding the role of the qualified independent underwriter in this offering and other relationships we and our affiliates have with the underwriters, we refer you to the disclosure under the heading, “Underwriting.”
 
As a new investor, you will experience substantial dilution as a result of this offering and future equity issuances.
 
The initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate substantial dilution of $      per share. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution.
 
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.
 
We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be in effect as of the closing of this offering:
 
  •  authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;
 
  •  establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election;
 
  •  require that directors only be removed from office for cause and only upon a supermajority stockholder vote;
 
  •  provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;
 
  •  limit who may call special meetings of stockholders;
 
  •  prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and
 
  •  require supermajority stockholder voting to effect certain amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.
 
For more information regarding these and other provisions, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.”


23


Table of Contents

 
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.
 
Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures, which may in the future include investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or technologies, or the repayment of all or a portion of our outstanding credit facility. We have not allocated these net proceeds for any specific purposes. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering.
 
We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock.
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.


24


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this prospectus regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects and plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements.
 
Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:
 
  •  anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate;
 
  •  our ability to compete in our industry and innovation by our competitors;
 
  •  our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property rights, including the timing and potential consequences of our current lawsuit with Akamai and MIT;
 
  •  our expectations regarding our expenses, sales and operations;
 
  •  our ability to attract and retain customers;
 
  •  our ability to anticipate market needs or develop new or enhanced services to meet those needs;
 
  •  our ability to manage growth and to expand our infrastructure;
 
  •  our ability to manage expansion into international markets and new industries;
 
  •  our ability to hire and retain key personnel;
 
  •  our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;
 
  •  our ability to successfully identify and manage any potential acquisitions; and
 
  •  our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements and our need for additional financing.
 
The words “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “projects,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements that we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements were made. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, except as required by law.


25


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $113.9 million from the sale of the shares of common stock offered in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us by approximately $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $138.3 million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in this offering by the selling stockholders, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these sales.
 
The principal purposes for this offering are to fund our capital expenditures for network and other equipment, to increase our working capital, to create a public market for our common stock, to increase our ability to access the capital markets in the future, to provide liquidity for our existing stockholders and for general corporate purposes. In addition, we intend to repay the outstanding balance under our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank, which carries a variable interest rate based on the prime or LIBOR rate ranging from 0% to 3.25% over the applicable rate, and maturation dates ranging from 2007 to 2011. At December 31, 2006, the outstanding balance under our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank equalled approximately $23.8 million.
 
We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products or services, or to obtain rights to such complementary technologies. We have no commitments with respect to any such acquisitions or investments. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We currently expect to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends. Any further determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.


26


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our unaudited cash, cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2006. Our cash, cash equivalents and capitalization is presented:
 
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis reflecting the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of each outstanding share of preferred stock into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering; and
 
  •  On a pro forma as-adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1.
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2006  
                Pro Forma
 
   
Actual
   
Pro Forma
   
As Adjusted(1)
 
    (in thousands, except share data)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 7,611     $ 7,611     $ 121,461  
                         
Long-term debt, less current portion (net of discount of $470)
    20,415       20,415       20,415  
Stockholders’ equity:
                       
Undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
                 
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 33,314,000 shares authorized, 29,960,170 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    30              
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 80,100,000 shares authorized, 14,554,794 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 44,514,964 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;           shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    14       44          
Additional paid-in capital
    41,712       41,712          
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (113 )     (113 )     (113 )
Accumulated deficit
    (5,054 )     (5,054 )     (5,054 )
                         
Total stockholders’ equity
    36,589       36,589       150,439  
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 57,004     $ 57,004     $ 170,854  
                         
 
(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares


27


Table of Contents

offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
 
The number of pro forma as-adjusted shares of common stock shown as issued and outstanding is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2006 and excludes:
 
  •  3,767,495 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2006 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.47 per share;
 
  •  65,390 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant outstanding as of December 31, 2006 at an exercise price of $0.22 per share;
 
  •  602,836 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan as of December 31, 2006, plus an additional 950,000 shares that we reserved for issuance under this plan in March 2007; and
 
  •             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan adopted in          , subject to future adjustment as more fully described in “Management — Employee Benefit Plans.”


28


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2006 was $36.2 million, or $0.81 per share of pro forma common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding including shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock. Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2006 would have been $      million, or $      per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $      per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $      per share to new investors in our common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
 
                 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $        
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2006, before giving effect to this offering
  $                
                 
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
               
                 
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
               
                 
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
          $    
                 
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to new investors by $      per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $      per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $      per share.
 
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2006 and after giving effect to the offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the differences between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid.
 
                                         
    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
 
   
Number
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Per Share
 
 
Existing stockholders
                        %   $                     %   $             
New investors
                                           
                                         
Total
            100.0 %   $             100.0 %        
                                         
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, total consideration paid by new investors and total


29


Table of Contents

consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $      million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
 
The above discussion and tables assume no exercise of 3,767,495 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2006 with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $4.47 per share and 65,390 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of the date of this prospectus with an exercise price of $0.22 per share. If all of these options and this warrant were exercised, then:
 
  •  pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share would increase from $           to $          , resulting in a decrease in dilution to new investors of $           per share;
 
  •  our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and this warrant, would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and this warrant, would have paid     % of total consideration, at an average price per share of $          , and our new investors would have paid     % of total consideration.


30


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following tables provide our selected consolidated financial data. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. During the period from June 2001 through August 2003, we operated as a limited liability company. The full year pro forma 2003 financial data represents eight months of operations as a limited liability company and four months as a corporation. The share count and per share information for 2003 represents the end-of-year share count of the corporation. You should read this information together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.
 
                                                         
          Limelight
             
                Networks,
                         
    Limelight Networks, LLC     Inc.     Pro Forma(1)     Limelight Networks, Inc.  
          Eight Months
    Four Months
                         
    Year Ended
    Ended
    Ended
    Year Ended
                   
    December 31,
    August 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2002
   
2003
   
2003
   
2003
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                                                       
Revenue
  $ 1,908     $ 3,353     $ 1,677     $ 5,030     $ 11,192     $ 21,303     $ 64,343  
Cost of revenue:
                                                       
Cost of services(2)
    1,164       1,909       954       2,863       4,834       9,037       25,662  
Depreciation — network
    108       168       84       252       775       2,851       10,316  
                                                         
Total cost of revenue
    1,272       2,077       1,038       3,115       5,609       11,888       35,978  
                                                         
Gross profit
    636       1,277       638       1,915       5,583       9,415       28,365  
Operating expenses:
                                                       
General and administrative(2)
    798       865       432       1,297       2,147       4,107       18,274  
Sales and marketing(2)
    708       689       345       1,034       2,078       3,078       6,841  
Research and development(2)
    52       101       51       152       231       462       3,151  
Depreciation and amortization
    23       25       13       38       69       100       226  
                                                         
Total operating expenses
    1,581       1,681       840       2,521       4,525       7,747       28,492  
                                                         
Operating income (loss)
    (945 )     (404 )     (202 )     (606 )     1,058       1,668       (127 )
Other income (expense):
                                                       
Interest expense
    (45 )     (46 )     (23 )     (69 )     (189 )     (955 )     (1,782 )
Interest income
                            1             208  
Other income (expense)
          11       6       17       (48 )     (16 )     175  
                                                         
Total other income (expense)
    (45 )     (35 )     (17 )     (52 )     (236 )     (971 )     (1,399 )
                                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (990 )     (439 )     (219 )     (658 )     822       697       (1,526 )
Income tax expense (benefit)(3)
          (34 )     (17 )     (51 )     306       300       2,187  
                                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (990 )   $ (405 )   $ (202 )   $ (607 )   $ 516     $ 397     $ (3,713 )
                                                         
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
                  $ (607 )           $ 317     $ 185     $ (3,713 )
                                                         
Net income (loss) per common share:
                                                       
Net income (loss) per common share — basic
                  $ (0.03 )           $ 0.01     $ 0.01     $ (0.22 )
                                                         


31


Table of Contents

                                                         
          Limelight
             
                Networks,
                         
    Limelight Networks, LLC     Inc.     Pro Forma(1)     Limelight Networks, Inc.  
          Eight Months
    Four Months
                         
    Year Ended
    Ended
    Ended
    Year Ended
                   
    December 31,
    August 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2002
   
2003
   
2003
   
2003
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
Net income (loss) per common share — diluted
                  $ (0.03 )           $ 0.01     $ 0.01     $ (0.22 )
                                                         
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income (loss) per common share — basic
                    23,079               23,125       23,158       17,061  
                                                         
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income (loss) per common share — diluted
                    23,079               25,971       27,375       17,061  
                                                         
 
(1) The pro forma information for the year ended December 31, 2003 has been prepared by adding the amounts in each line item in the consolidated statement of operations for the period from January 1, 2003 through August 31, 2003 of Limelight Networks, LLC, with the corresponding amounts for such line item in the consolidated statement of operations for the period from September 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 of Limelight Networks, Inc. The pro forma results are provided for comparative purposes only and do not purport to indicate the results of operations that would have occurred if our conversion to a corporation had occurred on January 1, 2003.
 
(2) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
 
                                                         
          Limelight
             
                Networks,
                         
    Limelight Networks, LLC     Inc.     Pro Forma     Limelight Networks, Inc.  
          Eight Months
    Four Months
                         
    Year Ended
    Ended
    Ended
    Year Ended
                   
    December 31,
    August 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2002
   
2003
   
2003
   
2003
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (in thousands)  
Cost of services
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $ 459  
General and administrative
                            14       94       6,686  
Sales and marketing
                                        329  
Research and development
                                        1,660  
                                                         
Total
  $     $     $     $     $ 14     $ 94     $ 9,134  
                                                         
 
(3) In 2006, approximately $7.6 million in stock-based compensation expense was not deductible for tax purposes by us, which resulted in us incurring income tax expense despite our having generated a loss before income taxes in this period. Future non-deductible compensation expense related to equity awards granted in 2006 are expected to be $9.4 million, $2.7 million, $2.7 million and $2.2 million respectively, for 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010.
 
                                         
    Limelight
       
    Networks, LLC     Limelight Networks, Inc.  
    December 31,  
   
2002
   
2003
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (in thousands)  
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 25     $ 97     $ 536     $ 1,536     $ 7,611  
Working capital (deficit)
    (1,122 )     (636 )     (695 )     (1,827 )     14,033  
Property and equipment, net
    440       1,080       3,018       11,986       41,784  
Total assets
    735       2,127       5,718       19,583       73,928  
Long-term debt, less current portion
                461       8,809       20,415  
Convertible preferred stock
          2       4       4       30  
Total stockholders’ equity
    857       174       1,239       1,823       36,589  

32


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
This management discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are based on current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We were founded in 2001 as a provider of content delivery network services to deliver rich media over the Internet. We began development of our infrastructure in 2001 and began generating meaningful revenue in 2002. Since inception, we have added more than 700 customers and have grown our revenue to $64.3 million in 2006. We achieved full-year profitability for the first time in 2004, and we were again profitable on a full-year basis in 2005. During 2006, we became unprofitable primarily due to an increase in our stock-based compensation expense, which increased from $0.1 million in 2005 to $9.1 million in 2006, and litigation expenses of $3.2 million.
 
We primarily derive revenue from the sale of content delivery network, or CDN, services to our customers. These services include delivery of digital media, including video, music, games, software and social media. We generate revenue by charging customers on a per-gigabyte basis, or on a variable basis based on peak delivery rate for a fixed period of time, as our services are used.
 
The following table sets forth our historical operating results, as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006  
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                       
Revenue
    100 %     100 %     100 %
Cost of revenue:
                       
Cost of services
    43       42       40  
Depreciation — network
    7       13       16  
                         
Total cost of revenue
    50       56       56  
                         
Gross margin
    50       44       44  
Operating expenses:
                       
General and administrative
    19       19       28  
Sales and marketing
    19       14       11  
Research and development
    2       2       5  
Depreciation and amortization
    1       1        
                         
Total operating expenses
    41       36       44  
                         
Operating income (loss)
    9       8        
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest expense
    (2 )     (5 )     (3 )
Interest income
                1  
Other income (expense)
                 
                         
Total other income (expense)
    (2 )     (5 )     (2 )
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    7       3       (2 )
Income tax expense
    3       1       4  
                         
Net income (loss)
    4 %     2 %     (6 )%
                         


33


Table of Contents

We have observed a number of trends in our business that are likely to have an impact on our financial condition and results of operations in the foreseeable future. Traffic on our network has grown dramatically in the last three years. This traffic growth is the result of growth in the number of new contracts, as well as growth in the traffic delivered to existing customers. Our near-exclusive focus is on providing content delivery network services, which we consider to be our sole industry segment.
 
Historically, we have derived a small portion of our revenue from outside of the United States. Our international revenue has grown recently, and we expect this trend to continue as we focus on our strategy of expanding our network and customer base internationally. For 2005 and 2006, 5% and 8%, respectively, of our revenue was derived outside of the United States, of which nearly all was derived from operations in Europe. We generated no revenue from outside the United Sates in 2004. We expect foreign revenue in 2007 will grow in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenue from what we have experienced historically. Our business is managed as a single geographic segment, and we report our financial results on this basis.
 
During any given fiscal period, a relatively small number of customers typically account for a significant percentage of our revenue. For example, in 2006, revenue generated from sales to our top 10 customers, in terms of revenue, accounted for approximately 58% of our total revenue. One of these top 10 customers, CDN Consulting, which acted as a reseller of our services primarily to a single large content provider, represented approximately 21% of our total revenue for that period. Prospectively, we do not expect sales to this reseller to continue at comparable levels. In 2005, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenue, and in 2004, MusicMatch accounted for 13% of our revenue. We anticipate customer concentration levels will decline compared to prior years as our customer base continues to grow and diversify. In addition to selling to our direct customers, we maintain relationships with a number of resellers that purchase our services and charge a mark-up to their end customers. Revenue generated from sales to direct and reseller customers accounted for approximately 77% and 23% of our revenue in 2006, respectively.
 
In addition to these revenue-related business trends, our cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue has risen since 2004 primarily related to increased depreciation associated with increased investments to build out the capacity of our network. This increase, however, has been partially offset by a reduction in the cost of bandwidth as a percentage of revenue. Operating expense has increased in absolute dollars each period as revenue has increased. Beginning in the second half of 2006, these increases accelerated due to stock-based compensation and litigation-related expenses.
 
We make our capital investment decisions based upon careful evaluation of a number of variables, such as the amount of traffic we anticipate on our network, the cost of the physical infrastructure required to deliver that traffic, and the forecasted capacity utilization of our network. Our capital expenditures have increased substantially over time, in particular as we purchased servers and other computer equipment associated with our network build-out. For example, in 2004, 2005 and 2006, we made capital expenditures of $2.6 million, $10.9 million and $40.6 million, respectively. The substantial increase in capital expenditures in 2006, in particular, was related to a significant increase in our network capacity, reflecting our expectation for additional demand for our services. In the future, we expect these investments to be generally consistent in absolute dollars with our expenditures in 2006 and to decrease as a percentage of total revenue.
 
A significant portion of our historical capital expenditures involved related party transactions, in which we expended an aggregate of $2.1 million, $7.4 million and $29.9 million on server hardware in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, from a supplier owned by one of our founders. This founder has recently divested himself of his ownership position in this supplier. In other transactions unrelated to this supplier relationship, we have also generated revenue from certain customers that are entities related to certain of our founders. The aggregate amounts of revenue derived from these related party transactions were $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. We believe that all of our related-party transactions reflected arm’s length terms.


34


Table of Contents

 
We are currently engaged in litigation with one of our principal competitors, Akamai Technologies, Inc., or Akamai, and its licensor, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, in which these parties have alleged that we are infringing three of their patents. Although no trial date has been set, based on the schedule currently in place, we believe this case will go to trial in 2008. Our legal and other expenses associated with this case have been significant to date, including aggregate expenditures of $3.1 million in 2006. We have reflected the full amount of these litigation expenses in our 2006 general and administrative expenses, as reported in our consolidated statement of operations. We expect that these expenses will continue to remain significant and may increase as a trial date approaches. We expect to offset one-half of the cash impact of these litigation expenses through the availability of an escrow fund established in connection with our Series B preferred stock financing. Any cash reimbursed from this escrow account will be recorded as additional paid-in capital. The cash offset from the litigation expense funded through the escrow account is recorded on our balance sheet in paid-in capital. For additional details on this escrow fund, see the related discussion under the caption “— Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
 
We were profitable in 2004 and 2005. During 2006, we became unprofitable primarily due to an increase in our stock-based compensation expense, which increased from $0.1 million in 2005 to $9.1 million in 2006, and litigation expenses of $3.2 million. The significant increase in stock-based compensation reflects an increase in the level of option and restricted stock grants coupled with a significant increase in the fair market value per share at the date of grant.
 
Our future results will be affected by many factors identified below and in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” including our ability to:
 
  •  increase our revenue by adding customers and limiting customer cancellations and terminations, as well as increasing the amount of monthly recurring revenue that we derive from our existing customers;
 
  •  manage the prices we charge for our services, as well as the costs associated with operating our network;
 
  •  successfully manage our litigation with Akamai and MIT to conclusion; and
 
  •  prevent disruptions to our services and network due to accidents or intentional attacks.
 
As a result, we cannot assure you that we will achieve our expected financial objectives, including positive net income.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
Revenue
 
We primarily derive revenue from the sale of content delivery network, or CDN, services to our customers. These services include delivery of digital media, including video, music, games, software and social media. We generate revenue by charging customers on a per-gigabyte basis, or on a variable basis based on peak delivery rate for a fixed period of time, as our services are used. Our customer agreements relating to these recurring services generally have a term of one to three years. However, some of our contracts with large customers operate on a month-to-month basis. The majority of our agreements generally commit the customer to a minimum monthly level of usage and provide the rate at which the customer must pay for actual usage above the monthly minimum. Our customer agreements typically automatically renew at the end of the initial term for an additional period unless the customer elects not to renew. Based on service usage experience, we and our customers often negotiate revised monthly minimum usage levels or other modified services or terms during a commitment period. For example, in exchange for increased minimum usage levels, we often agree to a reduced per-gigabyte pricing structure. Historically, we have derived substantially all of our revenue from these recurring service arrangements, which accounted for 94%, 98% and 99% of our revenue in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.


35


Table of Contents

 
Cost of Revenue
 
Cost of revenue consists of costs related to the delivery of services, as well as the depreciation costs associated with our network. Costs related to the delivery of our services include:
 
  •  fees related to bandwidth provided by network operators;
 
  •  fees paid for the lease of private line capacity for our backbone;
 
  •  fees paid for co-location services, which are the housing of servers in third-party data centers;
 
  •  network operations employee costs, including stock-based compensation expense; and
 
  •  costs associated with licenses.
 
We enter into contracts with third-party network and data center providers, with terms typically ranging from several months to several years. Our contracts related to bandwidth provided by network operators generally commit us to pay either a fixed monthly fee or monthly fees plus additional fees for bandwidth usage above a contracted level. Our master contract with Global Crossing provides for the lease of private lines of varying capacity for our backbone, at fixed monthly fees with commitments ranging from 2 to 3 years. In addition to purchasing services from communications providers, we connect directly to many Internet service providers, or ISPs, generally without either party paying the other. This industry practice, known as peering, benefits us by allowing us to place content objects directly on user access networks, which helps us provide higher performance delivery for our customers. This practice also benefits the ISP and its customers by allowing them to receive improved content delivery through our local servers. We do not consider these relationships to represent the culmination of an earnings process. Accordingly, we do not recognize as revenue the value to the ISPs associated with the use of our servers nor do we recognize as expense the value of the bandwidth received at discounted or no cost.
 
During 2006, we continued to reduce our network bandwidth costs per gigabyte transferred by entering into new supplier contracts with lower pricing and amending existing contracts to take advantage of price reductions from our existing suppliers. However, due to increased traffic delivered over our network, our total bandwidth costs increased during 2006. We anticipate our overall bandwidth costs will continue to increase in absolute dollars as a result of expected higher traffic levels, partially offset by continued reductions in bandwidth costs per unit. We expect that our overall bandwidth costs as a percentage of revenue will remain relatively consistent with our historical results. If we do not experience lower per unit bandwidth pricing and we are unsuccessful at effectively routing traffic over our network through lower cost providers, network bandwidth costs could increase in excess of our expectations in future periods.
 
Depreciation expense related to our network equipment has increased over time due to additional equipment purchases, particularly those in 2006. We anticipate depreciation expense related to our network equipment will continue to increase in 2007 in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue due to full year depreciation on 2006 purchases and depreciation on additional purchases expected to be made in 2007. In 2007 and 2008, we expect that depreciation expense will increase in absolute dollars and decrease as a percentage of revenue.
 
In total, we believe our cost of revenue will increase in 2007 in both absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue. Thereafter, we expect that the cost of revenue will increase in absolute dollars but could potentially decrease as a percentage of revenue. We expect to deliver more traffic on our network, which would result in higher expenses associated with the increased traffic; however, such costs are likely to be partially offset by lower bandwidth costs per unit. Additionally, we expect increases in depreciation expense related to our network equipment, as well as an increase in payroll and payroll-related costs, as we continue to make investments in our network to service our expanding customer base.


36


Table of Contents

 
General and Administrative Expense
 
General and administrative expense consists primarily of the following components:
 
  •  payroll and related costs, including stock-based compensation expense for executive, finance, business applications, human resources and other administrative personnel;
 
  •  fees for professional services and litigation expenses; and
 
  •  other expenses such as insurance, allowance for doubtful accounts and corporate office rent.
 
We expect our general and administrative expense to increase in 2007 in absolute dollars due to increased stock-based compensation expense on equity grants made in the later part of 2006, payroll and related costs attributable to increased hiring, continued costs associated with ongoing litigation, as well as increased accounting and legal and other costs associated with public reporting requirements and compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In 2007 and in the longer term, we expect our general and administrative expense to decrease as a percentage of revenue.
 
Sales and Marketing Expense
 
Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of payroll and related costs, including stock-based compensation expense and commissions for personnel engaged in marketing, sales and service support functions, as well as advertising, promotional and travel expenses.
 
We anticipate our sales and marketing expense will continue to increase in future periods in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue due to an expected increase in commissions on higher forecast sales, the expected increase in hiring of sales and marketing personnel, increases in stock-based compensation expense and additional expected increases in marketing costs such as advertising.
 
Research and Development Expense
 
Research and development expense consists primarily of payroll and related costs and stock-based compensation expense associated with the design, development, testing and certification of the software, hardware and network architecture of our content delivery network system. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
 
We anticipate our research and development expense will increase in future periods in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue due to increased stock-based compensation expense as well as increased payroll and related costs associated with continued hiring of development personnel and investments in our core technology and refinements to our other service offerings.
 
Non-Network Depreciation Expense
 
Non-network depreciation expense consists of depreciation on equipment and furnishing used by general administrative, sales and marketing and research and development personnel.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense includes interest paid on our debt obligations as well as amortization of deferred financing costs.
 
Interest Income
 
Interest income includes interest earned on invested cash balances and cash equivalents. We anticipate interest income will increase in 2007 in absolute dollars due to an increase in the cash balances and cash equivalents resulting from proceeds of this offering and operating cash flow we expect to generate during the year.


37


Table of Contents

 
Other Income (Expense), Net
 
Our other income consists primarily of gains or losses from the disposal of assets.
 
Income Tax Expense
 
Income tax expense depends on the statutory rate in the countries where we sell our services as well as the expenses in any year that are not deductible in those jurisdictions. Historically, we have primarily been subject to taxation in the United States because we have sold the majority of our services to customers in the United States. In the future, we intend to further expand our sales of services to customers located outside the United States, in which case we would become further subject to taxation based on the foreign statutory rates in the countries where these sales took place, and our effective tax rate could fluctuate accordingly.
 
In 2006, approximately $7.6 million of stock-based compensation expense was not deductible for tax purposes by us, as certain executives and other employees made tax elections which established tax bases in these awards granted at lower than the fair value recognized within the financial statements. This permanent difference was material to our pre-tax net loss for the year of $1.5 million. Future non-tax deductible expenses related to equity awards granted in 2006 are expected to be $9.4 million, $2.7 million, $2.7 million and $2.2 million for 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, based upon the unvested portion of the equity awards outstanding at December 31, 2006, and the anticipated vesting at that time.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These principles require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, cash flow and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Our estimates include those related to revenue recognition, accounts receivable reserves, income and other taxes, stock-based compensation and equipment and contingent obligations. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.
 
We define our “critical accounting policies” as those U.S. generally accepted accounting principles that require us to make subjective estimates about matters that are uncertain and are likely to have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations as well as the specific manner in which we apply those principles. Our estimates are based upon assumptions and judgments about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the accounting estimate is made and applied and require us to continually assess a range of potential outcomes.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We recognize service revenue in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition,” and the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s, or FASB, Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed and collectibility of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
At the inception of a customer contract for service, we make an assessment of that customer’s ability to pay for the services provided. If we subsequently determine that collection from the customer is not reasonably assured, we record an allowance for doubtful accounts and bad debt expense for all of that customer’s unpaid invoices and cease recognizing revenue for continued services provided


38


Table of Contents

until cash is received. Changes in our estimates and judgments about whether collection is reasonably assured would change the timing of revenue or amount of bad debt expense that we recognize.
 
We primarily derive income from the sale of CDN services to customers. For these services, we recognize the monthly minimum as revenue each month provided that an enforceable contract has been signed by both parties, the service has been delivered to the customer, the fee for the service is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. Should a customer’s usage of our service exceed the monthly minimum, we recognize revenue for such excess usage in the period of the usage. We typically charge the customer an installation fee when the services are first activated. The installation fees are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue ratably over the estimated life of the customer arrangement. We also derive income from services sold as discrete, non-recurring events or based solely on usage. For these services, we recognize revenue after an enforceable contract has been signed by both parties, the fee is fixed or determinable, the event or usage has occurred and collection is reasonably assured.
 
We periodically enter into multi-element arrangements. When we enter into such arrangements, each element is accounted for separately over its respective service or delivery period, provided that there is objective evidence of fair value for the separate elements. For example, objective evidence of fair value would include the price charged for the element when sold separately. If the fair value of each element cannot be objectively determined, the total value of the arrangement is recognized ratably over the entire service period to the extent that all services have begun to be provided at the outset of the period.
 
As of December 31, 2006 we had not licensed, but in the future we may license, software under perpetual and term license agreements. In such case, we would apply the provisions of Statement of Position, or SOP, 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” as amended by SOP 98-9, “Modifications of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions.” As prescribed by this guidance, we would apply the residual method of accounting. The residual method requires that the portion of the total arrangement fee attributable to undelivered elements, as indicated by vendor specific objective evidence of fair value, be deferred and subsequently recognized when delivered. The difference between the total arrangement fee and the amount deferred for the undelivered elements would be recognized as revenue related to the delivered elements, if all other revenue recognition criteria of SOP 97-2 are met.
 
We also sell our services through a reseller channel. Assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met, we recognize revenue from reseller arrangements over the term of the contract, based on the reseller’s contracted non-refundable minimum purchase commitments plus amounts sold by the reseller to its customers in excess of the minimum commitments. These excess commitments are recognized as revenue in the period in which the service is provided. We recognize revenue under these agreements on a net or gross basis, depending on the terms of the arrangement, in accordance with EITF 99-19 “Recording Revenue Gross as a Principal Versus Net as an Agent.”
 
From time to time, we enter into contracts to sell our services or license our technology to unrelated companies at or about the same time we enter into contracts to purchase products or services from the same companies. If we conclude that these contracts were negotiated concurrently, we record as revenue only the net cash received from the vendor, unless both the fair values of our services delivered to the customer and of the vendor’s product or service we receive can be established objectively and realization of such value is believed to be probable.
 
We may from time to time resell licenses or services of third parties. We record revenue for these transactions when we have risk of loss related to the amounts purchased from the third party and we add value to the license or service, such as by providing maintenance or support for such license or service. If these conditions are present, we recognize revenue when all other revenue recognition criteria are satisfied.


39


Table of Contents

 
Deferred revenue includes amounts billed to customers for which revenue has not been recognized. Deferred revenue primarily consists of the unearned portion of monthly billed service fees, deferred installation and activation set-up fees and amounts billed under extended payment terms. Deferred revenue was not material to total liabilities or total revenues during prior years.
 
Accounts Receivable and Related Reserves
 
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amounts and do not bear interest. We record reserves as a reduction of our accounts receivable balance. Estimates are used in determining these reserves and are based upon our review of outstanding balances on a customer-specific, account-by-account basis. These estimates could change significantly if our customers’ financial condition changes or if the economy in general deteriorates. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon a review of customer receivables from prior sales with collection issues where we no longer believe that the customer has the ability to pay for prior services provided. We perform on-going credit evaluations of our customers. If such an evaluation indicates that payment is no longer reasonably assured for current services provided, any future services provided to that customer will result in the deferral of revenue until payment is made or we determine payment is reasonably assured. In addition, we recorded a reserve for service credits. Reserves for service credits are measured based on an analysis of credits to be issued after the month of billing related to management’s estimate of the resolution of customer disputes and billing adjustments. We do not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to our customers.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock options pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure. Under this method, compensation expense was recorded for stock options granted prior to January 1, 2006 using the minimum value method.
 
The fair value of the shares of common stock that underlie the stock options we have granted has historically been determined by our board of directors. Because there has been no public market for our common stock, our board has determined the fair value of our common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including our sales of preferred stock to unrelated third parties, our operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of our capital stock, trends in the broader e-commerce market and other similar technology stocks. Beginning in July 2006, our board began receiving contemporaneous valuations performed by an unrelated valuation specialist.
 
In connection with the preparation of the financial statements necessary for a planned registration of shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission and based on the preliminary valuation information presented by the underwriters selected for the planned offering, we reassessed the estimated accounting fair value of common stock in light of the potential completion of this offering. The valuation methodology that most significantly impacted this reassessment of fair value was the market-based assessment of the valuation of existing comparable public companies. This methodology also de-emphasized the $260.0 million liquidation preference available to preferred shareholders in the event of a sale of our company. In determining the reassessed fair value of the common stock during 2006, we also determined it appropriate to reassess the estimate of accounting fair value for periods prior to December 31, 2006 based on operational achievements in executing against the operating plan and market trends. Because of the impact the achievement of unique milestones had on the valuation during the various points in time before the reassessment, certain additional adjustments for factors unique to us were considered in the reassessed values determined for the 12 months ended December 31, 2006, which impacted valuations throughout the twelve month period ended December 31, 2006. These included:


40


Table of Contents

  •  In July 2006, we sold a controlling interest to an investor group led by entities affiliated with Goldman, Sachs & Co. through the issuance of shares of Series B preferred stock, at a price of $4.89 per share, for total aggregate consideration of $130.0 million. As part of the transaction, we repurchased 20,880,000 shares of common stock for an aggregate net consideration of $102.1 million.
 
  •  In the fourth quarter of 2006, we appointed both a Chief Executive Officer and a Chief Financial Officer with past public company roles in a similar capacity.
 
  •  Revenue growth in 2006 exceeded 200%, to $64.3 million compared to revenue in 2005 of $21.3 million.
 
Based upon the reassessment, we determined the accounting fair value of the options granted to employees from February 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was greater than the exercise price for certain of those options.
 
Based upon the reassessment discussed above, we determined the reassessed accounting fair value of the options to purchase 5,385,542 shares of common stock granted to employees during the period from February 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006 ranged from $1.81 to $9.37 per share. Of these shares, 1,070,000 were issued at prices ranging from $9.80 to $19.80 for which the impact on the fair value was small given the grants were intended to be well above fair value.
 
Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes the difference between the reassessed accounting fair value per share of the common stock on the date of grant and the exercise price per share and is amortized over the vesting period of the underlying options using the straight-line method. There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the reassessed accounting fair values. For this and other reasons, the reassessed accounting fair value used to compute the stock-based compensation expense may not be reflective of the fair market value that would result from the application of other valuation methods, including accepted valuation methods for tax purposes.
 
As of January 1, 2006, we have adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004)  Share-Based Payment , or SFAS No. 123R. We are required to adopt SFAS No. 123R under the prospective method, in which nonpublic entities that previously applied SFAS No. 123 using the minimum-value method, whether for financial statement recognition or pro forma disclosure purposes, would continue to account for unvested stock options outstanding at the date of adoption of SFAS No. 123R in the same manner as they had been accounted for prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R. That is, since we have been accounting for stock options using the minimum-value method under SFAS No. 123, we will continue to apply SFAS No. 123 in future periods to stock options outstanding at January 1, 2006. SFAS No. 123R requires measurement of all employee stock-based compensation awards using a fair-value method. The grant date fair value was determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model. The Black-Scholes-Merton valuation calculation requires us to make key assumptions such as future stock price volatility, expected terms, risk-free rates and dividend yield. The weighted-average expected term for stock options granted was calculated using the simplified method in accordance with the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment. The simplified method defines the expected term as the average of the contractual term and the vesting period of the stock option. We have estimated the volatility rates used as inputs to the model based on an analysis of the most similar public companies for which we have data. We have used judgment in selecting these companies, as well as in evaluating the available historical volatility data for these companies.
 
SFAS No. 123R requires us to develop an estimate of the number of stock-based awards which will be forfeited due to employee turnover. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate may have a significant effect on stock-based compensation, as the effect of adjusting the rate for all expense amortization after January 1, 2006 is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If the actual forfeiture rate is higher than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to increase the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in a decrease to the expense recognized in the


41


Table of Contents

financial statements. If the actual forfeiture rate is lower than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to decrease the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in an increase to the expense recognized in the financial statements. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. We have never paid cash dividends, and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends, and thus have assumed a 0% dividend yield.
 
We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected term, volatility and forfeiture rate related to our own stock-based awards on a prospective basis, and in incorporating these factors into the model. If our actual experience differs significantly from the assumptions used to compute our stock-based compensation cost, or if different assumptions had been used, we may have recorded too much or too little stock-based compensation cost.
 
We recognize expense using the straight-line attribution method. Unrecognized stock-based compensation totaled $30.1 million at December 31, 2006, of which we expect to amortize $15.2 million for 2007, and $7.7 million for 2008 and the remainder thereafter. We expect our stock-based compensation expense to increase as we grant additional options.
 
Contingencies
 
We record contingent liabilities resulting from asserted and unasserted claims against us, when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. We disclose contingent liabilities when there is a reasonable possibility that the ultimate loss will exceed the recorded liability. Estimating probable losses requires analysis of multiple factors, in some cases including judgments about the potential actions of third-party claimants and courts. Therefore, actual losses in any future period are inherently uncertain.
 
Deferred Taxes
 
When preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We estimate our actual current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income within the relevant jurisdiction and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. The financial statements included in this report do not reflect a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets, because we believe it is “more likely than not” that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. Should we determine we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to expense in the period such determination was made.
 
We conduct business in various foreign countries. During 2006, we established corporations in a portion of the foreign countries in which we conduct business. We have not provided U.S. tax for the profits of our foreign corporations, as we intend to permanently reinvest these profits outside the United States.
 
Taxing authorities in the United States and other countries in which we do business are increasing their scrutiny of how businesses are taxed. We believe we maintain adequate tax reserves to offset any potential tax liabilities that may arise upon audit. If such amounts ultimately prove to be unnecessary, the associated reserves would be reversed, resulting in our recording a tax benefit in the period the reserves were no longer deemed necessary. Conversely, if our estimates prove to be less than the ultimate assessment, a charge to expense would be recorded in the period in which the assessment is determined.


42


Table of Contents

 
Results of Operations
 
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2006
 
Revenue
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,              
   
    Increase
    Percent
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Revenue
  $ 21,303     $ 64,343     $ 43,040       202 %
 
The increase in total revenue for 2006 as compared to 2005 was due to an increase in revenue from the sale of our recurring CDN services. The increase in CDN services revenue was primarily attributable to increases in the number of customers under recurring revenue contracts, as well as increases in traffic and additional services sold to new and existing customers.
 
Cost of Revenue
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,              
   
    Increase
    Percent
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Cost of revenue
  $ 11,888     $ 35,978     $ 24,090       203 %
 
The increase in cost of revenue for 2006 as compared to 2005 was primarily due to an increase in aggregate bandwidth and co-location fees of $13.1 million due to higher traffic levels, an increase in depreciation expense of network equipment of $7.4 million due to increased investment in our network, an increase of $1.6 million in royalty expenses, an increase in the payroll and related employee costs of $1.2 million associated with increased staff and an increase of stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million and an increase of $0.3 million in other costs.
 
Cost of revenue in 2005 and 2006 was composed of the following:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (in millions)  
 
Bandwidth and co-location fees
  $ 7.8     $ 20.9  
Depreciation — network
    2.9       10.3  
Payroll and related employee costs
    0.5       1.7  
Royalty Expenses
        $ 1.6  
Stock-based compensation expense
          0.5  
Other costs
    0.7       1.0  
                 
Total cost of revenue
  $ 11.9     $ 36.0  
 
General and Administrative
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,              
    _ _       Increase
    Percent
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
General and administrative
  $ 4,107     $ 18,274     $ 14,167       345 %


43


Table of Contents

The increase in general and administrative expenses for 2006 as compared to 2005 was primarily due to an increase of $6.6 million in stock-based compensation expense, an increase of $3.2 million in professional fees and legal expenses related to our litigation with Akamai and MIT, including $1.6 million which is reimbursable to us from an escrow fund established in connection with our 2006 stock repurchase, an increase of $1.9 million in payroll and related employee costs as a result of headcount growth, an increase of $0.6 million in bad debt expense and an increase in other expenses of $1.9 million.
 
The following table quantifies the net change in the components of general and administrative expenses between 2005 and 2006:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (in millions)  
 
Stock-based compensation expense
  $ 0.1       $6.7  
Professional fees and legal expenses
    0.2       3.4  
Payroll and related employee costs
    1.8       3.7  
Bad debt expense
    0.1       0.7  
Other expenses
    1.9       3.8  
                 
Total
  $ 4.1       $18.3  
 
Sales and Marketing
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,              
   
    Increase
    Percent
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Sales and marketing
  $ 3,078     $ 6,841     $ 3,763       122 %
 
The increase in sales and marketing expenses for 2006 as compared to 2005 was primarily due to an increase of $2.1 million in payroll and related employee costs, including $1.1 million in additional salaries and $1.0 million in additional commissions on increased revenue. Additional increases were due to an increase of $0.3 million in stock-based compensation expense, an increase of $0.6 million in marketing programs, an increase of $0.3 million in reseller commissions and an increase of $0.4 million in other expenses. These increases are consistent with the 202% increase in revenue for the period.
 
The following table quantifies the net change in the components of sales and marketing expenses between 2005 and 2006:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (in millions)  
 
Payroll and related employee costs
  $ 2.2     $ 4.3  
Stock-based compensation expense
          0.3  
Marketing programs
    0.7       1.3  
Reseller commissions
    0.1       0.4  
Other expenses
    0.1       0.5  
                 
Total
  $ 3.1     $ 6.8  


44


Table of Contents

Research and Development
 
                                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
    Increase
    Percent
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Research and development
  $ 462     $ 3,151     $ 2,689       582 %
 
The increase in research and development expenses for 2006 as compared to 2005 was primarily due to an increase of $1.7 million in stock-based compensation expense and an increase of $1.0 million in higher payroll and related employee costs associated with our hiring of additional network and software engineering personnel.
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (in millions)  
 
Stock-based compensation expense
  $     $ 1.7  
Payroll and related employee costs
    0.5       1.5  
                 
Total
  $ 0.5     $ 3.2  
 
Interest Expense
 
                                 
   
Year Ended December 31,
    Increase
    Percent
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Interest expense
  $ 955     $ 1,782     $ 827       87 %
 
The increase in interest expense for 2006 as compared to 2005 was due to increased borrowings, primarily to fund equipment purchases to build out our network.
 
Interest Income
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase
    Percent
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Interest income
  $     $ 208     $ 208       N/A  
 
The increase in interest and other income for 2006 as compared to 2005 was due to the increase in our average cash balance. In 2005, we generally operated with a minimal cash balance and therefore had no interest earnings.
 
Other Income (Expense), Net
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase
    Percent
 
    2005     2006    
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Other income (expense), net
  $ (16 )   $ 175     $ 191       1,194 %


45


Table of Contents

The increase in other income (expense), net was primarily related to gain on disposal of assets in 2006.
 
Income Tax Expense
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,              
    _ _       Increase
    Percent
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Income tax expense
  $ 300     $ 2,187     $ 1,887       629 %
 
We had income tax expense in 2006 despite having a pre-tax loss of $1.5 million due to the fact that in 2006, approximately $7.6 million of stock-based compensation expense was not deductible by us for tax purposes. This non-deductible stock compensation expense was material to our pre-tax net loss for the year of $1.5 million. Future non-deductible expenses related to equity awards granted in 2006 are expected to be $9.4 million, $2.7 million, $2.7 million and $2.2 million for 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, based upon the unvested portion of the equity awards outstanding at December 31, 2006, and the anticipated vesting at that time.
 
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2005
 
Revenue
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,        
   
  Increase
  Percent
   
2004
 
2005
 
(Decrease)
 
Change
    (in thousands)    
 
Revenue
  $ 11,192     $ 21,303     $ 10,111       90 %
 
The increase in total revenue for 2005 as compared to 2004 was due to an increase in revenue from the sale of our recurring CDN services. The increase in CDN services revenue was primarily attributable to increases in the number of customers under recurring revenue contracts, as well as increases in traffic and additional services sold to new and existing customers.
 
Cost of Revenue
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,        
    _ _     Increase
  Percent
   
2004
 
2005
 
(Decrease)
 
Change
    (in thousands)    
 
Cost of revenue
  $ 5,609     $ 11,888     $ 6,279       112 %
 
The increase in cost of revenue for 2005 as compared to 2004 was primarily due to an increase in aggregate bandwidth and co-location fees of $4.3 million due to higher traffic levels, an increase in depreciation expense of network equipment of $2.1 million due to increased investment in our network, and an increase in payroll and related employee costs of $0.2 million, offset by a decrease in other costs of $0.3 million.


46


Table of Contents

 
Cost of revenue in 2004 and 2005 was composed of the following:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
   
2004
   
2005
 
    (in millions)  
 
Bandwidth and co-location fees
  $ 4.0     $ 8.3  
Depreciation — network
    0.8       2.9  
Payroll and related employee costs
    0.3       0.5  
Other costs
    0.5       0.2  
                 
Total cost of revenue
  $ 5.6     $ 11.9  
 
General and Administrative
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,   Increase
  Percent
   
2004
 
2005
 
(Decrease)
 
Change
    (in thousands)    
 
General and administrative
  $ 2,147     $ 4,107     $ 1,960       91 %
 
The increase in general and administrative expenses for 2005 as compared to 2004 was primarily due to an increase of $0.9 million in payroll and related employee costs associated with increased personnel and performance bonuses, an increase of $0.1 million of stock-based compensation expense, an increase of $0.1 million in professional fees and legal expenses and an increase of $0.9 million in other expenses, offset by a decrease of $0.1 million in bad debt expense.
 
The following table quantifies the net change in the components of general and administrative expenses between 2004 and 2005:
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
   
2004
   
2005
 
    (in millions)  
 
Payroll and related employee costs
  $ 0.9     $ 1.8  
Stock-based compensation expense
          0.1  
Professional fees and legal expenses
    0.1       0.2  
Bad debt expense
    0.2       0.1  
Other expenses
    0.9       1.8  
                 
Total
  $ 2.1     $ 4.1  
 
Sales and Marketing
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase
    Percent
 
   
2004
   
2005
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Sales and marketing
  $ 2,078     $ 3,078     $ 1,000       48 %
 
The increase in sales and marketing expenses for 2005 as compared to 2004 was primarily due to an increase of $0.8 million in payroll and related employee costs, particularly commissions, for sales and marketing personnel and an increase of $0.2 million in marketing programs. These increases are consistent with the 90% increase in revenue for the period.


47


Table of Contents

 
The following table quantifies the net change in the components of sales and marketing expenses between 2004 and 2005:
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
   
2004
   
2005
 
    (in millions)  
 
Payroll and related employee costs
  $ 1.4     $ 2.2  
Marketing programs
    0.5       0.7  
Reseller commissions
    0.1       0.1  
Other expenses
    0.1       0.1  
                 
Total
  $ 2.1     $ 3.1  
 
Research and Development
 
                                 
    Year Ended
             
    December 31,     Increase
    Percent
 
   
2004
   
2005
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Research and development
  $ 231     $ 462     $ 231       100 %
 
The increase in research and development expenses for 2005 as compared to 2004 was primarily due to higher payroll and related employee costs associated with our hiring of additional network and software engineering personnel.
 
Interest Expense
 
                                 
    Year Ended
             
   
December 31,
    Increase
    Percent
 
   
2004
   
2005
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Interest expense
  $ 189     $ 955     $ 776       405 %
 
The increase in interest expense for 2005 as compared to 2004 was due to increased borrowings, primarily to fund equipment purchases to build out our network.
 
Interest Income
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase
    Percent
 
   
2004
   
2005
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Interest income
  $ 1     $     $ (1 )     100 %
 
For the years 2005 and 2004, we generally operated with a minimal cash balance and therefore had little or no interest earnings.


48


Table of Contents

 
Other Income (Expense), Net
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase
    Percent
 
   
2004
   
2005
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Other income (expense), net
  $ (48 )   $ (16 )   $ (32 )     67 %
 
The decrease in other income (expense), net was $32,000.
 
Income Tax Expense
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase
    Percent
 
   
2004
   
2005
   
(Decrease)
   
Change
 
    (in thousands)        
 
Income tax expense
  $ 306     $ 300     $ (6 )     2 %
 
Income tax expense was essentially unchanged from 2005 as there was very little change in pre-tax income. Our effective tax rate in 2004 was 37% and in 2005 was 43%.


49


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations
 
The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations for the last eight fiscal quarters, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of the total net revenue. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of the management, includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.
 
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    Mar 31,
    Jun 30,
    Sep 30,
    Dec 31,
    Mar 31,
    Jun 30,
    Sep 30,
    Dec 31,
 
   
2005
   
2005
   
2005
   
2005
   
2006
   
2006
   
2006
   
2006
 
    (in thousands)  
 
Revenue
  $ 3,593     $ 4,475     $ 5,638     $ 7,597     $ 10,838     $ 14,841     $ 17,057     $ 21,607  
Cost of revenue:
                                                               
Cost of services
    1,585       2,057       2,496       2,899       3,807       5,231       7,300       9,324  
Depreciation — network
    405       550       803       1,093       1,473       2,035       2,900       3,908  
                                                                 
Total cost of revenue
    1,990       2,607       3,299       3,992       5,280       7,266       10,200       13,232  
                                                                 
Gross profit
    1,603       1,868       2,339       3,605       5,558       7,575       6,857       8,375  
Operating expenses:
                                                               
General and administrative
    687       826       968       1,626       1,571       2,231       4,616       9,856  
Sales and marketing
    587       724       777       990       1,034       1,497       1,860       2,450  
Research and development
    88       109       119       146       321       437       1,193       1,200  
Depreciation and amortization
    22       25       26       27       28       44       63       91  
                                                                 
Total operating expenses
    1,384       1,684       1,890       2,789       2,954       4,209       7,732       13,597  
                                                                 
Operating income (loss)
    219       184       449       816       2,604       3,366       (875 )     (5,222 )
Other income (expense):
                                                               
Interest expense
    (101 )     (304 )     (245 )     (305 )     (505 )     (519 )     (340 )     (418 )
Interest income
                                        79       129  
Other income (expense)
                      (16 )                 70       105  
                                                                 
Total other income (expense)
    (101 )     (304 )     (245 )     (321 )     (505 )     (519 )     (191 )     (184 )
                                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    118       (120 )     204       495       2,099       2,847       (1,066 )     (5,406 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    51       (52 )     88       213       829       1,125       544       (311 )
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 67     $ (68 )   $ 116     $ 282     $ 1,270     $ 1,722     $ (1,610 )   $ (5,095 )
                                                                 
 


50


Table of Contents

                                                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    Mar 31,
    Jun 30,
    Sep 30,
    Dec 31,
    Mar 31,
    Jun 30,
    Sep 30,
    Dec 31,
 
   
2005
   
2005
   
2005
   
2005
   
2006
   
2006
   
2006
   
2006
 
 
Revenue
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
Cost of revenue:
                                                               
Cost of services
    44       46       44       38       35       35       43       43  
Depreciation — network
    11       12       14       14       14       14       17       18  
                                                                 
Total cost of revenue
    55       58       59       52       49       49       60       61  
                                                                 
Gross margin
    45       42       41       48       51       51       40       39  
Operating expenses:
                                                               
General and administrative
    19       19       17       21       15       15       27       46  
Sales and marketing
    16       16       14       13       10       10       11       11  
Research and development
    2       2       2       2       3       3       7       6  
Depreciation and amortization
    1       1             1                          
                                                                 
Total operating expenses
    39       38       33       37       28       28       45       63  
                                                                 
Operating income (loss)
    6       4       8       11       23       23       (5 )     (24 )
Other income (expense):
                                                               
Interest expense
    (3 )     (7 )     (4 )     (4 )     (5 )     (4 )     (2 )     (2 )
Interest income
                                        1       1  
Other income (expense)
                                               
                                                                 
Total other income (expense)
    (3 )     (7 )     (4 )     (4 )     (5 )     (3 )     (1 )     (1 )
                                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    3       (3 )     4       7       19       19       (6 )     (25 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    1       (1 )     2       3       8       8       3       (1 )
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
    2 %     (2 )%     2 %     4 %     11 %     11 %     (9 )%     (24 )%
                                                                 
 
Our net revenue and cost of net revenue have increased sequentially during the last eight quarters associated with growth in service revenue from existing customers and the continuous addition of new customers each quarter.
 
To date, we have not identified any seasonal fluctuations in our quarterly results. However, our rapid revenue growth may have overshadowed any impact of seasonality.
 
Gross margins have fluctuated on a quarterly basis primarily related to the timing and amount of investment in the build out of our network capacity, which impacts the amount of depreciation. During the second half of 2006, our gross margins declined as depreciation and amortization increased due to the dramatic increase in the amount of capital investment in network equipment during 2006. Services cost as a percentage of revenue also increased due to expansion of bandwidth internationally, royalty fees and stock-based compensation expense.

51


Table of Contents

 
Operating expenses increased sequentially due to growth in the business. Operating expenses generally declined as a percentage of total revenue through the first half of 2006 as revenue growth outpaced the need for operating expense increases. During the second half of 2006, general and administrative expenses increased significantly, primarily due to amortization of deferred stock-based compensation expense and increased litigation costs. We currently expect amortization of stock-based compensation and litigation expenses to be generally consistent on a quarterly basis with the fourth quarter of 2006 through 2007. We also currently expect these legal costs to remain generally consistent on a quarterly basis through 2007. Also in the second half of 2006, we began to increase our investment in sales and marketing to increase market coverage and presence. This included increased sales and marketing headcount and increased spending on marketing programs.
 
Our income tax expense (benefit) was impacted in the second half of 2006 due to certain non-tax deductible expenses related to stock-based compensation. These expenses resulted in taxable income in the third and fourth quarter of 2006, as compared to a loss before taxes in our consolidated financial statements.
 
Our quarterly results of operations have varied in the past and are likely to do so again in the future. As such, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. In future periods, the market price of our common stock could decline if our revenue and results of operations are below the expectations of analysts and investors.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private sales of common and preferred stock and subordinated notes, borrowings from financial institutions, and cash generated by our operations. As of December 31, 2006, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $7.6 million.
 
Operating Activities
 
Cash provided by operating activities increased $3.8 million to $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Cash provided by operating activities increased by $0.9 million to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase in cash provided by operating activities for 2006 was primarily due to a net loss for the period of $3.7 million, offset by an increase in non-cash charges of depreciation and stock-based compensation of $19.7 million. The increase in 2005 related to an increase in depreciation and amortization, partially offset by a decrease in working capital. The increase in 2004 as compared to previous years was primarily due to changes in working capital. We expect that cash provided by operating activities will continue to increase as a result of an upward trend of net income. The timing and amount of future working capital changes and our ability to manage our days sales outstanding will also affect the future amount of cash used in or provided by operating activities.
 
Investing Activities
 
Cash used in investing activities increased $29.8 million to $40.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Cash used in investing activities increased by $8.4 million to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Cash used in investing for all years represented capital expenditures primarily for computer equipment associated with the build-out and expansion of our content delivery network.
 
We expect to have significant ongoing capital expenditure requirements, as we continue to invest in and expand our content delivery network. We currently anticipate making aggregate capital expenditures of approximately $40.0 million to $50.0 million in each of 2007 and 2008.


52


Table of Contents

 
Financing Activities
 
Cash provided by financing activities increased $31.0 million to $40.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to cash provided from financing activities of approximately $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Cash provided by financing activities increased $8.0 million to $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Cash provided by financing activities in 2006 reflects net proceeds from our July 2006 private equity transaction in which we recorded $126.3 million of net proceeds, as well as $12.2 million of net borrowings on our bank line. These amounts were offset by $102.1 million of share repurchases in 2006. Cash provided from financing activities in 2005 and 2004 were primarily from borrowing on our various debt financing lines.
 
Our credit facilities with Silicon Valley Bank provide up to $25.0 million in the form of a term loan and up to a $5.0 million revolving credit facility for working capital requirements. As of December 31, 2006, the balance outstanding under the term loan was approximately $23.8 million, and there was no balance outstanding under the revolving credit facility for working capital. The credit facility bears interest at a variable rate determined by using either the prime rate plus a margin or the LIBOR rate plus a margin, at our choice. The prime rate and LIBOR rate margins range from 0% to 1.5% or 2.0% to 3.25%, respectively, depending on our achievement of certain debt coverage ratios and the type of borrowing. The outstanding loan is secured by all of our tangible assets. The loan agreement contains financial and non-financial covenants, including maintaining a tangible net worth, as defined in the credit facility, of at least $30.0 million plus 50% of each quarter’s net income going forward. Through December 31, 2006, we were in compliance with all required covenants. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay the outstanding debt under this credit facility.
 
In connection with our Series B preferred stock financing in July 2006, an escrow account was established with an initial balance of approximately $10.2 million to serve as security for the indemnification obligations of our stockholders tendering shares in that financing. The escrow agreement specifies the procedure by which indemnified parties may make a claim against the escrow fund. Any amounts in escrow not paid in respect to claims for indemnification under the purchase agreement, and not subject to pending claims for indemnification, are to be released to the tendering stockholders upon the earliest to occur of (1) the eighteen month anniversary of the closing of the Series B preferred stock financing, (2) the closing of a liquidation as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or (3) the closing of this offering. Unless our lawsuit with Akamai and MIT settles prior to this offering, we expect to make a claim for the entire remaining amount of the escrow fund. As of March 1, 2007, the balance remaining in this escrow account totaled approximately $9.0 million.
 
We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and existing amounts available under our revolving credit facility, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. If the assumptions underlying our business plan regarding future revenue and expenses change, or if unexpected opportunities or needs arise, we may seek to raise additional cash by selling equity or debt securities. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity or debt securities, these securities could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those accruing to holders of common stock, and the terms of such debt could impose restrictions on our operations. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities would also result in additional dilution to our stockholders. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.
 
Contractual Obligations, Contingent Liabilities and Commercial Commitments
 
In the normal course of business, we make certain long-term commitments for operating leases, primarily office facilities, bandwidth and computer rack space. These leases expire on various dates


53


Table of Contents

ranging from 2007 to 2011. We expect that the growth of our business will require us to continue to add to and increase our long-term commitments in 2007 and beyond. As a result of our growth strategies, we believe that our liquidity and capital resources requirements will grow in absolute dollars but will be generally consistent with that of historical periods on an annual basis as a percentage of net revenue.
 
The following table presents our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2006 over the next five years and thereafter:
 
                                                 
          12
    13 to 24
    25 to 36
    36 to 48
       
    Total     Months     Months     Months     Months     Thereafter  
    (in thousands)  
 
Operating leases
                                               
Bandwidth leases
  $ 18,531     $ 11,207     $ 5,268     $ 1,886     $ 170        
Rack space leases
    5,097       3,930       966       199       2        
Real estate leases
    1,735       524       485       344       314       68  
                                                 
Total operating leases
    25,363       15,662       6,718       2,430       486       68  
Capital leases(1)
    277       272       5                          
Bank debt(1)
    23,818       2,938       5,293       5,293       5,293       5,001  
                                                 
Total commitments
  $ 49,458     $ 18,872     $ 12,016     $ 7,723     $ 5,779     $ 5,069  
                                                 
 
(1) Excludes interest payments on each obligation.
 
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay all of our obligations outstanding under our bank lines and capital leases.
 
We are currently engaged in litigation with Akamai and MIT in which we are alleged to be infringing three of their patents. We are not able at this time to estimate the range of potential loss nor do we believe that a loss is probable. Therefore, we have made no provision for this lawsuit in our financial statements.
 
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have, and have never had, any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
 
Non-GAAP Measures
 
In evaluating our business, we consider and use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our operating performance. We use EBITDA only to assist in reconciliation to Adjusted EBITDA. We define EBITDA as net income before net interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA plus expenses that we do not consider reflective of our ongoing operations. We use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure to review and assess our operating performance. We also believe use of Adjusted EBITDA facilitates investors’ use of operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company by backing out potential differences caused by variations in such items as capital structures (affecting relative interest expense and stock-based compensation expense), the book amortization of intangibles (affecting relative amortization expense), the age and book value of facilities and equipment (affecting relative depreciation expense) and other non cash expenses. We also present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties as a measure of financial performance.
 
The terms EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not defined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, and are not measures of operating income, operating


54


Table of Contents

performance or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and when assessing our operating performance, you should not consider EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in isolation, or as a substitute for net income (loss) or other consolidated income statement data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations include, but are not limited to:
 
  •  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  •  they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •  they do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
 
  •  they do not reflect income taxes or the cash requirements for any tax payments;
 
  •  although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized often will have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;
 
  •  while stock-based compensation is a component of operating expense, the impact on our financial statements compared to other companies can vary significantly due to such factors as assumed life of the options and assumed volatility of our common stock; and
 
  •  other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.
 
We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are calculated as follows for the periods presented:
 
                         
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
    2004     2005     2006  
    (in thousands)  
 
Net income
  $ 516     $ 397     $ (3,713 )
Plus: depreciation and amortization
    844       2,951       10,542  
Plus: interest expense
    189       955       1,782  
Less: interest income
    (1 )           (208 )
Plus: income tax expense
    306       300       2,187  
                         
EBITDA
  $ 1,854     $ 4,603     $ 10,590  
Plus: stock-based compensation
    14       94       9,134  
Plus: litigation expenses recoverable from escrow(1)
                1,560  
                         
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 1,868     $ 4,697     $ 21,284  
 
(1)  During 2006, we repurchased stock in a transaction with a total value of $102.1 million. Selling stockholders agreed to hold $10.2 million of the proceeds to offset specific claims for reimbursement associated with the Akamai lawsuit and other undisclosed obligations that may arise. During 2006, we had $1.6 million of litigation costs subject to reimbursement from this escrow.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Financial Interpretation No. (FIN) 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. The interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning


55


Table of Contents

after December 15, 2006. We are currently reviewing our tax positions taken to determine the effect, if any, that the adoption of this Interpretation will have on our results of operations or financial condition.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurement (SFAS No. 157). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements, but does not require any new fair value measurement. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. We are in the process of determining the effect, if any, that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on our consolidated financial statements. Because Statement No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements or remeasurements of previously computed fair values, we do not believe the adoption of this Statement will have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
 
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (SFAS No. 159). Under this Standard, we may elect to report financial instruments and certain other items at fair value on a contract-by-contract basis with changes in value reported in earnings. This election is irrevocable. SFAS No. 159 provides an opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings that is caused by measuring hedged assets and liabilities that were previously required to use a different accounting method than the related hedging contracts when the complex provisions of SFAS No. 133 hedge accounting are not met. SFAS No. 159 is effective for years beginning after November 15, 2007. Early adoption within 120 days of the beginning of our 2007 fiscal year is permissible, provided we have not yet issued interim financial statement for 2007 and have adopted SFAS No. 157. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting this Standard.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our debt and investment portfolio. In our investment portfolio, we do not use derivative financial instruments. Our investments are primarily with our commercial bank and, by policy, we limit the amount of risk by investing primarily in money market funds, United States Treasury obligations, high-quality corporate and municipal obligations and certificates of deposit. We do not believe that a 10% change in interest rates would have a significant impact on our interest income, operating results or liquidity.
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
Substantially all of our customer agreements are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore our revenue are not subject to foreign currency risk. Because we have operations in Europe and Asia, however, we may be exposed to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates with respect to certain operating expenses and cash flows. Additionally, we may continue to expand our operations globally and sell to customers in foreign locations, potentially with customer agreements denominated in foreign currencies, which may increase our exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations. At this time, we do not have any foreign hedge contracts because exchange rate fluctuations have had little or no impact on our operating results and cash flows.
 
Inflation Risk
 
We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.


56


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
Limelight Networks is a leading provider of high-performance content delivery network services. We digitally deliver content for traditional and emerging media companies, or content providers, including businesses operating in the television, music, radio, newspaper, magazine, movie, videogame and software industries. Using Limelight’s content delivery network, or CDN, content providers are able to provide their end-users with a high-quality media experience for rich media content including video, music, games, software and social media. As consumer demand for media content over the Internet has increased, and as enabling technologies such as broadband access to the Internet have proliferated, consumption of rich media content has become increasingly important to Internet end-users and therefore to the content providers that serve them. We developed our services and architected our network specifically to meet the unique demands content providers face in delivering rich media content to large audiences of demanding Internet end-users. Our comprehensive solution delivers content providers a high-quality, highly scalable, highly reliable offering at a low cost. As of February 2007, over 700 customers have chosen Limelight Networks to deliver the high-quality media experiences their consumers seek online.
 
We are rapidly growing our content delivery capacity and expanding our sales and service capabilities in advance of what we believe will be a dramatic and sustained surge in Internet traffic. The environment in which we are scaling our business is characterized by three macro trends, all of which reinforce the need for content delivery networks:
 
  •  consumption and distribution of rich media content are expanding rapidly;
 
  •  older alternatives for delivering rich media content over basic Internet connections are not scaling well; and
 
  •  a new set of technical, management and economic requirements have emerged for content providers to meet the needs of demanding consumers of rich media content.
 
Consumption and Distribution of Rich Media Content Expanding
 
Multiple forces have created, and continue to drive, a substantial unmet need to rapidly and efficiently deliver large files and broadcast-quality media to large audiences over the Internet. These forces include the following:
 
  •  Proliferation of broadband Internet connections.   According to a report from Strategy Analytics, nearly half of all U.S. households had broadband Internet access in 2006, with broadband Internet penetration expected to reach 73% by 2010. In addition, IDC estimates that the average speed of downstream access for a broadband connection, the speed at which an end-user accesses media files, doubled from the third quarter of 2004 to the same quarter of 2006 (“Market Analysis: U.S. Broadband Services 2006-2010 Forecast,” IDC, September 2006). The proliferation of broadband Internet connections has provided an increasing number of users with the capability to access rich media content efficiently.
 
  •  Consumption of media via the Internet is rivaling consumption via other media channels.   The proliferation of broadband Internet has fundamentally changed the way that consumers access and interact with media content. According to Forrester Research, Inc., consumers between the ages of 18-26 spend approximately 12 hours per week using the Internet, compared to approximately 10.5 hours per week watching television (“State of the Consumers and Technology: Benchmark 2006,” Forrester Research, Inc., July 2006). In addition, eMarketer estimates that at the end of 2006, nearly 60% of all Internet users regularly watched videos online. That number is expected to climb to 80% by the end of 2010.
 
  •  Consumers desire on-demand access to a broad range of personalized media content.   Through technologies like Internet search, personal digital video recorders, video-on-demand


57


Table of Contents

  and social media platforms, consumers are increasingly accustomed to immediate, on-demand access to media content, including videos, music and photos provided by media or content providers or by users themselves.
 
  •  Proliferation of Internet-connected devices.   The proliferation of devices that are capable of connecting to the Internet, such as MP3 players, mobile phones and videogame consoles, has given users even more control and flexibility over how and where they access and use media content from the Internet.
 
Content providers have recognized this evolving shift in consumer behavior and the consumption of rich digital media. Television, music, radio, newspaper, magazine, movie, videogame, software and other traditional and emerging media companies all have or are developing large libraries of rich media and video content. The broad reach provided by the Internet allows these content providers to distribute their content through content aggregators or directly to consumers. The Internet also enables content providers to offer their entire content libraries to consumers. As a result, content providers are able to monetize a much larger portion of their media content libraries than has been possible under offline, non-Internet modes of distribution.
 
Alternatives for Delivering Rich Media Content over the Internet
 
Companies looking to deliver rich media content to users via the Internet have two primary alternatives: deliver content using basic Internet connectivity, in some cases with significant investment in additional infrastructure, or utilize a CDN.
 
Content Delivery via Basic Internet Connectivity
 
Basic Internet connectivity is capable of delivering media content to users, but is ill-suited for delivering the large media files and broadcast-quality media that are commonplace today. The Internet is a complex network of networks that was designed principally to connect every Internet network point to every other Internet network point via multiple, redundant paths. To reach a given user, content from a provider’s website must normally traverse multiple networks. These networks include those of the website’s Internet service provider, or ISP, one or more Internet backbone carriers — each of which provides a network of high-speed communication lines between major interconnection points — and the user’s ISP. At any point along this path, data packets associated with the website’s content can be lost or delayed, impeding the transfer of data to the user. Internet protocols are designed to reliably transport data packets, but are not designed to ensure end-to-end performance. These protocols are effective for delivery of most types of traditional content, but are often ineffective for delivery of rich media content. When data packets are lost or delayed during the delivery of rich media content, the result is noticeable to users because playback is interrupted. This interruption causes songs to skip, videos to freeze and downloads to be slower than acceptable for demanding consumers. This lack of performance and its dramatic effect on user experience make the delivery of rich media content via the basic Internet extremely challenging.
 
In response, some content providers have chosen to invest significant capital to build the infrastructure of servers, storage and networks necessary to bypass, as much as possible, the public Internet. This substantial capital outlay and the development of the expertise and other technical resources required to manage such a complex infrastructure can be time-consuming and prohibitively expensive for all but the largest of companies.
 
Content Delivery via Content Delivery Networks
 
A content delivery network, or CDN, offloads the delivery of content from a media provider’s central website infrastructure to the CDN’s service delivery infrastructure. In general, the infrastructure of a CDN is composed of hundreds or thousands of servers distributed at various points around the Internet, linked together by software that controls where media content objects are stored and how they should be delivered to end-users. Deploying content objects in numerous, distributed locations


58


Table of Contents

can reduce the network distance between users and the media content they seek, reducing the potential for performance-inhibiting network congestion. The architecture of early CDNs reflected the importance and prevalence, at the time, of web page objects such as photos and graphics. Early CDNs typically deployed small server clusters in a large number of locations, relied on the public Internet to connect the clusters, and stored only the most popular content objects in their local caches, which are computing resources used to store frequently accessed data for rapid access. Because each server cluster was small, with few servers available for the storage and delivery of content, and with rarely more than a single network connection, some early CDNs employed optimization algorithms in an effort to effectively manage and allocate these relatively scarce resources.
 
When a requested content object is unavailable on the server cluster, a cache miss, which is a failed attempt to acquire a requested content object in a local cache, occurs. To handle a cache miss, early CDNs were required to access the missing object over the Internet from the content provider’s servers. A cache miss, and the time required to obtain the missing object over the Internet, degrades the end-user’s experience and increases the computing resource cost of servicing the end-user’s request. As the consumption of rich media has grown, the requirement to cache a sufficient number of media objects to guarantee a high-quality end-user experience at an efficient price has strained the architecture of early CDNs.
 
The New Requirements for Delivering Rich Media Content
 
We believe the unique characteristics of rich media content delivery and the rapid growth of rich media consumption have created a new set of technical, management and economic requirements for businesses seeking to deliver rich media content. These requirements include the following:
 
  •  Delivering a consistently high-quality media experience.   User experience is critical for content providers because consumers increasingly expect a high-quality experience, will not tolerate interruptions or inconsistency in the delivery of content, and may never return to a particular media provider if that provider is unable to meet their expectations. A media stream, for example, should begin immediately and play continuously without interruption every time a customer accesses that stream.
 
  •  Delivering expansive content libraries of rich media.   Consumers, particularly those who are accustomed to broadband-enabled Internet services such as high-quality television and radio, increasingly demand the ability to consume any form of media content online. To meet this demand, traditional media companies are moving their enormous libraries of content, such as television shows and movies, online. At the same time, emerging content businesses, such as user-generated content companies, are creating expansive libraries of rich media. Users expect a consistent media experience across every title in these large libraries, for each title regardless of its popularity, each time it is viewed.
 
  •  Ability to scale content delivery capacity to handle rapidly accelerating demand and diversity of audience interest.   Content providers also need to scale delivery of their content smoothly as the size of their audience increases. When a large number of users simultaneously access a particular website, the content provider must be able to meet that surge in demand without making users wait. Rapidly accelerating demand can be related to a single event, such as a major news or sporting event, or can be spread across an entire library of content, such as when a social media website surges in popularity.
 
  •  Reliability.   Throughout the path data must traverse to reach a user, problems with the underlying infrastructure supporting the Internet can occur. For instance, servers can fail, or network connections can drop. Avoiding these problems is important to content providers because network, datacenter, or service provider outages can mean frustrated users, lost audiences and missed revenue opportunities.


59


Table of Contents

 
  •  Flexibility and manageability.   Content providers are making significant investments in preparing their media libraries for delivery over the Internet. Once content is ready for Internet distribution, content providers must be able to support a wide range of formats, begin to distribute their content quickly, and monitor their delivery activities.
 
  •  Managing delivery costs.   Managing the cost of content delivery is important for content providers so that they can maximize profits. As a result, the combination of major capital outlays and operating expenditures required to build and maintain large server clusters, peak period capacity, extensive Internet backbone networks and multiple connections to global broadband access networks is simply not practical for most companies. As users increasingly demand access to large files and media streams, the infrastructure costs associated with providing this content are rising.
 
The capital, expertise, and other managerial effort necessary to meet these requirements can be challenging. As demand for the delivery of rich media content increases, these challenges will become increasingly difficult to meet. We believe, therefore, that there is a significant opportunity for an outsourced Internet content delivery network optimized for the delivery of rich media content.
 
The Limelight Networks Solution for Rich Media Content Delivery
 
We are a leading provider of content delivery services for digital media content including video, music, games, software and social media. We designed our delivery solution specifically to handle the demanding requirements of delivering rich media content over the Internet. Our solution enables content providers and aggregators to provide their end-users with high-quality experiences across any media type, library size, or audience scale without expending the capital and developing the expertise needed to build out and manage their own networks.
 
In designing and building our content delivery network, we built and deployed a globally-distributed network of thousands of servers specially configured for the delivery of rich media content with the following design advantages:
 
Densely-Configured, High-Capacity Architecture.   Our network infrastructure consists of dense clusters of specially-configured servers organized into large, logical CDN locations. The extensive storage capacity of these logical CDN locations leads to fewer cache misses than would occur in an early CDN architecture and provides maximum scalability and responsiveness to surges in end-user demand.
 
Many Connections to Other Networks.   Our logical CDN locations are directly connected to hundreds of user access networks, which are computer networks connected to end-users. In addition, for dedicated connectivity between our logical CDN locations, we lease our own private optical backbone and metro area networks. Lastly, our infrastructure has multiple connections to the Internet. In combination, these connections enable us to frequently bypass the often-congested public Internet, improving the speed of content delivery.
 
Intelligent Software to Manage the Network.   We have developed proprietary software that manages our content delivery system. This software intelligently manages the delivery of content objects, storage and retrieval of customer content libraries, activity logging and information reporting.
 
Flexibility to Meet Varying Customer Demands.   We handle both download and streaming deliveries, and do so across what we believe is one of the broadest range of formats in our industry, including Adobe Flash, MP3 audio, QuickTime, RealNetworks RealPlayer and Windows Media.
 
All of the elements of our network work seamlessly together. Content providers upload content either directly to us or to their own servers, which are connected directly to our network. Upon request from an end-user, we distribute that content to one or more massive storage server clusters which feed hundreds of specially configured servers at each content delivery location around the world. The content is then delivered directly to end-users through our relationships with over 600 broadband


60


Table of Contents

Internet service providers, or over the public Internet if appropriate. Our customers compensate us for this service by paying us on a per-gigabyte basis, or on a variable basis based on peak delivery rate for a fixed period of time, as our services are used.
 
Key Benefits of the Limelight Networks Solution
 
Our content delivery network architecture and service offering were designed and built specifically to meet the demands of rich media content delivery. We are able to deliver the following customer benefits:
 
   High Quality User Experience
 
We enable users to receive their requested content such as software or movie downloads in a timely manner and to enjoy a high-quality media experience when watching a television show or playing a video game online. We accomplish this, in part, by delivering content from servers that can be closer to users than a content provider’s own servers, and by delivering more than half of our content volume directly to a user’s access network, bypassing much of the congestion typically experienced in the public Internet. We also operate a dedicated high-speed (10 gigabits per second) backbone which enables us to move content quickly between locations on our network.
 
   High Scalability Across Media Type, Library Size, and Audience Size
 
We have built a global network of logical CDN locations with extensive storage capacity across the United States, Europe, and Asia that enables us to rapidly deliver digital media worldwide. Each of our logical CDN locations hold a substantial amount of computing power and storage capacity. Our current global delivery capability exceeds 1 terabit per second. This capacity allows us to support traffic spikes associated with special one-time or unexpected events. Our highly scalable infrastructure also enables us to maintain our performance levels as our customers’ audiences grow, media file sizes increase, and content libraries expand.
 
   High Reliability
 
Our distributed CDN architecture, managed by our proprietary software, seamlessly and automatically responds in real time to network and datacenter outages. Each of our content delivery network locations connects to multiple Internet backbone and broadband Internet service provider networks, and has multiple redundant servers, enabling us to continue serving content even if a particular network connection or server fails. Automatic failover and recovery not only provide uninterrupted customer service but also simplify network maintenance and upgrades.
 
   Comprehensive Solution
 
We provide an integrated solution focused on ease of implementation and management to address our customers’ full delivery needs. We can begin delivery services for a new customer within days of a customer’s placing an order. We also support both download and streaming delivery in a broad variety of formats including Adobe Flash, MP3 audio, QuickTime, RealNetworks RealPlayer and Windows Media. In addition, our value-added services include a web-based customer portal that provides management information reports and a download manager that simplifies the downloading process for the end-user. Lastly, we offer custom services to address customers’ non-standard delivery needs.
 
   Low Content Delivery Costs
 
Our content delivery services enable customers to avoid the substantial upfront and ongoing capital requirements of upgrading and maintaining their datacenters and networks in order to deliver media content themselves. Customers benefit from the lower cost associated with the delivery of content using our infrastructure, which is designed specifically for delivering rich media content, and


61


Table of Contents

the expertise we have acquired from serving over 700 customers. Our customers pay for the traffic we deliver for them, and they have the flexibility to purchase additional delivery capacity at any time to support their changing business needs.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our strategic goal is to enhance our position as a leading provider of content delivery services for digital media content. Key elements of our strategy include:
 
   Continue to Focus on Customers with Media Content
 
Our core set of customers are traditional and emerging media companies, including businesses operating in the television, music, radio, newspaper, magazine, movie, videogame and software industries. We intend to continue to focus on this group as we believe it represents a stable and growing business opportunity. There has been rapid growth of rich media content delivered over the Internet in recent years, and we believe that the market will continue to experience robust growth.
 
   Expand Content Delivery Network Infrastructure to Serve New Markets
 
While the market for online rich media content delivery in the United States is still in its early, growth stage, we believe there are also significant growth opportunities abroad. We plan to expand our content delivery network reach and increase the processing power, storage and connectivity of our existing CDN locations in order to continue our expansion into key international markets, including Europe and the Asia Pacific region.
 
   Continue to Innovate
 
Our innovative content delivery infrastructure is a primary driver of our success in the CDN market. Customer requirements will continue to advance, however, and competitors will not stand still. As a result, we intend to continue investing in our technology and network to improve our capabilities further. Doing so will enable us to handle even larger file sizes and customer content libraries, as well as increasingly demanding delivery methods and file formats, beyond what we currently handle. We plan to continue working with some of the most sophisticated and demanding CDN customers in the world to help define and drive our research and development priorities.
 
   Expand Contact Delivery Network Capacity to Further Scale Advantage
 
Continued investment in the physical assets that comprise our network will strengthen the positive reinforcing dynamic that currently exists in our business. This dynamic begins with the media delivery performance we achieve via our infrastructure. Today, because our content delivery architecture excels at delivering rich media, we attract a significant number of CDN customers and a significant amount of CDN traffic. Our customers and traffic volumes make us an attractive partner for broadband access networks seeking direct connections to improve the Internet experiences of their end-users. More and higher-capacity direct connections with broadband access networks further enhance the performance of our infrastructure, thereby attracting additional customers and additional traffic, which then spurs more and faster direct connections with broadband access networks. We refer to this self-reinforcing cycle as the “backroom network effect.”
 
   Enhance Our Distribution Capabilities
 
We intend to expand our direct and indirect sales and distribution channels to broaden our customer relationships as well as deepen our penetration of existing customer accounts. We plan to continue hiring, adding to both our domestic and international sales and management teams. Our international hiring efforts will be focused, initially, on Europe and Asia, and then will transition to other geographies. In addition to building upon our strong relationships with current partners, we intend to


62


Table of Contents

form new ties with third-party distribution partners in order to complement our direct sales efforts. Enhancing our distribution capabilities will also help us address additional industry verticals.
 
   Continue to Meet Customer Needs with Enhanced Services
 
We intend to enhance our existing standard offerings with value-added services closely related to our core media content delivery capability. We plan to develop these services both internally and through collaboration with our growing list of strategic partners. We may also elect to acquire technologies or services that will enhance our value proposition to customers.
 
   Expand Our Partner Relationships
 
Limelight’s leadership position in the industry has attracted a list of partners that use our network to enhance their own service offerings. Additionally, these partners offer services that complement our core offerings. These partner services include digital rights management, content management systems, advertising insertion, content encoding and transcoding, e-commerce systems, and managed hosting. We intend to continue to strengthen our existing relationships with these partners, as well as to develop additional relationships.
 
Services
 
Our services are purpose-built for the delivery of digital media to large, global audiences. Our primary services are the following:
 
  •  Limelight Networks Content Delivery (HTTP/Web delivery);
 
  •  Limelight Networks Streaming Media (Streaming delivery); and
 
  •  Limelight Networks Custom CDN.
 
A customer typically chooses Content Delivery for digital media files, such as purchased movies and games, which are destined to reside, either permanently or for some period of time, on a user’s computer or other device. A customer typically chooses Streaming Media for live events, Internet radio services, and other content that is not intended to reside on the user’s device for even a short period of time. A customer typically chooses Custom CDN if it has one or more unique requirements that are not commonly supported by CDNs, such as the need to execute proprietary software from the edge servers of the CDN. In many cases, a customer will choose more than one of these services, utilizing different services for different content types or services.
 
   Limelight Networks Content Delivery and Streaming Media
 
Limelight Networks Content Delivery provides HTTP/web distribution of digital media files such as video, music, games, software and social media.
 
Limelight Networks Streaming Media provides on-demand and/or live streaming for all major formats including Adobe Flash, MP3 audio, QuickTime, RealNetworks RealPlayer and Windows Media. When media files are streamed to an end-user, the files are not stored on the user’s computer, but rather are received directly and played by the user’s media player software in real-time.
 
The following are additional chargeable options for customers of our Content Delivery and Streaming Media services:
 
  •  LUX.   Web-based management and reporting console that allows customers to manage their provisioned Limelight services, as well as monitor usage, activity, and delivery metrics via customizable CDN reporting.
 
  •  StorageEdge.   Service option for storing a customer’s content library within our CDN architecture, ensuring consistent, high-quality delivery of every file, from the most to the least popular, across the customer’s entire library.


63


Table of Contents

 
  •  Download Manager.   Client-deployed software for managing downloads that enables end-users to download multiple objects with one click.
 
  •  Traffic Services Manager.   Service management option that allows our customers to designate and control traffic requests divided among multiple service delivery infrastructures, including Limelight Networks, providing the customer an easy way to manage network redundancy among internal and externally-provisioned delivery infrastructures.
 
  •  Geo-Compliance.   Content rights compliance offering that allows our customer to define the specific geographic location of a user prior to fulfilling the user’s content request, allowing the content provider to manage geographic restrictions for licensed content distribution.
 
  •  MediaVault.   Security offering for Content Delivery and Streaming Media customers that securely associates digital media or stream locations (URLs) with authorized viewers, protecting content from access by unauthorized users.
 
  •  Content Control.   Performance management offering for Content Delivery that allows our customers to manage costs by limiting the speed of digital media deliveries to their end-users.
 
  •  Log Access.   Access to an aggregated set of detailed activity logs (on-demand or live), allowing our customers to access detailed content and user information from our edge delivery servers.
 
  •  API.   Programmatic interface to Limelight services and reporting which allows a customer’s applications to directly access and pull information into their systems, as well as directly manage Limelight services as part of the customer’s application interface and workflow.
 
Limelight Networks Custom CDN
 
Limelight Networks Custom CDN provides customized content delivery deployments and solutions, built with some or all of our standard CDN components, but in a configuration unique to the customer. A typical Custom CDN solution includes specific servers and related resources dedicated to a particular customer so that custom applications or services may be placed on our network along with the customer’s digital media content, Limelight CDN connectivity for scalable delivery and Limelight professional services for implementing and managing the solution.
 
Complementary Partner Services
 
As a leader in the industry, Limelight has attracted a list of partners that use our network to enhance their own service offerings. Additionally, these partners offer services that complement our core offerings. These partner services include digital rights management, content management systems, advertising insertion, content encoding and transcoding, e-commerce systems and managed hosting.
 
Technology
 
We have developed an innovative system for Internet-based delivery of digital media, based on a content delivery network built specifically for large media files, high bit-rate media streams, expanding content libraries and global audiences. This system and technology platform has the following key elements:
 
Globally-Deployed Servers
 
  •  We have built and deployed a globally distributed network of more than 4,000 servers specially configured for the delivery of rich media content at 52 points of presence, or POPs, and 16 logical CDN locations, or a group of POPs, in the U.S., Europe and Asia. Content consumers can connect to Limelight servers that are closer to them, in network terms, than a content provider’s own servers, eliminating much of the Internet congestion and inconsistent network


64


Table of Contents

  performance that could affect the delivery of content. This reduces or eliminates the visible symptoms of poor Internet performance, including slow start times and stopping or skipping during playback.
 
Densely-Configured, High-Capacity Architecture
 
  •  Our architecture consists of dense clusters of specially-configured edge servers and storage servers deployed at each POP. A logical CDN location is provisioned with hundreds of edge servers, which users connect to and which store our customers’ most popular content files. A logical CDN location also contains one or more intermediate storage systems, which act as large, deep media file caches and store less frequently requested content files. When an edge server in the logical CDN location needs a file that it does not have, it can often retrieve that object from the intermediate storage system, rather than from a customer’s website servers or from another location in our system. These retrievals from intermediate storage systems are very fast, because they occur across a local area or metro area ethernet network, rather than across our backbone or across the public Internet. This architecture enables us to maximize the amount of content stored at each CDN location without requiring that we store every content file on every edge server.
 
  •  We have configured each of our CDN locations to connect with hundreds of networks. They are also equipped with the capacity to support additional network connections as needed. This design allows us to provide maximum scalability and responsiveness as end-user demand increases. In addition, any server within a CDN location can send and receive data via any network at that location. This “any-to-any” capability allows us to use our network connections to the greatest extent possible, without having to simultaneously optimize servers and networks, as some CDNs do. Each of our edge servers has access to whichever locally-attached network is best for each delivery.
 
Connectivity
 
  •  In aggregate, our logical CDN locations are directly connected to more than 600 broadband Internet access networks around the world. Whenever possible, we use these interconnections to place content objects directly on users’ access networks, which means those users’ requested files reach them without ever traversing the public Internet. We believe that there is no faster method available for delivering content to a user. More than half of our total content delivery volume is delivered in this fashion.
 
  •  When we are not connected directly to the user’s broadband Internet access provider, we use commercial Internet carriers to deliver content objects to the user’s broadband provider. We maintain commercial relationships with many of the world’s largest Internet carriers, including Deutsche Telecom, France Telecom and Global Crossing, with multiple commercial Internet carrier connections at each of our CDN locations.
 
  •  Our CDN locations in the United States and Europe are connected together via a dedicated optical backbone, which we operate, that includes redundant 10 gigabit per second connections to every location. Our logical CDN locations in Asia are connected to our U.S./Europe network via managed circuits. By connecting all of our locations with a network infrastructure that we operate and on which we manage the traffic flows (rather than relying on the often-congested public Internet), we are able to rapidly move objects around our network when needed to service user requests. Also, using our own network, rather than relying on the public Internet, means that the stream our edge server acquires will be as high-quality as the stream we receive from our customer.


65


Table of Contents

 
Intelligence
 
  •  We have developed proprietary software that manages our content delivery system. This software consists of several components:
 
  —  Edge server software for managing download and streaming delivery of content objects;
 
  —  Software for assigning resources within our infrastructure and for systematically improving our infrastructure over time as our customers and infrastructure components change;
 
  —  Intermediate cache server systems and software for storing customer content libraries; and
 
  —  Customer portal and customer reporting software.
 
Flexibility
 
  •  Using our proprietary edge server software, we handle both download and streaming deliveries across what we believe is one of the broadest range of formats in our industry, including Adobe Flash, MP3 audio, QuickTime, RealNetworks RealPlayer and Windows Media.
 
Customers
 
Our core set of customers are media companies and other providers of online media content. As of March 1, 2007, we had over 700 customers worldwide, including many top names in the fields of video, digital music, new media, games, rich media applications and software delivery. Based on 2006 revenue, our largest customers in each of these fields included:
 
 
  •  Video:   MSNBC, Viacom.
 
  •  Music:   RadioIO, ABC Radio.
 
  •  Games:   Microsoft (XBOX), Valve Corporation.
 
  •  Software:   Microsoft, Adobe Systems.
 
  •  Social Media:   MySpace.
 
One customer, CDN Consulting, which acted as a reseller of our services primarily to a single large content provider, accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in 2006. Prospectively, we do not expect sales to this reseller to continue at comparable levels. No customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in 2005, and one customer, MusicMatch, accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in 2004.
 
Competition
 
The content delivery network market is highly competitive and is characterized by multiple types of vendors offering varying combinations of computing and bandwidth to content providers. Many of our current competitors, as well as a number of our potential competitors, have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, broader customer relationships and industry alliances, and substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. Our primary competitors include content delivery service providers such as Akamai Technologies, Inc., or Akamai, Level 3 Communications, which recently acquired SAVVIS Communications’ CDN services business, Digital Island, and Internap Network Services Corporation, which recently acquired VitalStream. Also, as a result of the growth of the content delivery market, a number of companies are currently attempting to enter our market, either directly or indirectly, some of which may become significant competitors in the future. Internationally, we compete with local content delivery service providers, many of which are very well positioned within their local markets.


66


Table of Contents

 
We believe that the principal competitive factors affecting the content delivery market include such attributes as:
 
  •  Performance, as measured by file delivery time and end-user media consumption rates;
 
  •  Scalability;
 
  •  Proprietary software designed to efficiently locate and deliver large media files;
 
  •  Ease of implementation;
 
  •  Flexibility in designing delivery systems for unique content types and mixes;
 
  •  Reliability; and
 
  •  Cost efficiency.
 
While many of our current competitors, as well as a number of our potential competitors, have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do, we believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors, taken as a whole. In particular, we believe that our service offerings compete strongly in the areas of performance and scalability, which are two of the most critical elements involved in the delivery of rich media content over the Internet, and in the area of cost efficiency.
 
Research and Development
 
Our research and development organization is responsible for the design, development, testing and certification of the software, hardware and network architecture of our content delivery network system. As of March 1, 2007, we had 15 employees in our research and development group, substantially all of whom were located at our headquarters in Tempe, Arizona. Our engineering efforts support product development across all major types of rich media content, including videos, music, games, software and social media, in various file formats and protocols such as Adobe Flash, MP3 audio, QuickTime, RealNetworks RealPlayer and Windows Media. We test our system to ensure scalability in times of peak media demand. We use internally-developed and third-party software to monitor and to track the performance of our network in the major Internet consumer markets around the world where we provide services for our customers. Our research and development expenses were approximately $0.2 million in 2004, $0.5 million in 2005 and $3.2 million in 2006, including stock-based compensation expense of $1.7 million in 2006. We believe that the investments that we have made in research and development have been effectively utilized. In the future, we anticipate that our research and development expenditures will increase as a percentage of our revenue as we grow our business.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
We sell our services directly through our telesales and field sales forces. We also have customers who incorporate our services into their offerings and function as resellers, as well as other distribution partners. We target media companies and other providers of online media content through our:
 
  •  Telesales force.   Our telesales force is responsible for managing direct sales opportunities within the mid-market within North America.
 
  •  Field sales force.   In October 2006, we began to develop a field sales force and have since hired 11 sales personnel in various geographic markets. This sales force is responsible for managing direct sales opportunities in major accounts in North America, Europe and the Asia Pacific region.


67


Table of Contents

 
  •  Distribution partners.   We have certain customers who incorporate our services into their offerings, and we also maintain relationships with a number of resellers and distribution partners.
 
We focus our marketing efforts on increasing brand awareness, communicating product advantages and generating qualified leads for our sales force and resellers. We rely on a variety of marketing vehicles, including trade shows, advertising, public relations, webinars, our website and collaborative relationships with technology vendors.
 
We intend to expand our current sales and marketing organization in additional international territories.
 
Intellectual Property
 
Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and other intellectual capital. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, domain registrations and contractual protections.
 
We have 14 patent applications pending in the United States. We also have 36 regional or national patent applications pending in foreign countries and five patent applications filed under the Patent Cooperation Treaty awaiting possible entry into the regional or national phase. We do not currently have any issued patents, and we do not know whether any of our patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. Any patents that may be issued to us may be contested, circumvented, found unenforceable or invalidated, and we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing them. Therefore, we cannot predict the exact effect of having a patent with certainty.
 
We have five pending trademark applications in the United States. Our name, Limelight Networks, has been filed for multiple classes in the United States, Australia, Canada, the European Union, India, Japan, South Korea and Singapore. Three of the non-U.S. trademark applications have issued. There is a risk that pending trademark applications may not issue, and that those trademarks that have issued may be challenged by others who believe they have superior rights to the marks.
 
We generally control access to and use of our proprietary software and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including physical and electronic security; contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners; and domestic and foreign copyright laws.
 
Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets and proprietary rights through intellectual property rights and licenses and confidentiality agreements, there is risk that unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software and technology. In addition, we intend to expand our international operations, and effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available or may be limited in foreign countries. Further, expansion of our business with additional employees, locations and legal jurisdictions may create greater risk that our trade secrets and proprietary rights will be harmed. If we fail to effectively protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business could be harmed.
 
Third parties could claim that our products or technologies infringe their proprietary rights. The Internet content delivery industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, trademarks, and copyrights and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We expect that infringement claims may further increase as the number of products, services, and competitors in our market increases. Further, continued success in this market may provide an impetus to those who might use intellectual property litigation as a weapon against us. As described under “Legal Proceedings” below, we are currently party to a lawsuit in which Akamai and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, allege that we are infringing three patents assigned to MIT and exclusively licensed by MIT to Akamai. The outcome of this or any other litigation is inherently unpredictable. In addition, to the extent that we gain greater


68


Table of Contents

visibility and market exposure as a public company, we are likely to face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims from other third parties.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
In June 2006, Akamai and MIT filed a lawsuit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts alleging that we are infringing two patents assigned to MIT and exclusively licensed by MIT to Akamai. In September 2006, Akamai and MIT expanded their claims to assert infringement of a third patent. These two matters have been consolidated by the Court. In addition to monetary relief, including treble damages, interest, fees and costs, the consolidated complaint seeks an order permanently enjoining us from conducting our business in a manner that infringes the relevant patents. A permanent injunction could prevent us from operating our CDN altogether. The Court has set a claims construction hearing, known as a Markman hearing, for May 2007. Although the Court has not set a trial date, based on the schedule currently in place, we believe it is likely that the case will go to trial in 2008.
 
Akamai and MIT have asserted two of the patents at issue in the current litigation in two previous lawsuits against different defendants. Both cases were filed in the same district court as the current action, and assigned to the same judge currently presiding over the lawsuit filed against us. In one case, a portion of one of these patents was upheld but neither lawsuit resulted in the defendant being able to obtain a license from Akamai or MIT, nor did the lawsuits result in a settlement. In addition, Akamai acquired the defendant prior to final resolution of the lawsuit in one of these cases.
 
While we believe that the claims asserted by Akamai and MIT are without merit and intend to vigorously defend the action, we cannot assure you that this lawsuit ultimately will be resolved in our favor. An adverse ruling could seriously impact our ability to conduct our business and to offer our products and services to our customers. This, in turn, would harm our revenue, market share, reputation, liquidity and overall financial position.
 
From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. Other than the patent litigation filed against us by Akamai and MIT, we are not presently a party to any material legal proceedings.
 
Employees
 
As of March 1, 2007, we had 158 employees, including 81 in sales and marketing, 47 in network engineering and operations, 15 in research and development and 15 in general and administrative. Of these employees, 154 are based in the United States and four are based in the United Kingdom. In addition, we have one sales and marketing consultant based in Singapore. We consider our current relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is a party to a collective bargaining agreement.
 
Facilities
 
We lease approximately 7,529 square feet and 13,341 square feet of space in our two headquarters buildings in Tempe, Arizona under leases that expire in 2009 and 2010, respectively. We also lease approximately 8,224 square feet of space for a data center in Phoenix, Arizona under a lease that expires in 2010. We believe we will need additional space before this time, and we have ample options in the local area to expand our use of facilities space. We also lease space for our field personnel in various locations in the United States and Europe. Additionally, we lease substantial data center space in approximately 50 computing centers around the world from market-leading co-location vendors such as Equinix and Switch and Data.


69


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers, Directors and Key Employees
 
Our executive officers, directors and key employees, and their ages and positions as of March 20, 2007 are as follows:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Jeffrey W. Lunsford
  41   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Nathan F. Raciborski
  40   Co-Founder, Chief Technical Officer and Director
Matthew Hale
  54   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Michael M. Gordon
  50   Co-Founder and Chief Strategy Officer
Allan M. Kaplan
  36   Co-Founder and Director
William H. Rinehart
  43   Co-Founder
Erik W. Gabler
  37   Senior Vice President of International Sales & Global Account Management
Louis A. Greco III
  37   Vice President of North American Sales and Business Development Channels
Joseph H. Gleberman(3)
  49   Director
Robert Goad(3)
  52   Director
Fredric W. Harman(1)(2)(3)
  46   Director
Peter J. Perrone(2)(3)
  39   Director
David C. Peterschmidt(1)(2)(3)
  59   Director
Gary Valenzuela(1)(3)
  50   Director
 
(1) Member of our Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of our Compensation Committee
 
(3) Member of our Nominating and Governance Committee
 
Jeffrey W. Lunsford has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman since November 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lunsford served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of WebSideStory, Inc., a provider of on-demand digital marketing applications, from April 2003 to November 2006. Prior to that, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of TogetherSoft Corporation, a software development company, from September 2002 to February 2003, and as the Senior Vice President of Corporate Development of S1 Corporation, a provider of customer interaction software for financial and payment services, from March 1996 to August 2002. He also currently serves on the board of directors of WebSideStory, Inc. and Midtown Bank and Trust Company. Mr. Lunsford received a B.S. in Information and Computer Sciences from the Georgia Institute of Technology.
 
Nathan F. Raciborski , one of our Co-Founders in June 2001, has served as our Chief Technical Officer since June 2001 and as a director since July 2006. Prior to co-founding Limelight, Mr. Raciborski was the Co-Founder and Chief Technical Officer of Aerocast, Inc., from 1999 to 2000. In 1997, he co-founded Entera and served on its board of directors until it was acquired by Cacheflow in 2000. In 1993, Mr. Raciborski co-founded and served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Primenet Services for the Internet, which later merged with GlobalCenter, Inc. where he served as President and Director. GlobalCenter was acquired in 1997 by Frontier Communications, Inc., where he served as President of Network Services until 1998. He also currently serves as a managing member of Cocoon Capital, LLC, a private venture fund.
 
Matthew Hale has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hale served as President and Chief Financial Officer of S1 Corporation, a provider of customer interaction software for financial and payment services, from March 2000 to November 2006. Prior to that, from 1995 to 2000, Mr. Hale served as Chief Financial Officer of CCI-Triad Systems, Inc., a provider of enterprise inventory control and point of sale systems. Mr. Hale also spent over eight years


70


Table of Contents

with the accounting firm of Ernst & Young LLP (formerly, Ernst & Whinny). He is a member of the California and American Institutes of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Hale received a B.B.A. in Accounting from Idaho State University.
 
Michael M. Gordon , one of our Co-Founders in June 2001, has served as our Chief Strategy Officer since January 2005. Prior to joining us in a full-time capacity, Mr. Gordon served as a Consulting Expert to Keller Rohrback PLC, a law firm, from January 2003 through April 2004. Prior to that, he served as Co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Axient Communications, Inc. from January 1999 through October 2002. In April 2002, the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona approved a consent judgment entered into between Mr. Gordon and the U.S. Department of Labor relating to the Labor Department’s allegations that in 1997, while Mr. Gordon was a fiduciary of the retirement plan of Gateway Data Science Corporation, or Gateway, Gateway failed to forward funds withheld from Gateway’s employees’ paychecks to the retirement plan within the time limits prescribed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or ERISA. Pursuant to the judgment, Mr. Gordon agreed to pay restitution to the Gateway retirement plan, as well as certain fees and penalties, and to be permanently enjoined from serving as a named fiduciary of any retirement plan organized under ERISA and from future violations of ERISA and related federal laws. The judgment expressly provided, however, that it would not prevent Mr. Gordon from serving as an executive officer of other companies with which he might be affiliated in the future. In February 2004, the Labor Department reduced the civil penalties previously assessed against Mr. Gordon by 40% after it determined that, while Gateway had failed to abide by the time limits prescribed by ERISA, Mr. Gordon had acted in good faith. Mr. Gordon received a B.S. in Finance from Ohio State University.
 
Allan M. Kaplan , one of our Co-Founders in June 2001, has served as a director since August 2003, including serving as Chairman of our board of directors through November 2006. Mr. Kaplan also served as a Partner of Milestone Equity Partners from October 2001 to November 2003. Prior to co-founding Limelight, Mr. Kaplan served as Senior Vice President of Business Development and as a Director of Axient Communications from 1999 to 2000. In 1997, Mr. Kaplan co-founded Entera, which was acquired by Cacheflow in 2000. In 1993, Mr. Kaplan co-founded and served as Senior Vice President and Director of Primenet Services for The Internet, which later merged with GlobalCenter, where he served as Vice President of Operations and Director. GlobalCenter was acquired in 1997 by Frontier Communications, where he served as Senior Vice President of Network Services until 1998. Mr. Kaplan also currently serves as a managing member of Cocoon Capital, LLC a private venture fund, and sits on the advisory board of Greenhill SAVP.
 
William H. Rinehart , one of our Co-Founders in June 2001, and was our President and Chief Executive Officer from June 2001 to October 2006 and was a director from August 2003 through October 2006. Mr. Rinehart is engaged in international business development activities on our behalf, and he does not presently serve as one of our officers or directors. Prior to co-founding Limelight, Mr. Rinehart served in a number of executive-level sales positions at Critical Path, Inc., a provider of Internet messaging products and services, from 1998 to 2000. In 2002, the SEC alleged that during a portion of the time Mr. Rinehart was associated with Critical Path, Mr. Rinehart participated in a fraudulent scheme to inflate Critical Path’s revenue and earnings. Mr. Rinehart and the SEC entered into a settlement under which Mr. Rinehart neither admitted nor denied the allegations and agreed to be fined, was enjoined from future violations of certain U.S. securities laws, and was prohibited from serving as an officer or director of a public company through August 2007. Mr. Rinehart previously served as the Senior Vice President and General Manager of Frontier Communications, Inc. in 1998, as the Senior Vice President and General Manager of GlobalCenter, Inc. from 1997 to 1998, as the Vice President of Product Development in 1996 and as the Vice President of Sales in 1997 of Genuity, and as the Vice President and General Manager of MFS Communications from 1995 to 1996. Mr. Rinehart received a B.S. in Business Administration from Ball State University.
 
Erik Gabler has served as our Senior Vice President of International Sales & Global Account Management since January 2005. From December 2003 to January 2005, he served as our Vice President of Business Development, from December 2002 to December 2003 as our Vice


71


Table of Contents

President of Sales, and from July 2001 to December 2002 as our Director of Sales. Prior to joining us, Mr. Gabler served as National Director of Co-location Sales for WebVision from October 1998 to June 2001. He also served as Director of ISP Sales for GlobalCenter, Inc., a unit of Frontier Communications, Inc., from July 1997 to September 1998. Mr. Gabler received a B.A. in Organizational Communications from Arizona State University.
 
Louis A. Greco III has served as our Vice President of North American Sales and Business Development Channels since December 2006. From August 2005 to December 2006, he served as our Vice President of Sales and, from August 2003 to August 2005, he served as our National Sales Director. Prior to joining us, Mr. Greco served as a senior sales executive for Cable & Wireless America, an Internet network service provider, from June 2003 to July 2003. He also served in various senior sales and sales management positions for MCI WorldCom, a global business and residential communications company, from October 1996 to February 2003. Mr. Greco received a B.A. in Communication Sciences and English Literature from the University of Connecticut.
 
Joseph H. Gleberman has served as a director since September 2006. Mr. Gleberman has been a Managing Director in Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s Principal Investment Area since 1993. Prior to joining the Principal Investment Area, he served in a variety of capacities in the Investment Banking Division and the Mergers & Acquisitions Department at Goldman, Sachs & Co., which he joined in 1982. He also currently serves on the boards of directors of Euramax Holdings, Inc., iFormation Group, LLC, iHealth Technologies, Inc., and XLHealth Corporation. Mr. Gleberman received a B.A. and an M.A. from Yale University, and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.
 
Robert Goad has served as a director since September 2006. Mr. Goad has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive officer of Diveo Broadband Networks, Inc., an owner and operator of wireless voice and data networks and data centers in North and South America, since July 2002. Since 2000, he has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Diamond Management, and its predecessor, Columbia Management, which manages a portfolio of companies in communications, media and entertainment industries. He previously served as the Interim Chief Executive Officer for Yankee Entertainment and Sports Network, a regional sports television network, from March 2004 through November 2004. Mr. Goad currently serves on the boards of directors of Yankee Entertainment, Grupo Clarin S.A., Diveo and Diamond Management.
 
Fredric W. Harman has served as a director since September 2006. Mr. Harman has served as a Managing Partner of Oak Investment Partners since 1994. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Harman served as a General Partner of Morgan Stanley Venture Capital. Mr. Harman currently serves as a director of U.S. Auto Parts, an online provider of aftermarket auto parts, and several privately held companies, including Aspect Software Inc., a provider of contact center solutions, and Demand Media, Inc., an Internet new media company. Mr. Harman received a B.S. and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University, where he was a Hughes Fellow, and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Graduate School of Business.
 
Peter J. Perrone has served as a director since July 2006. Mr. Perrone has been a Vice President in Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s Principal Investment Area since 2002. Prior to transferring to the Principal Investment Area in 2001, Mr. Perrone worked in the High Technology Group at Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he started as an Associate in 1999. Mr. Perrone also currently serves on the board of directors of Teneros, Inc., Tervela, Inc. and Woven System, Inc. Mr. Perrone received a B.S. from Duke University, an M.S. from the Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Sloan School of Management.
 
David C. Peterschmidt has served as a director since February 2007. Mr. Peterschmidt has served as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director of Openwave Systems, Inc. since November 2004. Prior to joining Openwave, Mr. Peterschmidt served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Securify, Inc., from September 2003 to November 2004. Mr. Peterschmidt was Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Inktomi, Inc. from July 1996 to March 2003. Mr. Peterschmidt also currently serves on the boards of directors of Business Objects S.A., UGS Corp. and Cellular


72


Table of Contents

Telecommunications and Internet Association (CTIA). Mr. Peterschmidt received a B.A. in Political Science from the University of Missouri and an M.A. from Chapman College.
 
Gary Valenzuela has served as a director since February 2007. Mr. Valenzuela has served as President of Powerplay Properties LLC since July 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Valenzuela served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Yahoo! Inc. from January 1996 to July 2000, and he was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TGV Software, Inc., a supplier of Internet software products, from January 1994 to January 1996. He is a Certified Public Accountant in California. Mr. Valenzuela received a B.S. in Business Administration with an Accounting Emphasis and a Computer Systems minor from San Jose State University.
 
Executive Officers
 
Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or officers.
 
Board of Directors
 
Our board of directors is currently composed of nine members, six of whom are independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Prior to this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held during the years 2008 for the Class I directors, 2009 for the Class II directors and 2010 for the Class III directors.
 
  •  Our Class I directors will be Messrs. Goad, Kaplan and Lunsford;
 
  •  Our Class II directors will be Messrs. Gleberman, Harman and Perrone; and
 
  •  Our Class III directors will be Messrs. Peterschmidt, Raciborski and Valenzuela.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the number of our directors, which is currently nine members, shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors. Each officer serves at the discretion of the board of directors and holds office until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
 
The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control.
 
Committees of the Board of Directors
 
As of the closing of this offering, our board will have an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below.
 
Audit Committee
 
Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Our audit committee will:
 
  •  evaluate the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance;
 
  •  determine the engagement of the independent auditors;
 
  •  approve the retention of the independent auditors to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;


73


Table of Contents

 
  •  monitor the rotation of partners of the independent auditors on the Company engagement team as required by law;
 
  •  review our financial statements and review our critical accounting policies and estimates; and
 
  •  review and discuss with management and the independent auditors the results of the annual audit and our quarterly financial statements.
 
The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Harman, Peterschmidt and Valenzuela. We believe that the composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC and SEC rules and regulations. We believe that the functioning of our audit committee complies with the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.
 
Compensation Committee
 
Our compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation programs. The compensation committee will also:
 
  •  review and recommend policy relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees;
 
  •  review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers;
 
  •  evaluate the performance of our officers in light of established goals and objectives;
 
  •  set compensation of our officers based on its evaluations;
 
  •  administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans; and
 
  •  review and evaluate, at least annually, its own performance and that of its members, including compliance with the committee charter.
 
The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Harman, Perrone and Peterschmidt, each of whom our board of directors has determined is independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. We believe that the composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under, and the functioning of our compensation committee complies with, any applicable requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.
 
Nominating and Governance Committee
 
We have established a nominating and governance committee to oversee and assist our board of directors in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors. The nominating and governance committee will also:
 
  •  assess the performance of the board of directors;
 
  •  direct guidelines for the composition of our board of directors; and
 
  •  review and administer our corporate governance guidelines.
 
The members of our nominating and governance committee are Messrs. Gleberman, Goad, Harman, Perrone, Peterschmidt and Valenzuela, each of whom is a non-management member of our board of directors.
 
Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.


74


Table of Contents

 
Codes of Ethics
 
Prior to the completion of this offering we expect to adopt a code of ethics for our principal executive and senior financial officers applicable to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other principal executive and senior financial officers. In addition, we expect to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics for all employees, officers and directors. These codes will become effective as of the effective date of this offering.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board of directors or compensation committee.
 
Director Compensation
 
In 2006, we did not provide any member of our board of directors compensation in his capacity as a director. In 2007, David C. Peterschmidt and Gary Valenzuela joined our board of directors, and each were granted an option to purchase 35,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.14 per share. We also agreed to pay each of these directors an annual cash retainer of $25,000. In addition, we agreed to pay each of Messrs. Peterschmidt and Valenzuela $5,000 annually for membership on each committee on which they serve. In the future, our board of directors expects to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy that will provide non-employee directors with an overall compensation package that we believe will be considered customary for directors of a public company and would allow us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors. Such a policy may include initial and annual equity awards, annual cash retainers associated with board of directors and board committee service, and cash meeting fees. However, at this time no such policy has been agreed to nor adopted.
 
Allan M. Kaplan, one of our Co-Founders and a member of our board of directors, has been a part-time employee of ours since August 2006 and served as a consultant to us during the first seven months of 2006. Under this employment arrangement, Mr. Kaplan provides advisory level services to members of our executive team and receives a salary of $6,250 per month, plus standard benefits available to our other employees. In addition, our arrangement with Mr. Kaplan provides that we will not, except in the case of termination for cause, terminate Mr. Kaplan’s employment with us or terminate the benefits to which he is entitled under this arrangement until July 2007. In August 2006, concurrently with our granting of options to each of our other Co-Founders, we granted Mr. Kaplan an option to purchase 625,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.40 per share, which vests at a rate of approximately 1/12th per month from the grant date. In September 2006, Mr. Kaplan exercised this option in full. We recognized $1,478,000 in stock-based compensation expense for financial reporting purposes with respect to this option grant, computed in accordance with FAS 123R. In 2006, pursuant to his consulting and employment arrangements with us, Mr. Kaplan earned an aggregate of $37,500 in salary, $337,622 in bonus, $8,868 in other compensation (representing amounts paid for health and life insurance) and, together with the option award value described above, total compensation of $1,861,990.
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
Our executive compensation program is designed to attract individuals with the skills necessary for us to achieve our business objectives, to reward those individuals fairly over time, to retain those individuals who continue to perform at or above the levels that we expect and to closely align the compensation of those individuals with our performance on both a short-term and long-term basis. To that end, our executive officers’ compensation has two primary components: base cash compensation, or salary, stock option grants and stock awards. In addition, we have in the past and may in the future


75


Table of Contents

provide discretionary performance bonuses to individuals or all employees to recognize individual performance or the achievement of important business objectives such as the development of our network, the establishment and maintenance of key strategic relationships, the growth of our customer base, as well as financial and operational performance. Finally, we also provide our executive officers a variety of benefits that are available generally to all salaried employees.
 
General
 
We view each component of executive compensation as related but distinct. Although we review total compensation of our executive officers, we do not believe that significant compensation derived from one component of compensation should negate or reduce compensation from other components. We determine the appropriate level for each compensation component based in part, but not exclusively, on competitive benchmarking consistent with our recruiting and retention goals, our view of internal equity and consistency, our overall performance and other considerations we deem relevant. For annual compensation reviews, we evaluate each executive’s performance, look to industry trends in compensation levels and generally seek to ensure that compensation is appropriate for an executive officer’s level of responsibility and for the promotion of future performance. Except as described below, we have not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and currently paid out compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of non-cash compensation. However, our philosophy is to make a greater percentage of an employee’s compensation performance-based and to keep cash compensation to a nominally competitive level while providing the opportunity to be well rewarded through equity if we perform well over time. To this end, we use stock options as a significant component of compensation because we believe that they best relate an individual’s compensation to the creation of stockholder value. While we offer competitive base salaries and the potential for cash bonus, stock-based compensation has also been a significant motivator in attracting employees for Internet-related and other technology companies. In the future, we expect our newly constituted compensation committee to be active in establishing comprehensive policies and guidelines for executive compensation.
 
As our board of directors historically has not operated through the use of committees, we have not, prior to March 2007, had a compensation committee of the board of directors. Our full board, however, has traditionally sought to perform, at least annually, a review of our executive officers’ overall compensation packages to determine whether they provide adequate incentives and motivation and whether they adequately compensate our executive officers relative to comparable officers in other companies with which we compete in attracting and retaining our executives. To date, we have conducted a detailed analysis of the cash and equity compensation of our chief executive officer, and established general budgetary guidelines for aggregate annual employee cash compensation that our chief executive officer has allocated among individual executives and employees on a case by case basis in his discretion. For compensation decisions regarding the grant of equity compensation, including vesting schedules and, in some cases, milestones providing for accelerated vesting if such milestones are achieved, relating to employees other than to our chief executive officer, the board of directors typically considers recommendations from the chief executive officer and/or other members of management. Upon completion of this offering, we intend for the compensation committee to play the primary role in setting compensation levels for our executive officers among all compensation components. We also anticipate that the compensation committee will also have the authority to grant awards under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, which will be effective upon completion of this offering.
 
Elements of Compensation
 
Executive compensation consists of the following elements:
 
Base Compensation.   We fix executive officer base compensation at a level that we believe enables us to hire and retain individuals in a competitive environment and reward individual performance according to satisfactory levels of contribution to our overall business goals. We also


76


Table of Contents

take into account the base salaries that are payable by companies with which we believe we generally compete to attract and retain our executives. The salaries of Messrs. Raciborski, Gordon, Rinehart, Greco and Gabler were increased by approximately 22%, 20%, 22% and 0%, respectively, in 2006, and by approximately 34%, 22%, 0%, 11%, and 17% for 2007, respectively. These increases were part of our normal annual compensation review process and reflect our review of the compensation levels of similar positions at comparable companies. Messrs. Lunsford and Hale were hired by us in 2006 and, therefore, did not receive a salary increase for 2007.
 
Annual Incentive Cash Bonuses.   We have periodically utilized cash bonuses to reward performance achievements and have in place annual target incentive bonuses for each of our executive officers, payable either in whole or in part, depending on the extent to which the employee’s applicable performance goals are achieved. In 2006, we paid incentive cash bonuses for all employees generally in the range of $40,000 to $337,000 for members of our executive management, and $5,000 to $36,000 for other employees, with higher bonuses awarded to certain members of executive management in connection with our strong performance in 2006. Bonuses have generally been reviewed and approved by our board of directors, which has worked to determine the performance and operational criteria necessary for award of such bonuses. The bonuses for Mr. Raciborski, our Chief Technology Officer, Mr. Gordon, our Chief Strategy Officer and Mr. Rinehart, our Chief Executive Officer until November 2006, were based on over-achievement against our 2006 business plan. Mr. Lunsford received a $100,000 signing bonus upon joining us in November 2006. For 2006, Messrs. Lunsford, Raciborski, Gordon, Rinehart, Gabler and Greco each received an aggregate bonus of $100,000, $337,622, $337,622, $337,622, $40,000 and $44,190, respectively, which represented approximately 31%, 115%, 125%, 115%, 29% and 33% of their base salaries, respectively.
 
Long-Term Incentive Program.   We believe that long-term performance is achieved through an ownership culture that encourages such performance by our executive officers through the use of stock and stock-based awards. We utilize stock options to ensure that our executive officers have a continuing stake in our long-term success. Because our executive officers are awarded stock options with an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, the determination of which is discussed below, these options will have value to our executive officers only if the market price of our common stock increases after the date of grant. Typically, our stock option grants to new employees vest at the rate of 25% after the first year of service with remainder vesting ratably over the subsequent 36 months. For non-new hire stock option grants, vesting typically occurs ratably over 48 months from the date of grant. Authority to make stock option grants to executive officers has historically rested with our board of directors, and we expect our board of directors will delegate that authority to our compensation committee in the future. In determining the size of stock option grants to executive officers, our board of directors considers our performance against the strategic plan, individual performance against the individual’s objectives, the experience of our board members, the extent to which shares subject to previously granted options are vested and the recommendations of our chief executive officer and other members of management.
 
We do not have any program, plan or obligation that requires us to grant equity compensation on specified dates and, because we have not been a public company, we have not made equity grants in connection with the release or withholding of material non-public information. However, we intend to implement policies to ensure that equity awards are granted at fair market value on the date that the grant action occurs.
 
Stock Options and Equity Awards.   Our Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan authorizes us to grant options to purchase shares of our common stock to our employees and executive officers, which is described in further detail under “— Employee Benefit Plans.” During 2006, we granted options to Messrs. Lunsford, Raciborski, Hale, Gordon and Rinehart, to purchase 1,000,000, 625,000, 70,000, 625,000, and 625,000 shares of our common stock, respectively. We granted an option to Mr. Lunsford for 500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $9.80 per share and an option for 500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $19.80 per share. We granted an option to Mr. Hale for 70,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of


77


Table of Contents

$10.00 per share. With the exception of the grants to Messrs. Lunsford and Hale, the option grants had an exercise price of $0.40 per share. Each of the grants to Messrs. Lunsford and Hale were made in connection with their commencement of employment at Limelight, respectively, and the remaining grants were made by our board of directors as part of our annual process of reviewing equity positions of our employees, and the board determined that, in light of the individuals’ performance, equity ownership and level of vesting, it was appropriate to provide additional incentive for each of these personnel.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we plan to adopt a new 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, which is described below under “— Employee Benefit Plans.” The 2007 Equity Incentive Plan will replace our existing 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan immediately following this offering and will afford greater flexibility in making a wide variety of equity awards, including stock options, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares, to executive officers and our other employees. Other than the equity plans described above, we do not have any equity security ownership guidelines or requirements for our executive officers.
 
Other Benefits.   Executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, such as medical, dental, vision, group life, short and long-term disability, and supplemental insurance and our 401(k) plan, in each case on the same basis as other employees, subject to applicable laws. We also provide vacation and other paid holidays to all employees, including our executive officers, which are comparable to those provided at peer companies.
 
Executive Compensation Tables
 
The following table provides information regarding the compensation of each of the individuals who served as our principal executive officer and principal financial officer in 2006 and each of the next three most highly compensated executive officers during 2006. We refer to these executive officers as our named executive officers.
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
                                                 
            Stock
  Option
  All Other
   
Name and Principal Position
 
Salary
 
Bonus
 
Awards(1)
 
Awards(1)
 
Compensation(2)
 
Total
 
Jeffrey W. Lunsford(3)
  $ 38,333     $ 100,000     $ 1,668,000     $ 367,000     $ 322     $ 2,173,655  
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
                                               
Nathan F. Raciborski
    220,000       337,622             1,481,000       11,476       2,050,098  
Co-Founder and Chief Technical Officer
                                               
Matthew Hale(4)
    22,917             44,000       18,000       28       84,945  
Chief Financial Officer
                                               
Michael M. Gordon(5)
    180,000       337,622             1,483,000       11,265       2,011,887  
Co-Founder and Chief Strategy Officer
                                               
William H. Rinehart(6)
    220,000       337,622             1,480,000       8,537       2,046,159  
Co-Founder
                                               
Erik W. Gabler
    180,000       40,000             3,000       3,867       226,867  
Senior Vice President of International Sales and Global Account Management
                                               
Louis A. Greco III
    140,453       197,444             1,800       3,867       343,564  
Vice President of North American Sales and Business Development Channels
                                               
 
(1) Amounts represent stock-based compensation expense for fiscal year 2006 for stock and option awards under SFAS 123R as discussed in Note 8, Stockholders’ Equity subheading “Incentive


78


Table of Contents

Compensation Plan,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
(2) Represents amounts paid for health and life insurance for the employee and the employee’s family members.
 
(3) Mr. Lunsford’s annual salary upon completion of this offering will be $400,000.
 
(4) Mr. Hale’s annual salary upon completion of this offering will be $275,000.
 
(5) Mr. Rinehart served as our Chief Executive Officer until October 2006.
 
(6) Mr. Gordon served as our principal financial officer until November 2006.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2006
 
The following table provides information regarding grants of stock options and other plan based awards to each of our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. All options granted to Messrs. Raciborski, Gordon, and Rinehart were granted at the fair market value of our common stock, as determined by our board of directors on the date of grant. The options granted to Messrs. Lunsford and Hale were granted at exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. These options were granted under our Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan.
 
                                         
                All Other
             
          All Other
    Option Awards:
    Exercise or
    Grant Date
 
          Stock Awards:
    Number of
    Base Price
    Fair Value
 
          Number of
    Securities
    of Option
    of Stock
 
          Shares of
    Underlying
    Awards
    and Option
 
Name
 
Grant Date
   
Stock or Units(#)
   
Options(#)
   
($/sh)
   
Awards($)(1)
 
 
Jeffrey W. Lunsford
    11/20/06             500,000 (2)   $ 9.80     $ 3,567,000  
      11/20/06             500,000 (3)     19.80       2,971,000  
      10/20/06       1,000,000 (4)                 10,040,000  
Nathan F. Raciborski
    08/02/06             625,000 (5)     0.40       3,135,000  
Matthew Hale
    12/01/06             70,000 (2)     10.00       448,000  
      12/01/06       230,000                   1,255,000  
Michael M. Gordon
    08/02/06             625,000 (5)     0.40       448,000  
William H. Rinehart
    08/02/06             525,000 (5)     0.40       448,000  
Erik W. Gabler
                             
Louis A. Greco III
                             
 
(1) Amounts represent total fair value of stock and option awards granted in 2006 under SFAS 123R as discussed in Note 8, Stockholders’ Equity subheading “Incentive Compensation Plan,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
(2) Vests 1 / 4  after one year and approximately 1 / 48  per month thereafter. Option expires 10 years from the date of grant.
 
(3) Vests 1 / 48  after two years and approximately 1 / 48  per month thereafter. Option expires 10 years from the date of grant.
 
(4) Twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of the shares vested on the grant date. An additional twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of the shares vest on the 120 th  day after the grant date, and 1 / 48  of the shares vest each month thereafter.
 
(5) Vests approximately 1 / 12  per month. The board of directors has authorized the early exercise of this grant. Option expires 10 years from the date of grant.


79


Table of Contents

 
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2006 Fiscal Year-End
 
The following table presents certain information concerning the outstanding option awards held as of December 31, 2006 by each named executive officer.
 
                                                         
                            Stock Awards        
                                  Equity Incentive
       
                            Equity Incentive
    Plan Awards:
       
                            Plan Awards:
    Market or
       
    Option Awards     Number of
    Payout Value
       
    Number of
    Number of
                Unearned
    of Unearned
       
    Securities
    Securities
                Shares, Units
    Shares, Units
       
    Underlying
    Underlying
                or Other
    or Other
       
    Unexercised
    Unexercised
    Option
    Option
    Rights
    Rights
       
    Options:
    Options:
    Exercise
    Expiration
    That Have
    That Have
       
Name
 
Exercisable (#)
   
Unexercisable(#)
   
Price($)
   
Date
   
Not Vested (#)
   
Not Vested ($)
       
 
Jeffrey W. Lunsford
          500,000     $ 9.80       11/20/16 (1)     875,000 (2)   $ 1,111,250          
            500,000       19.80       11/20/16 (3)                    
Nathan F. Raciborski
                                           
Matthew Hale
          70,000       10.00       12/01/16 (4)     230,000 (4)     292,100          
Michael M. Gordon
                                           
William H. Rinehart
                                           
Erik W. Gabler
    243             0.21       12/15/13 (5)                    
      3,500       71,500       0.40       10/27/15 (6)                    
Louis A. Greco III
    18,900       51,100       0.40       10/27/15 (7)                    
 
(1) Vesting commenced November 20, 2006 and vests 1 / 4 after one year and approximately 1 / 48  per month thereafter.
 
(2) 12.5% of the shares vested on the grant date, October 20, 2006. An additional 12.5% of the shares vest on the 120 th  day after the grant date, and approximately 1 / 48  of the shares vest on the corresponding day of each month thereafter.
 
(3) Vesting commenced November 20, 2006 and vests 1 / 48  after two years and approximately 1 / 48  per month thereafter.
 
(4) Vesting commenced December 1, 2006 and vests 1 / 4 after one year and approximately 1 / 48  per month thereafter.
 
(5) Vesting commenced December 15, 2003 and vests 1 / 4 after one year and approximately 1 / 36  per month thereafter.
 
(6) Vesting commenced November 1, 2005 and vests 1 / 4  after one year and approximately 1 / 36  per month thereafter.
 
(7) Vesting commenced November 1, 2005 and vests 1 / 4 after one year and approximately 1 / 48 per month thereafter.


80


Table of Contents

 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Last Fiscal Year
 
The following table presents certain information concerning the exercise of options and vesting of stock awards by each of our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, including the value of gains on exercise and the value of the stock awards.
 
                                 
    Option Awards     Stock Awards  
    Number of
          Number of
       
    Shares
    Value
    Shares
    Value
 
    Acquired on
    Realized on
    Acquired on
    Realized on
 
Name
 
Exercise(#)
   
Exercise($)
   
Vesting(#)
   
Vesting($)(1)
 
 
Jeffrey W. Lunsford
        $       125,000     $ 50,000  
Nathan F. Raciborski
    500,000       0              
      625,000       0              
Matthew Hale
                       
Michael M. Gordon
    250,000       0              
      625,000       0              
William H. Rinehart
    275,000       0              
      625,000       0              
Erik W. Gabler
    209,772       39,857              
      3,807       4,073              
      25,000       22,000              
Louis A. Greco III
    25,410       4,828              
 
(1) The aggregate dollar amount realized upon the vesting of a stock award represents the aggregate market price of the shares of our common stock underlying the stock award on the vesting date (assumed to be the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) multiplied by the shares vested on the vesting date.
 
Pension Benefits
 
None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us.
 
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
 
None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in non-qualified defined contribution plans or other deferred compensation plans maintained by us.
 
Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements
 
Jeffrey W. Lunsford
 
We have entered into an employment agreement, dated October 20, 2006, with Mr. Lunsford, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board.
 
Compensation.   Mr. Lunsford’s annual salary is $325,000 per year and will be increased to $400,000 per year effective upon the closing of this offering.
 
Mr. Lunsford is eligible to receive an annual cash incentive bonus payable based on achievement of performance goals established by our board of directors. During calendar year 2007, Mr. Lunsford’s target annual incentive bonus is $275,000. The earned annual cash incentive bonus, if any, payable to Mr. Lunsford will depend upon the extent to which the applicable performance goals specified by our board of directors are achieved.
 
We paid Mr. Lunsford a $100,000 signing bonus pursuant to his employment agreement. In addition, the employment agreement provides that, in the event that Mr. Lunsford’s prior employer,


81


Table of Contents

WebSideStory, Inc., fails to pay amounts owed to him pursuant to WebSideStory, Inc.’s bonus plan, we will pay Mr. Lunsford such amount minus the amount actually paid to Mr. Lunsford by WebSideStory, Inc. under WebSideStory, Inc.’s bonus plan.
 
Equity Awards.   Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Lunsford was granted 1,000,000 shares of our restricted common stock under our Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan on October 20, 2006. Of these shares, 12.5% vested on October 20, 2006. An additional 12.5% vested on February 17, 2007, and one forty-eighth of the total number of shares will vest monthly thereafter assuming Mr. Lunsford’s continued employment with us.
 
On November 20, 2006, Mr. Lunsford was granted an option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to his employment agreement at a per share exercise price equal to $9.80 under the Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan. This option is scheduled to vest at a rate of 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the grant, and one forty-eighth of the total number of shares on a monthly basis thereafter, assuming Mr. Lunsford’s continued employment with us.
 
We also issued Mr. Lunsford an option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock on November 20, 2006 at a per share price of $19.80 under the Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan. This option is scheduled to vest at a rate of one forty-eighth of the total number of shares on a monthly basis beginning on the second anniversary of the date of grant.
 
Expenses.   Mr. Lunsford’s employment agreement provides that we will reimburse him for reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred by him in furtherance of the performance of his employment duties. Such reimbursement includes the cost incurred by Mr. Lunsford in flying his personal airplane on business travel up to a maximum of $400 per hour and the cost incurred by Mr. Lunsford in renting an apartment in the Phoenix area, not to exceed $2,000 per month.
 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control and Other Distributions.   Mr. Lunsford’s employment agreement defines a change of control as the consummation of a merger or consolidation or the approval of a plan of complete liquidation or for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets.
 
In the event we consummate a change of control transaction, 50% of Mr. Lunsford’s then outstanding unvested equity awards will vest. Assuming that such change of control occurred on December 31, 2006, Mr. Lunsford would potentially gain $      assuming that the price per share of our common stock as of December 31, 2006 is          , which is the mid-point of the range indicated on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
In the event that we terminate Mr. Lunsford’s employment without cause or Mr. Lunsford resigns for good reason, and the termination is in connection with a change of control, then Mr. Lunsford will receive (i) continued payment of his base salary for twelve months, (ii) payment in the amount equal to 100% of Mr. Lunsford’s target annual incentive for the year in which the termination occurs, (iii) the vesting of 100% of Mr. Lunsford’s then outstanding unvested equity awards, and (iv) reimbursement for premiums paid for continued heath benefits for Mr. Lunsford and any of his eligible dependents until the earlier of 12 months or the date on which Mr. Lunsford and his eligible dependants are covered by a similar plan. Assuming that such change of control occurred on December 31, 2006, Mr. Lunsford would potentially gain $      assuming that the price per share of our common stock as of December 31, 2006 is          , which is the mid-point of the range indicated on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
In the event that we terminate Mr. Lunsford’s employment without cause or Mr. Lunsford resigns for good reason, and such termination is not in connection with a change in control, Mr. Lunsford will receive (i) continued payment of his base salary for twelve months, (ii) the current year’s target annual incentive bonus pro-rated to the date of termination and, (iii) reimbursement for premiums paid for


82


Table of Contents

continued health benefits for Mr. Lunsford and any of his eligible dependents until the earlier of 12 months or the date on which Mr. Lunsford and his eligible dependents are covered by a similar plan.
 
If Mr. Lunsford terminates his employment voluntarily or is terminated for cause, then (i) all further vesting of his outstanding equity awards will terminate immediately, (ii) all payments of compensation to Mr. Lunsford will terminate immediately, and (iii) Mr. Lunsford will be eligible for severance only in accordance with our then established plans. In addition, if Mr. Lunsford terminates his employment voluntarily within the first full year following November 20, 2006, he is required to sell to us all of his shares of our stock for an aggregate of $1.00.
 
In the event Mr. Lunsford’s employment is terminated due to death or disability, 25% of his then unvested options shall vest.
 
Material Conditions or Obligations of Severance.   Mr. Lunsford’s employment agreement provides that the receipt of any severance or other benefits described above is subject to: Mr. Lunsford’s signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims; Mr. Lunsford agreeing that during his employment term and for 24 months thereafter, he will not solicit any of our employees for employment or directly or indirectly engage in, have any ownership interest in or participate in any entity that as of the date of termination competes with us in any substantial business; and Mr. Lunsford not knowingly and materially making any disparaging, criticizing, or otherwise derogatory statements regarding us.
 
Matthew Hale
 
We have entered into an employment agreement, dated November 22, 2006, with Mr. Hale, our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary.
 
Compensation.   Mr. Hale’s employment agreement provides that we will pay Mr. Hale an annual salary of $225,000, which will be increased to $275,000 upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Hale’s employment agreement also provides that we will pay Mr. Hale an annual bonus of $50,000 up until the closing of this offering, which is payable in accordance with our normal payroll practices. Mr. Hale is also eligible to receive an incentive bonus, which when combined with his annual cash incentive bonus, would entitle him to earn an aggregate of $100,000 in bonuses for calendar year 2007. This incentive bonus will be payable upon the achievement of performance goals established by the board of directors or by the compensation committee of the board of directors. During calendar year 2007, Mr. Hale’s target annual incentive is $50,000, which shall be adjusted upward in an amount equal to any portion of the annual bonus Mr. Hale is entitled to receive before the close of this offering that we have not paid to Mr. Hale.
 
Equity Awards.   Mr. Hale’s employment agreement provides that we will grant Mr. Hale 230,000 shares of restricted common stock under the Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan. One-fourth of the total number of shares of restricted common stock subject to this grant vests and our right of repurchase with respect to such vested shares lapses on December 1, 2008. Thereafter, an additional one forty-eighth of the total number of shares of restricted common stock subject to this grant vests and our right of repurchase to such vested shares lapses on each calendar month anniversary after December 1, 2008.
 
Additionally, Mr. Hale’s employment agreement provides that we will issue Mr. Hale an option to purchase 70,000 shares of common stock at a per share exercise price equal to $10.00 per share under the terms of the Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan. One-forth of the total number of options to purchase shares of common stock subject to this grant vests and becomes exercisable on December 1, 2008. Thereafter, an additional one forty-eighth of the total number of options to purchase shares of common stock subject to this grant vests and becomes exercisable on each calendar month anniversary after December 1, 2008.
 
Employment Benefits.   Mr. Hale’s employment agreement provides that we will reimburse Mr. Hale for reasonable expenses incurred in the furtherance of performing his duties, including up to


83


Table of Contents

$2,000 per month incurred in renting an apartment in the Phoenix area for a period not to exceed one hundred and eighty days from the date Mr. Hale commenced service as our Chief Financial Officer. Additionally, Mr. Hale’s employment agreement provides that we will reimburse Mr. Hale for reasonable moving and relocation related expenses in connection with Mr. Hale’s move from the Atlanta metro area to the Phoenix area, provided that such moving and relocation related expenses do not exceed $140,000 in the aggregate.
 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control and Other Distributions.   Mr. Hale’s employment agreement defines a change of control as the consummation of a merger or consolidation or the approval of a plan of complete liquidation or for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets.
 
In the event that we consummate a change of control transaction, 50% of Mr. Hale’s then outstanding unvested equity awards will vest. Assuming that such change of control occurred on December 31, 2006, Mr. Hale would potentially gain $      assuming that the price per share of our common stock as of December 31, 2006 is $     , which is the mid-point of the range indicated on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
In the event that we terminate Mr. Hale’s employment without cause or Mr. Hale resigns for good reason, in either case in connection with a change of control, Mr. Hale will receive continued payment for 12 months of his then current annual salary, 100% of the current year’s target annual incentive bonus, 100% of Mr. Hale’s then outstanding unvested equity awards will vest and reimbursement for premiums paid for continued health benefits under our health plan until the earlier of 12 months or the date upon which Mr. Hale and Mr. Hale’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans. Assuming that such termination or resignation in connection with a change of control occurred on December 31, 2006, Mr. Hale would potentially gain $      assuming that the price per share of our common stock as of December 31, 2006 is $     , which is the mid-point of the range indicated on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
In the event that we terminate Mr. Hale’s employment without cause or Mr. Hale resigns for good reason, in either case other than in connection with a change of control, Mr. Hale will receive continued payment for 12 months of his then current annual salary, the current year’s target annual incentive bonus pro-rated to the date of termination and reimbursement for premiums paid for continued health benefits under our health plans until the earlier of 12 months or the date upon which Mr. Hale and Mr. Hale’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans.
 
In the event that we terminate Mr. Hale’s employment for cause or Mr. Hale resigns without good reason, all payments of compensation to Mr. Hale will terminate immediately and all further vesting of Mr. Hale’s outstanding equity awards will terminate immediately.
 
Mr. Hale will be eligible for severance benefits only in accordance with our then-established plan. In the event that Mr. Hale’s employment is terminated due to death or disability, 25% of Mr. Hale’s then unvested options shall vest.
 
Material Conditions or Obligations of Severance   Mr. Hale’s employment agreement provides that the receipt of any severance or other benefits described above is subject to Mr. Hale’s signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims; agreeing that during his employment term and for 24 months thereafter, he will not solicit any of our employees for employment or directly or indirectly engage in, have any ownership interest in or participate in any entity that as of the date of termination competes with us in any substantial business; and not knowingly and materially making any disparaging, criticizing or otherwise derogatory statements regarding us.


84


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans
 
2007 Equity Incentive Plan
 
Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan in           2007, and our stockholders approved this plan in           2007. Our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.
 
Share Reserve.   We have reserved a total of           shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, plus (a) any shares which have been reserved but not issued under our 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan as of the effective date of this offering and (b) any shares returned to our 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan on or after the effective date of this offering as a result of termination of options or the repurchase of shares issued under the 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan. In addition, our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with our 2008 fiscal year, equal to the least of:
 
  •            % of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year;
 
  •             shares; or
 
  •  such other amount as our board of directors may determine.
 
Administration of Awards.   Our board of directors or a committee of our board administers our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Our compensation committee will be responsible for administering all of our equity compensation plans. In the case of options intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
The administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to institute an exchange program whereby the exercise prices of outstanding awards may be reduced, outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards with a lower exercise price or outstanding awards may be transferred to a third-party.
 
Stock Options.   The plan administrator will determine the exercise price of options granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, but the exercise price of options granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other options.
 
After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.
 
Stock Appreciation Rights.   Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair


85


Table of Contents

market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof. Stock appreciation rights expire under the same rules that apply to stock options.
 
Restricted Stock.   Restricted stock may be granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.
 
Restricted Stock Units.   Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted stock units are awards of restricted stock, performance shares or performance units that are paid out in installments or on a deferred basis. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment.
 
Performance Units and Performance Shares.   Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. Payment for performance units and performance shares may be made in cash or in shares of our common stock with equivalent value, or in some combination, as determined by the administrator.
 
Transfer of Awards.   Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.
 
Change of Control Transactions.   Our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan provides that in the event of our change in control, as defined in the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse and the awards will become fully exercisable. The administrator will provide notice to the recipient that he or she has the right to exercise the option and stock appreciation right as to all of the shares subject to the award, all restrictions on restricted stock will lapse and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met. The option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of the period of time the administrator provides in the notice. In the event the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options and stock appreciation rights will fully vest and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on restricted stock will lapse and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.
 
Plan Amendments.   Our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan will automatically terminate in 2017, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend


86


Table of Contents

or terminate the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant.
 
Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan
 
Our Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders effective October 2006. Our Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock grants and stock purchase rights to our employees, directors and consultants. As of December 31, 2006, options to purchase 3,767,495 shares of common stock were outstanding and 602,836 shares were available for future grant under this plan. In March 2007, we reserved an additional 950,000 shares for future grant under this plan.
 
We will not grant any additional awards under our Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan following this offering. Instead, we will grant options under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. However, our Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of all outstanding options and stock purchase rights previously granted under the Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan following this offering.
 
Our Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan provides that in the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any merger or consolidation in which we are not the surviving corporation, the successor entity may, with the consent of our board of directors or a committee designated by our board of directors, assume each outstanding option or substitute an equivalent option or right. If the successor entity does not assume or substitute the outstanding options, then (i) each option will terminate upon the consummation of the sale, merger or consolidation and (ii) our board of directors, or a committee designated by our board of directors, has the authority, within its discretion, to provide for the acceleration of vesting or exercisability of options and other awards granted by us under our Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan. Our board of directors, or a committee designated by our board of directors, is required to give notice of any proposed sale, merger or consolidation a reasonable time prior to the closing date of such sale, merger or consolidation in order to give our option holders an opportunity to exercise any options that are then exercisable before the closing of the transaction.
 
401(k) Plan
 
We have established a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to 15% or the statutory limit, $15,000 in 2006, whichever is less, and have us contribute the amount of this reduction to the 401(k) plan. In addition, beginning January 1, 2007, we match employee deferrals as follows: a dollar-for-dollar (100%) match on an eligible employee’s deferral that does not exceed three percent (3%) of compensation for the year and a fifty percent (50%) match on the next two percent (2%) of the employee’s deferrals. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401 of the Code so that contributions by employees or by us to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.
 
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
 
  •  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;


87


Table of Contents

 
  •  any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
 
  •  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
 
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.


88


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed above under “Management,” the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2004, to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
 
Preferred Stock Issuances
 
In July 2006, we issued an aggregate of 26,579,970 shares of our Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.8909 per share to certain accredited investors in a private placement transaction. As a result of this transaction, entities affiliated with Goldman, Sachs & Co., one of the lead underwriters of this offering, became holders of more than five percent of our common stock. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of the securities acquired by these entities:
 
         
    Series B Preferred
 
Investor
 
Stock Purchased
 
 
GS Capital Partners V Fund, L.P. 
    13,966,505  
GS Capital Partners V Offshore Fund, L.P. 
    7,214,515  
GS Capital Partners V Institutional, L.P. 
    4,789,316  
GS Capital Partners V GmbH & Co. KG
    553,716  
 
Investors’ Rights Agreement
 
In July 2006, we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with the purchasers of our preferred stock that provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock issued upon conversion of their preferred stock. The holders of 5% of our capital stock listed in the above table are parties to this agreement, as is another holder of 5% of our capital stock, Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for additional information.
 
Stockholders’ Agreement
 
In July 2006, we entered into a stockholders’ agreement with the purchasers of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock that provides for certain rights of first refusal with respect to the stock subject to the agreement, certain rights relating to the co-sale of such securities and certain rights with respect to the voting of the securities subject to the agreement. Pursuant to this agreement, the parties agreed to vote any shares of our common stock held by them in favor of directors nominated by a majority of the holders of the then outstanding shares of common stock held by the parties to the agreement. The parties also agreed to vote any shares of our preferred stock held by them in favor of four directors designated by GS Capital Partners V Institutional, L.P. and GS Capital Partners V Fund, L.P. This agreement and all rights thereunder, including rights to designate directors, automatically terminate upon completion of this offering, and members previously elected to our board of directors pursuant to the agreement will continue to serve as directors until their successors are duly elected by the holders of our common stock.
 
Stockholder Tender Agreement and Escrow
 
In May 2006, we entered into a purchase agreement for the sale of our Series B preferred stock, which transaction closed in July 2006. The purchase agreement provided for an aggregate of $102.1 million of the proceeds from the sale of the Series B preferred stock to be used by us to repurchase shares of our common stock from existing stockholders, holders of vested stock options to purchase shares of our common stock and warrant holders at a price not to exceed $4.8909 per share. In connection with this transaction, we entered into a stockholder tender agreement with certain


89


Table of Contents

of our stockholders. Pursuant to this agreement, in July 2006 we repurchased the following common stock and vested stock options held by certain individuals who were serving as directors and/or executive officers at that time, or entities affiliated with these individuals, at a purchase price of $4.8909 per share:
 
  •  1,134,866 shares of our common stock from Michael and Lauren Gordon;
 
  •  50,000 shares of our common stock from Thunder Road Capital LLC. Michael M. Gordon is a managing member of Thunder Road Capital LLC;
 
  •  2,951,872 shares of our common stock from Kaplan Group Investments LLC. Allan M. Kaplan is a managing member of Kaplan Group Investments LLC;
 
  •  244,579 shares of our common stock from Cocoon Capital LLC. Nathan F. Raciborski and Allan M. Kaplan are managing members of Cocoon Capital LLC;
 
  •  1,354,415 shares of our common stock from the Raciborski Group Limited Partnership;
 
  •  1,455,791 shares of common stock from Nathan F. Raciborski;
 
  •  1,735,871 shares of our common stock from the Rinehart Family Trust dated May of 1999;
 
  •  352,884 shares of our common stock from Erik W. Gabler and Nicole A. Gabler;
 
  •  123,981 shares of our common stock subject to a vested option held by Erik W. Gabler, with an exercise price of $0.21 per share; and
 
  •  44,590 shares of our common stock subject to a vested option held by Louis A. Greco III, with an exercise price of $0.21 per share.
 
The purchase agreement also provided for an aggregate of $10.2 million of the funds used to repurchase shares to be held in an escrow account to serve as security for the indemnification obligations of the tendering stockholders under the purchase agreement. We entered into a related escrow agreement in July 2006, which provides for the establishment of an escrow fund pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement and describes the process by which indemnified parties may make a claim against the escrow fund. The purchasers of our Series B preferred stock and their affiliates and their respective officers, directors and employees are indemnified parties under the escrow agreement. The following table sets forth the holders of at least 5% of our capital stock which are indemnified parties under the purchase agreement and the escrow agreement:
 
         
Investor
     
 
GS Capital Partners V Fund, L.P.
       
GS Capital Partners V Offshore Fund, L.P.
       
GS Capital Partners V GmbH & Co. KG
       
GS Capital Partners V Institutional, L.P.
       
Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P.
       
 
Any amounts in escrow not paid in respect to claims for indemnification under the purchase agreement, and not subject to pending claims for indemnification, are to be released to the tendering stockholders upon the earliest to occur of (i) the eighteen month anniversary of the closing of the Series B preferred stock financing, which occurred in July 2006, (ii) the closing of a liquidation as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or (iii) the closing of this offering.
 
Transactions With Entities Affiliated With Our Co-Founders
 
Vendor Relationship
 
Our primary provider of server hardware to date has been MicroPro Logistics, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Earthworks Underground Specialists, Inc. Nathan F. Raciborski owned all of the outstanding shares of Earthworks until December 2006. We purchased equipment from MicroPro


90


Table of Contents

totaling $2.1 million in 2004, $7.4 million in 2005, and $29.9 million in 2006. In December 2006, Mr. Raciborski sold a portion of his shares in Earthworks and MicroPro to an unrelated third-party investor and contributed the balance of his shares to Kairos Foundation, a private charitable organization not controlled by Mr. Raciborski. Earthworks currently owes approximately $800,000 to Mr. Raciborski, pending a final accounting analysis of Earthworks’ retained earnings balance. As a result, Mr. Raciborski may be deemed to hold a continuing financial interest in Earthworks.
 
Customer Relationships
 
Nathan F. Raciborski owned 25% of the outstanding shares of Priority Networks, Inc., which is one of our customers. We recorded revenue from Priority Networks of $125,298 in 2004, $210,701 in 2005 and $260,476 in 2006. In August 2006, Priority Networks, Inc. was acquired by Smart City Holdings, LLC, and Mr. Raciborski no longer has any ownership interest in Priority Networks, Inc.
 
William H. Rinehart, Allan M. Kaplan and Nathan F. Raciborski each own approximately 25% of the outstanding stock of Four Point Play, Ltd., a subsidiary of which is one of our customers. We recorded revenues from that subsidiary of approximately $38,537 in 2004, $20,874 in 2005 and $7,720 in 2006.
 
Lending and Lease Transactions
 
We borrowed $100,000 in January 2003, $275,000 in April 2003, $425,000 in March 2004, $500,000 in November 2004 and $400,000 in April 2005 from the Raciborski Family Foundation. Nathan F. Raciborski is the founder of the Raciborski Family Foundation, but does not hold investment authority over this entity. Payments related to those notes during 2004 totaled $295,699, of which $202,167 was principal and the balance was interest. Payments related to those notes during 2005 totaled $1,617,940, of which $1,497,833 was principal and the balance was interest. All notes accrued interest at a rate of 14%. We paid off these notes in full in August 2005.
 
Nathan F. Raciborski loaned $100,000 to Limelight Mainstreet Tempe, LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, in 2002 and accrued interest in 2003 and 2004 in the amount of $40,111. Mr. Raciborski also entered into an equipment rental agreement with Limelight Mainstreet and accrued $60,000 of rental payments under the equipment rental agreement in 2004. In 2005, Mr. Raciborski loaned an additional $114,444 to Limelight Mainstreet in exchange for the equipment that had been previously rented. We made a $20,000 principal payment to Mr. Raciborski in June of 2005. Interest accrued at 20% for a total interest expense of $33,960 in 2005. The total loan balance of principal and accrued interest at the year end of 2005 was $270,187. Interest accrued at 20% for a total interest expense of $21,065 in 2006. In July 2006, we paid the total loan balance of principal and accrued interest of $291,251 in full.
 
We paid Thunder Road Capital fees of $84,000 in 2004 and $77,000 in 2005 for providing guarantees to various third-party lessors in support of our leases with those lessors. Allan M. Kaplan and Michael M. Gordon are members of Thunder Road Capital and the sole members who participated in the transaction with us.
 
We entered into two 12-month term capital leases with Ridgeline Capital, LLC. Michael M. Gordon is the managing member of Ridgeline. The first capital lease commenced in February 2005 for network equipment valued at $950,207 with an implied interest rate of 18% and the second capital lease commenced in March 2005 for network equipment valued at $289,894 with an implied interest rate of 19%. These two capital leases were fully paid off in August 2005, and we assumed title to the leased equipment. Interest expense, including loan origination fees, relating to these two capital leases was $129,901 in 2005.
 
We lease approximately 1,000 square feet of office space from Cocoon Capital, LLC in Phoenix, Arizona. Cocoon Capital is 50% owned each by Nathan F. Raciborski and Allan M. Kaplan. We paid rent to Cocoon Capital for this facility totaling $38,400 in 2004, $25,600 in 2005 and $19,800 in 2006.


91


Table of Contents

In addition, Cocoon Capital is the owner of record for the T-1 and phone lines that we use at this location. We reimbursed Cocoon Capital for those expenses in the aggregate of $41,790 in 2004. Cocoon Capital sold the building in late 2006, but has entered into a month-to-month lease at $1,200 per month. We have agreed to these month to month expenses, but we have not entered any formal lease agreement. We expect to vacate this facility by the end of 2007.
 
Stock Option Grants
 
Certain stock option grants made in 2006 to our directors and executive officers and related option grant policies are described in this prospectus under the captions “Management — Director Compensation” and “Management — Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year.” Pursuant to our director and executive officer compensation policy or prior arrangements, we granted the following options to certain executive officers in 2004 and 2005:
 
  •  In February 2005, we granted Michael M. Gordon an option to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share.
 
  •  In February 2005, we granted Nathan F. Raciborski an option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share.
 
  •  In February 2005, we granted William Rinehart an option to purchase 275,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share.
 
  •  In October 2005, we granted Eric W. Gabler an option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share.
 
  •  In October 2005, we granted Louis A. Greco III an option to purchase 70,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share.
 
Employment and Change of Control Agreements with Executive Officers
 
We have entered into employment and change of control arrangement with certain of our executive officers as described under the caption “Management — Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements.”
 
Indemnification of Officers and Directors
 
Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, prior to completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. For further information, see “Management — Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”
 
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
 
As provided by our audit committee charter, our audit committee must review and approve in advance any related party transaction. All of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to our audit committee any such related party transaction prior to its completion. Prior to the creation of our audit committee, our full board of directors reviewed related party transactions. Each of the related party transactions described above that were submitted to our board of directors were approved by disinterested members of our board of directors after disclosure of the interest of the related party in the transaction.


92


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2006 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering, for:
 
  •  each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;
 
  •  each of our named executive officers;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
 
  •  each selling stockholder.
 
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to state community property laws, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares reflected as beneficially owned by them. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock that could be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006 are considered outstanding. These shares, however, are not considered outstanding when computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Percentage of ownership is based on 44,514,964 shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31, 2006, assuming conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock, and           shares of common stock to be outstanding after completion of this offering. This table assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).
 
Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the stockholders in the table below is c/o Limelight Networks, Inc., 2220 W. 14th Street, Tempe, Arizona 85281.
 
                                         
                Shares
             
   
Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering
    Being
   
Shares Beneficially Owned After Offering
 
Beneficial Owner
 
Number
   
Percent
   
Offered
   
Number
   
Percent
 
 
5% Stockholders
                                       
GS Capital Partners Entities(1)
    20,181,661       45.3 %                        
Oak Investment Partners XII, Limited Partnership(2)
    4,089,227       9.2                          
Nathan Raciborski Grantor Retained Annuity Trust(3)
    2,310,207       5.2                          
Executive Officers and Directors
                                       
Jeffrey W. Lunsford
    1,000,000       2.3                          
Nathan F. Raciborski(4)
    3,598,260       8.1                          
Matthew Hale
    230,000       *                          
Michael M. Gordon(5)
    1,809,867       4.1                          
Allan M. Kaplan(6)
    2,788,054       6.3                          
William H. Rinehart(7)
    2,360,871       5.3                          
Erik W. Gabler(8)
    249,322       *                          
Louis A. Greco III(9)
    48,860       *                          
Joseph H. Gleberman(10)
    20,181,661       45.3                          
Robert Goad
                                   
Fredric W. Harman(11)
    4,089,227       9.2                          


93


Table of Contents

                                         
                Shares
             
   
Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering
    Being
   
Shares Beneficially Owned After Offering
 
Beneficial Owner
 
Number
   
Percent
   
Offered
   
Number
   
Percent
 
 
Peter J. Perrone(12)
    20,181,661       45.3                          
David C. Peterschmidt
                                   
Gary Valenzuela
                                   
All directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)(13)
    36,193,069       81.2                          
Other Selling Stockholders
                                       
 
(1) Funds affiliated with or managed by Goldman, Sachs & Co. are GS Capital Partners V Fund, L.P. (10,626,855 shares of Series B Preferred Stock), GS Capital Partners V Offshore Fund, L.P. (5,489,391 shares of Series B Preferred Stock), GS Capital Partners V Institutional, L.P. (3,644,102 shares of Series B Preferred Stock) and GS Capital Partners V GmbH & Co. KG (421,313 shares of Series B Preferred Stock) (the “Goldman Sachs Funds”). Voting and dispositive power for the shares held by GS Capital Partners V Fund, L.P. is held by its general partner GSCP V Advisors, L.L.C., which disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by GS Capital Partners V Fund, L.P. except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein, if any. Voting and dispositive power for the shares held by GS Capital Partners V Offshore Fund, L.P. is held by its general partner GSCP V Offshore Advisors, L.L.C., which disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by GS Capital Partners V Offshore Fund, L.P. except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein, if any. Voting and dispositive power for the shares held by GS Capital Partners V Institutional, L.P. is held by its general partner GS Advisors V., L.L.C., which disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by GS Capital Partners V Institutional, L.P. except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein, if any. Voting and dispositive power for the shares held by GS Capital Partners V GmbH & CO. KG is held by its managing limited partner GS Advisors V., L.L.C., which disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by GS Capital Partners V GmbH & CO. KG except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein, if any. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is a direct and indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and is an underwriter of this offering. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is an investment manager of GSCP V Advisors, L.L.C., GSCP V Offshore Advisors, L.L.C. and GS Advisors V., L.L.C. The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., and certain affiliates, including Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Goldman Sachs Funds, may be deemed to directly or indirectly beneficially own an aggregate of 20,181,661 shares of Series B Preferred Stock which are owned directly or indirectly by the Goldman Sachs Funds. The general partner, managing general partner or managing limited partner of the Goldman Sachs Funds are affiliates of the Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Goldman Sachs Funds and their general partner, managing general partner or managing limited partner share voting and investment power with certain of their respective affiliates. The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. each disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Goldman Sachs Funds, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address of each of the GS Capital Partners entities is c/o Goldman Sachs & Co., One New York Plaza, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10004, Attn: Ben Adler.
 
(2) The names of the parties who share power to vote and share power to dispose of the shares held by Oak Investment Partners XII, Limited Partnership are Fredric W. Harman, Bandel L. Carano, Ann H. Lamont, and Edward F. Glassmeyer, all of whom are executive managing members of Oak Associates XII, LLC, the General Partner of Oak Investment Partners XII, Limited Partnership. Each such individual disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by such partnership in which such individual does not have a pecuniary interest. The address of Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P. is 525 University Avenue, Suite 1300, Palo Alto, CA 94301, Attn: Fredric W. Harman.

94


Table of Contents

 
(3) Nathan F. Raciborski is a trustee of, and holds voting and dispositive power for the shares held by, the Nathan Raciborski Grantor Retained Annuity Trust Dated October 17, 2006.
 
(4) Includes 2,310,207 shares of common stock held by the Nathan Raciborski Grantor Retained Annuity Trust dated October 17, 2006, 1,125,000 shares of common stock held by Nathan Raciborski and 163,053 shares of common stock held by Cocoon Capital LLC. Nathan F. Raciborski is a trustee of the Nathan Raciborski Grantor Retained Annuity Trust dated October 17, 2006 and a member manager of Cocoon Capital LLC. Mr. Raciborski holds voting and dispositive power for the shares held by the Nathan Raciborski Grantor Retained Annuity Trust Dated October 17, 2006 and for the shares held by Cocoon Capital LLC. Mr. Raciborski disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Cocoon Capital LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(5) Includes 1,384,867 shares of common stock held by Michael and Lauren Gordon, 50,000 shares of common stock held by Thunder Road Capital LLC, 75,000 shares of common stock held by the Buttercup Irrevocable Trust, 75,000 shares of common stock held by the Dandelion Irrevocable Trust, 75,000 shares of common stock held by the Sunshine Irrevocable Trust, 75,000 shares of common stock held by the Tiger Irrevocable Trust and 75,000 shares of common stock held by the Tigerlily Irrevocable Trust. Michael M. Gordon is a managing member of Thunder Road Capital LLC and a trustee of the Buttercup Irrevocable Trust, Dandelion Irrevocable Trust, Sunshine Irrevocable Trust, Tiger Irrevocable Trust and Tigerlily Irrevocable Trust. Mr. Gordon holds voting and dispositive power for the shares held by Thunder Road Capital LLC, the Buttercup Irrevocable Trust, the Dandelion Irrevocable Trust, the Sunshine Irrevocable Trust, the Tiger Irrevocable Trust and the Tigerlily Irrevocable Trust. Mr. Gordon disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Thunder Road Capital LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, and of the shares held by the Buttercup Irrevocable Trust, the Dandelion Irrevocable Trust, the Sunshine Irrevocable Trust, the Tiger Irrevocable Trust and the Tigerlily Irrevocable Trust.
 
(6) Includes 2,000,001 shares of common stock held by the Allan Kaplan Grantor Retained Annuity Trust Dated October 17, 2006, 625,000 shares of common stock held by Allan Kaplan and 163,053 shares of common stock held by Cocoon Capital LLC. Allan M. Kaplan is a trustee of the Allan Kaplan Grantor Retained Annuity Trust dated October 17, 2006 and a managing member of Cocoon Capital LLC. Mr. Kaplan holds voting and dispositive power for the shares held by the Allan Kaplan Grantor Retained Annuity Trust Dated October 17, 2006 and for the shares held by Cocoon Capital LLC. Mr. Kaplan disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Cocoon Capital LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(7) Includes 2,360,871 shares of common stock held by the Rinehart Family Trust dated May of 1999. William H. Rinehart is a trustee of the Rinehart Family Trust dated May of 1999. Mr. Rinehart holds voting and dispositive power for the shares held by the Rinehart Family Trust dated May of 1999.
 
(8) Includes 10,743 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006.
 
(9) Includes 23,450 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006.
 
(10) See footnote (1) above. Joseph H. Gleberman is a managing director of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Gleberman holds voting and dispositive power for the shares held by GS Capital Partners V Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners V Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners V Institutional, L.P. and GS Capital Partners V GmbH & Co. KG. Mr. Gleberman disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by GS Capital Partners V Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners V Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners V Institutional, L.P. and GS Capital Partners V GmbH & Co. KG except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(11) See footnote (2) above. Fredric W. Harman has voting and dispositive power for the shares held by Oak Investment Partners XII, Limited Partnership. Mr. Harman disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by such partnership in which he does not have a pecuniary interest.


95


Table of Contents

 
(12) See footnote (1) above. Peter J. Perrone is a vice president of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Perrone does not hold voting or dispositive power for the shares held by GS Capital Partners V Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners V Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners V Institutional, L.P. and GS Capital Partners V GmbH & Co. KG. Mr. Perrone disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by GS Capital Partners V Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners V Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners V Institutional, L.P. and GS Capital Partners V GmbH & Co. KG except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(13) Includes an aggregate of 34,193 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006.


96


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
General
 
We are authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value.
 
Common Stock
 
Assuming the conversion of each outstanding share of preferred stock into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering, as of December 31, 2006, we had 44,514,964 shares of common stock outstanding that were held of record by approximately 64 stockholders.
 
The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon the closing of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. The board of directors may also designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of the common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of the preferred stock. However, these effects might include:
 
  •  restricting dividends on the common stock;
 
  •  diluting the voting power of the common stock;
 
  •  impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; and
 
  •  delaying or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders.
 
We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
 
Warrants
 
As of December 31, 2006, a warrant to purchase a total of 65,390 shares of our common stock was issued and outstanding at an exercise price of $0.22 per share. This warrant will expire upon the closing of this offering unless exercised prior to such date.
 
Registration Rights
 
Following this offering, the holders of 29,960,170 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock or their permitted transferees are entitled to rights with respect to registration of these shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. These rights are provided under the terms of our amended and restated investor rights agreement. Under these registration rights, holders of the then outstanding registrable securities may require on two occasions that we


97


Table of Contents

register their shares for public resale. Such registration requires the election of the holders of registrable securities holding at least 25% of such registrable securities. We are obligated to register these shares only if the requesting holders request the registration of the number of registrable securities with an anticipated offering price of at least $10,000,000. In addition, holders of registrable securities holding at least 5% of such registrable securities may require that we register their shares for public resale on Form S-3 or similar short-form registration, if we are eligible to use Form S-3 or similar short-form registration, and the value of the securities to be registered is at least $5,000,000. If we elect to register any of our shares of common stock for any public offering, the holders of registrable securities are entitled to include shares of common stock in the registration. However, we may reduce the number of shares proposed to be registered in view of market conditions, provided that we may not reduce the number of registrable securities included in any such registration below 20% of the total number of shares included in such offering (except for a registration relating to our initial public offering, from which all registrable securities may be excluded). We will pay all expenses in connection with any registration described herein, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. These rights will terminate five years after the closing of this offering and prior to then, any holder shall cease to have registration rights once that holder may sell all of its registrable securities under Rule 144 during any three-month period.
 
Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.
 
Undesignated Preferred Stock
 
As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.
 
Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.
 
In addition, our amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.
 
Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals
 
Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper


98


Table of Contents

procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.
 
Board Classification
 
Our board of directors is divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board, see “Management — Board of Directors.” Our classified board may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.
 
No Cumulative Voting
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not permit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board’s decision regarding a takeover.
 
Amendment of Charter Provisions
 
The amendment of the above provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
 
Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute
 
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:
 
  •  prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •  upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or
 
  •  at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.


99


Table of Contents

 
The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
Our transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is          .
 
Listing
 
We have applied to list our common stock for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “LLNW.”


100


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after the offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse as described below, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decrease or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding           shares of common stock. Of these shares, all           shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, other than by any of our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144(a) under the Securities Act, without restriction or registration under the Securities Act. All remaining shares were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These remaining shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
Lock-up Agreements
 
In connection with this offering, we and our officers, directors, and holders of [all] of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of, hedge or lend any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. This agreement is subject to certain exceptions and does not apply to the issuance by us of shares under any existing employee benefit plans.
 
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person who owns shares that were acquired from us or an affiliate of us at least one year prior to the proposed sale is entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that our affiliates who sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares with the exception of the holding period requirement.


101


Table of Contents

 
Rule 144(k)
 
Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, “144(k) shares” may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.
 
Rule 701
 
In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, consultants or advisors who purchases or purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction that was completed in reliance on Rule 701 and which complied with the requirements of Rule 701 is eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.
 
Stock Options
 
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering 11,608,822 shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 or such other form as may be required under the Securities Act for the resale of shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options that were not granted under Rule 701. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to volume limitations, manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.
 
Registration Rights
 
We have granted demand registration rights, rights to participate in offerings that we initiate and Form S-3 registration rights to our preferred stockholders. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”


102


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Jefferies & Company, Inc., Piper Jaffray & Co. and Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.
 
         
Underwriters
 
Number of Shares
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
       
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
       
Jefferies & Company, Inc.
       
Piper Jaffray & Co.
       
Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. 
       
         
         
Total
                
         
 
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
 
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional          shares from us or the selling stockholders to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
 
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase           additional shares.
 
Paid by the Company
 
                 
   
No Exercise
   
Full Exercise
 
 
Per Share
  $                $             
Total
  $       $  
 
Paid by the Selling Stockholders
 
                 
   
No Exercise
   
Full Exercise
 
 
Per Share
  $                $             
Total
  $       $  
 
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.
 
We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. This


103


Table of Contents

agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
 
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.
 
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
 
We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “LLNW.”
 
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us or the selling stockholders. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
 
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
 
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:
 
(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000


104


Table of Contents

(Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to us; and
 
(b) it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
 
(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
 
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the


105


Table of Contents

offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
 
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
 
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Securities and Exchange Law”) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
 
The underwriters will not execute sales in discretionary accounts without the prior written specific approval of the customer.
 
We and the selling stockholders estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $2.4 million.
 
We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
In July 2006, we completed the sale of our Series B preferred stock to certain investors, after which sale certain entities affiliated with Goldman, Sachs & Co., the co-lead underwriter for this offering, held approximately 45% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Rule 2720 requires that the initial public offering price can be no higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined by the NASD. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated has served in that capacity and performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is expected to receive compensation from us for such role.
 
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.


106


Table of Contents

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Palo Alto, California. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati own an aggregate of 15,026 shares of our common stock.
 
EXPERTS
 
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2005 and 2006, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement.
 
For further information about us and our common stock, you may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a Web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this Web site.


107


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Limelight Networks, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Limelight Networks, Inc. as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based upon our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Limelight Networks, Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, Limelight Networks, Inc. changed its method of accounting for share-based payments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004) on January 1, 2006.
 
 
/s / Ernst & Young LLP
 
Phoenix, Arizona
March 21, 2007


F-1


Table of Contents

Limelight Networks, Inc.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
 
                 
    December 31  
   
2005
   
2006
 
 
Assets
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,536     $ 7,611  
Accounts receivable, net of reserves of $328 and $1,204 at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively
    4,273       16,626  
Income taxes receivable
          3,317  
Deferred income taxes
    157       362  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    940       3,011  
                 
Total current assets
    6,906       30,927  
Property and equipment, net
    11,986       41,784  
Investment in marketable securities
    355       285  
Deferred income taxes
          173  
Other assets
    336       759  
                 
Total assets
  $ 19,583     $ 73,928  
                 
 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 3,138     $ 6,419  
Accounts payable, related parties
    362       781  
Line of credit
    1,000        
Notes payable to related party, current portion
    195        
Credit facilities, current portion
    1,950       2,938  
Capital lease obligations, current portion
    289       245  
Other current liabilities
    1,799       6,511  
                 
Total current liabilities
    8,733       16,894  
Credit facilities, less current portion (net of discount of $71 and $470 in 2005 and 2006, respectively)
    8,606       20,410  
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
    203       5  
Other long-term liabilities
    30       30  
Deferred income taxes
    188        
                 
Total liabilities
    17,760       37,339  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 4,614,000 shares authorized; 4,614,000 and 3,380,200 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively (liquidation preference: $733 at December 31, 2006)
    4       3  
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 28,700,000 shares authorized; 26,579,970 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006 (liquidation preference: $260,000 at December 31, 2006)
          27  
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 80,100,000 authorized; 23,409,138 and 14,554,794 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively
    23       14  
Additional paid-in capital
    3,299       41,712  
Deferred share-based compensation
    (91 )      
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (71 )     (113 )
Accumulated deficit
    (1,341 )     (5,054 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,823       36,589  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 19,583     $ 73,928  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


F-2


Table of Contents

Limelight Networks, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31  
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Revenue
  $ 11,192     $ 21,303     $ 64,343  
Cost of revenue:
                       
Cost of services
    4,834       9,037       25,662  
Depreciation — network
    775       2,851       10,316  
                         
Total cost of revenue
    5,609       11,888       35,978  
                         
Gross margin
    5,583       9,415       28,365  
Operating expenses:
                       
General and administrative
    2,147       4,107       18,274  
Sales and marketing
    2,078       3,078       6,841  
Research and development
    231       462       3,151  
Depreciation and amortization
    69       100       226  
                         
Total operating expenses
    4,525       7,747       28,492  
                         
Operating income (loss)
    1,058       1,668       (127 )
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest expense
    (189 )     (955 )     (1,782 )
Interest income
    1             208  
Other income (expense)
    (48 )     (16 )     175  
                         
Total other income (expense)
    (236 )     (971 )     (1,399 )
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    822       697       (1,526 )
Income tax expense
    306       300       2,187  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 516     $ 397     $ (3,713 )
                         
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
  $ 317     $ 185     $ (3,713 )
                         
Net income (loss) per common share — basic
  $ 0.01     $ 0.01     $ (0.22 )
                         
Net income (loss) per common share — diluted
  $ 0.01     $ 0.01     $ (0.22 )
                         
Weighted average common shares — basic
    23,125       23,158       17,061  
                         
Weighted average common shares — diluted
    25,971       27,375       17,061  
                         
 
See accompanying notes.


F-3


Table of Contents

Limelight Networks, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                                                                         
                                                    Accumulated
             
                                        Additional
    Deferred
    Other
             
    Series A Preferred Stock     Series B Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Paid-In
    Share-Based
    Comprehensive
    Accumulated
       
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Capital
    Compensation    
Loss
   
Deficit
   
Total
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
    2,307,000     $ 2           $       23,079,000     $ 23     $ 2,426     $ (23 )   $     $ (2,254 )   $ 174  
Net income
                                                          516       516  
Issuance of Series A preferred stock
    2,307,000       2                               498                         500  
Issuance of common stock
                            46,147             13                         13  
Value of warrants issued
                                        22                         22  
Share-based compensation
                                        7       7                   14  
                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2004
    4,614,000       4                   23,125,147       23       2,966       (16 )           (1,738 )     1,239  
Net income
                                                          397       397  
Unrealized losses on investments, net of tax of $47
                                                    (71 )           (71 )
                                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                                                    326  
Exercise of common stock options
                            196,491             43                         43  
Exercise of common stock warrants
                            87,500             35                         35  
Tax benefit from share-based compensation
                                        9                         9  
Value of warrants issued
                                        77                         77  
Share-based compensation
                                            169       (75 )                 94  
                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2005
    4,614,000       4                   23,409,138       23       3,299       (91 )     (71 )     (1,341 )     1,823  
Net loss
                                                            (3,713 )     (3,713 )
Unrealized losses on investments, net of tax of $28
                                                    (42 )           (42 )
                                                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                                                                    (3,755 )
Reclassification due to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R
                                        (91 )     91                    
Issuance of Series B preferred stock net of offering costs of $3,683
                26,579,970       27                   126,289                         126,316  
Conversion of Series A preferred stock to common stock
    (1,233,800 )     (1 )                 1,233,800       1                                
Exercise of common stock options
                            3,493,549       4       1,028                         1,032  
Exercise of unvested common stock options
                            2,160,629       2       (2 )                        
Exercise of common stock warrants
                            3,907,588       4       1,050                         1,054  
Issuance of restricted common stock
                            1,230,000       1       (1 )                        
Vesting of restricted common stock
                                        1,735                         1,735  
Vesting of early exercised stock options
                                        254                         254  
Value of warrants issued
                                        496                         496  
Tax benefit from share based compensation
                                        1,627                         1,627  
Escrow funds returned from share repurchase
                                        729                         729  
Repurchase of common stock
                            (20,879,910 )     (21 )     (102,100 )                       (102,121 )
Share-based compensation
                                        7,399                         7,399  
                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2006
    3,380,200     $ 3       26,579,970     $ 27       14,554,794     $ 14     $ 41,712     $     $ (113 )   $ (5,054 )   $ 36,589  
                                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes.


F-4


Table of Contents

Limelight Networks, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31  
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 516     $ 397     $ (3,713 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    844       2,951       10,542  
Share-based compensation
    14       94       9,134  
Deferred income tax
    250       (125 )     (538 )
Accounts receivable charges
    312       293       1,162  
Accretion of debt discount
    22       6       97  
Gain on sale of property and equipment
    (2 )           (175 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (1,189 )     (3,677 )     (13,515 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (201 )     (707 )     (2,071 )
Income taxes receivable
                (3,317 )
Other assets
    (132 )     (153 )     (423 )
Accounts payable
    625       2,064       3,725  
Accounts payable, related parties
    359       3       419  
Other current liabilities
    187       1,301       4,966  
Other long term liabilities
          30        
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,605       2,477       6,293  
                         
Investing activities
                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (2,620 )     (10,852 )     (40,609 )
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
    123              
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (2,497 )     (10,852 )     (40,609 )
                         
Financing activities
                       
Borrowings on credit facilities
    32,873       8,769       32,873  
Payments on credit facilities
    (31,319 )     (642 )     (19,682 )
Borrowings on line of credit
          1,000        
Payments on line of credit
                (1,000 )
Payments on capital lease obligations
    (261 )     (34 )     (242 )
Borrowings on notes payable — related parties
          659        
Payments on notes payable — related parties
    (475 )     (464 )     (195 )
Escrow funds returned from share repurchase
                729  
Tax benefit from share-based compensation
          9       1,627  
Net proceeds from common stock issuances
    13       78       2,086  
Net proceeds from preferred stock issuances
    500             126,316  
Repurchase of common stock
                (102,121 )
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    1,331       9,375       40,391  
                         
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    439       1,000       6,075  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    97       536       1,536  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 536     $ 1,536     $ 7,611  
                         
Supplement disclosure of cash flow information
                       
Cash paid during the year for interest
  $ 118     $ 634     $ 1,143  
                         
Cash paid during the year for income taxes
  $ 67     $     $ 4,805  
                         
 
See accompanying notes.


F-5


Table of Contents

Limelight Networks, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006
 
1.   Organization and Basis of Presentation
 
Limelight Networks, Inc (the Company) is a provider of high-performance content delivery network services. The Company delivers content for traditional and emerging media companies, or content providers, including businesses operating in the television, music, radio, newspaper, magazine, movie, videogame and software industries. The Company has operated in the Phoenix metropolitan area since 2001 and elsewhere throughout the United States since 2003. The Company began international operations in 2004. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries all of which are wholly owned. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes service revenues in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition , and the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables. Revenue is recognized when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed and collectibility of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
At the inception of a customer contract for service, the Company makes an assessment as to that customer’s ability to pay for the services provided. If the Company subsequently determines that collection from the customer is not reasonably assured, the Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts and bad debt expense for all of that customer’s unpaid invoices and ceases recognizing revenue for continued services provided until cash is received.
 
The Company primarily derives revenue from the sale of content delivery services to customers executing contracts having terms of one year or longer. These contracts generally commit the customer to a minimum monthly level of usage on a calendar month basis and provide the rate at which the customer must pay for actual usage above the monthly minimum. For these services, the Company recognizes the monthly minimum as revenue each month provided that an enforceable contract has been signed by both parties, the service has been delivered to the customer, the fee for the service is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. Should a customer’s usage of the Company’s services exceed the monthly minimum, the Company recognizes revenue for such excess in the period of the usage. The Company typically charges the customer an installation fee when the services are first activated. The installation fees are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue ratably over the estimated life of the customer arrangement. The Company also derives revenue from services sold as discrete, non-recurring events or based solely on usage. For these services, the Company recognizes revenue after an enforceable contract has been signed by both parties, the fee is fixed or determinable, the event or usage has occurred and collection is reasonably assured.
 
The Company periodically enters into multi-element arrangements. When the Company enters into such arrangements, each element is accounted for separately over its respective service period or at the time of delivery, provided that there is objective evidence of fair value for the separate elements. Objective evidence of fair value includes the price charged for the element when sold separately. If the fair value of each element cannot be objectively determined, the total value of the arrangement is recognized ratably over the entire service period to the extent that all services have begun to be provided, and other revenue recognition criteria has been satisfied.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
To date the Company has not licensed, but in the future may license, software under perpetual and term license agreements. In such case, the Company would apply the provisions of Statement of Position, or SOP, 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, as amended by SOP 98-9, Modifications of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions. As prescribed by this guidance, the Company would apply the residual method of accounting. The residual method requires that the portion of the total arrangement fee attributable to undelivered elements, as indicated by vendor specific objective evidence of fair value, be deferred and subsequently recognized when delivered. The difference between the total arrangement fee and the amount deferred for the undelivered elements would be recognized as revenue related to the delivered elements, if all other revenue recognition criteria of SOP 97-2 are met.
 
The Company also sells services through a reseller channel. Assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met, revenue from reseller arrangements is recognized over the term of the contract, based on the reseller’s contracted non-refundable minimum purchase commitments plus amounts sold by the reseller to its customers in excess of the minimum commitments. These excess commitments are recognized as revenue in the period in which the service is provided. The Company records revenue under these agreements on a net or gross basis depending upon the terms of the arrangement in accordance with EITF 99-19 Recording Revenue Gross as a Principal Versus Net as an Agent. The Company typically records revenue gross when it has risk of loss, latitude in establishing price, credit risk and is the primary obligor in the arrangement.
 
From time to time, the Company enters into contracts to sell services or to license technology to unrelated companies at or about the same time we enter into contracts to purchase products or services from the same companies. If the Company concludes that these contracts were negotiated concurrently, the Company records as revenue only the net cash received from the vendor. For certain non-cash arrangements whereby the Company provides rack space and bandwidth services to several companies in exchange for advertising the Company records barter revenue and expense if the services are objectively measurable. The various types of advertising include radio, Website, print and signage. The Company recorded barter revenue and expense of approximately $319,000, $531,000 and $670,000 for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
The Company may from time to time resell licenses or services of third parties. Revenue for these transactions is recorded when the Company has risk of loss related to the amounts purchased from the third party and the Company adds value to the license or service, such as by providing maintenance or support for such license or service. If these conditions are present, the Company recognizes revenue when all other revenue recognition criteria are satisfied.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents.
 
Investments in Marketable Securities
 
The Company accounts for its investments in equity securities under FASB’s Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. Management determines the appropriate classification of such securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such classification as of each balance sheet date. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary are determined based on the specific identification method and would be reported in the statements of operations; there have been no such realized losses.
 
At December 31, 2006, the Company had only one investment security. The Company’s investment in this publicly traded equity security is classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale investments are initially recorded at cost and periodically adjusted to fair value through comprehensive income. The equity investment is included in other assets in the Company’s accompanying


F-7


Table of Contents

consolidated balance sheets and is carried at fair value. The Company periodically reviews its investments for other-than-temporary declines in fair value based on the specific identification method and writes down investments to their fair value when an other-than-temporary decline has occurred.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amounts and do not bear interest. The Company records reserves against its accounts receivable balance for service credits and for doubtful accounts. The related charges are included as a component of general and administrative expenses.
 
The Company’s reserve for service credits increases as a result of specific service credits that are expected to be issued to customers during the ordinary course of business, as well as for billing disputes. These credits typically relate to customer disputes and billing adjustments and are recorded as a reduction of revenues. Decreases to the reserve are the result of actual credits being issued to customers, causing a corresponding reduction in accounts receivable.
 
The allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon a review of customer accounts receivable where the Company no longer believes the customer has the ability to pay outstanding balances. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers. If such an evaluation indicates that payment is no longer reasonably assured for services provided, any future services provided to that customer will result in the deferral of revenue until the Company receives consistent payments.
 
Estimates are used in determining both of these reserves and are based upon the Company’s review of outstanding balances on a customer specific, account-by-account basis.
 
Reserves against accounts receivable consist of the following ( In thousands) :
 
                                                 
          Additions     Deductions              
    Balance at
    Charged to
    Charged
    Write-Offs,
             
    Beginning
    Costs and
    Against
    Net of
    Balance at
       
Year Ended
 
of Year
   
Expenses
   
Revenue
   
Recoveries
   
End of Year
       
 
December 31, 2004
  $ 18     $ 229     $ 83     $ 69     $ 261          
December 31, 2005
    261       135       158       226       328          
December 31, 2006
    328       618       544       286       1,204          
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line and accelerated methods over the assets’ estimated useful lives of the applicable asset.
 
     
Network equipment
  3 years
Computer equipment
  3 years
Furniture and fixtures
  3-5 years
Other equipment
  3-7 years
 
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the asset’s estimated useful life or the respective lease term. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
 
Long-Lived Assets
 
The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. The Company would recognize an impairment loss if the sum of the expected long-term undiscounted cash flows that the long-lived asset is expected to generate is less than the carrying amount of the long-lived asset being evaluated. The Company treats any write-downs as permanent reductions in the carrying amounts of the assets. The Company believes the carrying amounts of its assets at December 31, 2005 and 2006 are fully realizable and has not recorded any impairment losses.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
Deferred Rent and Lease Accounting
 
The Company leases office space in various locations. At the inception of each lease, the Company evaluates the property to determine whether the lease will be accounted for as an operating or a capital lease. The term of the lease used for this evaluation includes renewal option periods only in instances where the exercise of the renewal option can be reasonably assured and failure to exercise the option would result in an economic penalty.
 
The Company records tenant improvement allowances granted under the lease agreements as leasehold improvements within property and equipment and within deferred rent.
 
For leases that contain rent escalation provisions, the Company records the total rent payable during the lease term, as determined above, on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease (including any “rent free” period beginning upon possession of the premises), and records any difference between the actual rent paid and the straight-line rent expense recorded as increases or decreases in deferred rent.
 
Cost of Revenue
 
Cost of revenues consists primarily of fees paid to network providers for bandwidth and for housing servers in third-party network data centers, also known as co-location costs. Cost of revenues also includes network operation employee costs, network storage costs, cost of IT professional services, cost of licenses, depreciation of network equipment used to deliver the Company’s services, amortization of network-related software and costs for the production of live on-line events. The Company enters into contracts for bandwidth with third-party network providers with terms typically ranging from several months to two years. These contracts generally commit the Company to pay minimum monthly fees plus additional fees for bandwidth usage above the contracted level. In some circumstances, Internet service providers (ISPs) make available to the Company rack space for the Company’s servers and access to their bandwidth at discounted or no cost. In exchange, the ISP and its customers benefit by receiving content through a local Limelight server resulting in better content delivery. The Company does not consider these relationships to represent the culmination of an earnings process. Accordingly, the Company does not recognize as revenue the value to the ISPs associated with the use of the Company’s servers nor does the Company recognize as expense the value of the rack space and bandwidth received at no cost.
 
Research and Development and Software Development Costs
 
The Company charges research and development costs, other than certain software development costs, to expense as incurred. Software development costs incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility and prior to the introduction into the Company’s content delivery network are capitalized and amortized to cost of revenue over the estimated useful life of the related software. There were no costs capitalized at December 31, 2005 or 2006, because the costs incurred from technological feasibility to the introduction into the network were immaterial.
 
Income Taxes
 
Deferred income tax is accounted for using the liability method in accordance with SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax benefits and consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial reporting bases of assets and liabilities and their related tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that the related benefits will not be realized.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
 
Basic net income (loss) per share attributed to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period as reduced by the weighted average unvested restricted shares subject to cancellation by the Company.
 
Diluted net income (loss) per share attributed to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted average number of common and potential common shares outstanding during the period, if the effect of each class of potential common shares is dilutive. Potential common shares include restricted common stock and incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method.
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31  
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Historical net income (loss) per share
                       
Numerator:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 516     $ 397     $ (3,713 )
Preferred dividend rights
    199       212        
                         
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
  $ 317     $ 185     $ (3,713 )
                         
Denominator:
                       
Weighted average common shares
    23,125       23,158       17,314  
Less: Weighted-average unvested common shares subject to repurchase
                (253 )
                         
Denominator for basic net income (loss) per share
    23,125       23,158       17,061  
Dilutive effect of stock options and shares subject to repurchase
    791       894        
Dilutive effect of outstanding stock warrants
    2,055       3,323        
                         
Denominator for diluted net income (loss) per share
    25,971       27,375       17,061  
                         
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ 0.01     $ 0.01     $ (0.22 )
                         
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ 0.01     $ 0.01     $ (0.22 )
                         
 
The following weighted-average outstanding options, common stock subject to repurchase and common stock warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per common share for the periods presented because including them would have had an antidilutive effect:
 
                         
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Options to purchase common stock and stock subject to repurchase
                2,326  
Stock warrants (as converted basis)
          15        
 
Employee Stock Option Plan
 
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for employee stock options pursuant to SFAS, No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure. Under this method, compensation expense was recorded for stock options granted prior to December 31, 2005 based upon the minimum value method.


F-10


Table of Contents

 
Unamortized deferred stock-based compensation totaled $91,000 at December 31, 2005, for all option grants made through December 31, 2005, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.6 years.
 
As of January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004)  Share-Based Payment , or SFAS No. 123R. The Company was required to adopt SFAS No. 123R under the prospective method, in which nonpublic entities that previously applied SFAS No. 123 using the minimum-value method, whether for financial statement recognition or pro forma disclosure purposes, would continue to account for unvested stock options outstanding at the date of adoption of SFAS No. 123R in the same manner as they had been accounted for prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R. That is, since the Company has been accounting for stock options using the minimum-value method under SFSA No. 123, it will continue to apply SFAS No. 123 in future periods to stock options outstanding at January 1, 2006. SFAS No. 123R requires measurement of all employee share-based compensation awards using a fair-value method. The grant date fair value was determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model. The Black-Scholes-Merton valuation calculation requires the Company to make key assumptions such as future stock price volatility, expected terms, risk-free rates and dividend yield. The weighted-average expected term for stock options granted was calculated using the simplified method in accordance with the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment. The simplified method defines the expected term as the average of the contractual term and the vesting period of the stock option. The Company has estimated the volatility rates used as inputs to the model based on an analysis of similar public companies for which it has data. The selection of representative companies as well as in evaluating the available historical volatility data for these companies requires considerable judgment by the Company.
 
SFAS No. 123R requires the Company to develop an estimate of the number of share-based awards which will be forfeited due to employee turnover. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate may have a significant effect on share-based compensation, as the effect of adjusting the rate for all expense amortization after January 1, 2006 is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If the actual forfeiture rate is higher than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to increase the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in a decrease to the expense recognized in the consolidated financial statements. If the actual forfeiture rate is lower than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to decrease the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in an increase to the expense recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The Company has never paid cash dividends, and does not currently intend to pay cash dividends, and thus has assumed a 0% dividend yield.
 
The Company’s options and restricted stock vest based on service and expense is recognized using the straight-line attribution method. The Company had approximately $30.1 million of total unrecognized compensation costs at December 31, 2006 that are expected to be recognized over a weight-average period of 2.60 years.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to the short maturity of those instruments. The respective fair values of investments are determined based on quoted market prices, which approximate fair values. The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate their respective fair values because of the immediate or short-term maturity of these financial instruments. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt also approximates fair value.


F-11


Table of Contents

 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant areas for which management uses estimates include revenue recognition, accounts receivable reserves, income and other taxes, share-based compensation and other contingent liabilities.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation No. (FIN) 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. The interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company has not yet determined the impact, if any, of adopting FIN 48 on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurement (SFAS No. 157). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements, but does not require any new fair value measurement. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is in the process of determining the effect, if any, that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on the consolidated financial statements. Because SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements or remeasurements of previously computed fair values, the Company does not believe the adoption of this Statement will have a material effect on its results of operations or financial condition.
 
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (SFAS No. 159). Under this Statement, the Company may elect to report financial instruments and certain other items at fair value on a contract-by-contract basis with changes in value reported in earnings. This election is irrevocable. SFAS No. 159 provides an opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings that is caused by measuring hedged assets and liabilities that were previously required to use a different accounting method than the related hedging contracts when the complex provisions of SFAS No. 133 hedge accounting are not met. SFAS No. 159 is effective for years beginning after November 15, 2007.
 
Early adoption within 120 days of the beginning of the 2007 fiscal year is permissible, provided interim financial statement for 2007 have not been issued and have adopted SFAS No. 157. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting this Statement.
 
3.   Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
 
At December 31, prepaid expenses and other current assets include:
 
                 
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Non-income taxes receivable
  $ 230     $ 1,087  
Prepaid royalties and licenses
    392       974  
Other
    318       950  
                 
    $ 940     $ 3,011  
                 


F-12


Table of Contents

4.   Property and Equipment
 
At December 31, property and equipment include:
 
                 
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Network equipment
  $ 15,444     $ 54,530  
Computer equipment
    426       951  
Furniture and fixtures
    72       136  
Leasehold improvements
    173       526  
Other equipment
    27       106  
                 
      16,142       56,249  
Less: accumulated depreciation
    (4,156 )     (14,465 )
                 
    $ 11,986     $ 41,784  
                 
 
Depreciation and amortization expense was approximately $844,000, $2,951,000 and $10,542,000 for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
5.   Other Current Liabilities
 
At December 31, other current liabilities include:
 
                 
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Non-income taxes payable
  $ 759     $ 3,549  
Accrued compensation and benefits
    379       675  
Income taxes payable
    386        
Proceeds from early exercise of stock options
          610  
Other accrued expenses
    275       1,677  
                 
    $ 1,799     $ 6,511  
                 
 
6.   Notes Payable and Credit Facilities
 
At December 31, notes payable include:
 
                 
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Equipment Facility
  $ 6,027     $ 23,818  
Working Capital Facility
           
Line of Credit
    4,600        
                 
      10,627       23,818  
Less: current portion
    (1,950 )     (2,938 )
Less: discount
    (71 )     (470 )
                 
    $ 8,606     $ 20,410  
                 
 
Maturities of notes payable at December 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
2007
  $ 2,938  
2008
    5,293  
2009
    5,293  
2010
    5,293  
2011
    5,001  
         
    $ 23,818  
         


F-13


Table of Contents

Interest expense on notes payable was approximately $175,000, $579,000 and $1,433,000 for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
Credit Facilities
 
In April 2005, the Company obtained a $2,750,000 Equipment Facility from a bank. In July 2005, the agreement was amended to increase the initial Equipment Facility to $4,750,000. In October 2005, the Equipment Facility was amended to include an additional Equipment Facility of $2,500,000.
 
On November 26, 2006, the Company amended the Equipment Facility to increase the borrowing capacity to $25,000,000. Also on November 26, 2006, the Company added a $5 million unsecured revolving credit facility with the bank for working capital (“the working capital facility”). Advances under the Equipment Facility bear interest at a variable rate ranging between prime plus 0.25% to 1.5% or LIBOR plus 2.25% up to 3.25% and have a term of 60 months. The working capital facility bears interest at a variable rate determined by using either the prime rate plus a margin or the LIBOR rate plus a margin. The prime rate and LIBOR rate margins range from 0% to 1.5% and 2.0% to 3.25%, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2005 and 2006, the Company had an aggregate outstanding balance under the Equipment Facility agreements of $6,027,000 and $23,818,000, respectively, interest rates on outstanding draws on the Equipment Facilities ranged from 7.57% and 7.60% at December 31, 2006. No amounts were outstanding under the working capital facility at December 31, 2006
 
In connection with the Credit Facilities, the Company granted warrants to purchase common stock to the bank that holds the Equipment Facility. On August 31, 2005, the Company granted a warrant to purchase 62,500 common shares at an exercise price of $0.40 per share with a term of seven years. The warrants were determined to have a fair value at date of grant of $4,750. On October 20, 2005, in conjunction with an additional extension of credit the Company issued additional warrants to purchase 171,875 shares of common stock for an exercise price of $0.40 per share with a term of seven years. The warrants were determined to have a fair value at date of grant of approximately $13,000. On February 24, 2006, the Company issued additional warrants to purchase 171,875 shares of common stock for an exercise price of $0.40 per share with a term of seven years. The warrants were determined to have a fair value at date of grant of approximately $287,000. The aggregate warrants to purchase 406,250 common shares were exercised by the holder in November 2006 and no warrants are currently outstanding. The fair value amounts computed were included as an increase to additional paid in capital with the related debt discount being amortized to interest expense over the term of the debt. At December 31, 2006, there was remaining unamortized debt discount of $253,000.
 
The equipment loans are collateralized by all equipment, accounts receivable and intangible property of the Company.
 
Line of Credit
 
In August 2005, the Company obtained a line of credit with an investment fund that was subsequently amended in October 2005. The amended agreement had a credit limit of $6,500,000 or up to 65% of recurring revenues as measured monthly over a rolling 3-month period (the Extended Borrowing Base). All loans under the Extended Borrowing Base are subject to the interest rate of 5.50% over the prime rate. At December 31, 2005, the Company had a balance of $4,600,000 outstanding. In February 2007, the agreement was amended to increase the credit line to $7,500,000. There were no balances outstanding on the arrangement at December 31, 2006.
 
In conjunction with this agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of common stock to the investment fund. On August 31, 2005, the Company issued warrants to purchase 437,500 shares of common stock for an exercise price of $0.40 per share, term of 7 years and a determined fair value at date of grant of approximately $33,000. On October 28, 2005, warrants to purchase 312,500 common shares were issued with an exercise price of $0.40 per share, term of 7 years


F-14


Table of Contents

and determined fair value at date of grant of approximately $24,000. On February 24, 2006, warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock were issued with an exercise price of $0.40 per share, a term of 7 years and determined fair value at date of grant of approximately $209,000. The aggregate warrants to purchase 875,000 common shares were exercised by the holder in November 2006 and no warrants are currently outstanding. The fair value amounts computed were included as an increase to additional paid in capital with the related debt discount amortized to interest expense over the term of the debt. At December 31, 2006, there was remaining unamortized debt discount of $217,000.
 
Bridge Loan
 
During March 2005, the Company obtained a short-term loan of $500,000 which was repaid in April 2005. In consideration for obtaining the short-term loan, the Company issued warrants to purchase 87,500 warrants with an exercise price of $0.40 per share and a determined fair value of $6,650 and the amount was recorded as interest expense during the period the loan was outstanding. The warrant was exercised during December 2005.
 
Line of Credit
 
In addition to its $5,000,000 working Capital Facility and its $3,500,000 line of credit the Company has a $5,000,000 Line of Credit with a bank that bears an interest rate of prime plus 0.75% with maturity of October 31, 2009. The borrowing base on the Line of Credit is computed as 80% of eligible accounts receivable and contains a letter of credit sub-limit of $500,000. At December 31, 2005 and 2006 the outstanding balance on the line of credit was $1,000,000 and $0, respectively.
 
The Line of Credit is collateralized by all equipment, accounts receivable and intangible property of the Company.
 
The Company is subject to various debt covenants and was in compliance with covenants at December 31, 2006.
 
7.   Warrants
 
The Company has issued warrants to purchase common stock related to employee compensation and in connection with various debt arrangements. Prior to 2004, the Company granted a total of 2,558,700 warrants in exchange for services. The following is a summary of activity related to warrants granted for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006.
 
             
   
Number of Warrants
   
Exercise Price Range
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2003
    2,559     $0.08 - $0.22
Issued
    582     $0.21 - $0.90
Exercised
       
             
Outstanding at December 31, 2004
    3,141     $0.08 - $0.90
Issued
    1,072     $0.40
Exercised
    (88 )   $0.40
             
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    4,125     $0.08 - $0.90
Issued
    297     $0.40
Exercised
    (3,908 )   $0.08 - $0.90
Expired
    (449 )   $0.08
             
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    65     $0.22
             
 
At December 31, 2006, a warrant to purchase 65,390 common shares at a price of $0.22 per share is the only warrant remaining outstanding. The warrant expires in 2008.


F-15


Table of Contents

 
8.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Common Stock
 
The Board of Directors has authorized 80,100,000 shares of $0.001 par value Common Stock. The Company is required to reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, a sufficient number of shares to effect the conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding. A total of 29,960,170 shares were reserved for conversion of Preferred Stock at December 31, 2006. In addition, 65,390 shares were reserved for outstanding warrants and 3,709,000 shares were reserved for the incentive compensation plan at December 31, 2006.
 
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
 
In September 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a resolution designating 5,000,000 shares as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred), and authorized the issuance of 2,307,000 shares of $0.001 par value preferred stock. An additional 2,307,000 shares were authorized and issued in January 2004. Proceeds from each issuance were $500,000
 
At the time of issuance, the holders of record of the Series A Preferred were entitled to receive, out of funds legally available, dividends at the annual rate of 10% of the Series A Preferred price per share, if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. In connection with the conversion of certain Series A Preferred Shares, Series A Preferred stockholders waived their right to receive dividends if and when declared. No dividends had been declared by the Company through date of waiver.
 
In the event of a liquidation of the Company, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock would be entitled to receive on a pro-rata basis for each share held, in preference to the holders of the Common Stock, $0.2167 (the issue price) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends, and a premium equal to 10% of the issue price per annum, compounded annually. In connection with the issuance of the Series B Convertible Preferred Shares in 2006, the Company amended the articles of incorporation whereby all Series Preferred Shares are covered under the set of terms and conditions as it relates to liquidation, conversion, redemption and voting rights as described herein. As a part of this transaction, 1,233,800 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred shares were converted into common stock.
 
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
 
In May 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a resolution to increase the number of Preferred Shares from 5,000,000 to 33,314,000 and authorized the issuance up to 28,700,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (Series B Preferred). The Company subsequently issued 26,579,970 shares of Series B Preferred for aggregate proceeds of $130,000,000.
 
Preferred Shareholder Rights
 
Liquidation Preferences  — The holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock would be entitled to receive on a pro-rata basis for each share held, in preference to the holders of the Common Stock up to an amount equal to, for the Series A, the amount of shares outstanding times $0.2167 plus any declared and unpaid dividends; and for the Series B, the amount of shares outstanding times $9.7818 plus any declared but unpaid dividends. At December 31, 2006, the total liquidation preference is $260,733,000.
 
Conversion to Common Stock  — The holders of Convertible Preferred Stock, at their option, can convert their shares into common shares on a one for one basis for each share converted. Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall automatically convert to Common Stock upon the effective registration statement on Form S-1 at an initial offering price of at least $14.627 and net proceeds of at least $40 million.


F-16


Table of Contents

 
Voting and Other Rights  — Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock will have one vote for each share of outstanding stock. In addition, the Convertible Preferred Shareholders will have the right to appoint four members to the Company’s seven member board of directors. The Convertible Preferred directors have approval rights over such things as sales of securities, hiring of executives, granting of security interest or transfer or pledge or encumber any assets of the Company, make acquisitions or change the capital structure of the Company. Such approved rights are determined based upon a simple majority of the total preferred shares.
 
These rights will terminate after the earlier of (i) five years following the consummation of a registration of the Company’s stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (ii) with respect to any particular holder with registration rights, at such time as all securities held by that stockholder subject to registration rights may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act during any 90-day period, (iii) at such time as the Company consummates a transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company pursuant to the certificate of incorporation, or (iv) at such time when the Company and the parties to such agreement holding at least a majority of the registrable securities pursuant to such agreement agree in writing to terminate the agreement.
 
Concurrent with the sale of the Series B Preferred, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to an aggregate of 21,000,000 shares of common stock at a price of $4.89 per share including common shares issued upon conversion of certain Series A Preferred shares and from exercises of stock options and warrants. A total of 20,880,000 shares were repurchased for $102,100,000.
 
The tender offer required a contribution of 10% of total amount paid to selling shareholders be deposited in an escrow account to be available to the Company for 18 months to fund any liabilities that were not estimable at the repurchase date, such as the patent litigation, and any liabilities associated with breaches in the representations and warranties made by the selling shareholders. At December 31, 2006, the Company had drawn $729,000 against the escrow. The Company intends to make additional claims against the escrow funds but is not assured of prevailing and receiving the requested funds.
 
Reimbursements from the escrow account are recorded as an increase to Additional Paid-in Capital of the Company.
 
In connection with the sale of Series B Preferred, the Board of Directors adopted the 2006 Sales Participation Plan. The plan calls for an allocation of the net consideration from a liquidity transaction, excluding an initial public offering, to unit holders in an amount of 20% of the proceeds in excess of $125,000,000 up to a maximum of $31.25 million. The purpose of the program is to provide a means by which the Company’s employees and consultants may be given a bonus in the event of certain corporate transactions to provide a retention incentive to employees. The Plan will terminate upon the effectiveness of an initial public offering or the conversion of all Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to common stock. There have been no such bonus amounts to date.
 
Incentive Compensation Plan
 
The Company maintains an Incentive Compensation Plan (the Plan) to attract, motivate, retain and reward high-quality executives and other employees, officers, directors and consultants by enabling such persons to acquire or increase a propriety interest in the Company. The Plan is intended to be a qualified plan under the Internal Revenue Code.
 
The Plan allows the Company to award stock option grants and restricted stock to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. Through December 31, 2006 the Company has only granted awards to employees and directors. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under the Plan may not be granted at less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Stock options and restricted stock are generally subjected to


F-17


Table of Contents

4 year vesting with the first 25% of the grant vesting on the first anniversary date of the grant, with the remainder vesting monthly thereafter.
 
In connection with the preparation of the financial statements necessary for a planned registration of shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission and based on the preliminary valuation information presented by the underwriters selected for the planned offering, the Company reassessed the estimated accounting fair value of common stock in light of the potential completion of this offering. The valuation methodology that most significantly impacted the reassessment of fair value was the market-based assessment of the valuation of existing comparable public companies. The methodology also de-emphasized the $260 million liquidation preference available to preferred shareholders in the event of a sale of the Company. In determining the reassessed fair value of the common stock during 2006, the Company determined it appropriate to reassess the estimate of accounting fair value for periods prior to December 31, 2006 based on operational achievements in executing against the operating plan and market trends. Because of the impact the achievement of unique milestones had on the valuation during the various points in time before the reassessment, certain additional adjustments for factors unique to the Company were considered in the reassessed values determined for the 12 months ended December 31, 2006, which impacted valuations throughout the twelve month period ended December 31, 2006. This included:
 
  2006 —  In July a controlling interest is sold to an investor group led by Goldman Sachs through the issuance of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, at a price of $4.89 per share, for total aggregate consideration of $130 million. As part of the transaction, the Company repurchased 20,880,000 shares of common stock for an aggregate net consideration of $102.1 million.
 
  2006 —  In the fourth quarter the Company appoints both a Chief Executive Officer and a Chief Financial Officer with past public company roles in a similar capacity.
 
  2006 —  Revenue growth exceeds 200%, to $64.3 million compared to revenue in 2005 of $21.3 million.
 
Based upon the reassessment, the Company determined the FAS 123R accounting fair value of the options granted to employees from February 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006 was greater than the initially determined amounts based upon using a higher fair value input for common stock in the valuation model for certain of those options.
 
Based upon the reassessment discussed above, the Company determined the reassessed accounting fair value of the options to purchase 5,385,542 shares of common stock granted to employees during the period from February 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006 ranged from $1.81 to $9.37 per share.
 
Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes the difference between the reassessed accounting fair value per share of the common stock on the date of grant and the exercise price per share and is amortized over the vesting period of the underlying options using the straight-line method. There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the reassessed accounting fair values. For this and other reasons, the reassessed accounting fair value used to compute the stock-based compensation expense may not be reflective of the fair market value that would result from the application of other valuation methods, including accepted valuation methods for tax purposes.


F-18


Table of Contents

 
Data pertaining to stock option activity under the Plan is as follows:
 
                 
          Weighted
 
          Average
 
    Number
    Exercise
 
   
Shares
   
Price
 
    (In thousands)        
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
    2,026     $ 0.21  
Granted
    177       0.32  
                 
Balance at December 31, 2004
    2,203       0.22  
Granted
    2,435       0.40  
Exercised
    (196 )     0.22  
Cancelled
    (315 )     0.38  
                 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    4,127       0.31  
Granted
    5,385       3.29  
Exercised
    (5,654 )     0.34  
Cancelled
    (91 )     0.65  
                 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    3,767     $ 4.47  
                 
 
The following table summarizes the information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as December 31, 2006:
 
                                         
Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
          Weighted
                   
          Average
    Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Remaining
    Average
    Number of
    Average
 
          Contractual
    Exercise
    Shares
    Exercise
 
Exercise Price
  Number     Live (Years)     Price     Exercisable     Price  
    (In thousands)                 (In thousands)        
 
$0.21
    229       6.24     $ 0.21       211     $ 0.21  
$0.40
    2,168       8.99       0.40       1,908       0.40  
$1.27 - $1.28
    300       9.76       1.27             1.27  
$9.80 - $10.00
    570       9.92       9.95             9.95  
$19.80
    500       9.92       19.80             19.80  
                                         
      3,767                       2,119          
                                         
 
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 on a per-share basis was approximately $5.03. The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 was $0, $77,000 and $41,761,000, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at December 31, 2006 is $18,236,000.
 
Beginning on January 1, 2006, and upon the adoption for SFAS No. 123R, the fair value of each new option awarded is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton model using the assumptions noted in the following table:
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
 
   
2006
 
 
Expected volatility
    84.47 %
Expected term, years
    6.08  
Risk-free interest
    4.58 %
Expected dividends
  $ 0.00  


F-19


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes expense using the straight-line attribution method. Unrecognized share-based compensation related to stock options totaled $19,691,000 at December 31, 2006. The Company expects to amortize unvested stock compensation related to stock options over a weighted average period of 1.94 years.
 
The Company’s expected volatility is derived from historical volatilities of several unrelated companies within the Internet services and network industry. Each company’s historical volatility is weighted based on certain qualitative factors and combined to produce a single volatility factor used by the Company. The risk-free interest factor is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities of approximately equal to each grant’s expected term. The expected term is calculated using the “short-cut” method provided in the Securities Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, which takes into consideration the grant’s contractual life and the vesting periods. The Company estimates its forfeiture rate based on an analysis of its actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior, and other factors. The impact from a forfeiture rate adjustment will be recognized in full in the period of the adjustment. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company recorded share-based compensation related to stock options under the fair value requirements of SFAS No. 123R of approximately $7.4 million.
 
The Company has also granted restricted stock awards to certain employees. Restricted stock awards are valued at the deemed fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and the total value of the award is expensed ratably over the service period of the award. In 2006, the Company granted 1,230,000 shares of restricted stock with a deemed fair value of $12,166,000.
 
No restricted stock was granted during 2004 or 2005. Share-based payment compensation related to all restricted stock awards in 2006 was approximately $1,735,000. At December 31, 2006, pursuant to SFAS 123R, there was $10,431,000 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the restricted stock plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.83 years.
 
The Company’s stock option plan contains an “early exercise” provision. Upon early exercise of the option, the exercising holder receives restricted common stock. The restricted stock shares vest over the same period as the original stock option award. If the restricted stock does not vest because the required service period is unmet, the Company has the option to reacquire the restricted common stock for the lesser of the amount paid to acquire it or the fair value of the common stock at the call date. During 2006, the Company received $864,000 in cash resulting from the early exercise of options to purchase 2,160,629 shares of restricted common stock. Because the unvested portion of this common stock is subject to repurchase by the Company, such amount ($610,000 as of December 31, 2006) has been recorded in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
 
9.   Related Party Transactions
 
In July 2006, an aggregate of 26,579,970 shares of Series B Preferred was issued at a purchase price of $4.8909 per share to certain accredited investors in a private placement transaction. As a result of this transaction, entities affiliated with Goldman, Sachs & Co., one of the lead underwriters of the proposed offering discussed in Note 16, became holders of more than 10% of the Company’s common stock.
 
At December 31, 2005, notes payable aggregating approximately $195,000 were due to related parties. The notes were paid in 2006. Accrued interest on related party notes was $76,000 at December 31, 2005, and is included in other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
During 2004, the Company borrowed $925,000 from a related party and renegotiated certain debt with the related party of $375,000. Outstanding balances under these related party notes


F-20


Table of Contents

aggregated approximately $1,098,000 at December 31, 2004, and included interest at 14% per annum. These notes were repaid in full in 2005 from proceeds of bank financing.
 
In February and March, 2005, the Company entered into two one-year financing leases with a related party to acquire equipment. Funds provided to the Company under these agreements totaled approximately $1,240,000, with equipment collateralizing the agreements. Payments under the two leases aggregated approximately $114,000 per month, with effective interest rates of 21.4%. These capital financing leases were repaid in full in 2005 from proceeds of bank financing.
 
The Company leases office space from a company owned by two of the Company’s executives. Rent expense for the lease, including reimbursement for telecommunication lines, was approximately $80,000, $26,000 and $20,000 for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
The Company sells services to several entities owned, in whole or in part, by several Company executives. Revenue received from these customers was approximately $167,000, $234,000 and $275,000 during 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
The Company purchases hardware and equipment from companies owned by related parties who are officers of the Company. Hardware and equipment purchased from the entities during 2004, 2005 and 2006 was approximately $2,065,000, $7,400,000 and $29,900,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, management has been informed by the related parties that there is no longer an ownership interest in the entities.
 
The Company paid fees aggregating $154,000 to related parties during 2004 for providing collateral and guarantees related to certain debt and leases.
 
10.   Leases and Commitments
 
Operating Leases
 
The Company is committed to various noncancelable operating leases for office space which expire through 2011. Certain leases contain provisions for renewal options and rent escalations upon expiration of the initial lease terms. At December 31, 2006, approximate future minimum lease payments over the remaining lease periods are as follows:
 
         
Year
 
Amount
 
    (In thousands)  
 
2007
  $ 524  
2008
    485  
2009
    344  
2010
    314  
2011
    68  
         
Total minimum payments
  $ 1,735  
         
 
Purchase Commitments
 
The Company has long-term commitments for bandwidth usage and co-location with various networks and ISPs. The following summarizes minimum commitments for the next five years:
 
         
Year
  Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
2007
  $ 15,137  
2008
    6,234  
2009
    2,085  
2010
    172  
2011
     


F-21


Table of Contents

Rent and operating expense relating to these operating lease agreements and bandwidth and co-location agreements was approximately $3,802,000, $7,934,000 and $21,383,000 for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
Capital Leases
 
The Company leases certain equipment under capital lease agreements which expire in 2007 through 2009.
 
The equipment acquired under these various financing leases is capitalized using effective interest rates at the inception of the leases. The cost and accumulated depreciation of the equipment capitalized under these leases is approximately $671,000 and $217,000, respectively, at December 31, 2005, and approximately $726,000 and $541,000, respectively, at December 31, 2006.
 
The following is a schedule of the remaining future minimum lease payments under these leases, together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2006.
 
         
Year
 
Amount
 
    (In thousands)  
 
2007
  $ 272  
2008
    5  
         
      277  
Less: amount representing interest
    (27 )
         
Present value of net minimum lease obligations
    250  
Less: current maturities
    (245 )
         
Long-term capital lease obligations
  $ 5  
         
 
Interest expense related to capital leases was approximately $13,000, $314,000 and $66,000 for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
Certain lease arrangements with maturities through 2009 were paid in full by the Company during 2007 and, accordingly, have been reflected as a current maturity herein.
 
Litigation
 
Limelight Networks, Inc is involved in litigation with Akamai Technologies, Inc. relating to a claim of patent infringement. The action was filed in July 2006. The suit is in the early discovery phase and the Company has and will continue to vigorously defend the suit. While the outcome of this claim cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the outcome of this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. However an unfavorable outcome could seriously impact the Company’s ability to conduct its business which, in turn, would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial position.
 
11.   Concentrations
 
During 2004 and 2006, the Company had one major customer each year for which revenue exceeded 10% of total revenues. The revenues in 2004 and 2006 for these two customers totaled approximately $1,553,000 and $13,699,000, respectively. There was no customer from which total revenue exceeded 10% in 2005.


F-22


Table of Contents

 
Revenue from non-U.S. sources aggregated approximately $1,000,000 and $5,091,000 in 2005 and 2006, respectively. The Company had no revenue from non-U.S. sources in 2004.
 
12.   Income Taxes
 
Income (loss) before income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31,
 
                         
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes:
                       
United States
  $ 822     $ 541     $ (2,184 )
Foreign
          156       658  
                         
    $ 822     $ 697     $ (1,526 )
                         
 
The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows for the years ended December 31,
 
                         
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $     $ 321     $ 2,375  
State
    56       58       156  
Foreign
          46       194  
                         
Total current
    56       425       2,725  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    267       (112 )     (464 )
State
    (17 )     (13 )     (74 )
Foreign
                 
                         
Total deferred
    250       (125 )     (538 )
                         
Total provision
  $ 306     $ 300     $ 2,187  
                         
 
A reconciliation of the Company’s tax provision to the expected tax provision is as follows for the years ended December 31,
 
                         
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Tax expense (benefit) at the federal statutory rate — 35%
  $ 287     $ 244     $ (534 )
Share based compensation
                2,619  
State income taxes, net of the federal effect
    27       30       53  
Contingency reserve
          44       100  
Foreign taxes
                (6 )
Other
    (8 )     (18 )     (45 )
                         
Tax provision
  $ 306     $ 300     $ 2,187  
                         
 
A substantial portion of the Company’s charge to expense for share based compensation is not expected to result in tax deductions to the Company.
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax


F-23


Table of Contents

purpose. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows at December 31,
 
                 
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Accounts receivable reserves
  $ 95     $ 280  
Share-based compensation
    68       45  
Fixed assets
          53  
Marketable equity securities
    47       75  
Accrued interest to related party
    29        
Other
    33       82  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    272       535  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Fixed assets
    (303 )      
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (303 )      
                 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
  $ (31 )   $ 535  
                 
 
Netted by jurisdiction and reported as follows for the years ended December 31,
 
                 
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Current deferred tax assets
  $ 157     $ 362  
Non-current deferred tax assets
          173  
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
    (188 )      
                 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
  $ (31 )   $ 535  
                 
 
The Company evaluates the recoverability of its deferred tax assets and records a valuation allowance when recoverability of its deferred tax assets is not likely. The Company has not provided a valuation allowance at December 31, 2005 and 2006 based on its estimate that it is more likely than not that its deferred tax assets will be realized.
 
The Company conducts business in various foreign countries. During 2006, the Company established corporations in a portion of the foreign countries in which it conducts business. The Company has not provided United States tax for the profits of its foreign corporations as such profits are permanently reinvested outside the United States.
 
The Company conducts business in various jurisdictions in the United States and in foreign countries and is subject to examination by tax authorities. As of December 31, 2006, the Company is not under examination. The Company maintains tax reserves to offset potential exposures which may arise upon examination.
 
13.   Advertising and Marketing
 
Costs associated with advertising are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses, which are comprised of Internet, trade show and publications advertising, were approximately $440,000, $721,000 and $1,354,000 for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
14.   401(k) Plan
 
Effective January 1, 2004, the Company adopted the Limelight Networks 401(k) Plan covering effectively all employees of the Company. The plan is a 401(k) profit sharing plan in which participating


F-24


Table of Contents

employees are fully vested in any contributions they make. Through December 31, 2006, the Company was not obligated to make matching contributions. No matching contributions were made by the Company in 2004, 2005 or 2006.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company amended the plan to include a Company match. The Company will match employee deferrals as follows: a dollar-for-dollar match on eligible employee’s deferral that does not exceed 3% of compensation for the year and a 50% match on the next 2% of the employee deferrals. Company employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to 15% or the statutory limit.
 
15.   Segment Reporting
 
The Company operates in on industry segment — content delivery network services. The Company operates in three geographic areas — the United States, Europe and Asia Pacific.
 
SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results and plans for products or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company reports as a single operating segment.
 
Revenue by geography is based on the location of the server which delivered the service. The following table sets forth revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area for the year ended December 31.
 
                         
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Revenue
                       
Domestic revenue
  $ 11,192     $ 20,303     $ 59,252  
International revenue
          1,000       5,091  
                         
Total revenue
  $ 11,192     $ 21,303     $ 64,343  
                         
Long-lived Assets
                       
Domestic long-lived assets
          $ 10,343     $ 39,198  
International long-lived assets
            1,643       2,586  
                         
Total long-lived assets
          $ 11,986     $ 41,784  
                         
 
16.   Subsequent Events
 
In March 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the filing of a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that would permit the Company to attempt to sell shares of common stock in connection with a proposed initial public offering.


F-25


 

 
       No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    1  
    8  
    25  
    26  
    26  
    27  
    29  
    31  
    33  
    57  
    70  
    89  
    93  
    97  
    101  
    103  
    107  
    107  
    107  
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-1  
  EX-3.1
  EX-3.2
  EX-3.3
  EX-3.4
  EX-4.2
  EX-10.1
  EX-10.2
  EX-10.6
  EX-10.7
  EX-10.8
  EX-10.9
  EX-21.1
  EX-23.1
 
 
 
 
Through and including          , 2007 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
 
       Shares
Limelight Networks, Inc.
Common Stock
 
 
(LIMELIGHT LOGO)
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Morgan Stanley
Jefferies & Company
Piper Jaffray
Friedman Billings Ramsey
 
Representatives of the Underwriters
 


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
 
The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the registration fee, the NASD filing fee and Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.
 
         
   
Amount to be Paid
 
 
SEC registration fee
  $ 6,179  
NASD filing fee
    *
Nasdaq Global Market listing fee
    *
Printing and engraving
    *
Legal fees and expenses
    *
Accounting fees and expenses
    *
Blue sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)
    *
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    *
Miscellaneous
    *
         
Total
  $ 2,400,000  
         
 
* To be completed by amendment.
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Officers and Directors.
 
On completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the personal liability of directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as a director or officer. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we shall indemnify our directors and executive officers and may indemnify our employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
 
Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provide that a corporation may indemnify any person made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, executive officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.
 
We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and intend to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.
 
We have purchased and intend to maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of our company against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.


II-1


Table of Contents

 
The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our executive officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
 
See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.
 
Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
(a) Since January 1, 2004, we have issued and sold the following unregistered securities:
 
1. We sold an aggregate of 4,842,178 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants and directors for cash consideration in an aggregate amount of $1,754,818 upon the exercise of stock options granted under our 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan.
 
2. On January 31, 2004, we issued 46,147 shares of our common stock in connection with an Assignment and License Agreement.
 
3. On October 20, 2006 we issued 1,000,000 shares in connection with a Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
 
4. On December 1, 2006 we issued 230,000 shares in connection with a Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
 
5. On January 14, 2004 we issued 2,307,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for cash consideration of $499,927 to an accredited investor.
 
6. On July 12, 2006 we issued 26,579,970 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for cash consideration of $129,999,975 to eleven accredited investors.
 
7. On January 1, 2004 we issued a warrant to purchase 567,480 shares of our common stock in an aggregate amount of $119,171 to an accredited investor.
 
8. On December 31, 2004 we issued a warrant to purchase 14,556 shares of our common stock in an aggregate amount of $13,100 to an accredited investor.
 
9. On March 31, 2005 we issued a warrant to purchase 175,000 shares of our common stock in an aggregate amount of $70,000 to an accredited investor.
 
10. From August 2005 through February 2006, we issued warrants to purchase 875,000 shares of our common stock in an aggregate amount of $350,000 to an accredited investor.
 
11. From August 2005 through February 2006, we issued warrants to purchase 406,250 shares of our common stock in an aggregate amount of $162,500 to an accredited investor.
 
The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. All recipients were either accredited or sophisticated investors, as those terms are defined in the Securities Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and other instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.
 
(b) Since January 1, 2004, we have granted the following options to purchase common stock to our employees, directors and consultants under our 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan:
 
1. On April 15, 2004, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 50,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $0.21 per share and an aggregate price of $10,500.


II-2


Table of Contents

 
2. On April 26, 2004, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 20,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $0.21 per share and an aggregate price of $4,200.
 
3. On February 25, 2005, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 1,672,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $0.40 per share and an aggregate price of $668,800.
 
4. On July 27, 2005, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 415,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $0.40 per share and an aggregate price of $166,000.
 
5. On October 27, 2005, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 460,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $0.40 per share and an aggregate price of $184,000.
 
6. On February 22, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 905,542 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $0.40 per share and an aggregate price of $362,217.
 
7. On August 2, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 3,090,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $0.40 per share and an aggregate price of $1,236,000.
 
8. On September 13, 2006, we granted a stock option to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $0.40 per share and an aggregate price of $2,000.
 
9. On November 2, 2006, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 295,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $1.28 per share and an aggregate price of $377,600.
 
10. On November 20, 2006, we granted: (i) stock options covering an aggregate of 20,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $1.28 per share and an aggregate price of $25,600; (ii) a stock option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $9.80 per share and an aggregate price of $4,900,000; and (iii) a stock option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $19.80 per share and an aggregate price of $9,900,000.
 
11. On December 1, 2006, we granted a stock option to purchase 70,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $10.00 per share and an aggregate price of $700,000.
 
12. On January 7, 2007, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 65,000 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $1.27 per share and an aggregate price of $82,550.
 
13.  On February 27, 2007, we granted stock options covering an aggregate of 431,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $3.14 per share and an aggregate price of $1,354,910.
 
The sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Regulation D promulgated thereunder or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each transaction represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationship with the Company, to information about us.


II-3


Table of Contents

 
Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) Exhibits.
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Title
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3 .2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering
  3 .3   Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3 .4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering
  4 .1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4 .2   Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated July 12, 2006
  5 .1*   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
  10 .1   Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers
  10 .2   Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan and form of agreement thereunder
  10 .3*   2007 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreement thereunder
  10 .4*   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jeffrey W. Lunsford dated October 20, 2006
  10 .5*   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Matthew Hale dated November 22, 2006
  10 .6   Lease between the Registrant and Bel de Mar, LLC dated November 18, 2002
  10 .7   Lease between the Registrant and Bel de Mar, LLC dated December 1, 2004
  10 .8   Lease between the Registrant and Calwest Industrial Properties, LLC dated September 7, 2005
  10 .9   Loan and Security Agreement dated April 15, 2005 between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, and amendments thereto
  10 .10†*   Bandwidth/Capacity Agreement between Registrant and Global Crossing Bandwidth, Inc., dated August 29, 2001, and amendments thereto
  10 .11*   Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 18, 2006
  21 .1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23 .2*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this registration statement on Form S-1)
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from this Registration Statement and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
 
All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
 
Item 17.    Undertakings.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification by the registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities


II-4


Table of Contents

and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Tempe, Arizona, on the 22 nd day of March, 2007.
 
Limelight Networks, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/   Jeffrey W. Lunsford
Jeffrey W. Lunsford
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Jeffrey W. Lunsford and Matthew Hale, and each of them acting individually, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/   Jeffrey W. Lunsford

Jeffrey W. Lunsford
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (principal executive officer)   March 22, 2007
         
/s/   Matthew Hale

Matthew Hale
  Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal
accounting officer)
  March 22, 2007
         
/s/   Joseph H. Gleberman

Joseph H. Gleberman
  Director   March 22, 2007
         
/s/   Robert Goad

Robert Goad
  Director   March 22, 2007
         
/s/   Fredric W. Harman

Fredric W. Harman
  Director   March 22, 2007


II-6


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/   Allan M. Kaplan

Allan M. Kaplan
  Co-Founder and Director   March 22, 2007
         
/s/   Peter J. Perrone

Peter J. Perrone
  Director   March 22, 2007
         
/s/   David C. Peterschmidt

David C. Peterschmidt
  Director   March 22, 2007
         
/s/   Nathan F. Raciborski

Nathan F. Raciborski
  Co-Founder, Chief Technical Officer and Director   March 22, 2007
         
/s/   Gary Valenzuela

Gary Valenzuela
  Director   March 22, 2007


II-7


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Title
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3 .2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering
  3 .3   Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3 .4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering
  4 .1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4 .2   Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated July 12, 2006
  5 .1*   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
  10 .1   Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers
  10 .2   Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan and form of agreement thereunder
  10 .3*   2007 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreement thereunder
  10 .4*   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jeffrey W. Lunsford dated October 20, 2006
  10 .5*   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Matthew Hale dated November 22, 2006
  10 .6   Lease between the Registrant and Bel de Mar, LLC dated November 18, 2002
  10 .7   Lease between the Registrant and Bel de Mar, LLC dated December 1, 2004
  10 .8   Lease between the Registrant and Calwest Industrial Properties, LLC dated September 7, 2005
  10 .9   Loan and Security Agreement dated April 15, 2005 between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, and amendments thereto
  10 .10†*   Bandwidth/Capacity Agreement between Registrant and Global Crossing Bandwidth, Inc., dated August 29, 2001, and amendments thereto
  10 .11*   Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 18, 2006
  21 .1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23 .2*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this registration statement on Form S-1)
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from this Registration Statement and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.1

PAGE 1

Delaware

The First State

I, HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF "LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.", FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTY-SEVENTH DAY OF FEBRUARY, A.D. 2007, AT 4:46 O'CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE

COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

/s/ Harriet Smith Windsor
----------------------------------------
Harriet Smith Windsor Secretary of State

                 AUTHENTICATION: 5471863
                          DATE: 03-01-07

3694871 8100 (SEAL)
070243884


State of Delaware
Secretary of State
Division of Corporations
Delivered 04:59 PM 02/27/2007
FILED 04:46 PM 02/27/2007
SRV 070243884 - 3694871 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

Limelight Networks, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The name of the corporation is Limelight Networks, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on August 20, 2003.

B. This Certificate of Amendment was duly adopted by the corporation's directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of
Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

C. Article IV, Subparagraph 5(b) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended to read as follows:

"The Board of Directors shall consist of nine (9) members. At each meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board of Directors are to be elected, or whenever members of the Board of Directors are to be elected by written consent of the stockholders, (i) the holders of the Series Preferred, voting together as a single class and not as separate series and on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect five (5) members of the Board of Directors (the "Preferred Directors"); (ii) the holders of shares of Common, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) members of the Board of Directors, one of whom shall be the then-current Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (the "Common Directors"); and (iii) the holders of the Series Preferred and the holders of shares of Common, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors (the "At-large Director"). In the case of any vacancy (other than a vacancy caused by removal) in the office of a director occurring among the directors elected by the holders of a class of stock pursuant to this subparagraph 5(b), the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of that class may elect a successor or successors to hold office for the unexpired term of the director or directors whose place or places shall be vacant. Any director who shall have been elected by the holders of a class of stock may be removed during the aforesaid term of office, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class of stock represented at a meeting or pursuant to unanimous written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any director may be removed for cause in accordance with Delaware General Corporation Law."

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Limelight Networks, Inc has caused this certificate to be signed by Jeffrey W. Lunsford, a duly authorized officer of the corporation, on February 26, 2007.

/s/ Jeffrey W. Lunsford
----------------------------------------
Jeffrey W. Lunsford
Chief Executive Officer


PAGE 1

Delaware

The First State

I, HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF "LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.", FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTY-SECOND DAY OF AUGUST, A.D. 2006, AT 2:17 O'CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE

COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

/s/ Harriet Smith Windsor
----------------------------------------
Harriet Smith Windsor Secretary of State

                 AUTHENTICATION: 4994408
                          DATE: 08-23-06

3694871 8100   (SEAL)
060783074

                                                         State of Delaware
                                                        Secretary of State
                                                     Division of Corporations
                                                   Delivered 02:34 PM 08/22/2006
                                                     FILED 02:17 PM 08/22/2006
                                                   SRV 060783074 - 3694871 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

Limelight Networks, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The name of the corporation is Limelight Networks, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on August 21, 2003.

B. This Certificate of Amendment was duly adopted by the corporation's directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of
Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

C. Article IV, Subparagraph 5(b) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended to read as follows:

"The Board of Directors shall consist of eight (8) members. At each meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board of Directors are to be elected, or whenever members of the Board of Directors are to be elected by written consent of the stockholders, (i) the holders of the Series Preferred, voting together as a single class and not as separate series and on an as converted basis, shall be entitled to elect five (5) members of the Board of Directors (the "PREFERRED DIRECTORS") and (ii) the holders of shares of Common, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) members of the Board of Directors, one of whom shall be the then current Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (the "COMMON DIRECTORS"). In the case of any vacancy (other than a vacancy caused by removal) in the office of a director occurring among the directors elected by the holders of a class of stock pursuant to this subparagraph 5(b), the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of that class may elect a successor or successors to hold office for the unexpired term of the director or directors whose place or places shall be vacant. Any director who shall have been elected by the holders of a class of stock may be removed during the aforesaid term of office, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class of stock represented at a meeting or pursuant to unanimous written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any director may be removed for cause in accordance with Delaware General Corporation Law."

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Limelight Networks, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by William H. Rinehart, a duly authorized officer of the corporation, on August 9, 2006.

/s/ William H. Rinehart
----------------------------------------
William H. Rinehart
Chief Executive Officer


PAGE 1

Delaware

The first State

I, HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF "LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.", FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE ELEVENTH DAY OF JULY, A. D. 2006, AT 5:14 O'CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE

COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

/s/ Harriet Smith Windsor
----------------------------------------
Harriet Smith Windsor, Secretary of
State

3694871 8100   (SEAL)
060658254

                                                         AUTHENTICATION: 4891924
                                                                  DATE: 07-11-06

                                                         State of Delaware
                                                        Secretary of State
                                                     Division of Corporations
                                                   Delivered 05:22 PM 07/11/2006
                                                     FILED 05:14 PM 07/11/2006
                                                   SRV 060658254 - 3694871 FILE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

The undersigned, William Rinehart hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting President of Limelight Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on August 20, 2003.

3. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

ARTICLE I

"The name of this corporation is Limelight Networks, Inc. (the
"CORPORATION").

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE IV

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated respectively "PREFERRED" and "COMMON." The total number of Preferred shares authorized is thirty three million three hundred fourteen thousand (33,314,000), and the total number of Common shares authorized is eighty million one hundred thousand (80,100,000). The par value of the shares of Common Stock and shares of the Preferred Stock is one-tenth of one cent ($0,001) per share.

A. Preferred Stock.

The first such series of Preferred shares shall be designated "SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK," and shall consist of four million six hundred fourteen thousand (4,614,000) shares. The second such series of Preferred shares shall be designated "SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK," and shall consist of twenty eight million seven hundred thousand (28,700,000) shares. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the "SERIES A PREFERRED") and the Series B


Convertible Preferred Stock (the "SERIES B PREFERRED," and together with the Series A Preferred, the "SERIES PREFERRED") are as follows:

I. Dividend Rights of Series Preferred. The holders of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of any funds legally available therefor on a pari passu basis, dividends at the rate of 10% per annum per share of Series A Preferred and 10% per annum per share of Series B Preferred (as such amounts shall be adjusted to reflect subdivisions and combinations of shares and stock dividends), per annum, on each outstanding share of Series Preferred, payable in preference and priority to any payment of any dividend on the Common, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "BOARD OF DIRECTORS"). The right to such dividends on the Series Preferred shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of Series Preferred by reason of the fact that dividends on such shares are not declared or paid in any prior year. The holders of the outstanding Series Preferred can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this subparagraph I upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series Preferred then outstanding (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis). In addition to, and not in lieu of, the preceding sentences of this subparagraph 1, in the event that the Board of Directors shall declare and pay or set apart dividends on the Common shares, such additional dividends shall be declared and set apart on the Series Preferred at the same rate based upon the number of Common shares into which the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred are then convertible In no event shall the Self-Tender (as defined below) be considered a dividend for purposes of this Section 1.

2. Liquidation Preference.

(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of Common shares by reason of their ownership thereof: (i) the amount of $0.2167 per share of Series A Preferred (as such amount shall be adjusted to reflect subdivisions and combintions of shares and stock dividends) for each share of Series A Preferred then held by them (the "INITIAL SERIES A LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE"), plus an amount equal to the sum of all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred and (ii) the amount of $9.7818 per share of Series B Preferred (as such amount shall be adjusted to reflect subdivisions and combinations of shares and stock dividends) for each share of Series B Preferred then held by them (the "INITIAL SERIES B LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE"), plus an amount equal to the sum of all declared but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets and funds available for distribution among the holders of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount of the Initial Series A Liquidation Preference and Initial Series B Liquidation Preference, then such assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred in proportion to the percentage of the aggregate Initial Series A Liquidation Preference and Initial Series B Liquidation Preference that each such holder is entitled to receive.

2

(b) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, after payment has been made to the holders of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred of the full amount of the Initial Series A Liquidation Preference and Initial Series B Liquidation Preference, respectively, to which they shall be entitled pursuant to subparagraph 2(a) above, all remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders, if any, shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A Preferred and the Common shares based on the number of Common shares held by each such holder (assuming conversion of all such Series A Preferred into Common shares) until the holders of the Series A Preferred shall have received an aggregate of $0.3251 per share (as such amount shall be adjusted to reflect subdivisions and combinations of shares and stock dividends) for each share of Series A Preferred then held by them (including amounts paid pursuant to the Initial Series A Liquidation Preference); thereafter, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Common shares shall receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation pro rata based on the number of Common shares held by each such holder.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Series Preferred is entitled to receive with respect to a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to this subparagraph 2, each such holder of shares of Series Preferred shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder's shares of Series Preferred into shares of Common immediately prior to the liquidation, dissolution or winding up if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert such holder's shares of Series Preferred into shares of Common. If any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Series Preferred into Common pursuant to this paragraph, then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of Series Preferred that have not converted (or have not been deemed to have converted) into shares of Common.

(d) For purposes of this subparagraph 2, a liquidation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the Corporation's sale, lease or other conveyance or disposition of all or substantially all of its assets, (ii) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of merger or consolidation in which the holders of voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the consolidation or merger own (immediately after the consolidation or merger) voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity, or of a parent of such entity, representing less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity or such parent, or (iii) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; provided, however, that a transaction shall not constitute a liquidation if (1) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Corporation's incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held this Corporation's securities immediately prior to such transaction or
(2) it is an equity financing with the primary purpose of raising working capital, in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation (each, a "LIQUIDATION"); provided, however, that in no event shall the Self-render (as defined below) constitute a Liquidation. The treatment of any particular transaction or series of transactions as a Liquidation may be waived by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as..converted basis.)

3

(e) In any of such events, if the consideration received by the Corporation or its stockholders is other than cash or indebtedness, its value will be deemed its fair market value, as deterrmined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined below). Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(i) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by subparagraph (ii) below:

(A) if traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the value shall be based on the formula specified in the definitive agreements for the Liquidation or, if no such formula exists, then the value of such securities shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or Nasdaq over a specified time period;

(B) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be based on the formula specified in the definitive agreements for the Liquidation or, if no such formula exists, then the value of such securities shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing bid or sales prices (whichever is applicable) of such securities over a specified time period;

(C) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fail market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Series Preferred; and

(D) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder's status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (i) (A), (B) or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Series Preferred.

3. Redemption.

(a) At any time after July 12,2013 but within sixty (60) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written request (the "REDEMPTION ELECTION") from any holder of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred (a "REDEEMING HOLDER") that all or some of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred held by such Redeeming Holder be redeemed, and provided that a final determination of the fair market value of Series B Preferred in accordance with this Section 3(a) has been made, the Corporation shall, from any source of funds legally available therefor, redeem in four (4) quarterly installments (each payment date being referred to herein as a "REDEMPTION DATE") the number of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred specified in the Redemption Election from such Redeeming Holder (including, without limitation, all holders of Series B Preferred deemed to be Redeeming Holders pursuant to Section 3(b)) by paying in cash therefor a sum per share equal to the greater of (i) $4.8909 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like) plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such share or (ii) the fair market value per share of the Series B Preferred on the applicable Redemption Date as determined in good faith by

4

agreement between the Board of Directors and the Redeeming Holders holding a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred to be redeemed from all Redeeming Holders (the "MAJORITY HOLDER'S") (such greater amount referred to in this subparagraph 3 as the "REDEMPTION PRICE"). In the event that the Board of Directors and the Majority Holders cannot agree upon a Redemption Price as set forth in subparagraph 3(a)(ii) hereof, then the Board of Directors and the Majority Holders shall mutually agree on a nationally recognized independent appraiser (the "FIRST APPRAISER") who shall calculate the fair market value of the Series B Preferred within twenty (20) days of its appointment (i) in good faith and (ii) as though the Corporation is under no compulsion to buy and the Redeeming Holders are under no compulsion to sell and (iii) taking into account the lack of a public trading market for shares of the Series B Preferred. The cost of the determination of the fair market value of the Series B Preferred shall not be taken into account in determining the fair market value of the Series B Preferred and shall be borne by equally by the Corporation and the Redeeming Holders, with the amount borne by the Redeeming Holders to be deducted pro rata from the redemption payments due to such Redeeming Holders on the first Redemption Date. The number of shares of Series B Preferred that the Corporation shall be required to redeem on any one Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing (i) the aggregate number of shares of Series B Preferred held by each Redeeming Holder to be redeemed that are outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). In the event there is more than one Redeeming Holder, any redemption of Series B Preferred effected pursuant to this subparagraph 3(a) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the holders of Series B Preferred in proportion to the aggregate Redemption Price each such holder of Series B Preferred would otherwise be entitled to receive on the applicable Redemption Date.

(b) At least fifteen (15) but no more than thirty (30) days prior to the initial Redemption Date in regards to any Redemption Election, written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of Series B Preferred, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected on the applicable Redemption Date, specifying that a Redemption Election has been delivered to the Corporation, the Redemption Price and the place at which payment may be obtained and informing such holder of the manner and the place designated for such redemption to be effected (the "INITIAL REDEMPTION NOTICE"). Each such holder of Series B Preferred shall be entitled to elect to have all or some of the outstanding shares of such holder's Series B Preferred redeemed as set forth in the Initial Redemption Notice by delivering written notice of such election to the Corporation at least five (5) days prior to such Redemption Date. Each such holder electing to redeem shares of Series B Preferred hereunder shall be a "REDEEMING HOLDER." At least ten (10) but no more than twenty (20) days prior to each of the three subsequent Redemption Dates, written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Redeeming Holder, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected on the applicable Redemption Date, specifying the Redemption Price and the place at which payment may be obtained and informing such holder of the manner and the place designated for such redemption to be effected (each a "SUBSEQUENT REDEMPTION NOTICE"). Except as provided in subparagraph (3)(c), on or after each Redemption Date, the Redeeming Holders on such Redemption Date shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such shares to be redeemed, in the manner

5

and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereafter the applicable Redemption Price of such shares shall be promptly paid to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.

(c) From and after each Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the Redeeming Holders with respect to the shares of Series B Preferred held by such Redeeming Holders to be redeemed on such Redemption Date in the Redemption Notice for such Redeeming Holders (except the right to receive the applicable Redemption Price upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of such shares of Series B Preferred on any Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Series B Preferred to be redeemed on such date, those funds that are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of such shares. If shares of more than one Redeeming Holder are to be redeemed on any Redemption Date, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares, allocated ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed based upon the total Redemption Price applicable to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock designated to be redeemed by each Redeeming Holder. The shares of Series B Preferred not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. Upon any such default in payment on a given Redemption Date, the balance of the applicable Redemption Price for a Redeeming Holder shall accrue interest at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum until the balance of the shares that the Corporation has become obliged to redeem on such Redemption Date are redeemed, which interest shall be payable quarterly in arrears. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Series B Preferred, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares that the Corporation has become obliged to redeem (including the interest thereon that is then due and payable) on any Redemption Date but that it has not redeemed.

4. Conversion. The holders of the Series Preferred shall have conversion rights as follows (the "CONVERSION RIGHTS"):

(a) Right to Convert.

(i) Optional Conversion. Each share of Series Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common, as is determined by dividing, in the case of the Series A Preferred, $0.2167 by the Series A Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion, and in the case of the Series B Preferred, $4.8909 by the Series B Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion. The "SERIES A CONVERSION PRICE" shall initially be $0.2167 and the "SERIES B CONVERSION PRICE" shall initially be $4.8909. Each of the Series A Conversion Price and the Series B Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided.

6

(ii) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common, at the then effective Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, upon the earliest of (A) the date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class, or (B) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-l (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common for the account of the Corporation, the public offering price of which is not less than an amount per share that shall initially be equal to $14.6727 on the date this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Delaware Secretary of State (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reclassifications and the like) (the "IPO PRICE") and which yields to the Corporation net proceeds of not less than $40,000,000 (a "QUALIFIED PUBLIC OFFERING"). In the event of such a public offering, the person(s) entitled to receive the Common issuable upon such conversion of Series Preferred shall not be deemed to have converted such Series Preferred until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of Common, at which time the Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common issuable upon such conversion unless certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred being converted are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent, as hereinafter provided, or the holder notifies the Corporation or any transfer agent, as hereinafter provided, that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection therewith. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of Series Preferred, the holders of the Series A Preferred and/or Series B Preferred, as applicable, shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred and/or Series B Preferred, as applicable. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder, promptly at such office and in his name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common into which such shares of Series Preferred surrendered are convertible on the date on which said automatic conversion occurred.

(b) Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of the shares of Common, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors. Except as otherwise provided in this subparagraph 4, before any holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series Preferred, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash payable in lieu of fractional shares of Common (after aggregating all shares of Common issuable to such holder of Series Preferred upon conversion of the number of shares of Series Preferred at the time being converted). In addition, if less than all

7

of the shares represented by such certificates are surrendered for conversion pursuant to this subparagraph 4, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder a new certificate for the balance of the shares of Series Preferred not so converted. Except as otherwise provided in this subparagraph 4, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of the surrender of the certificate for the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common on such date. If the conversion is in connection with a transaction or series of related transactions described in subparagraph 4(a)(ii) above, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering shares of Series Preferred for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of such transaction(s), in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the shares of Common issuable upon such conversion of the Series Preferred shall not be deemed to have converted such Series Preferred until immediately prior to the final closing of such transaction(s). If the conversion is in connection with the automatic conversion provisions of subsection 4(a)(ii)(A) above, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made on the conversion date described in the stockholder consent approving such conversion, and the persons entitled to receive shares of Common issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holders of such shares of Common as of such date.

(c) Conversion Price Adjustments of Series Preferred for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations. The Series A Conversion Price and/or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) (A) If the Corporation shall issue, on or after the date upon which any shares of Series B Preferred Stock were first issued the "PURCHASE DATE"), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be automatically adjusted to a price determined by multiplying such Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable; and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock. For purposes of this paragraph 4(c)(i)(A), the term "COMMON OUTSTANDING" shall mean and include the following: (1) outstanding Common shares, (2) Common shares issuable upon conversion of outstanding Preferred shares, (3) Common shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, (4) Common shares issuable upon exercise (and, in the case of warrants to purchase Preferred shares, conversion) of outstanding warrants, and (5) any other shares of Common deemed issued pursuant to paragraph 4(c)(i)(E) below. Shares described in (1) through (5) above shall be included whether vested or unvested, whether contingent or non-contingent and whether exercisable or not yet exercisable.

8

(B) No adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be made in an amount less than one tenth of one cent per share, provided that any adjustments that are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward. Except to the limited extent provided for in subparagraphs (E)(3) and (E)(4), no adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price pursuant to this subparagraph 4(c)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, above the Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(C) In the case of the issuance of Additional Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof

(D) In the case of the issuance of the Additional Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors, irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(E) In the case of the issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common shares, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common shares or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for purposes of determining the number of shares of Additional Stock issued and the consideration paid therefor:

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common shares deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of Time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common shares shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in subparagraphs 4(c)(i)(C) and 4(c)(i)(D)), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common shares covered thereby.

(2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common shares deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the

9

Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in subparagraphs 4(c)(i)(C) and 4(c)(i)(D)).

(3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common shares deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Series A Conversion Price and/or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common shares or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

(4) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Series A Conversion Price and/or B Conversion Price, as applicable, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of Common shares (and convertible or exchangeable securities that remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

(5) The number of shares of Additional Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to subparagraphs 4(c)(i)(E)(1) and (2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either subparagraphs 4(c)(i)(E)(3) or (4).

(ii) "ADDITIONAL STOCK" shall mean any Common shares issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subparagraph 4(c)(i)(E)) by the Corporation on or after the Purchase Date other than:

(A) Common shares issued pursuant to a transaction described in subparagraph 4(d) hereof;

(B) Common shares issued to employees, consultants, officers or directors of the Corporation pursuant to stock option plans or restricted stock plans or agreements if such grants of options or restricted stock are approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors (including Common shares issued pursuant to options granted prior to the date on which this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware);

(C) Common shares issued pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering;

10

(D) Common shares issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities outstanding as of the date this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Delaware Secretary of State;

(E) Common shares issued in connection with bona fide business acquisitions by the Corporation, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, if approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(F) Common shares issued or deemed issued pursuant to subparagraph 4(c)(i)(E) as a result of a decrease in the Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price resulting from the operation of paragraph 4(c);

(G) Common shares issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions that are approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors, and are primarily for other than equity financing purposes;

(H) Common shares issued or issuable to an entity as a component of any bona fide commercial business relationship with such entity for the purpose of (i) joint venture, technology licensing or development activities, (ii) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Corporation's products or services or (iii) any other arrangements involving corporate partners that are primarily for purposes other than equity financing, the terms of which business relationship with such entity are approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(I) Common shares issued upon the conversion of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred; or

(J) Common shares issued or issuable with the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred.

(d) Adjustment to Conversion Price for Stock Dividends and Subdivisions.

(i) Subdivision or Combination of Common. In case the Corporation shall at any time subdivide (by any stock split, stock dividend, distribution of Common shares or other securities, rights to obtain additional Common shares or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Common into a greater number of shares, without a corresponding and proportional subdivision of its outstanding Series Preferred, the Series A Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Common shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, without a corresponding and proportional combination of its outstanding Series Preferred, the Series A Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased. In the case of any such subdivision or combination, no further adjustment shall be made pursuant to this subparagraph 4(d) by reason thereof.

11

(ii) Subdivision or Combination of Preferred. In case the Corporation shall at any time subdivide (by any stock split, stock dividend, distribution of Common shares or other securities, rights to obtain additional Common shares or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Series Preferred into a greater number of shares, without a corresponding and proportional subdivision of its outstanding Common, the Series A Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately increased, and, conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Series Preferred shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, without a corresponding and proportional combination of its outstanding Common, the Series A Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased. In the case of any such subdivision or combination, no further adjustment shall be made pursuant to this subparagraph 4(d) by reason thereof.

(iii) Other Distributions. In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in subparagraph 4(d)(i) or
4(d)(ii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this subparagraph
4(d)(iii), the holders of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of Common shares of the Corporation into which their shares of Series Preferred are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common shares of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(iv) Reorganization or Reclassification. If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common, then, as a condition of such reorganization or reclassification, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby each holder of Series Preferred shall thereupon have the right to receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Common which the holders would have otherwise been entitled to receive, such shares of stock, securities or assets as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Common equal to the number of shares of such Common immediately theretofore receivable upon such conversion had such reorganization or reclassification not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including without limitation provisions for adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price and Series B Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be possible, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such conversion rights.

(e) Special Conversion Price Adjustment of Series B Preferred.

(i) If the Corporation's Actual EBITDA (as defined below) during the period beginning April 1, 2006 and ending March 31, 2007 (the "APPLICABLE PERIOD") is less than the Planned EBITDA (as defined below) during the Applicable Period, then the original Series B Conversion Price on the Purchase Date shall be deemed to have been: (1) $4.8909 multiplied by (2) the EBITDA Ratio (as defined below) (retroactively to the Series B Original

12

Issue Date and thereafter applying any subsequent adjustments to the Series B Conversion Price that may have occurred after the Purchase Date pursuant to subsection 4(c)) (the "NEW SERIES B CONVERSION PRICE"), provided however that in no event will the Series B Conversion Price be decreased below $3.6681 as a result of this adjustment.

"ACTUAL EBITDA" means the Corporation's consolidated earnings from operations before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, determined by the firm of independent certified public accountants engaged by the Corporation for purposes of its own audit in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles as consistently applied by the Corporation in accordance with past practices; however, for the avoidance of doubt, Actual EBITDA shall be computed excluding any Corporation accounting, legal or financial advisory fees or expenses associated with the transactions contemplated by that certain. Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 18, 2006, as amended, whether or not such fees or expenses are capitalized, or any Non-Cash Compensation Expenses.

"PLANNED EBITDA" during the Applicable Period means $23,369,453, excluding any Corporation accounting, legal or financial advisory fees or expenses associated with the transactions contemplated by that certain Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated on or about May 18, 2006, whether or not such fees or expenses are capitalized, or any Non-Cash Compensation Expenses, provided however that Planned EBITDA will be decreased (and an amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will be promptly filed to reflect such decrease) if and to the extent that the Board of Directors approves a change in the Corporation's operating plan that results in a decrease in Planned EBITDA for any portion of the Applicable Period after the date on which this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

"EBITDA RATIO" means the quotient obtained by dividing Actual EBITDA (as defined above, together with all exclusions set forth above) by Planned EBITDA (as defined above, together with all exclusions set forth above).

"NON-CASH COMPENSATION EXPENSES" means expenses relating to stock options and the like, but excluding any non-cash consideration, including without limitation, promissory notes or shares of the Company's securities, given in lieu of compensation that would otherwise be payable for a defined amount of cash.

(ii) As soon as practicable after the final determination of the EBITDA Ratio, the Board of Directors shall take all such actions necessary (including seeking all necessary stockholder approvals) to file an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that amends Article IV A, Section 4(a)(l) to include the New Series B Conversion Price as of such filing.

(f) No Impairment. The Corporation will not, without the appropriate vote of the stockholders under the General Corporation Law of Delaware or subparagraph 7 hereof, by amendment of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation but will at all times in good

13

faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this subparagraph 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Series Preferred against impairment.

(g) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price pursuant to this subparagraph 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, the Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, at the time in effect and the number of shares of Common and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder's Series Preferred. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series Preferred, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) all such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Series A Conversion Price or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder's Series Preferred.

(h) Notices of Record Date. Subject to Section 8 below, in the event that the Corporation shall propose at any time after the Purchase Date, other than with respect to the Self-Tender:

(i) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the Common, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus, other than distributions to stockholders in connection with the repurchase of shares of former employees or consultants;

(ii) to offer for subscription to the holders of any class or series of its capital stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or any other rights;

(iii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization; or

(iv) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation or entity, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all its property or business, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up;

then, in connection with each such event, the Corporation shall send to the holders of the Series Preferred:

(A) at least 20 days' prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in clauses (iii) and (iv) above; and

(B) in the case of the matters referred to in clauses (iii)
and (iv) above, at least 20 days' prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and

14

specifying the date on which the holders of Common shall be entitled to exchange their Common for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

Each such written notice shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Series Preferred at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the notices requited under this subparagraph (g) can be waived, either retroactively or prospectively, by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series Preferred voting as a single class, and not as separate series, on an as-converted basis, on behalf of all holders of Series Preferred.

(i) Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common shares, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred shares, such number of its Common shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred shares; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Common shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Preferred shares, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred shares, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Common shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to these Articles of Incorporation.

5. Voting Rights.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law, each share of Series Preferred issued and outstanding shall have the number of votes equal to the number of Common shares into which the Series Preferred is convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to subparagraph 4 hereof. Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law, holders of Series Preferred shall be entitled to vote on all matters as to which holders of Common shall be entitled to vote, in the same manner and with the same effect as the holders of Common, voting together with the holders of Common as one class.

(b) The Board of Directors shall consist of seven (7) members. At each meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board of Directors are to be elected, or whenever members of the Board of Directors are to be elected by written consent of the stockholders, (i) the holders of the Series Preferred, voting together as a single class and not as separate series and on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect four (4) members of the Board of Directors (the "PREFERRED DIRECTORS") and (ii) the holders of shares of Common, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three members of the Board of Directors, one of whom shall be the then-current Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (the "COMMON DIRECTORS"). In the case of any vacancy (other than a vacancy caused by removal) in the office of a director occurring among the directors elected by the holders of a class of stock pursuant to this subparagraph 5(b), the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of that class may elect a successor or successors to hold office for the unexpired term of the director or directors whose place or places shall be vacant. Any director who shall have been elected by the holders of a class of stock may be removed during the aforesaid term of office, either with or

15

without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class of stock represented at a meeting or pursuant to unanimous written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any director may be removed for cause in accordance with Delaware General Corporation Law.

6. No Reissuance of Series Preferred. No share or shares of Series Preferred acquired by the Corporation by reason of purchase, conversion, redemption or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

7. Protective Provisions. Except as otherwise required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, so long as 500,000 shares of Series Preferred shall be outstanding, the Corporation shall not without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than a majority of such outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting as a single class, and not as separate series, on an as-converted basis:

(a) Repurchase, redeem, acquire or retire any shares of Common or Preferred, except (i) at or below the initial cost, upon termination of and from employees, officers, directors or consultants of this Corporation pursuant to the terms of stock option or incentive stock agreements or plans approved by the Board of Directors, (ii) upon the exercise of the Corporation's right of first refusal upon a transfer of such shares, (iii) the redemption of Series B Preferred in accordance with subparagraph 3 hereof, or (iv) any repurchase, redemption or other acquisition from the holders of shares of Common or Series A Preferred or options or other securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of Common of up to an aggregate of $100,000,000 and at a price per share not to exceed $4.8909 (determined on an as-converted and as exercised to Common Stock basis and as adjusted to reflect subdivisions and combinations of shares and stock dividends) that occurs prior to or on July 31, 2006 (the "SELF-TENDER");

(b) increase or decrease (other than by conversion or in accordance with the redemption provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of incorporation) the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred;

(c) authorize or create, by reclassification, merger or otherwise, any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to, or on parity with any series of Preferred Stock;

(d) change the authorized number of the Board of Directors;

(e) liquidate or wind up the Corporation;

(f) consummate a merger, corporate reorganization, or any transaction or series of transactions in which more than 25% of the assets of the Corporation (measured by either book value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied or fair market value determined in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Board of Directors) are sold or transferred, or in which transaction or series of transactions the Corporation's stockholders immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions own immediately

16

after such transaction or series of transactions less than a majority of the equity securities of the surviving corporation or its parent (by virtue of the securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction), or enter into any agreement for the purpose of any of the foregoing;

(g) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred;

(h) amend the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; or

(i) declare or pay any dividend with respect to the Common shares or Preferred Stock of the Corporation.

8. Matters Requiring Approval of the Preferred Directors. So long as 500,000 shares of Series Preferred shall be outstanding, this Corporation shall not, without obtaining the approval of the Board of Directors, which approval shall include the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the Preferred Directors:

(a) make any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Corporation;

(b) make any loan or advance to any person, including any employee or director, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(c) guarantee any indebtedness, except for trade accounts of the Corporation or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) encumber or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $250,000 that is not already included in a budget approved by the Board of Directors, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer or employee of the Corporation or any "associate" or "affiliate" (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of any such person;

(f) hire, fire or change the compensation of the executive officers of the Corporation, including approving any option plans; or

(g) sell, transfer, license, pledge or encumber technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business;

(h) acquire a material amount of assets through a merger or purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of another entity;

17

(i) increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under any existing stock or option plan or create any new stock or option plan; or

(j) effect the Corporation's initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common shares for the account of the Corporation to the public.

9. Self-Tender. No provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall require the Corporation to give notice of, obtain any consent or waiver for, or prevent or in any way restrict the Corporation from entering into or offering to enter into or consummating the Self-Tender.

B. Common Stock.

1. Dividend Rights. Subject to the prior rights of the Series Preferred, the holders of Common shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of this Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this Corporation, the assets of this Corporation shall be distributed as provided in subparagraph 2 of paragraph A of this Article IV.

3. Voting Rights. The holder of each share of Common shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters in such manner as may be provided by law.

4. Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

5. Protective Provisions. Except as otherwise required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall not enter into, or agree to enter into, any Series B Directed Liquidation (as defined below), or, until the final determination of the EBITDA Ratio, amend the provisions of Article IV(A) Section 4(e) without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of either (a) a majority of the Common Directors, or (b) the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Common, voting as a single class (provided however that any shares of Common that are held by a Series B Stockholder (resulting from the conversion of shares of Series B Preferred or otherwise) shall not be included in the numerator or denominator in calculating such requisite majority of the outstanding Common shares).

The term "SERIES B DIRECTED LIQUIDATION" shall mean: (1) any Liquidation as described in subsection 2(d)(i) or 2(d)(ii) between (a) the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation and (b) any individual, corporation or entity who or which (i) is at such time or was at any time

18

in the six month period prior to the Liquidation the record or beneficial owner of any shares of Series B Preferred (a "SERIES B STOCKHOLDER") or (ii) is at such time or was at any time in the six month period prior to the Liquidation an Affiliate (as defined below) or Associate (as defined below) of a Series B Stockholder, (2) any equity financing, convertible debt financing, reclassification of securities or recapitalization or other similar transaction or series of related transactions that would have the effect, either directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate ownership interest of the Series B Stockholders after the Purchase Date; provided, however, that if the material terms of such equity financing, convertible debt financing, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar transaction or series of related transactions have been negotiated in good faith by each of the Corporation and an independent third party (or syndicate of independent third parties) who is not or was not at any time in the six month period prior to such transaction a Series B Stockholder (or an Affiliate or Associate thereof) and such independent third party (or syndicate of independent third parties) provides at least 75% of the consideration to be so delivered in such transaction, not including consideration that is being delivered by any stockholder, including a Series B Stockholder, pursuant to the exercise of a preexisting right of first offer or other similar pre-emptive right under an agreement with the Company (provided that such agreement has been duly approved by the Board of Directors, including the Common Directors, if applicable, in accordance with the provisions of this
Section B(5)), then the consent of the Common Directors or holders of outstanding shares of Common as provided pursuant to the provisions of this
Section B(5) shall not be required, or (3) any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any of the transactions described in this definition of Series B Directed Liquidation.

The terms "AFFILIATE" and "ASSOCIATE" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

ARTICLE V

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation consistent with the Protective Provisions set forth in Article IV(A)(7).

ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

(A) To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director

(B) The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served

19

at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

(C) Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision."

* * *

20

The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this corporation's Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Executed at Tempe, Arizona, on July 11, 2006.

/s/ William H. Rinehart
----------------------------------------
William H. Rinehart, President


Exhibit 3.2

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Limelight Networks, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 20th, 2003.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL"), and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Limelight Networks, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

The corporation shall have authority to issue shares as follows:

100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, which may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the


qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

The number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the corporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders' meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.

Effective upon the effective date of the corporation's initial public offering (the "EFFECTIVE DATE"), the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time such classification becomes effective. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation, or removal. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

-2-

Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent. The affirmative vote of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding voting securities of the corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the amendment, repeal or modification of the provisions of Article V, Article VI or Article VIII of this Certificate of Incorporation or Sections 2.1 (Place of Meetings), 2.2 (Annual Meeting), 2.3 (Special Meeting), 2.4 (Advance Notice Procedures; Notice of Stockholders' Meetings), 2.9 (Voting), or 3.2 (Number of Directors) of the corporation's Bylaws.

ARTICLE IX

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

The corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "PROCEEDING") by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including

-3-

attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this corporation's Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

Except as provided in Article IX above, the corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

-4-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Limelight Networks, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the corporation on this ____ day of _________ 2007.

By:
Jeff Lunsford President and Chief Executive Officer

-5-

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS
OF
LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

ADOPTED SEPTEMBER 13, 2006


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
ARTICLE I -- MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS....................................     1
   1.1  PLACE OF MEETINGS................................................     1
   1.2  ANNUAL MEETING...................................................     1
   1.3  SPECIAL MEETING..................................................     1
   1.4  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS.................................     2
   1.5  QUORUM...........................................................     2
   1.6  ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE........................................     2
   1.7  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS..............................................     2
   1.8  VOTING...........................................................     2
   1.9  STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING..........     3
   1.10 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS......     4
   1.11 PROXIES..........................................................     5
   1.12 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE............................     5

ARTICLE II -- DIRECTORS..................................................     5
   2.1  POWERS...........................................................     5
   2.2  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS..............................................     5
   2.3  ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS..........     6
   2.4  RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES........................................     6
   2.5  PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.........................     7
   2.6  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS..............................................     7
   2.7  REGULAR MEETINGS.................................................     7
   2.8  SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.........................................     7
   2.9  QUORUM; VOTING...................................................     8
   2.10 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING................     8
   2.11 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS...............................     8
   2.12 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.............................................     8

ARTICLE III -- COMMITTEES................................................     8
   3.1  COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS..........................................     8
   3.2  COMMITTEE MINUTES................................................     9
   3.3  MEETINGS AND ACTIONS OF COMMITTEES...............................     9
   3.4  SUBCOMMITTEES....................................................     9

ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS...................................................    10
   4.1  OFFICERS.........................................................    10
   4.2  APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS..........................................    10
   4.3  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.............................................    10
   4.4  REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS..............................    10
   4.5  VACANCIES IN OFFICES.............................................    10


TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
   4.6  REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS...................    10
   4.7  AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.................................    10

ARTICLE V -- INDEMNIFICATION.............................................    11
   5.1  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY
        PROCEEDINGS......................................................    11
   5.2  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE
        RIGHT OF THE COMPANY.............................................    11
   5.3  SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE...............................................    11
   5.4  INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS........................................    12
   5.5  ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.....................................    12
   5.6  LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES........    12
   5.7  DETERMINATION; CLAIM.............................................    13
   5.8  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS........................................    13
   5.9  INSURANCE........................................................    13
   5.10 SURVIVAL.........................................................    13
   5.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION.................................    13
   5.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS..............................................    13

ARTICLE VI -- STOCK......................................................    14
   6.1  STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES...........................    14
   6.2  SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES..............................    14
   6.3  LOST CERTIFICATES................................................    14
   6.4  DIVIDENDS........................................................    15
   6.5  STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS........................................    15
   6.6  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS..........................................    15
   6.7  TRANSFERS                                                            15

ARTICLE VII -- MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER........................    15
   7.1  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS...................................    15
   7.2  NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION................................    16
   7.3  NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS........................    16
   7.4  NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL.............    17
   7.5  WAIVER OF NOTICE.................................................    17

ARTICLE VIII -- GENERAL MATTERS..........................................    17
   8.1  FISCAL YEAR......................................................    17
   8.2  SEAL.............................................................    17
   8.3  ANNUAL REPORT....................................................    17
   8.4  INTERESTED DIRECTORS; QUORUM.....................................    18
   8.5  CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS........................................    18

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
ARTICLE IX -- AMENDMENTS.................................................    18

-iii-

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I -- MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders of Limelight Networks, Inc. (the "COMPANY") shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company's board of directors (the "BOARD"). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders' meetings shall be held at the Company's principal executive office.

1.2 ANNUAL MEETING. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company's certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3 SPECIAL MEETING. A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i) be in writing;

(ii) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this SECTION 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.


1.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

1.5 QUORUM. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in SECTION 1.6, until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

1.7 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

1.8 VOTING. The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

-2-

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in SECTION 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

1.9 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in SECTION 7.2) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

-3-

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS. In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date:

(i) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting;

(ii) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board; and

(iii) in the case of determination of stockholders for any other action, shall not be more than 60 days prior to such other action.

If no record date is fixed by the Board:

(i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

(ii) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action of the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law, or, if prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and

-4-

(iii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

1.11 PROXIES. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company's principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

ARTICLE II -- DIRECTORS

2.1 POWERS. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

2.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of

-5-

the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director's term of office expires.

2.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS. Except as provided in SECTION 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to SECTIONS 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director's successor is elected and qualified or until such director's earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in
Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to

-6-

replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director's successor is elected and qualified, or until such director's earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE. The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7 REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE. Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director's address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company's records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the

-7-

holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company's principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9 QUORUM; VOTING. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

2.10 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

2.12 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board maybe removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director's term of office.

ARTICLE III -- COMMITTEES

3.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not

-8-

such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3 MEETINGS AND ACTIONS OF COMMITTEES. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) SECTION 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

(ii) SECTION 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

(iii) SECTION 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

(iv) SECTION 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

(v) SECTION 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

(vi) SECTION 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

3.4 SUBCOMMITTEES. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

-9-

ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS

4.1 OFFICERS. The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS. The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in SECTION 4.3.

4.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

-10-

ARTICLE V -- INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS. Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "PROCEEDING") (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful.

5.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY. Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in SECTION 5.1 or SECTION 5.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

-11-

5.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS. Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE V, the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

5.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this ARTICLE V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to
SECTION 5.8, no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

5.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. Subject to the requirements in SECTION 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be required to provide indemnification or, with respect to clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) below, advance expenses to any person pursuant to this ARTICLE V:

(i) in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person except (i) as otherwise required by law, (ii) in specific cases if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, or (iii) as is required to be made under SECTION 5.7;

(ii) in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) against such person providing for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law or common law;

(iii) for amounts for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy or indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid; or

(iv) if prohibited by applicable law.

-12-

5.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this ARTICLE V is not paid in full within 60 days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Company, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such suit, the Company shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

5.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this ARTICLE V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9 INSURANCE. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10 SURVIVAL. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this ARTICLE V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

5.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE V shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

5.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this ARTICLE V, references to the "COMPANY" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this ARTICLE V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this ARTICLE V, references to "OTHER ENTERPRISES" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "FINES" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "SERVING AT THE REQUEST OF THE COMPANY" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director,

-13-

officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "NOT OPPOSED TO THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE COMPANY" as referred to in this ARTICLE V.

ARTICLE VI -- STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES. The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice- President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES. If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES. Except as provided in this SECTION 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company

-14-

and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner's legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that maybe made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS. The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company's capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company's capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS. The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.6 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The Company:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7 TRANSFERS. Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed.

ARTICLE VII -- MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS. Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it appears on the Company's records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

-15-

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An "ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION" means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164,296,311,312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders,

-16-

any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL. Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII -- GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2 SEAL. The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3 ANNUAL REPORT. The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company's shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

-17-

8.4 INTERESTED DIRECTORS; QUORUM. No contract or transaction between the corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorized the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, or ratified by the Board, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

8.5 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term "person" includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX -- AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be altered or repealed, and new bylaws made by the Board, but the stockholders may make additional bylaws and may alter and repeal any bylaws adopted by them or otherwise.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

-18-

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Limelight Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising eighteen (18) pages, were amended and restated on September 13, 2006 by the Company's board of directors.

The undersigned has executed this certificate as of September 13, 2006.

/s/ William H. Rinehart
----------------------------------------
William H. Rinehart, Secretary


Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

(as amended on [_________], 2007 effective as of the closing of the corporation's initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES............................................     1
   1.1  REGISTERED OFFICE................................................     1
   1.2  OTHER OFFICES....................................................     1

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS....................................     1
   2.1  PLACE OF MEETINGS................................................     1
   2.2  ANNUAL MEETING...................................................     1
   2.3  SPECIAL MEETING..................................................     1
   2.4  ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES; NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS......     2
   2.5  QUORUM...........................................................     3
   2.6  ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE........................................     3
   2.7  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS..............................................     4
   2.8  VOTING...........................................................     4
   2.9  STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING..........     4
   2.10 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS......     4
   2.11 PROXIES..........................................................     5
   2.12 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE............................     5
   2.13 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION...........................................     5

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS..................................................     6
   3.1  POWERS...........................................................     6
   3.2  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS..............................................     6
   3.3  ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS..........     6
   3.4  RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES........................................     7
   3.5  PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.........................     7
   3.6  REGULAR MEETINGS.................................................     7
   3.7  SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.........................................     8
   3.8  QUORUM; VOTING...................................................     8
   3.9  BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING................     8
   3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS...............................     9
   3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.............................................     9

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES..................................................     9
   4.1  COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS..........................................     9
   4.2  COMMITTEE MINUTES................................................     9
   4.3  MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES................................     9
   4.4  SUBCOMMITTEES....................................................    10

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS.....................................................    10
   5.1  OFFICERS.........................................................    10
   5.2  APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS..........................................    10

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
   5.3  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.............................................    11
   5.4  REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS..............................    11
   5.5  VACANCIES IN OFFICES.............................................    11
   5.6  REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS...................    11
   5.7  AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.................................    11

ARTICLE VI - STOCK.......................................................    12
   6.1  STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES...........................    12
   6.2  SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES..............................    12
   6.3  LOST CERTIFICATES................................................    12
   6.4  DIVIDENDS........................................................    13
   6.5  TRANSFER OF STOCK................................................    13
   6.6  STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS........................................    13
   6.7  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS..........................................    13

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER.........................    13
   7.1  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS.................................    13
   7.2  NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION................................    14
   7.3  NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS........................    15
   7.4  NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL.............    15
   7.5  WAIVER OF NOTICE.................................................    15

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION...........................................    15
   8.1  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY
        PROCEEDINGS......................................................    15
   8.2  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE
        RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.........................................    16
   8.3  SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE...............................................    16
   8.4  INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS........................................    16
   8.5  ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.....................................    16
   8.6  LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES........    17
   8.7  DETERMINATION; CLAIM.............................................    17
   8.8  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS........................................    17
   8.9  INSURANCE........................................................    18
   8.10 SURVIVAL.........................................................    18
   8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION.................................    18
   8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS..............................................    18

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS.............................................    18
   9.1  EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.................    18
   9.2  FISCAL YEAR......................................................    19
   9.3  SEAL.............................................................    19
   9.4  CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS........................................    19

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS...................................................    19

-iii-

BYLAWS OF LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.


ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Limelight Networks, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation's certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation's board of directors (the "BOARD") may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders' meetings shall be held at the corporation's principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year. The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. In the absence of such designation the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the second Tuesday of May of each year at 10:00 a.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding business day. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, chairperson of the Board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.


2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES; NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS

(i) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be: (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the board of directors, (B) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than one hundred twenty
(120) calendar days before the one year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy statement to stockholders in connection with the previous year's annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date of the prior year's meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the later of one hundred twenty
(120) calendar days in advance of such annual meeting and ten (10) calendar days following the date on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made. A stockholder's notice to the secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (c) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (d) any material interest of the stockholder in such business, and (e) any other information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 ACT"), in the stockholder's capacity as a proponent to a stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder's meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (i). The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(ii) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (ii) shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the board of directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this paragraph (ii). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the board of directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the secretary of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (i) of this Section 2.4. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth
(a) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are beneficially owned by such person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, and (E) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in

-2-

solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (b) as to such stockholder giving notice, the information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (i) of this Section 2.4. At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director shall furnish to the secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (ii). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

These provisions shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at an annual meeting of reports of officers, directors and committees of the board of directors, but in connection therewith no new business shall be acted upon at any such meeting unless stated, filed and received as herein provided. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business brought before a meeting by a stockholder shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with procedures set forth in this Section 2.4.

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

2.5 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.6 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place if any thereof, and the means of remote communications if any by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

-3-

2.7 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

2.8 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

2.9 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof having a preference over the Common Stock as dividend or upon liquidation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.10 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other such action.

If the Board does not so fix a record date:

(i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(ii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

-4-

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.11 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

2.12 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation's principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.13 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder's proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

-5-

(ii) receive votes, ballots or consents;

(iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(iv) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

(v) determine when the polls shall close;

(vi) determine the result; and

(vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director's term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director's successor is elected and qualified or until such director's earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

-6-

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

-7-

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director's address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation's records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation's principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if

-8-

all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director's term of office.

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

-9-

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice); and

(vi) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The Board shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

-10-

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the Board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

-11-

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the Board or vice-chairperson of the Board, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner's legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

-12-

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation's capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation's capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it appears on the corporation's records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other

-13-

agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An "ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION" means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

-14-

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "PROCEEDING") (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably

-15-

believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

-16-

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to
Section 8.8, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be required to provide indemnification or, with respect to clauses
(i), (iii) and (iv) below, advance expenses to any person pursuant to this Article VIII:

(i) in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person except (i) as otherwise required by law, (ii) in specific cases if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board, or (iii) as is required to be made under Section 8.7;

(ii) on account of any Proceeding (or part thereof) against such person providing for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law or common law;

(iii) for expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid; or

(iv) if prohibited by applicable law.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 60 days after a written claim therefor has been received by the corporation, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such suit, the corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

-17-

8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any repeal or modification of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the "CORPORATION" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to "OTHER ENTERPRISES" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "FINES" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "SERVING AT THE REQUEST OF THE CORPORATION" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "NOT OPPOSED TO THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE CORPORATION" as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific

-18-

instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term "PERSON" includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

-19-

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Limelight Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising nineteen pages, were amended and restated on [_______] by the corporation's board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this ___ day of __________, ___.


Secretary

Exhibit 4.2

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT

JULY 12, 2006


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
1. REGISTRATION RIGHTS...................................................     2
   1.1  Definitions......................................................     2
   1.2  Request for Registration.........................................     3
   1.3  Company Registration.............................................     5
   1.4  Form S-3 Registration............................................     5
   1.5  Obligations of the Company.......................................     6
   1.6  Information From Holders.........................................     9
   1.7  Expenses of Registration.........................................     9
   1.8  Underwriting Requirements........................................     9
   1.9  Delay of Registration............................................    10
   1.10 Indemnification..................................................    10
   1.11 Reports Under the Exchange Act...................................    12
   1.12 Assignment of Registration Rights................................    12
   1.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights....................    13
   1.14 Termination of Registration Rights...............................    13

2. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY..............................................    13
   2.1  Delivery of Financial Statements.................................    13
   2.2  Inspection.......................................................    14
   2.3  Right of First Offer.............................................    14
   2.4  Company Operations...............................................    15
   2.5  Related Party Transactions.......................................    15
   2.6  Termination of Covenants.........................................    16

3. MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................    16
   3.1  Termination......................................................    16
   3.2  Entire Agreement.................................................    16
   3.3  Successors and Assigns...........................................    16
   3.4  Amendments and Waivers...........................................    17
   3.5  Notices..........................................................    17
   3.6  Severability.....................................................    17
   3.7  Governing Law....................................................    17
   3.8  Counterparts.....................................................    17
   3.9  Titles and Subtitles.............................................    17
   3.10 Aggregation of Stock.............................................    17

i

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement (the "AGREEMENT") is made as of the 12th day of July, 2006, by and among Limelight Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), the holders of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto (each a "SERIES A HOLDER" and collectively, the "SERIES A HOLDERS"), the holders of Series B Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (each a "SERIES B HOLDER" and collectively the "SERIES B HOLDERS," and together with the Series A Holders, the "INVESTORS") and, for the purposes of Sections 2.3 and 3.4 only, the holders of the Company's Common Stock and/or warrants and options to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto (each a "MAJOR COMMON HOLDER" and collectively, the "MAJOR COMMON HOLDERS").

RECITALS

A. The Company and the Series A Holders have previously entered into a First Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated as of January 9, 2004 (the "PRIOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT"), pursuant to which the Company granted the Series A Holders certain rights.

B. The Company and the Series B Holders are parties to the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 18, 2006 (the "SERIES B AGREEMENT"). In order to induce the Investors to purchase Series B Preferred Stock and invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Series B Agreement, the Company hereby agrees that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Investors to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to them and certain other matters as set forth herein.

C. The Company and the Series A Holders each desire to amend and restate the Prior Rights Agreement to add the Series B Holders as parties to this Agreement and make certain other changes.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the Company, the Investors and the Major Common Holders agree that the Prior Agreement shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

A. AMENDMENTS OF PRIOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT; WAIVER OF PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. Effective and contingent upon execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and upon closing of the transactions contemplated by the Series B Agreement, the Prior Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement, and the Company, the Investors and the Major Common Holders hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereof as the sole agreement of the Company, the Investors and the Major Common Holders with respect to registration rights of the Company's securities and certain other preemptive rights, as set forth


herein. The Series A Holders, on their own behalf and on the behalf of the other Series A Holders, hereby waive the preemptive rights, set forth in Section 2.16 of the Prior Rights Agreement, including any notice requirements, with respect to the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock.

1. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) "Affiliated Fund" means, with respect to a Holder that is a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company.

(b) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) "Excluded Registration" means a registration statement relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered.

(d) "Form S-3" means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company's subsequent public filings under the Exchange Act.

(e) "Holder" means any Investor owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement.

(f) "Major Investor" means any Investor that holds at least 500,000 shares of the Preferred Stock or the Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reclassifications or the like) and, with respect to Section 2.3 only, any Major Common Holder. A Major Investor includes (i) any general partners, managing members and affiliates of a Major Investor, including Affiliated Funds, (ii) a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (such a relation, a Major Investor's "IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER", which term shall include adoptive relationships), and (iii) a trust for the benefit of an individual Major Investor or such Major Investor's Immediate Family Member.

(g) "Qualified IPO" means the first firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement on form S-1 (or a successor form) filed pursuant to the Securities Act.

2

(h) "Register," "registered," and "registration" refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(i) "Registrable Securities" means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A or Series B Preferred Stock held by the Holders and any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement, and (ii) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i); excluding, however, in all cases any Registrable Securities sold in a transaction in which the rights under this Agreement are not assigned, or any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.14 of this Agreement.

(j) The number of shares of "Registrable Securities then outstanding" shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

(k) "Restated Certificate" means the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time

(l) "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(m) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.2 Request for Registration.

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) April 24, 2013, or (ii) six months after the effective date of the Qualified IPO, a written request from the Holders of at least 25% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the "Initiating Holders") that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $10,000,000, then the Company shall, within 20 days after receiving such request, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b), cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered within 20 days after the mailing of such notice by the Company.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company, which underwriter shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in the underwriting. In such event, the right of any Holder to include Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder's Registrable Securities in the underwriting

3

(unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. The Company and all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Company in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all participating Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each participating Holder. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all other securities are first excluded from such offering. Any Registrable Securities excluded from or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from registration.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "BOARD OF DIRECTORS") it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right or the similar right set forth in Section 1.4(b)(iii) more than once in any 12-month period, and provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such 120-day period (other than in a Qualified IPO or an Excluded Registration).

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) After the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective, provided, however, that such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and that either (A) the conditions of Section 1.5(a) have been satisfied or (B) the registration statements remain effective and there are no stop orders in effect to such registration statements;

(ii) During the period starting with the date 90 days prior to the Company's good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof, unless such offering is not the initial public offering of the Company's securities, in which case, ending on a date 90 days after the effective date of such registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below.

4

1.3 Company Registration.

(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than an Excluded Registration or any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within 20 days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.4, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered if any stock of the Company is registered; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance for such requesting Holders, pursuant to this Section 1.3 if all such requesting Holders propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $5,000,000.

(b) The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such registration shall be borne by the Company, in accordance with Section 1.7 hereof.

1.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of not less than 5% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder's or Holders' Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.4: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $5,000,000; (iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed, in the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4;

5

provided, however, that the Company shall not utilize this right or the similar right set forth in Section 1.2(c) more than once in any 12-month period; (iv) if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this
Section 1.4; (v) in any jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction; or (vi) during the period ending 90 days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 1.3.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

1.5 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "prospectus" shall be deemed to include a free writing prospectus where appropriate.

(c) Promptly notify the Holders of the effectiveness of such registration statement, and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including any supplement to the prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Following the effective date of such registration statement, notify the Holders of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement, or the associated prospectus.

(e) Use all commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or

6

to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdiction unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction.

(f) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder and other security holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(g) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue for 120 days or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(h) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this
Section 1 to be listed on each national securities exchange or trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(i) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(j) Make generally available to its security holders, and to deliver to each Holder participating in the registration statement, an earnings statement of the Company that will satisfy the provisions of Section 1l(a) of the Securities Act covering a period of 12 months beginning after the effective date of such registration statement as soon as reasonably practicable after the termination of such 12-month period.

(k) Use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a "comfort" letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters.

(l) Otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months, but not more than eighteen months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of
Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

7

(m) Take all reasonable action to ensure that any free writing prospectus utilized in connection with any registration covered by Section 1.2 or 1.3 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and

(n) In connection with any underwritten offering, if at any time the information conveyed to a purchaser at the time of sale includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, promptly file with the SEC such amendments or supplements to such information as may be necessary so that the statements as so amended or supplemented will not, in light of the circumstances, be misleading.

(o) To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a "WKSI") at the time any request for registration is submitted to the Company pursuant to Section 1.2, and request for registration requests that the Company file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an "automatic shelf registration statement") on Form S-3, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold. If the automatic shelf registration statement has been outstanding for at least three years, at the end of the third year the Company shall refile a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Registrable Securities held by any Holder not then able to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144(k) as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act. If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI and the applicable Holders are not then able to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144(k) as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to refile the shelf registration statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-l and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

(p) If the Company files any shelf registration statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company agrees that it shall include in such registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such shelf registration statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

8

1.6 Information From Holders. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder's Registrable Securities. The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company's obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.2(a) or subsection 1.4(b)(2), whichever is applicable.

1.7 Expenses of Registration. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers' and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 or 1.4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to
Section 1.2 or one right to a Form S-3 registration under Section 1.4, as the case may be.

1.8 Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company's capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.2 or Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders' securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their reasonable discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders) but in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below 20% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company's securities, in which case, the selling stockholders maybe excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder's securities are included. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a

9

holder of Registrable Securities and which is a venture capital fund, or a partnership or corporation, the Affiliated Funds, members, partners, retired partners and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single "selling stockholder," and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such "selling stockholder" shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such "selling stockholder," as defined in this sentence.

1.9 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.10 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a "VIOLATION"): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such

10

losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Subsection 1.10(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and

11

the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.11 Reports Under the Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the effective date of the Qualified IPO so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder upon request, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the Qualified IPO), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.12 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee (i) of at least 500,000 shares of such securities (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification or the like) (or if the transferring Holder owns less than 500,000 shares of such securities, then all Registrable Securities held by the transferring Holder), (ii) that is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited

12

partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of a Holder,
(iii) that is an Affiliated Fund, (iv) who is a Holder's Immediate Family Member, or (v) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder's Immediate Family Member, provided the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided, further, that such assignment shall be effective only if the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement and immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of (x) a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership or (y) a limited liability company who are members or retired members of such limited liability company (including Immediate Family Members of such partners or members who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under Section 1.

1.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are pari passu with or senior to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

1.14 Termination of Registration Rights. No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (i) five years following the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) with respect to any Holder, at such time after the Qualified IPO as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder's shares during a three-month period without registration, or (iii) upon termination of the Agreement, as provided in Section 3.1.

2. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor (other than a Major Investor reasonably deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company):

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (or such longer period of time as may be required by the Company's independent public accountants), an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder's equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

13

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

(c) within 30 days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, and, as soon as prepared, any other updated or revised budgets for such fiscal year prepared by the Company; and

(e) with respect to the financial statements called for in subsections
(b) and (c) of this Section 2.1, an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer or President of the Company and certifying on behalf of the Company that such financials were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment, provided that the foregoing shall not restrict the right of the Company to change its accounting principles consistent with GAAP, if the Board of Directors or a committee thereof determines that it is in the best interest of the Company to do so.

2.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor (except for a Major Investor reasonably deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company), at such Major Investor's expense, to visit and inspect the Company's properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company's affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

2.3 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). A Major Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its general partners, managing members or affiliates, including Affiliated Funds, Immediate Family Members or trusts, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock ("SHARES"), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice (the "RFO NOTICE") to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

14

(b) Within 15 days after delivery of the RFO Notice, the Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the RFO Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the sum of (A) the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all then outstanding convertible or exercisable securities) and (B) shares of Common Stock issuable to employees, consultants or directors pursuant to a stock option plan, restricted stock plan, or other stock plan approved by the Board of Directors (but not including shares accounted for in subsection (A)). Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that purchases all the shares available to it (each, a "FULLY-EXERCISING INVESTOR") of any other Major Investor's failure to do likewise. During the 10-day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities).

(c) The Company may, during the 60-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.3(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the RFO Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days after the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable to issuances of securities of the Company that are not "Additional Stock" (as determined in accordance with the Restated Certificate).

2.4 Company Operations. The Investors covenant that at all times prior to March 31, 2007, they shall act in good faith with respect to the management and operation of the Company and to allow the Company to be operated in such a manner that will not unreasonably impede the Company's ability to achieve its revenue and operating goals, including, specifically, the achievement of the Planned EBITDA target set forth in the Restated Certificate. By way of amplification and not limitation, the Investors agree that, prior to March 31, 2007, they shall not unreasonably and adversely interfere with decisions regarding the Company's employment and hiring of key employees and the Company's capital expenditures so long as such decisions are consistent with the Company's business plan, its past practices and commensurate with the growth of the Company.

2.5 Related Party Transactions.

15

After the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Series B Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly terminate all contracts, agreements or transactions (each, a "Related Party Transaction") between (a) the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (b) any director or officer of the Company or any Affiliates or Associates (as defined below) thereof (each, a "Related Party"); provided that (i) agreements relating to the ownership of the Company's securities, (ii) agreements relating to the employment or consulting relationship of such officer or director with the Company, (iii) agreements executed in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Series B Agreement, (iv) agreements relating to the indemnification of its officers and directors, and (v) agreements involving the payment of fees to the Company pursuant to currently existing customer contracts are not required to be terminated hereunder and provided further that advancement of expenses in the ordinary course of business shall not be deemed a Related Party Transaction. In addition, the Company shall use its best efforts to document all oral agreements with any Related Party not required to be terminated hereunder and shall not enter into any new oral agreements with any Related Party without the express written consent of the Board of Directors. The terms "AFFILIATE" and "ASSOCIATE" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.6 Termination of Covenants.

(a) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 through Section 2.5 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) upon termination of the Agreement, as provided in Section 3.1.

(b) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 2.5(a) above.

3. MISCELLANEOUS.

3.1 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate, and have no further force and effect, when (a) the Company shall consummate a transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company pursuant to the Restated Certificate, or (b) when the Company and Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

3.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and any and all other written or oral agreements relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties hereto are expressly canceled.

3.3 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any Preferred Stock or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof). Nothing in this Agreement,

16

express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.4 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided, however, that, (a) with respect to Section 2.3 only, if such amendment or waiver has the effect of materially adversely affecting the shares of Common Stock held by the Major Common Holders in a manner different than the securities held by the Investors, then such amendment or waiver shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Major Common Holders and (b) any amendments to Section 2.4 shall require the approval of the Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the Common Directors, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each party to the Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

3.5 Notices. Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by facsimile, or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party's address or facsimile number as set forth on Exhibit A or Exhibit B hereto or as subsequently modified by written notice. A copy of any notice sent to any Series B Holder shall be sent to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304, Attn: Mark L. Reinstra and to Goldman Sachs & Co., One New York Plaza, 30th Floor, NY, NY 10004, Attn: Ben Adler.

3.6 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.7 Governing Law. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

3.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, including facsimiles, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.10 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of the Preferred Stock held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

***

17

The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

COMPANY:

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

By: /s/ William Rinehart
    ------------------------------------
    William Rinehart
    Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS V FUND, L.P.

BY: GSCP V Advisors, L.L.C.
its General Partner

BY: /s/ JOSEPH P. DISABATO
    ------------------------------------
NAME: JOSEPH P. DISABATO
TITLE: MANAGING DIRECTOR

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS V OFFSHORE FUND,
L.P.

BY: GSCP V Offshore Advisors, L.L.C.
its General Partner

BY: /s/ JOSEPH P. DISABATO
    ------------------------------------
NAME: JOSEPH P. DISABATO
TITLE: MANAGING DIRECTOR

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS V GmbH & CO. KG

BY: GS Advisors V. L.L.C.
its Managing Limited Partner

BY: /s/ JOSEPH P. DISABATO
    ------------------------------------
NAME: JOSEPH P. DISABATO
TITLE: MANAGING DIRECTOR

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS V INSTITUTIONAL,
L.P.

BY: GS Advisors V, L.L.C.
its General Partner

BY: /s/ JOSEPH P. DISABATO
    ------------------------------------
NAME: JOSEPH P. DISABATO
TITLE: MANAGING DIRECTOR

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

FOR INDIVIDUAL:

/s/ JON GAVENMAN
----------------------------------------
Signature

JON GAVENMAN
Print Name

Address: 288 N, AVALON DRIVE
LOS ALTOS, CA 94022

FOR ENTITY:


Printed Name of Entity

By:
Signature


Printed Name and Title

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTOR:

THE SAN DOMENICO TRUST UDT DATED
AUGUST 12, 1999

By: /s/ Mark Reinstra
    ------------------------------------
Name: Mark Reinstra
Title: Trustee

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

FOR INDIVIDUAL:

/s/ Steven Tonsfeldt
----------------------------------------
Signature

Steven Tonsfeldt Print Name

Address: 75 Holbrook lane Atherton, CA 94027

FOR ENTITY:
By: Heller Ehrman LLP, Manager
VLG Investments 2006 LLC
Printed Name of Entity

By: /s/ Illegible
    ------------------------------------
    Signature

Illegible, Fund Manager Printed Name and Title

Address: 275 Middlefield Road Menlo Park, CA 94025

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

FOR INDIVIDUAL:

/s/ Mark Windfeld-Hansen
----------------------------------------
Signature

Mark Windfeld-Hansen Print Name

Address: 275 MIDDLEFIELD ROAD
MENLO PARK, CA 94025

FOR ENTITY:


Printed Name of Entity

By:
Signature


Printed Name and Title

Address:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

WS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC (2006A)

By: /s/ Mario Rosati
    ------------------------------------
Name: Mario Rosati
Title: Member

WS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC (2006C)

By: /s/ Mario Rosati
    ------------------------------------
Name: Mario Rosati
Title: Member

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

FOR INDIVIDUAL:


Signature


Print Name

Address:

FOR ENTITY:

NORTHVIEW INVESTMENTS LLC
Printed Name of Entity

By: /s/ DAVID L. BRUNER, MANAGER
    ------------------------------------
    Signature

DAVID L. BRUNER, MANAGER
Printed Name and Title

Address: 7600 E. DOUBLETREE #210
SCOTTSDALE AZ 85258

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

FOR INDIVIDUAL:


Signature


Print Name

Address:

FOR ENTITY:

AMALIA LIMITED
Printed Name of Entity

By: /s/ MIAKUNAL S.A., Director
    ------------------------------------
    Signature

represented by

Pierre GRANDJEAN Marie-Helene Lanjard Printed Name and Title

Address: 116 Main Street, Road Town, Tortola, BUI

mailing address Rue Jasques - Balmat 1-3, 1204 Geneva, Switzerland

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

MAJOR COMMON HOLDERS:

FOR INDIVIDUAL:


Signature


Print Name

Address:

FOR ENTITY:

Cocoon Capital, LLC
Printed Name of Entity

By: /s/ Allan Kaplan
    ------------------------------------
    Signature

Allan Kaplan, Member Printed Name and Title

Address: 14538 E Dale LN Scottsdale, AZ 85262

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

MAJOR COMMON HOLDERS:

FOR INDIVIDUAL:

/s/ Michael Gordon
----------------------------------------
Signature

Michael Gordon Print Name

/s/ Lauren Gordon
----------------------------------------
Signature

Lauren Gordon Print Name

Address: 6500 E.Cactus Wren Rd.


Paradise Valley, AZ 85263

FOR ENTITY:

Thunder Road Capital, LLC
Printed Name of Entity

By: /s/ Michael Gordon
    ------------------------------------
    Signature

Michael Gordon, Member, Mgr Printed Name and Title

Address: P.O. Box 44702 Phoenix, AZ 85064

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

MAJOR COMMON HOLDERS:

FOR INDIVIDUAL:


Signature


Print Name

Address:

FOR ENTITY:

Kaplan Group Investment LLC
Printed Name of Entity

By: /s/ Allan Kaplan
    ------------------------------------
    Signature

Allan Kaplan, Member Printed Name and Title

Address: 14538 E Dale LN Scottsdale, AZ 85262

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

MAJOR COMMON HOLDERS:

FOR INDIVIDUAL:

/s/ Nathan Raciborski
----------------------------------------
Signature

Nathan Raciborski Print Name

Address: 2643 E Spring Rd Phoenix, AZ 85032

FOR ENTITY:

Raciborski Group Limited Partnership
Printed Name of Entity

By: /s/ Nathan Raciborski,
    ------------------------------------
    Signature

Nathan Raciborski, Partner Printed Name and Title

Address: 2643 Espring Rd Phoenix, AZ 85032

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

MAJOR COMMON HOLDERS:

FOR INDIVIDUAL:

/s/ William H Rinehart
----------------------------------------
Signature

William H Rinehart Print Name

Address: 2402 E. Esplanade Lane #504 Phoenix, AZ 85016

FOR ENTITY:

Rinehart Family Trust
Printed Name of Entity

By: /s/ William H. Rinehart
    ------------------------------------
    Signature

William H. Rinehart, Trustee Printed Name and Title

Address: 2402 E. Esplanade Lane #504 Phoenix, AZ 85016

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS

SERIES A HOLDERS

                                               NO. OF SHARES
NAME/ADDRESS                                   OF SERIES A *
------------                                   -------------
Amalia Limited                                    2,307,000
Rue Jacques Balmat 1-3
1204 Geneva
Switzerland

Northview Investments LLC                         2,307,000
7600 E. Doubletree #210
Scottsdale, AZ 85258
                                                  ---------
   TOTAL                                          4,614,000
                                                  =========

* Prior to consummation of tender offer

SERIES B HOLDERS

                                               NO. OF SHARES
NAME/ADDRESS                                    OF SERIES B
------------                                   -------------
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS V FUND, L.P.                 13,966,505
c/o Goldman Sachs & Co.
One New York Plaza, 30th Floor
NY, NY 10004
Attn: Ben Adler

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS V OFFSHORE FUND, L.P.         7,214,515
c/o Goldman Sachs & Co.
One New York Plaza, 30th Floor
NY, NY 10004;
Attn: Ben Adler

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS V GmbH & CO. KG                 553,716
c/o Goldman Sachs & Co.
One New York Plaza, 30th Floor
NY, NY 10004
Attn: Ben Adler

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS V INSTITUTIONAL, L.P.         4,789,316
c/o Goldman Sachs & Co.
One New York Plaza, 30th Floor
NY, NY 10004
Attn: Ben Adler


VLGI 2006                                            31,694
c/o Heller Ehrman LLP
275 Middlefield Road
Menlo Park, CA 94025

Steve Tonsfeldt                                       3,066
75 Holbrook Lane
Atherton, CA 94027

Jon Gavenman                                          3,066
288 N. Avalon Drive
Los Altos, CA 94022

Mark Windfeld-Hansen                                  3,066
918 Dunston Road
Redwood City, CA 94062

WS Investment Company, LLC (2006A)                    3,680
c/o Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Attn: James Terranova

WS Investment Company, LLC (2006C)                    5,213
c/o Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Attn: James Terranova

San Domenico Trust UDT dated August 12, 1999          6,133
c/o Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Attn: Mark Reinstra
                                                 ----------
TOTAL                                            26,579,970
                                                 ==========


EXHIBIT B

MAJOR COMMON HOLDERS

                                         NO. OF SHARES    OPTIONS TO PURCHASE   WARRANTS TO PURCHASE
NAME/ADDRESS                           OF COMMON STOCK*      COMMON STOCK*          COMMON STOCK*
------------                           ----------------   -------------------   --------------------
Cocoon Capital LLC                           407,632                   0                      0
14538 E. Dale Lane
Scottsdale, AZ 85262

Michael Gordon                                     0             250,000                      0
6500 E. Cactus Wren Road
Paradise Valley, AZ 85253

Michael and Lauren Gordon                  2,019,733                   0                      0
6500 E. Cactus Wren Road
Paradise Valley, AZ 85253

Kaplan Group Investments LLC               4,951,873                   0                      0
8936 North Capital
Phoenix, AZ 85020

Nathan Raciborski                                  0             500,000              1,455,791
2643 E. Spring Road
Phoenix, AZ 85032

Raciborski Group Limited Partnership       3,664,622                   0                      0
2643 E. Spring Road
Phoenix, AZ 85032

William H. Rinehart                                0             275,000                      0
2402 E. Esplanade Lane #504
Phoenix, AZ 85016

Rinehart Family Trust                      3,196,742                   0                      0
2402 E. Esplanade Lane #504
Phoenix, AZ 85016

Thunder Road Capital LLC                     100,000                   0                      0
P.O. Box 44702
Phoenix, AZ 85064-4702
                                          ----------           ---------              ---------
   Total                                  14,340,602           1,025,000              1,455,791
                                          ==========           =========              =========

* Prior to consummation of tender offer


Exhibit 10.1

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective as of __________, 2007 by and between Limelight Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and __________ ("Indemnitee"), effective as of the date that the Registration Statement on Form S-1 related to the initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock is declared effective by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of corporations;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") and Amended and Restated Bylaws (the "Bylaws") of the Company require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; and

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee's need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability based on Indemnitee's reliance on the aforesaid Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, (ii) specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or any change in the composition of the Company's Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company) and (iii) an inducement to provide effective services to the Company as a director and/or officer, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted under Delaware law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance policies.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions:

(a) "Affiliate" shall mean any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under


common control with, the person specified, including, without limitation, with respect to the Company, any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company.

(b) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) (other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, and other than any person holding shares of the Company on the date that the Company first registers under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any transferee of such individual if such transferee is a spouse or lineal descendant of the transferee or a trust for the benefit of the individual, his or her spouse or lineal descendants), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

(d) "Expenses" shall mean any expense, liability or loss, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal) or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

(e) "Indemnifiable Event" shall mean any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of

-2-

another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, as described above.

(f) "Independent Counsel" shall mean the person or body appointed in connection with Section 3.

(g) "Proceeding" shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other.

(h) "Reviewing Party" shall mean the person or body appointed in accordance with Section 3.

(i) "Voting Securities" shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. Agreement to Indemnify.

(a) General Agreement. In the event Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors or applicable law.

(b) Initiation of Proceeding. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless
(i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 5 or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.

-3-

(c) Expense Advances. If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within thirty (30) days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). The Indemnitee shall qualify for such Expense Advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay such Expense Advances if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Indemnitee's obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. This Section 2(c) shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 2(b) or 2(f).

(d) Mandatory Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

(e) Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

(f) Prohibited Indemnification. No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company on account of any Proceeding in which a final judgment is rendered against Indemnitee or Indemnitee enters into a settlement, in each case (i) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any federal, state or local laws; (ii) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or (iii) for which payment is prohibited by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated or implied in this Section 2(f), indemnification pursuant to this Agreement relating to any Proceeding against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any federal, state or local laws shall not be prohibited if Indemnitee ultimately establishes in any Proceeding that no recovery of such profits from Indemnitee is permitted under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any federal, state or local laws.

3. Reviewing Party. Prior to any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; provided that if all members of the Board are parties to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party; after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party. With respect to all matters arising before a Change in Control for which Independent Counsel shall be the Reviewing

-4-

Party and all matters arising after a Change in Control, in each case concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities, loss and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.

4. Indemnification Process and Appeal.

(a) Indemnification Payment. Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for indemnification, but in no event later than thirty (30) business days after such demand, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Reviewing Party making a determination with respect to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification, including providing to the Reviewing Party upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.

(b) Suit to Enforce Rights. Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within thirty (30) days after making a demand in accordance with Section 4(a), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court in the State of Arizona or the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by the Indemnitee shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee. The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any such proceeding that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity.

(c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions. It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this

-5-

Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. For purposes of any determination of good faith under any applicable standard of conduct, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee's action is based on the records or books of account of the Company, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Company in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or the Board or counsel selected by any committee of the Board or on information or records given or reports made to the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or the Board or any committee of the Board. The provisions of the preceding sentence shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, or any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

5. Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for:

(i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and/or;

(ii) recovery under directors' and officers' liability insurance policies maintained by the Company; but only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be. In addition, the Company shall, if so requested by Indemnitee, advance the foregoing Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(c).

6. Notification and Defense of Proceeding.

-6-

(a) Notice. Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).

(b) Defense. With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee's expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control, the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company, or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii) above or under the circumstances provided for in (iii) and (iv) above.

(c) Settlement of Claims. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company's written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee's written consent. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity as a result of Indemnitees' failure to provide notice, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action, and the lack of such notice materially prejudiced the Company's ability to participate in defense of such action. The Company's liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.

7. Non-Exclusivity. The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law or otherwise; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law or

-7-

this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

8. Liability Insurance. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing general and/or directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.

9. Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two (2) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action or such longer period as may be required by state law under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of the Company or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.

10. Amendment of this Agreement. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

11. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

12. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Bylaw or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

13. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) six (6) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or (b) one
(1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Agreement relating thereto.

14. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all

-8-

of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

15. Severability. If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, (a) the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void or unenforceable.

16. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, whether or not the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is available to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company shall pay all or a portion of the amount that would otherwise be incurred by Indemnitee for Expenses in connection with any claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery or in the applicable state or federal courts in the State of Arizona; (ii) consent to submit to the jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery or of the applicable state or federal courts in the State of Arizona for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement,
(iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery or in the applicable state or federal courts in the State of Arizona, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery or in the applicable state or federal courts in the State of Arizona has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

18. Notices. All notices, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if

-9-

delivered by hand, against receipt or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and addressed to the Company at:

Limelight Networks, Inc.
2220 W. 14th Street
Tempe, AZ 85281
Attention: Chief Executive Officer/ General Counsel

and to Indemnitee at:

[_____]
[_____].

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

* * * * *

-10-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day specified above.

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
a Delaware corporation

By:
Print Name:

Title:

INDEMNITEE,
an individual


Indemnitee

Exhibit 10.2

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2003 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN


.

.
.

1.   Purpose...............................................................    1
2.   Administration........................................................    1
     (a)    Authority of the Committee.....................................    1
     (b)    Manner of Exercise of Authority................................    1
     (c)    Limitation of Liability........................................    2
3.   Stock Subject to Plan.................................................    2
     (a)    Limitation on Overall Number of Shares Subject to Awards.......    2
     (b)    Application of Limitations.....................................    2
4.   Eligibility; Per-Person Award Limitations.............................    2
5.   Specific Terms of Awards..............................................    2
     (a)    General........................................................    2
     (b)    Options........................................................    3
     (c)    Stock Appreciation Rights......................................    4
     (d)    Restricted Stock...............................................    4
     (e)    Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Obligations..................    5
     (f)    Other Stock-Based Awards.......................................    6
6.   Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards...............................    6
     (a)    Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards.........    6
     (b)    Term of Awards.................................................    6
     (c)    Form and Timing of Payment Under Awards; Deferrals.............    7
     (d)    Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability........................    7
7.   Change in Control.....................................................    7
     (a)    Effect of "Change in Control...................................    7
     (b)    Definition of "Change in Control"..............................    8
     (c)    Definition of "Change in Control Price.........................    8
8.   General Provisions....................................................    9
     (a)    Compliance With Legal and Other Requirements...................    9
     (b)    Limits on Transferability; Beneficiaries.......................    9
     (c)    Adjustments....................................................    9
     (d)    Taxes..........................................................   10
     (e)    Changes to the Plan and Awards.................................   11
     (f)    Limitation on Rights Conferred Under Plan......................   11
     (g)    Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts..................   11
     (h)    Nonexclusivity of the Plan.....................................   12
     (i)    Payments in the Event of Forfeitures; Fractional Shares........   12
     (j)    Governing Law..................................................   12
     (k)    Plan Effective Date and Stockholder Approval;
               Termination of Plan.........................................   12
9.   Definitions...........................................................   12
     (a)    "Award"........................................................   12
     (b)    "Award Agreement"..............................................   12
     (c)    "Beneficiary"..................................................   13
     (d)    "Beneficial Owner", "Beneficially Owning" and
               "Beneficial Ownership"......................................   13
     (e)    "Board"........................................................   13

-i-

(f)    "Change in Control"............................................   13
(g)    "Change in Control Price"......................................   13
(h)    "Code".........................................................   13
(i)    "Committee"....................................................   13
(j)    "Company"......................................................   13
(k)    "Consultant"...................................................   13
(l)    "Continuous Service"...........................................   13
(m)    "Corporate Transaction"........................................   14
(n)    "Director".....................................................   14
(o)    "Dividend Equivalent"..........................................   14
(p)    "Effective Date"...............................................   14
(q)    "Eligible Person"..............................................   14
(r)    "Employee".....................................................   14
(s)    "Exchange Act".................................................   14
(t)    "Executive Officer"............................................   14
(u)    "Fair Market Value"............................................   14
(v)    "Incentive Stock Option".......................................   14
(w)    "Incumbent Board"..............................................   15
(x)    "Limited Stock Appreciation Right".............................   15
(y)    "Nonqualified Stock Option"....................................   15
(z)    "Option".......................................................   15
(aa)   "Optionee".....................................................   15
(bb)   "Other Stock-Based Awards".....................................   15
(cc)   "Parent".......................................................   15
(dd)   "Participant"..................................................   15
(ee)   "Person".......................................................   15
(ff)   "Plan".........................................................   15
(gg)   "Related Entity"...............................................   15
(hh)   "Restricted Stock".............................................   15
(ii)   "Rule 16b-3" and "Rule 16a-1(c)(3)"............................   15
(jj)   "Stock"........................................................   15
(kk)   "Stock Appreciation Right".....................................   15
(ll)   "Subsidiary"...................................................   16

-ii-

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2003 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

(as amended and restated through October 20, 2006)

1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan is to assist Limelight Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation and its Related Entities in attracting, motivating, retaining, and rewarding high-quality executives and other Employees, officers, Directors, and Consultants by enabling such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Company in order to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such persons and the Company's stockholders, and providing such persons with annual and long-term performance incentives to expend their maximum efforts in the creation of stockholder value. The Plan is intended to qualify certain compensation awarded under the Plan for tax deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code to the extent deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee (or any successor committee) of the Board of Directors of the Company.

2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Authority of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors or the Committee. The Committee or the Board shall have full and final authority, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, to select Eligible Persons to become Participants, grant Awards, determine the type, number, and other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards, prescribe Award Agreements (which need not be identical for each Participant) and rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, construe and interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and correct defects, supply omissions, or reconcile inconsistencies therein, and to make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee or the Board may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. In exercising any discretion granted to the Committee or the Board under the Plan or pursuant to any Award, the Committee or the Board shall not be required to follow past practices, act in a manner consistent with past practices, or treat any Eligible Person in a manner consistent with the treatment of other Eligible Persons.

(b) Manner of Exercise of Authority. Any action of the Committee or the Board shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Related Entities, Participants, Beneficiaries, transferees under
Section 8(b) hereof, or other persons claiming rights from or through a Participant, and stockholders. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee or the Board, and the taking of any action by the Committee or the Board, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee or the Board. The Committee or the Board may delegate to officers or managers of the Company or any Related Entity, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee or the Board shall determine, to perform administrative functions or other functions as the Committee or the Board may determine. The Committee or the Board may appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan.

-1-

(c) Limitation of Liability. The Committee and the Board, and each member thereof, shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any Executive Officer, other officer or Employee, the Company's independent auditors, Consultants or any other agents assisting in the administration of the Plan. Members of the Committee and the Board, and any officer or Employee acting at the direction or on behalf of the Committee or the Board, shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any such action or determination.

3. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

(a) Limitation on Overall Number of Shares Subject to Awards. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8(c) hereof, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall be the sum of (i) 2,540,000 shares plus (ii) the number of shares of Stock with respect to which any Awards previously granted under the Plan terminated without being exercised, expire, are forfeited or canceled, do not vest, or are surrendered in payment of any Awards or any tax withholding with regard thereto. Any shares of Stock delivered under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8(c) hereof, the number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed 2,540,000 shares.

(b) Application of Limitations. The Committee or the Board may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem or substitute awards), and make adjustments if the number of shares of Stock actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award.

4. ELIGIBILITY; PER-PERSON AWARD LIMITATIONS. Awards may be granted under the Plan only to Eligible Persons, provided only Employees may be granted Incentive Stock Options. In each fiscal year during any part of which the Plan is in effect, an Eligible Person may not be granted Awards relating to more than 500,000 shares of Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8(c), under each of Sections 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), and 5(f).

5. SPECIFIC TERMS OF AWARDS.

(a) General. Each Award under the Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this
Section 5. In addition, the Committee or the Board may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Section
8(e)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee or the Board shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of Continuous Service by the Participant and terms permitting a Participant to make elections relating to his or her Award. The Committee or the Board shall retain full power and discretion to accelerate, waive, or modify, at any time, any term or condition of an Award that is not mandatory under the Plan.

-2-

(b) Options. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option. The Committee and the Board each is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee or the Board, provided that such exercise price shall not, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant of the Option and shall not, in any event, be less than the par value of a share of Stock on the date of grant of such Option. If an employee owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules applicable under Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary and an Incentive Stock Option is granted to such employee, the option price of such Incentive Stock Option (to the extent required by the Code at the time of grant) shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

(ii) Time and Method of Exercise. The Committee or the Board shall determine the time or times at which or the circumstances under which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the time or times at which Options shall cease to be or become exercisable following termination of Continuous Service or upon other conditions, the methods by which such exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid (including in the discretion of the Committee or the Board a cashless exercise procedure), the form of such payment, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards, or awards granted under other plans of the Company or a Related Entity, or other property (including notes or other contractual obligations of Participants to make payment on a deferred basis), and the methods by or forms in which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.

(iii) Incentive Stock Options. The terms of any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no term of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options (including any Stock Appreciation Right in tandem therewith) shall be interpreted, amended, or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify either the Plan or any Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code, unless the Participant has first requested the change that will result in such disqualification. Thus, if and to the extent required to comply with Section 422 of the Code, Options granted as Incentive Stock Options shall be subject to the following special terms and conditions:

(A) The Option shall not be exercisable more than ten years after the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted; provided, however, that if a Participant owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of
Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the Company or any Parent and the Incentive Stock Option is granted to such Participant, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be (to the extent required by the Code at the time of the grant) for no more than five years from the date of grant; and

-3-

(B) The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and all other option plans of the Company or any Parent during any calendar year exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year shall not (to the extent required by the Code at the time of the grant) exceed $100,000.

(iv) Repurchase Rights. The Committee and the Board shall have the discretion to grant Options that are exercisable for unvested shares of Stock. Should the Optionee's Continuous Service cease while holding such unvested shares, the Company shall have the right to repurchase, at the exercise price paid per share, any or all of those unvested shares. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Committee or the Board and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee and the Board each is authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Right's to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Right to Payment. A Stock Appreciation Right shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise (or, in the case of a "Limited Stock Appreciation Right" that may be exercised only in the event of a Change in Control, the Fair Market Value determined by reference to the Change in Control Price, as defined under Section 7(c) hereof), over (B) the grant price of the Stock Appreciation Right as determined by the Committee or the Board. The grant price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant except as provided under Section 5(a) hereof.

(ii) Other Terms. The Committee or the Board shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which a Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the time or times at which Stock Appreciation Rights shall cease to be or become exercisable following termination of Continuous Service or upon other conditions, the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, method by or forms in which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, whether or not a Stock Appreciation Right shall be in tandem or in combination with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right. Limited Stock Appreciation Rights that may only be exercised in connection with a Change in Control or other event as specified by the Committee or the Board, may be granted on such terms, not inconsistent with this Section 5(c), as the Committee or the Board may determine. Stock Appreciation Rights and Limited Stock Appreciation Rights may be either freestanding or in tandem with other Awards.

(d) Restricted Stock. The Committee and the Board each is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

-4-

(i) Grant and Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture, and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee or the Board may impose, or as otherwise provided in this Plan. The restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee or the Board may determine at the date of grant or thereafter. Except to the extent restricted under the terms of the Plan and any Award agreement relating to the Restricted Stock, a Participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote the Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends thereon (subject to any mandatory reinvestment or other requirement imposed by the Committee or the Board). During the restricted period applicable to the Restricted Stock, subject to Section 8(b) below, the Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, margined, or otherwise encumbered by the Participant.

(ii) Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board at the time of the Award, upon termination of a Participant's Continuous Service during the applicable restriction period, the Participant's Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Company; provided that the Committee or the Board may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock shall be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Committee or the Board may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Stock.

(iii) Certificates for Stock. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee or the Board shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee or the Board may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.

(iv) Dividends and Splits. As a condition to the grant of an Award of Restricted Stock, the Committee or the Board may require that any cash dividends paid on a share of Restricted Stock be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock or applied to the purchase of additional Awards under the Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board, Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split or Stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.

(e) Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Obligations. The Committee and the Board each is authorized to grant Stock as a bonus, or to grant Stock or other Awards in lieu of Company obligations to pay cash or deliver other property under the Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, provided that, in the case of Participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the amount of such grants remains within the discretion of the Committee to the extent necessary to ensure that acquisitions of Stock or other Awards are exempt from liability

-5-

under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Stock or Awards granted hereunder shall be subject to such other terms as shall be determined by the Committee or the Board.

(f) Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee and the Board each is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock, as deemed by the Committee or the Board to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including, without limitation, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Stock, purchase rights for Stock, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee or the Board, and Awards valued by reference to the book value of Stock or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Related Entities or business units. The Committee or the Board shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Stock delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 5(f) shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, as the Committee or the Board shall determine. The Committee and the Board shall have the discretion to grant such other Awards that are exercisable for unvested shares of Stock. Should the Optionee's Continuous Service cease while holding such unvested shares, the Company shall have the right to repurchase, at the exercise price paid per share, any or all of those unvested shares. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Committee or the Board and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 5(f).

6. CERTAIN PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS.

(a) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards. Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee or the Board, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Company, any Related Entity, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or a Related Entity, or any other right of a Participant to receive payment from the Company or any Related Entity. Such additional, tandem, and substitute or exchange Awards may be granted at any time. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award or award, the Committee or the Board shall require the surrender of such other Award or award in consideration for the grant of the new Award. In addition, Awards may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the Company or any Related Entity, in which the value of Stock subject to the Award is equivalent in value to the cash compensation (for example, Deferred Stock or Restricted Stock), or in which the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price of the Award in the nature of a right that may be exercised is equal to the Fair Market Value of the underlying Stock minus the value of the cash compensation surrendered (for example, Options granted with an exercise price "discounted" by the amount of the cash compensation surrendered).

(b) Term of Awards. The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee or the Board; provided that in no event shall the term of any

-6-

Option or Stock Appreciation Right exceed a period of ten years (or such shorter term as may be required in respect of an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code).

(c) Form and Timing of Payment Under Awards; Deferrals. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made to the Company or a Related Entity upon the exercise of an Option or other Award or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee or the Board shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, other Awards or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis. The settlement of any Award may be accelerated, and cash paid in lieu of Stock in connection with such settlement, in the discretion of the Committee or the Board or upon occurrence of one or more specified events (in addition to a Change in Control). Installment or deferred payments may be required by the Committee or the Board (subject to Section 8(e) of the Plan) or permitted at the election of the Participant on terms and conditions established by the Committee or the Board. Payments may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of a reasonable interest rate on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents or other amounts in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Stock.

(d) Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability. It is the intent of the Company that this Plan comply in all respects with applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 or Rule 16a-1(c)(3) to the extent necessary to ensure that neither the grant of any Awards to nor other transaction by a Participant who is subject to
Section 16 of the Exchange Act is subject to liability under Section 16(b) thereof (except for transactions acknowledged in writing to be non-exempt by such Participant). Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Rule 16a-1(c)(3) as then applicable to any such transaction, such provision will be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Rule 16a-1(c)(3) so that such Participant shall avoid liability under Section 16(b). In addition, the purchase price of any Award conferring a right to purchase Stock shall be not less than any specified percentage of the Fair Market Value of Stock at the date of grant of the Award then required in order to comply with Rule 16b-3.

7. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a) Effect of "Change in Control. "If and to the extent provided in the Award, in the event of a "Change in Control," as defined in Section 7(b):

(i) The Committee may, within its discretion, accelerate the vesting and exercisability of any Option or Award carrying a right to exercise that was not previously vested and exercisable as of the time of the Change in Control, subject to applicable restrictions set forth in Section 8 (a) hereof;

(ii) The Committee may, within its discretion, accelerate the exercisability of any limited Stock Appreciation Rights (and other Stock Appreciation Rights if so provided by their terms) and provide for the settlement of such Stock Appreciation Rights for amounts, in cash, determined by reference to the Change in Control Price; and

-7-

(iii) The Committee may, within its discretion, lapse the restrictions, deferral of settlement, and forfeiture conditions applicable to any other Award granted under the Plan and such Awards may be deemed fully vested as of the time of the Change in Control, except to the extent of any waiver by the Participant and subject to applicable restrictions set forth in
Section 8 (a) hereof.

(b) Definition of "Change in Control". A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred upon:

(i) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, or other form of corporate transaction or series of transactions, in each case, with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation, or other transaction do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 50% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged, or consolidated company's then outstanding voting securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (unless such reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction, liquidation, dissolution or sale (any such event being referred to as a "Corporate Transaction") is subsequently abandoned);

(ii) Individuals who, as of the date on which the Award is granted, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date on which the Award was granted whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the Directors of the Company) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; or

(iii) The acquisition (other than from the Company) by any person, entity, or "group", within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, of more than 50% of either the then outstanding shares of the Company's Stock or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (hereinafter referred to as the ownership of a "Controlling Interest") excluding, for this purpose, any acquisitions by (1) the Company or a Related Entity, (2) any person, entity, or "group" that as of the date on which the Award is granted owns beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of a Controlling Interest or (3) any employee benefit plan of the Company a Related Entity.

(c) Definition of "Change in Control Price." The "Change in Control Price" means an amount in cash equal to the higher of (i) the amount of cash and fair market value of property that is the highest price per share paid (including extraordinary dividends) in any Corporate Transaction triggering the Change in Control under Section 7(b)(i) hereof or any liquidation of shares following a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (ii) the highest Fair Market Value per share at any time during the 60-day period preceding and the 60-day period following the Change in Control.

-8-

8. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

(a) Compliance With Legal and Other Requirements. The Company may, to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the Committee or the Board, postpone the issuance or delivery of Stock or payment of other benefits under any Award until completion of such registration or qualification of such Stock or other required action under any federal or state law, rule, or regulation, listing, or other required action with respect to any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Stock or other Company securities may then be listed or quoted, or compliance with any other obligation of the Company, as the Committee or the Board, may consider appropriate, and may require any Participant to make such representations, furnish such information and comply with or be subject to such other conditions as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Stock or payment of other benefits in compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, listing requirements, or other obligations.

(b) Limits on Transferability; Beneficiaries. No Award or other right or interest of a Participant under the Plan, including any Award or right that constitutes a derivative security as generally defined in Rule 16a 1(c) under the Exchange Act, shall be pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered or subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any party (other than the Company or a Subsidiary), or assigned or transferred by such Participant otherwise than by a qualified domestic relations order, by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary upon the death of a Participant, and such Awards or rights that may be exercisable shall be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative, except that Awards and other rights (other than Incentive Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights in tandem therewith) may be transferred to one or more Beneficiaries or other transferees during the lifetime of the Participant, and may be exercised by such transferees in accordance with the terms of such Award, but only if and to the extent such transfers and exercises are permitted by the Committee or the Board pursuant to the express terms of an Award Agreement (subject to any terms and conditions which the Committee or the Board may impose thereon, and further subject to any prohibitions or restrictions on such transfers pursuant to Rule 16b-3). A Beneficiary, transferee, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board, and to any additional terms and conditions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee or the Board.

(c) Adjustments.

(i) Adjustments to Awards. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Stock, or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Stock and/or such other securities of the Company or any other issuer such that a substitution, exchange, or adjustment is determined by the Committee or the Board to be appropriate, then the Committee or the Board shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, substitute, exchange, or adjust any or all of (A) the number and kind of shares of Stock that may be delivered in connection with Awards granted thereafter, (B) the number and kind of shares of Stock by which

-9-

annual per-person Award limitations are measured under Section 4 hereof, (C) the number and kind of shares of Stock subject to or deliverable in respect of outstanding Awards, (D) the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price relating to any Award and/or make provision for payment of cash or other property in respect of any outstanding Award, and (E) any other aspect of any Award that the Committee or Board determines to be appropriate.

(ii) Adjustments in Case of Certain Corporate Transactions. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or any reorganization, merger, consolidation, or other form of corporate transaction in which the Company does not survive (except for a transaction the principal purposes of which is to change the state in which the Company is incorporated), or in which the shares of Stock are exchanged for or converted into securities issued by another entity, then the successor or acquiring entity or an affiliate thereof may, with the consent of the Committee or the Board, assume each outstanding Option or substitute an equivalent option or right. If the successor or acquiring entity or an affiliate thereof, does not cause such an assumption or substitution, then (A) each Option shall terminate upon the consummation of sale, merger, consolidation, or other corporate transaction, and (B) the Committee shall have the discretion and authority, consistent with
Section 7, exercisable at any time, to provide for the automatic acceleration of vesting or exercisability of one or more Awards granted by it under the Plan. The Committee or the Board shall give written notice of any proposed transaction referred to in this Section 8(c)(ii) a reasonable period of time prior to the closing date for such transaction (which notice may be given either before or after the approval of such transaction), in order that Optionees may have a reasonable period of time prior to the closing date of such transaction within which to exercise any Options that are then exercisable (including any Options that may become exercisable upon the closing date of such transaction). An Optionee may condition his exercise of any Option upon the consummation of the transaction.

(iii) Other Adjustments. In addition, the Committee (and the Board if and only to the extent such authority is not required to be exercised by the Committee to comply with Code Section 162(m)) is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets) affecting the Company, any Related Entity, or any business unit, or the financial statements of the Company or any Related Entity, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, tax rates and regulations, or business conditions or in view of the Committee's assessment of the business strategy of the Company, any Related Entity or business unit thereof, performance of comparable organizations, economic and business conditions, personal performance of a Participant, and any other circumstances deemed relevant; provided that no such adjustment shall be authorized or made if and to the extent that such authority or the making of such adjustment would cause Options, or Stock Appreciation Rights hereof to Participants designated by the Committee as Covered Employees and intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Code Section 162(m) and the regulations thereunder to otherwise fail to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder.

(d) Taxes. The Company and any Related Entity are authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a

-10-

distribution of Stock, or any payroll or other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee or the Board may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant's tax obligations, either on a mandatory or elective basis in the discretion of the Committee.

(e) Changes to the Plan and Awards. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan, or the Committee's authority to grant Awards under the Plan, without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that any amendment or alteration to the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders not later than the next annual meeting following such Board action if such stockholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation (including, without limitation, Rule 16b-3 or Code Section 162(m)) or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock may then be listed or quoted, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such changes to the Plan to stockholders for approval; provided that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Board action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award. The Committee or the Board may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any Award theretofore granted and any Award Agreement relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in the Plan; provided that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Committee or the Board action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under such Award.

(f) Limitation on Rights Conferred Under Plan. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (i) giving any Eligible Person or Participant the right to continue as an Eligible Person or Participant or in the employ of the Company or a Related Entity; (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Company or a Related Entity to terminate any Eligible Person's or Participant's Continuous Service at any time, (iii) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan or to be treated uniformly with other Participants and Employees, or (iv) conferring on a Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company unless and until the Participant is duly issued or transferred shares of Stock in accordance with the terms of an Award.

(g) Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts. The Plan is intended to constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant or obligation to deliver Stock pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company; provided that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts and deposit therein cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or make other arrangements to meet the Company's obligations under the Plan. Such trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the "unfunded" status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant. The trustee of such trusts may be authorized to dispose of trust assets and reinvest the proceeds in alternative

-11-

investments, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee or the Board may specify and in accordance with applicable law.

(h) Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or a committee thereof to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable including incentive arrangements and awards which do not qualify under Code Section 162(m).

(i) Payments in the Event of Forfeitures; Fractional Shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board, in the event of a forfeiture of an Award with respect to which a Participant paid cash or other consideration, the Participant shall be repaid the amount of such cash or other consideration. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee or the Board shall determine whether cash, other Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

(j) Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations under the Plan, and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and applicable federal law.

(k) Plan Effective Date and Stockholder Approval; Termination of Plan. The Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date, subject to subsequent approval within 12 months of its adoption by the Board by stockholders of the Company eligible to vote in the election of directors, by a vote sufficient to meet the requirements of Code Sections 162(m) (if applicable) and 422, Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (if applicable), or rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the stock may be listed or quoted, and other laws, regulations, and obligations of the Company applicable to the Plan. Awards may be granted subject to stockholder approval, but may not be exercised or otherwise settled in the event stockholder approval is not obtained except with respect to Awards granted by the Company that are otherwise in compliance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(f)(4)(iii). The Plan shall terminate at such time as no shares of Stock remain available for issuance under the Plan and the Company has no further rights or obligations with respect to outstanding Awards under the Plan.

9. Definitions. For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below, in addition to such terms defined in Section 1 hereof.

(a) "Award" means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right (including Limited Stock Appreciation Right), Restricted Stock, Stock granted as a bonus or in lieu of another award, or Other Stock-Based Award, together with any other right or interest, granted to a Participant under the Plan.

(b) "Award Agreement" means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

-12-

(c) "Beneficiary" means the person, persons, trust, or trusts that have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee to receive the benefits specified under the Plan upon such Participant's death or to which Awards or other rights are transferred if and to the extent permitted under Section 8(b) hereof. If, upon a Participant's death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the person, persons, trust, or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

(d) "Beneficial Owner", "Beneficially Owning" and "Beneficial Ownership" shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 13d 3 under the Exchange Act and any successor to such Rule.

(e) "Board" means the Company's Board of Directors.

(f) "Change in Control" means a Change in Control as defined with related terms in Section 7 of the Plan.

(g) "Change in Control Price" means the amount calculated in accordance with Section 7(c) of the Plan.

(h) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

(i) "Committee" means a committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan. The Board may designate more than one committee to administer the Plan as to various categories of Eligible Persons. The Committee shall consist of at least two directors, and each member of which shall be (i) a "non-employee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, unless administration of the Plan by "non-employee directors" is not then required in order for exemptions under Rule 16b-3 to apply to transactions under the Plan, and (ii) an "outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, unless administration of the Plan by "outside directors" is not then required in order to qualify for tax deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code, provided, when appropriate, a Committee shall satisfy the then requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Stock or other Company securities are listed or quoted.

(j) "Company" means Limelight Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) "Consultant" means any person (other than an Employee or a Director, solely with respect to rendering services in such person's capacity as a director) who is engaged by the Company or any Related Entity to render consulting or advisory services to the Company or such Related Entity.

(l) "Continuous Service" means uninterrupted provision of services to the Company in any capacity of Employee, Director, or Consultant. Continuous Service shall not be considered to be interrupted in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence, (ii) transfers among the Company, any Related Entities, or any successor entities, in any capacity of Employee Director, or Consultant, or (iii) any change in status as long as the individual remains in the

-13-

service of the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director, or Consultant (except as otherwise provided in the Option Agreement). An approved leave of absence shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other authorized personal leave.

(m) "Corporate Transaction" means a Corporate Transaction as defined in Section 7(b)(i) of the Plan.

(n) "Director" means a member of the Board or the board of directors of any Related Entity.

(o) "Dividend Equivalent" means a right, granted to a Participant under Section 6(c) hereof, to receive, cash, Stock, other Awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock, or other periodic payments.

(p) "Effective Date" means the effective date of the Plan, which shall be October 20, 2006.

(q) "Eligible Person" means each Executive Officer of the Company (as defined under the Exchange Act) and other officers, Directors, and Employees of the Company or of any Related Entity, and Consultants with the Company or any Related Entity. The foregoing notwithstanding, only employees of the Company, the Parent, or any Subsidiary shall be Eligible Persons for purposes of receiving any Incentive Stock Options. An Employee on leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Company or a Related Entity for purposes of eligibility for participation in the Plan.

(r) "Employee" means any person, including an officer or Director, who is an employee of the Company or any Related Entity. The Payment of a director's fee by the Company or a Related Entity shall not be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.

(s) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

(t) "Executive Officer" means an executive officer of the Company as defined under the Exchange Act.

(u) "Fair Market Value" means the fair market value of Stock, Awards, or other property as determined by the Committee or the Board, or under procedures established by the Committee or the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board, the Fair Market Value of Stock as of any given date after which the Company is becomes a publicly held corporation shall be the closing sale price per share reported on a consolidated basis for stock listed on the principal stock exchange or market on which Stock is traded on the date as of which such value is being determined or, if there is no sale on that date, then on the last previous day on which a sale was reported.

(v) "Incentive Stock Option" means any Option intended to be designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

-14-

(w) "Incumbent Board" means the Incumbent Board as defined in Section 7(b)(ii) of the Plan.

(x) "Limited Stock Appreciation Right" means a right granted to a Participant under Section 5(c) hereof.

(y) "Nonqualified Stock Option" means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(z) "Option" means a stock option right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 5(b) of the Plan.

(aa) "Optionee" means a person to whom an Option is granted under this Plan or any person who succeeds to the rights of such person under this Plan.

(bb) "Other Stock-Based Awards" means Awards granted to a Participant under Section 5(f) hereof.

(cc) "Parent" means a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(dd) "Participant" means a person who has been granted an Award under the Plan which remains outstanding, including a person who is no longer an Eligible Person.

(ee) "Person" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, and shall include a "group" as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

(ff) "Plan" means this amended and restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan.

(gg) "Related Entity" means any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Board or the Committee.

(hh) "Restricted Stock" means Stock granted to a Participant under
Section 5(d) hereof, that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

(ii) "Rule 16b-3" and "Rule 16a-1(c)(3)" means Rule 16b-3 and Rule 16a-1(c)(3), as from time to time in effect and applicable to the Plan and Participants, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under
Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(jj) "Stock" means the Company's Common Stock, and such other as may be substituted (or resubstituted) for Stock pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof.

(kk) "Stock Appreciation Right" means a right granted to a Participant under Section 5(c) hereof.

-15-

(ll) "Subsidiary" means a "subsidiary corporation" whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

-16-

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

2003 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option.

<<NAME>>

<<ADDRESS>>

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan (the "PLAN") and this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (this "AGREEMENT"), as follows:

Date of Grant <<GrantDate>>

Vesting Commencement Date <<VestingStartDate>>

Exercise Price per Share $<<FMV>>

Total Number of Shares Granted <<Numberofshares>>

Total Exercise Price $<<ExcerisePrice>>

Type of Option: Incentive Stock Option

X Nonqualified Stock Option

Term/Expiration Date: <<ExpDate>>

The Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions hereof and thereof and all applicable laws and regulations.

2. Definitions. Unless otherwise provided herein, terms used herein that are defined in the Plan and not defined herein shall have the meanings attributed thereto in the Plan.

3. Vesting Schedule. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 7 or 10 of this Agreement, or in the Plan, this Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

One-fourth (1/4th) of the total number of shares of common stock subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of shares of common stock subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable on the same day as the Vesting Commencement Date of each calendar month thereafter, provided that the Continuous Service of the Optionee continues through and on such date.


Upon the termination of the Optionee's Continuous Service with the Company and its Related Entities, any unvested portion of the Option shall terminate and be null and void, except as provided below.

4. Method of Exercise. The vested portion of this Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in Section 3 hereof by written notice, in the form attached as Exhibit A (the "Exercise Notice"), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the "EXERCISED SHARES"), and such other representations and agreements as to the holder's investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised after both (a) receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price and
(b) arrangements that are satisfactory to the Committee or the Board in its sole discretion have been made for Optionee's payment to the Company of the amount that is necessary to be withheld in accordance with applicable Federal or state withholding requirements. No Shares will be issued pursuant to the Option unless and until such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of applicable law, including the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares then may be traded.

5. Lock-Up Period. Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Exchange Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company's securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Exchange Act. The obligations described in this Section 5 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be

2

promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 5.

6. Method of Payment. Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee: (a) cash;
(b) check; or (c) with Shares that have been held by the Optionee for at least 6 months (or such other Shares as the Company determines will not cause the Company to recognize for financial accounting purposes a charge for compensation expense), (d) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (e) such other consideration or in such other manner as may be determined by the Board or the Committee in its absolute discretion.

7. Termination of Option.

(a) This Option may be exercised only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Any unexercised portion of the Option shall automatically and without notice terminate and become null and void at the time of the earliest to occur of:

(i) three months after the date on which the Optionee's Continuous Service is terminated other than by reason of (A) Cause, which, solely for purposes of this Agreement, shall mean the termination of the Optionee's Continuous Service by reason of the Optionee's willful misconduct or gross negligence, (B) a mental or physical disability (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 22(e)) of the Optionee as determined by a medical doctor satisfactory to the Committee or the Board, or (C) the death of the Optionee;

(ii) immediately upon the termination of the Optionee's Continuous Service for Cause;

(iii) twelve months after the date on which the Optionee's Continuous Service is terminated by reason of a mental or physical disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e) of the Code) as determined by a medical doctor satisfactory to the Committee or the Board;

(iv) twelve months after the date of termination of the Optionee's Continuous Service by reason of the death of the Optionee, or, if later, (B) three months after the date on which the Optionee shall die if such death shall occur during the one year period specified in Subsection 7(b)(iii) hereof; or

(v) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

(c) To the extent not previously exercised, (i) the Option shall terminate immediately in the event of (1) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (2) any

3

reorganization, merger, consolidation or other form of corporate transaction in which the Company does not survive or the Shares are converted into or exchanged for securities issued by another entity, unless the successor or acquiring entity, or an affiliate of such successor or acquiring entity, assumes the Option or substitutes an equivalent option or right pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan, and (ii) the Committee or the Board in its sole discretion may by written notice ("CANCELLATION NOTICE") cancel, effective upon the consummation of any corporate transaction described in Subsection 7(b)(i) of the Plan in which the Company does survive, the Option (or portion thereof) that remains unexercised on such date. The Committee or the Board shall give written notice of any proposed transaction referred to in this Section 7(c) a reasonable period of time prior to the closing date for such transaction (which notice may be given either before or after approval of such transaction), in order that the Optionee may have a reasonable period of time prior to the closing date of such transaction within which to exercise the Option if and to the extent that it then is exercisable (including any portion of the Option that may become exercisable upon the closing date of such transaction). The Optionee may condition his exercise of the Option upon the consummation of a transaction referred to in this Section 7(c).

8. Transferability. The Option granted hereby is not transferable otherwise than by will or under the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of the Optionee the Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee, or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative. In addition, the Option shall not be assigned, negotiated, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), and the Option shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, negotiate, pledge or hypothecate the Option, or in the event of any levy upon the Option by reason of any execution, attachment or similar process contrary to the provisions hereof, the Option shall immediately become null and void.

9. No Rights of Stockholders. Neither the Optionee nor any personal representative (or beneficiary) shall be, or shall have any of the rights and privileges of, a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Stock purchasable or issuable upon the exercise of the Option, in whole or in part, prior to the date of exercise of the Option.

10. Acceleration of Exercisability of Option. This Option shall become immediately fully exercisable in the event that, prior to the termination of the Option pursuant to Section 7 hereof, there is a "Change in Control", as defined in Section 7(b) of the Plan, that occurs during the Optionee's Continuous Service and such "Change in Control" was not approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

11. Law Governing. This Agreement shall be governed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware.

12. Interpretation / Provisions of Plan Control. This Agreement is subject to all the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the amendment provisions thereof, and to such rules, regulations and interpretations relating to the Plan adopted by the Committee or the Board as may be in effect from time to time. If and to the extent that this Agreement conflicts or is inconsistent with the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan, the Plan shall control, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly. The

4

Optionee accepts the Option subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. The undersigned Optionee hereby accepts as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee or the Board upon any questions arising under the Plan and this Agreement.

13 Notices. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, registered, postage prepaid, and addressed, in the case of the Company, to the Company's President at 2220 West 14th Street, Tempe, Arizona 85281, or if the Company should move its principal office, to such principal office, and, in the case of the Optionee, to the Optionee's last permanent address as shown on the Company's records, subject to the right of either party to designate some other address at any time hereafter in a notice satisfying the requirements of this Section.

14. Tax Consequences. Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Exercise of Option. There may be a regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the exercise price. If Optionee is an employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee's compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

(b) Disposition of Shares. If Shares are held for more than one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") to be less than the fair market value of a share on the date of grant (a "DISCOUNT OPTION") may be considered "deferred compensation". An option that is a "discount option" may result in (i) income recognition by the optionee prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. Optionee acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share Exercise Price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Optionee agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share Exercise Price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, Optionee will be solely responsible for Optionee's costs related to such a determination.

5

15. No Right to Continuous Service. Neither the Option nor this Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to Continuous Service with the Company.

16. Additional Terms Applicable to California Residents. This Section 16 of the Agreement shall apply only to Optionee's receiving Nonqualified Stock Options under the Plan if Optionee is a resident of the State of California. Capitalized terms contained in this Section 16 shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan and the other sections of this Agreement, unless otherwise provided in this Section 16. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan or the Agreement to the contrary and to the extent required by applicable law, the following terms shall apply to all options granted to residents of the State of California, until such time as the Plan Administrator amends this Section 16.

(a) Options granted to a person who, at the time of grant of such option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary, shall have an exercise price not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on the date of grant. Nonqualified Stock Options granted to any other person shall have an exercise price that is not less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in
Section 424 of the Code.

(b) The term of each Option is provided for in Section 7 of this Agreement, provided, however, that in no event shall the term be greater than
(10) years from the Date of Grant thereof.

(c) Unless determined otherwise by the Committee or the Board, options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Committee or the Board in its sole discretion makes an option transferable, such option may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) to family members (within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Exchange Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, as permitted by Rule 701 of the Exchange Act.

(d) Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee or the Board and set forth in this Agreement. Except in the case of options granted to officers, directors and consultants, options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the options are granted.

(e) If Optionee's Continuous Service with the Company and its Related Entities terminates other than for Cause, disability or death, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in this Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in this Agreement).

(f) If Optionee's Continuous Service with the Company and its Related Entities terminates for Cause, the Optionee's Option will terminate immediately upon such termination.

6

(g) If Optionee's Continuous Service with the Company and its Related Entities terminates as a result of Optionee's disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e) of the Code), as determined by a medical doctor satisfactory to the Committee or the Board, Optionee may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as specified elsewhere in this Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in this Agreement).

(h) If Optionee's Continuous Service with the Company and its Related Entities terminates as a result of Optionee's death, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following Optionee's death, or such longer period of time as specified in this Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in this Agreement) by Optionee's designated beneficiary, personal representative, or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to Optionee's will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.

(i) No option shall be granted to a resident of California more than ten (10) years after the earlier of the date of adoption of the Plan or the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders.

(j) The Company shall provide to Optionee, not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee has one or more options outstanding, copies of annual financial statements. The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

(k) Any right of repurchase of unvested shares of Stock on behalf of the Company in the event of Optionee's termination of Continuous Service shall be at the original Exercise Price set forth in this Agreement, provided that such right to repurchase at the original Exercise Price shall lapse at a rate of at least 20% of the shares per year over five (5) years from the date the Option is granted (without respect to the date the Option was exercised or became exercisable) and the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of indebtedness for the shares within 90 days of the termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of options after the date of termination, within 90 days after the date of exercise), and the right of repurchase shall terminate when the Company's securities become publicly traded. The foregoing notwithstanding, shares held by an officer, director, manager or consultant of the Company may be subject to additional or greater restrictions.

(l) Any right of repurchase of vested shares of Stock on behalf of the Company in the event of Optionee's termination of Continuous Service shall be at the Fair Market Value of such shares on the repurchase date, provided that the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of indebtedness for the shares within 90 days of the termination of employment (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of options after the date of termination, within 90 days after the date of exercise). The foregoing notwithstanding,

7

shares held by an officer, director, manager or consultant of the Corporation may be subject to additional or greater restrictions.

(m) In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares of Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the shares of Stock occurs, the Committee or the Board, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, shall adjust the number and class of shares of Stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of such shares covered by each outstanding option, including adjustments to the extent required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

(n) This Section 16 is incorporated by reference into the Plan and the Committee or the Board shall have the authority to amend this Section 16 in accordance with Section 2 of the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement effective as of the ____ day of _________, ____.

COMPANY:

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

Optionee has consented to receiving a copy of the Company's most recent prospectus describing the Plan via the Company's web site by executing the attached Consent. Optionee also acknowledges that a complete copy of the Plan document has been made available to him or her through the Company's web site. This Notice shall constitute delivery of the Plan. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option, and fully understands all provisions of the Option.

Dated: OPTIONEE:

By:

Print Name:

8

EXHIBIT A

2003 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Limelight Networks, Inc.
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
2220 W. 14th Street
Tempe, Arizona 85281

1. Exercise of Option. The undersigned, (the "PURCHASER") was granted an option (the "OPTION") to purchase shares of the common stock of Limelight Networks, Inc. (the "COMPANY") on ___________________, _____, pursuant to the Company's Amended and Restated 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan (the "PLAN") and pursuant to the Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated __________________, _____ (the "OPTION AGREEMENT"). Purchaser hereby elects to exercise the Option as to a total of __________________ shares of the Stock of the Company (the "SHARES"), all of which are vested, as determined in accordance with the Option Agreement, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 8(c) of the Plan, the purchase price for the Shares shall be $_______________, as required by the Option Agreement.

2. Payment. Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares. Purchaser authorizes payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for foreign, federal, state, and local tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any.

3. Binding Effect. Purchaser acknowledges that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions, and conditions of the Plan and the Option Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Purchaser's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

4. Rights as Shareholder. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares purchased hereby, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in
Section 8(c) of the Plan.

5. Transfer. Purchaser is aware that Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. Purchaser understands that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to Purchaser upon request.


6. Company's Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the "HOLDER") may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6 (the "RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL").

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the "NOTICE") stating: (i) the Holder's bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee ("PROPOSED TRANSFEREE"); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the "OFFERED PRICE"), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty
(30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price ("PURCHASE PRICE") for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 6 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder's Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 6, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price; provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this
Section 6 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee's lifetime or on the Optionee's death by will or intestacy to the Optionee's immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee's immediate

2

family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 6. "IMMEDIATE FAMILY" as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this
Section 6, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

7. Tax Consultation. Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee's purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

8. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders

(a) Legends. Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN

3

PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate "stop transfer" instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

9. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

10. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Committee or the Board which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee or the Board shall be final and binding on all parties.

11. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice will continue in full force and effect.

12. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee's interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

4

Purchaser agrees to promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the Option are transferred within one (1) year from the date of exercise of all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Grant of the Option.

Purchaser's address of record is:

Purchaser's Social Security Number is:

Very truly yours,

(Signature)

(Purchaser's Name Printed)

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

By:
Print Name:
Title:
Dated:

5

Exhibit 10.6

MAINSPRING CAPITAL, L.L.C.

COMMERCIAL LEASE

BEL DE MAR, L.L.C, an Arizona limited liability company

"Landlord"

AND

LIMELIGHT MAINSTREET TEMPE, LLC.

"Tenant"

SUMMARY OF LEASE TERMS*

Date:                                   November 18, 2002

Lease Number:                           ________________________________________

Project:                                Airway Corporate Center

Square Footage:                         13,341 (approximately)

Address:                                2220 W. 14th Street Tempe, AZ

Term:                                   Three Years

Base Rental Schedule:                   ________________________________________

Current Rental Tax Rate:                2.3%

Current Estimated Operating Expenses:   $.18 per square foot per month

Other Items:                            OPTIONS TO EXTEND: Tenant has one (1)
                                        three (3)-year options to extend the
                                        term of the lease subject to the terms
                                        of paragraph 28, "Options".

                                        TENANT IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE: Landlord
                                        agrees provide Tenant with a tenant
                                        improvement allowance of forty-thousand
                                        dollars ($45,000) subject to the terms
                                        outlined in paragraph 29, "Tenant
                                        Improvement Allowance."

*NOTE: This summary is provided for the Tenant's convenience only. It is not to be construed as a part of the above referenced Lease Agreement. In the event that there is a conflict between this summary of lease terms and the Lease Agreement, the language in the Lease Agreement shall prevail.


STANDARD LEASE AGREEMENT

PHXINDNII

DATE: NOVEMBER 18, 2002

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT, made and entered into by and between Bel de Mar, L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company, hereinafter referred to as "Landlord", and Limelight Mainstreet Tempe, LLC, hereinafter referred to as "Tenant";

WITNESSETH:

1. PREMISES AND TERM. In consideration of the mutual obligations of Landlord and Tenant set forth herein. Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby takes from Landlord the Premises situated within the County of Maricopa, State of Arizona, more particularly described on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, (the "Premises"), together with all rights, privileges, easements, appurtenances, and amenities belonging to or in any way pertaining to the Premises, to have and to hold, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. The term of this Lease shall commence on the commencement date hereinafter set forth and shall end on NOVEMBER 18, 2005. If this Lease is executed before the Premises become vacant or otherwise available and ready for occupancy, or if any present Tenant or occupant of the Premises holds over, and Landlord cannot acquire possession of the Premises prior to the date recited as the commencement date of this Lease, Landlord shall not be deemed in default hereunder, and Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Premises at such time as Landlord is able to tender the same, which date shall thenceforth be deemed the "commencement date", and Landlord hereby waives payment of rent covering any period prior to the tendering of possession to Tenant hereunder.

A. EXISTING BUILDING. The commencement date shall be NOVEMBER 18, 2002. Tenant acknowledges that, (i) it has inspected and accepts the Premises, (ii) the buildings and improvements comprising the same are suitable for the purpose for which the Premises are leased, (iii) the Premises are in good and satisfactory condition, and (iv) no representations as to the repair of the Premises, nor promises to alter, remodel or improve the Premises have been made by Landlord (unless otherwise set forth in the Lease). In no event shall any existing defects in the Premises or any limitation on its use be considered a breach by Landlord under this lease or a failure to any conditions to Tenant's obligations hereunder. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a Letter of Acceptance of delivery of the Premises.

B. BUILDING TO BE CONSTRUCTED OR SHELL SPACE. If the Premises or part thereof are to be constructed, the commencement date shall be deemed to be the sooner of the date upon which the Premises and other improvements to be erected in accordance with the plans and specifications described on Exhibit "C" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the "Plans") have been substantially completed or the date upon which the Tenant takes occupancy. As used herein, the term "substantially completed" shall mean, that in the opinion of the architect or space planner that prepared the Plans, such improvements have been completed in accordance with the Plans and the Premises are in good and satisfactory condition, subject only to completion of minor punch list items. As soon as such improvements have been substantially completed, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing that the commencement date has occurred. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Tenant shall submit to Landlord in writing a punch list of items needing completion or correction. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to complete such items within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice. In the event Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors cause construction of such improvements to be delayed, the commencement date shall be deemed to be the date that, in the opinion of the architect or space planner that prepared the Plans, substantial completion would have occurred if such delays had not taken place. The taking of possession by Tenant shall be deemed to conclusively establish that the buildings and other improvements had been completed in accordance with the Plans, that the Premises are in good and satisfactory condition as of when possession was taken, and that Tenant has accepted such buildings and other improvements without representation or warranty from Landlord. Upon Landlord's request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a Letter of Acceptance of delivery of the Premises.

2. BASE RENT, SECURITY DEPOSIT AND OPERATING EXPENSE PAYMENTS.

A. BASE RENT. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord base rent ("Base Rent") for the Premises, in advance, without demand, deduction or set off, at the rate of six thousand and three dollars ($6,003)* per month during months 1-12 of the initial lease term, seven thousand and three and 50/100's dollars ($7,003.50)* per month during months 13-24 of the initial lease term, and eight thousand and four ($8.004)* per month for months 25-36 of the initial lease term. One (1) such monthly installment, plus the other monthly charges set forth in Paragraph 2.C below for such one (1) month, shall be due and payable on the date hereof, and thereafter, one such monthly installment shall be due and payable on or before the first day of each succeeding calendar month following the commencement date, except that all payments due hereunder for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under

* plus current rental tax

2

this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any rent due hereunder except where expressly provided in this Lease. Tenant waives and releases all statutory liens and off-set rights as to rent.

B. SECURITY DEPOSIT. In addition, Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord on the date hereof the sum of Fifteen thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($15,000.00) and also agrees to deposit with Landlord an additional Fifteen thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($15,000.00) six (6) months from the commencement date, which shall be held by Landlord, without obligation for interest, as security for the performance of Tenant's obligations under the Lease, it being expressly understood and agreed that this deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord's damages in case of Tenant's default. Upon each occurrence of an event of default, Landlord may use all or part of the deposit to pay rent or other payments due Landlord under this Lease, and the cost of any other damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such event of default without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. On demand, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount that will restore the security deposit to its original amount. The security deposit shall be deemed the property of Landlord, but any remaining balance of such deposit shall be returned by. Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days from the time Tenant's obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled, less a refurbishment fee equal to fifteen percent of the total deposit

C. OPERATING EXPENSE PAYMENTS. During each month of the Lease Term, on the same date that Base Rent is due, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to one-twelfth of the amount, as estimated by Landlord, of Tenant's Proportionate Share (hereinafter defined) of Operating Expenses for the Project. Payments thereof for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The term "Operating Expenses" means all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the ownership, maintenance, and operation of the Project including, but not limited to costs of Taxes (hereinafter defined) and fees payable to tax consultants and attorneys for consultation and contesting taxes; insurance; utilities (subject to the other provisions of this Lease regarding utilities) maintenance, repair and replacement of all portions of the Project, including without limitation, paving and parking areas, roads, roofs, alleys, and driveways, mowing, landscaping, exterior painting, utility lines, mechanical systems, and amounts paid to contractors and subcontractors for work or services performed in connection with any of the foregoing; charges or assessments of any association of which the Project is subject; property management fees payable to a property manager, including any affiliate of Landlord, or if there is no property manager, an administration fee of fifteen percent (15%) of Operating Expenses payable to Landlord; security services, if any; trash collection, sweeping and removal; and additions, alterations or replacements made by Landlord at Landlord's sole discretion to the Project in order to comply with applicable laws or codes as amended from time to time or that are appropriate to the continued operation of the Project, provided that the cost of such additions, alterations, or replacements that are required to be capitalized for federal income tax purposes shall be amortized on a straight line basis over a period equal to the lesser of the useful life thereof for federal income tax purposes or ten (10) years. Operating Expenses do not include debt service under mortgages or ground rent under ground leases, costs of restoration to the extent of net insurance proceeds received by Landlord with respect thereto, leasing commissions, renovating of space for tenants, or depreciation or amortization except as provided above.

The monthly estimated Operating Expense payments may be increased or decreased by Landlord from time to time to reflect the projected actual cost of all such items. If the Tenant's total payments for any year are less that Tenant's Proportionate Share of actual operating costs for such year, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand. If the total payments of Tenant for any year are more than Tenant's Proportionate Share of actual operating costs for such year, Landlord shall retain such excess and credit it against Tenant's next payments. For purposes of calculating Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, a year shall mean a calendar year except the first year, which shall begin on the Commencement Date, and the last year, which shall end on the expiration of this Lease.

The Tenant's "Proportionate Share" shall be a fraction, having as its numerator the floor area of the Premises and its denominator the total floor area of the Project, all as determined by Landlord. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant's Proportionate Share for any item of the Project that includes the Premises.

3. TAXES.

A. Subject to Tenant's reimbursement obligation and Landlord's right to contest, Landlord agrees to pay all taxes, assessments and governmental charges of any kind and nature (collectively referred to herein as "Taxes") that accrue against the Premises, and/or the land and/or improvements of which the Premises are a part. Landlord shall have the right to contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens thereof. The Landlord shall have the right to employ a tax consulting firm and legal counsel to attempt to assure a fair tax burden on the building and grounds within the applicable taxing jurisdiction. Tenant agrees to pay its proportionate share of the cost of such consultant and legal counsel.

3

B. Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or fixtures placed in the Premises. If any such taxes are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord's property and (i) Landlord pays the same or (ii) the assessed value of Landlord's property is increased by inclusion of such personal property and fixtures and Landlord pays the increased taxes, then, upon demand Tenant shall pay to Landlord such taxes.

C. If at any time during the term of this Lease, there shall be levied, assessed or imposed on Landlord a capital levy or other tax directly or indirectly upon the rents received therefrom and/or a franchise tax, any excise, transaction, sales or privilege tax, assessment, levy or charge measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon such rents from the Premises and/or the land improvements of which the Premises are a part, then all such taxes, assessments, levies or charges, or the part thereof so measured or based, shall be payable to Landlord, monthly or upon demand, at the option of the Landlord, as additional rent.

4. LANDLORD'S REPAIRS.

A. Landlord, at its own expense, shall maintain only the structural soundness of the roof, foundation and exterior walls of the Premises in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and casualty losses and damages caused by Tenant excluded. The term "walls" as used herein shall not include windows, glass or plate glass, doors and overhead doors, special store fronts, dock bumpers, dock plates or levelers, or office entries Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of defect or need for repairs, after which Landlord shall have reasonable opportunity to repair same or cure such defect. Landlord's obligation to maintain the aforementioned items shall be limited solely to the cost of such repairs or maintenance or the curing of any defect in the same.

B. Landlord reserves the right to perform the paving maintenance, common area and landscape replacement and maintenance, exterior painting, common water and sewage line plumbing and any other items that are otherwise Tenant's obligations under Paragraph 5.A, all of which are sometimes referred to herein as common area charges, and Tenant shall be liable for its proportionate share of the cost and expense of such repair, replacement, maintenance and other such items.

C. Tenant agrees to pay its proportionate share of the cost of (i) maintenance and/or landscaping of any property that is a part of the building and/or project of which the Premises are a part, (ii) maintenance and/or landscaping of any property that is maintained or landscaped by any property owner or community owner association that is named in the restrictive covenants or deed restrictions to which the Premises are subject, and (iii) operating and maintaining any property, facilities or services provided for the common use of Tenant and other tenants of any project or building of which the Premises are a part.

D. Landlord reserves the right to alter or modify the building of which the premises are a part and/or common areas associated therewith, when such alterations or modifications are required by governmental laws, codes, ordinances, regulations, or any other applicable authorities, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the "ADA"), in which event Tenant shall be liable for its proportionate share of such cost. If such modification is a capital modification for the general benefit of the project, and is required regardless of Tenant's particular use of the Premises, then the cost shall be an operating expense allocated over the lesser of five (5) years or the useful life of the modification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such modification is predicated by Tenant's particular use of the Premises or is principally for the benefit of Tenant (and not other Tenants of the building) the cost shall be borne entirely by Tenant and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for same promptly upon demand.

E. Tenant may audit Landlord's books relevant to the operating expenses upon reasonable notice to Landlord; provided, however, Tenant agrees to pay all costs associated with or resulting from such audit, including reimbursement to Landlord and Landlord's agents for time or costs incurred.

5. TENANT'S REPAIRS.

A. Landlord reserves the prior right, exercisable at any time and in its sole discretion, to coordinate, perform, or to contract of the performance of Tenant's repair, maintenance and replacement obligations under this Paragraph 5. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the costs of any such services or repairs incurred by Landlord. Except only those repairs for which Landlord is responsible under Paragraph 4.A, Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense shall: (i) maintain all parts of the Premises, landscape and grounds surrounding the Premises and the building at which the Premises are a part, in good condition, (ii) promptly make all necessary repairs and replacements, (iii) keep the parking areas, driveways and alleys surrounding the Premises in a clean and sanitary condition, and maintain any spur track servicing the Premises.

B. Tenant, at its own cost and expense, shall enter into and deliver to Landlord a regularly scheduled preventative maintenance service contract with a maintenance contractor approved by Landlord for servicing all hot water, heating and air-conditioning systems and other equipment within the Premises. The service contract must include all services required by the Landlord and must become effective within thirty (30) days of the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises. In the event Tenant does not deliver said contract to Landlord within thirty (30) days of the commencement date, the Landlord has the right to contract a third-party professional contractor for said service without notice to Tenant, and Tenant shall upon demand reimburse Landlord for the full cost thereof. Additionally Landlord, at any time and in its sole discretion, reserves the right

4

upon ninety (90) days written notice to Tenant to enter into a regularly scheduled preventative maintenance service contract covering the service, repair and/or replacement of any or all such items for the entire building(s) of which the Premises are a part, in which event Tenant shall be liable for its proportionate share of the cost and expense of said preventative maintenance service contract in accordance with Paragraph 4 above.

C. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10, Tenant shall repair and pay for any damage to the Premises or the Project caused by Tenant or Tenant's employees, agents or invitees, or caused by Tenant's default hereunder. Access to the roof or the exterior walls of the Premises or Project for purposes of repairs or otherwise by the Tenant shall be subject to Landlord's prior approval and to such conditions as Landlord may require.

6. ALTERATIONS. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, partitions, or other improvements to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant, at its own cost and expense, may erect shelves, bins, machinery and trade fixtures as it desires as well as alterations, additions, partitions, communication towers or other improvements which have been specifically consented to in writing by Landlord, provided that (i) such items do not alter the basic character of the Premises or the building and/or improvements of which the Premises are a part, (ii) such items do not overload or damage the same, (iii) such items may be removed without injury to the Premises, and (iv) the construction, erection or installation thereof complies with all applicable governmental laws, codes, ordinances, regulations, or any other applicable authorities, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the "ADA"), and with Landlord's details, specifications and other requirements, (v) any architectural, engineering, construction management, permits, inspections or other cost or fee required to assure compliance with conditions set forth in this Paragraph 6 shall be paid by Tenant promptly upon demand. All alterations, additions, partitions, or other improvements erected by Tenant shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the term of this Lease; provided however, at the termination of this Lease, Landlord shall have the option, exercisable in Landlord's sole discretion, to require Tenant either to remove, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, all or part of each alterations, additions, partitions, or other improvements, at which time Tenant shall promptly restore the Premises to its original condition, or to keep in place the same at which time such alterations, additions, improvements, and partitions shall become the property of Landlord. If requested by Tenant at any time prior to termination of this Lease, Landlord shall, in its sole discretion, give or withhold its consent to the future removal by Tenant of any particular alteration, addition, partition or other improvement then existing or planned by Tenant; provided, however, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to Tenant's future removal of any specialized equipment installed in the Premises by Tenant Such consent must be in writing to be binding upon Landlord. Landlord hereby consents to Tenant's removal of those items listed on Exhibit D attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. (Note: The requesting and granting of such consent shall not preclude Tenant from subsequently electing to leave any such items in place or, under such circumstances, Landlord from requiring that such items be removed.) (Note: Tenant's obligation to restore the Premises to its original condition shall apply following the removal of a particular alteration, addition, partition or other improvement pursuant to Landlord's consent.) All shelves, bins, machinery and trade fixtures installed by Tenant shall be removed on or before the earlier to occur of the date of termination of this Lease or vacating the Premises, at which time Tenant shall restore the Premises to their original condition. All alterations, installations, removals and restoration shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner so as not to damage or alter the primary structure or structural qualities of the buildings and other improvements situated on the Premises or of which the Premises are a part.

7. SIGNS. Any signage Tenant desires for the Premises shall be subject to Landlord's written approval. Tenant shall repair, paint and/or replace the building facia surface to which its signs are attached upon vacation of the Premises, or the removal or alteration of the signage. Tenant shall not (i) make any changes to the exterior of the Premises, (ii) install any exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners or painting, or (iii) erect or install any signs, windows, or door lettering, placards, decorations or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlord's prior written consent. Tenant, at its sole cost, shall obtain all applicable governmental permits and approvals for signage and exterior treatments. All signs, decorations, advertising media, blinds, draperies and other window treatment or bars or other security installations visible from outside the Premises shall conform in all respects to the criteria established by Landlord and any applicable governmental laws, ordinances, regulations, or other requirements.

8. PARKING. Tenant shall be entitled to park in common with other tenants of the Project in those areas designed for non-reserved parking. Tenant agrees not to burden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of the parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right, in its absolute discretion, to determine whether parking facilities are becoming crowded and, in such event, to allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants,. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant's parking rights against any third parties. No vehicle storage of any nature shall be allowed or permitted in any parking area without Landlord's prior written consent.

9. UTILITIES.

5

A. Landlord agrees to provide normal water and electricity connection to the Premises as determined by Landlord's sole, reasonable discretion. Subject to the following qualifications, Tenant shall have the right to increase the electrical capacity of the Premises by installing additional, or upgrading existing, electrical system components in or serving the Premises. All such installations and/or upgrades shall be at Tenant's sole cost and expense and shall be performed only after obtaining Landlord's written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall provide Landlord with such detail as Landlord shall request regarding such installations and/or upgrades. If any installation or upgrade requires work to be performed outside of the Premises, then Landlord may further reasonably condition its consent thereto on a case-by-case basis. All such installations and/or upgrades are further subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6. Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, sewer, sprinkler services, refuse and trash collection, and other utilities and services used on or at the Premises and any maintenance or inspection charges for utilities, together with any taxes, penalties, surcharges or the like pertaining to the Tenant's use of the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to cause any of said services to be separately metered or charged to Tenant by provider, at Tenant's expense. Tenant shall pay its share of all charges for jointly metered utilities, based on consumption as reasonably determined by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable for any interruption or failure of utility service on the Premises.

B. In the event water is not separately metered to Tenant, Tenant agrees that it will not use water for uses other than normal domestic restroom and kitchen usage; and, Tenant does further agree to reimburse Landlord for the entire amount of common water costs as additional rental if, in fact, Tenant uses water for uses other than normal domestic restroom and kitchen uses without first obtaining Landlord's written permission. Furthermore, Tenant agrees in such event to install at its own expense, a submeter to determine Tenant's usage.

C. Tenant agrees it will not use sewer capacity for any use other than normal domestic restroom and kitchen use. Tenant further agrees to notify Landlord of any other sewer use ("excess sewer use") and also agrees to reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses related to Tenant's excess sewer use, which shall include, but is expressly herein not limited to, the cost of acquiring additional sewer capacity to service Tenant's Lease.

10. INSURANCE.

A. Subject to Tenant's reimbursement obligation, Landlord shall maintain such fire and extended coverage insurance covering the building situated on the Premises or of which the Premises are a part as Landlord deems appropriate. Such insurance may provide for a commercially reasonable deductible. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverage as it may deem necessary, including but not limited to, comprehensive general liability insurance, loss of rental insurance for up to 12 months rental, and such additional insurance and coverage shall be reimbursable by Tenant as provided herein. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon insurer's cost calculations).

B. Tenant, at its own expense, shall maintain during the term of this Lease a policy or policies of worker's compensation and comprehensive general liability insurance, including personal injury and property damage, with contractual liability endorsement, in the amount of $1,000,000 for property damage and $2,000,000 per occurrence for personal injuries or deaths of persons occurring in or about the Premises. Tenant, at its own expense, also shall maintain during the term of this Lease fire and extended coverage insurance covering the replacement cost of (i) all alterations, additions, partitions and Tenant's persona] property contained within the Premises by Tenant or by Landlord on behalf of Tenant and (ii) all of Tenant's personal property contained within the Premises. Said policies shall (i) name Landlord as an additional insured and insure Landlord's contingent liability under this Lease (except for the worker's compensation policy, which instead shall include waiver of subrogation endorsement in favor of Landlord), (ii) be issued by an insurance company which is acceptable to Landlord, (iii) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless thirty (30) days written notice shall be given to Landlord, and (iv) provide primary coverage to Landlord, when any policy issued to Landlord provides duplicate or if similar coverage, Landlord's policy will be excess over Tenant's policies. Said policies or certificates thereof shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant within ten (10) written days of the commencement of the term of the Lease and upon each renewal of said insurance.

C. Tenant will not permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would (i) void the insurance thereon, (ii) increase the insurance risk, or (iii) cause the disallowance of any sprinkler credits, including without limitation, use of the Premises for the receipt, storage or handling of any product, material or merchandise that is explosive or highly flammable. If any increase in the cost of any insurance of the Premises or the building of which the Premises are a part is caused by Tenant's use of the Premises, or because Tenant vacates the Premises, then Tenant shall pay the amount of such increase to Landlord.

11. FIRE AND CASUALTY DAMAGE.

A. If the Premises or the building of which the Premises are a part should be damaged or destroyed by fire or other peril, Tenant immediately shall give written notice to Landlord. If the buildings situated on the Premises or of which the Premises are a part should be totally destroyed by any peril covered by insurance to be provided by Landlord under Paragraph

6

10. A above, or if they should be so damaged thereby that, in the Landlord's estimation, rebuilding or repairs cannot be completed within one hundred and twenty ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, this Lease shall terminate and rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective upon the date of the occurrence of such damage, provided Tenant has paid to Landlord the deductible or applicable portion of the deductible, as the case may be, under the Landlord's insurance policy.

B. If the buildings situated upon the Premises or of which the Premises are a part, should be damaged by any peril covered by the insurance to be provided by Landlord under Paragraph 10.A above, and in Landlord's estimation, rebuilding or repairs can be substantially completed within one hundred and twenty ninety
(90) days after the date of such damage, this Lease shall not terminate, and Landlord shall restore the Premises to substantially its previous condition, except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of the partitions, fixtures, additions and other improvements that may have been constructed, erected or installed in, or about the Premises or for the benefit of, or by or for the Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deductible under Landlord's insurance policy within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord's invoice therefor. If the damage covered by the insurance also involves portions of the building or buildings other than the Premises, Tenant shall pay only a portion of the deductible, based on the ratio of the cost of repairing the damage in the Premises to the total of repairing all damage in the building or buildings. If such repairs and rebuilding have not been substantially completed within one hundred fifty (150) days after the date of such damage, Tenant, at Tenant's exclusive remedy, may, upon payment of insurance policy, terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord in which event the rights and obligations hereunder shall cease and terminate.

C. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after such requirements is made known by any such holder, whereupon all rights and obligations hereunder shall cease and terminate.

D. Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and release each other of and from any and all rights of recovery, claim, action or cause of action, against each other, their agents, officers and employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to the Premises, improvements to the building of which the Premises are a part, or personal property (building contents) within the building and /or Premises, for any reason regardless of cause or origin. Each party of this Lease agrees immediately after execution of this Lease to give each insurance company, which has issued to its policies of fire and extended coverage insurance, written notice of the terms of the mutual waivers contained in this subparagraph, and if necessary, to have the insurance policies properly endorsed.

12. LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION. Except for any claims, rights of recovery and causes of action that Tenant has released, Landlord shall hold Tenant harmless and defend Tenant against any and all claims or liability for any injury or damage to any person in, on or about the Premises or any part thereof and/or the building of which the Premises are a part, when such injury shall be caused by the act, neglect, negligence, fault of, or omission of any duty with respect to the same by Landlord, its agents, servants and employees. Except for any claims, rights of recovery and causes of action that Landlord has released, Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and defend Landlord against any and all claims or liability for any injury or damage to any person or property whatsoever occurring in, on or about the Premises or any part thereof and/or of the building of which the Premises are a part, including without limitation elevators, stairways, passageways or hallways, the use of which Tenant may have in accordance with this Lease, when such injury or damage shall (i) be caused by the act, neglect, negligence, fault of, or omission of any duty with respect to the same by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, or invitees, (ii) arise from the conduct of management of any work done by the Tenant in or about the Premises, (iii) arise from transactions of the Tenant, or (iv) arise from Tenant's breach of any covenant contained in this Lease, including but not limited to Tenant's failure to comply with any of the matters set forth relating to environmental requirements as defined and described in Paragraph 23 and incorporated herein by reference, along with all reasonable costs, counsel fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 12 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

13. USE. The Premises shall be used only for the purpose of data center, co-location, and general offices and for such other lawful purposes as may be incidental thereto. Outside storage, including without limitation, storage of trucks and other vehicles and the washing thereof at any time is prohibited without Landlord's prior written consent. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain any and all licenses and permits necessary for such use, shall at all times maintain the Premises in a clean, healthful and safe condition and comply with all governmental laws, codes, ordinances, regulations or any other applicable authorities with regard to the use, condition or occupancy of the Premises including, without limitation, the ADA. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, for the correction, prevention, and abatement of nuisances in or upon, or connected with, the Premises. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable or unpleasant odors, smoke, dust, gas, noise, vibrations, pest infestations to emanate from the Premises, nor take any other action that would constitute a nuisance or would disturb,

7

unreasonably interfere with, or endanger Landlord or any other tenants of the building or project of which the Premises are a part. Tenant's use of the Premises shall at all times comply with the insurance provisions in Paragraph 10 hereof.

14. INSPECTION. Landlord and its agents and representatives shall have the right to enter the Premises at any reasonable time during business hours to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease. During the period that is six (6) months prior to the end of the Lease term upon telephonic notice to Tenant, Landlord and Landlord's representative may enter the Premises during business hours for the purpose of showing the Premises. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to vacating the Premises and shall arrange to meet with Landlord for a joint inspection of the Premises prior to vacating. If Tenant fails to give such notice or to arrange for such inspection, then Landlord's inspection of the Premises shall be deemed correct for the purpose of determining Tenant's responsibility for repairs and restoration of the Premise.

15. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

A. Tenant shall not have the right to assign, sublet, transfer or encumber this Lease, or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Landlord, or without such consent as provided for in this Section of the Lease. Any attempted assignment, subletting, transfer or encumbrance by Tenant in violation of the terms and covenants of this Paragraph shall be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease to any affiliate provided that such assignment is in form satisfactory to Landlord. Any assignee, Sub-Tenant or transferee of Tenant's interest in this Lease (all such assignees, Sub-Tenant and transferees being hereinafter referred to as "Transferees"), by assuming Tenant's obligations hereunder, shall assume liability to Landlord for all amounts paid to persons other than Landlord by such Transferees is contravention of this Paragraph. No assignment, subletting or other transfer, whether consented to by Landlord or not permitted hereunder shall relieve Tenant of its Liability hereunder. If an event of default occurs while the Premises or any part thereof are assigned or sublet, then Landlord, in addition to any other remedies herein provided, or provided by law, may collect directly from such Transferee all rents payable to the Tenant and apply such rent against any sums due Landlord hereunder. No such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or a release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant's obligations hereunder.

B. The Tenant's principal operating business as defined herein shall be deemed approved by the Landlord with respect to the Tenant's rights under this or any other applicable Section of the Lease. The Tenant's principal business is in operating data center co-location facilities, i.e. providing a facility with certain attributes, amenities and services that are desirable for housing and operating computer equipment for the Tenant's customers ("Customers"). Customers may enter into agreements with the Tenant to purchase a variety of services ("Services"), including but not limited to: renting equipment and space to house the Customer's computers; power to operate the Customer's equipment; Internet access; monitoring of the Customer's computer systems: data backup; and additional security measures including restricting access to a certain amount of space via a subdivision within the data center for the Customer's sole use for housing and operating their computer systems. Certain customers may choose to utilize the Services in a "disaster recovery" capacity and/or as a backup computer system in the event of failure on the part of their primary computer systems. In the event of a catastrophic failure of a Customer's primary computer system, Tenant may provide the Customer with temporary workspace, including but not limited to: workbenches; desks; telephones; facsimile machines; copiers; tools; storage and desktop computers. Such Agreements between Tenant and Customers shall not be considered an assignment, sublet, transfer or encumberment for the purposes of this Lease.

C. If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C., Section 101, et. seq., (the "Bankruptcy Code"), any and all monies or other consideration payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. Any and all monies or other considerations constituting Landlord's property under the preceding sentence not paid or delivered to Landlord be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and be promptly paid or delivered to Landlord.

D. Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed, without further act or deed, to have assumed all of the obligations arising under this Lease on and after the date of such assignment. Any such assignee shall upon demand execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument confirming such assumption.

16. CONDEMNATION. If the whole or any substantial part as determined by Landlord of the Premises should be taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof and the taking prevents or materially interferes with the use of the Premises for the purpose for which they were leased to tenant, this Lease shall terminate and the rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease,

8

effective on the date of such taking. If less than a substantial part, as determined by Landlord, of the Premises is taken for any public of quasi-public use under any governmental law, ordinance or regulation or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof, this Lease shall not terminate, but the rent payable hereunder during the unexpired portion of this Lease shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under all of the circumstances. All compensation awarded in connection with or as a result of any of the foregoing proceedings shall be the property of Landlord and Tenant hereby assigns any interest in any such award to Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall have no interest in any award made to Tenant for loss of business or goodwill or for the taking of Tenant's fixtures and improvements, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant.

17. HOLDING OVER. At the termination of this Lease by its expiration or otherwise, Tenant immediately shall deliver possession to Landlord with all cleaning, repairs and maintenance required herein to be performed by Tenant completed. If, for any reason, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the expiration of the Lease, unless the parties hereto otherwise agree in writing, such possession shall be subject to termination by either Landlord or Tenant at any time upon not less than ten (10) days advance written notice, and all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease shall be applicable during such period, except that Tenant shall pay Landlord from time to time, upon demand, as rental for the period of such possession, an amount equal to double the rent in effect on the termination date, computed on a daily basis for each day of such period. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided. The preceding provisions of this Paragraph 17 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises in the absence of written consent thereto by Landlord.

18. QUIET ENJOYMENT. Landlord covenants that on or before the commencement date it will have good title to the Premises, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, excepting only the lien for such mortgage or mortgages as are permitted by the terms of this Lease, zoning ordinances and other building and fire ordinances and governmental regulations relating to the use of such property, and easements, restrictions and other conditions of record. If this Lease is a sublease, then Tenant agrees to take the Premises subject to the provisions of the prior Leases. Landlord represents that it has the authority to enter into this Lease and that so long as Tenant pays all amounts due hereunder and performs all other covenants and agreements herein set forth, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the term hereof without hindrance or molestation from Landlord, subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease.

19. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The following events (herein individually referred to as "event of default") each shall be deemed to be events of nonperformance by Tenant under this Lease:

A. Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of the rent herein when due, or any other payment of reimbursement to Landlord required herein when due, and such failure continues for a period of five (5) days following Tenant's receipt of written notice from Landlord that such payment was due and not received by the Landlord.

B. The Tenant or any guarantor of the Tenant's obligations hereunder shall
(i) become insolvent; (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts;
(iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iv) commence any case, proceeding or other case action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property; or (v) take any action to authorize or in contemplation of any of the actions set forth above in this Paragraph.

C. Any case, proceeding or other action against the Tenant or any guarantor of the Tenant's obligations hereunder shall be commenced seeking (i) to have an order for relief entered against it as debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent; (ii) reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization of relief of debtors; (iii) appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its property, and such case, proceeding or other action
(a) results in the entry of an order for relief against it which is not fully stayed within seven (7) business days after the entry thereof, or (b) shall remain undismissed for a period of forty-five (45) days.

D. E. Tenant shall fail to discharge any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of Paragraph 22 hereof within twenty (20) days after any such lien or encumbrance is filed against the Premises.

F. Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease (other than those listed in this Paragraph 19) and shall not cure such failure within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof to Tenant.

20. REMEDIES.

9

A. Upon each occurrence of an event of default and so long as such event of default shall be continuing. Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand:

(i) Terminate this Lease; and/or (ii) Enter upon and take possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease; and/or (iii) Alter all locks and other security devices at the Premises with or without terminating this Lease, and pursue, at Landlord's option, one or more remedies pursuant to this Lease, Tenant hereby specifically waiving any state or federal law to the contrary; and in any such event Tenant immediately shall surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails so to do, Landlord, without Waiving any other remedy it may have, may enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying such Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim of damages therefore.

B. If Landlord terminates this Lease, at Landlord's option, Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord, the sum of all rental and other payments owed to Landlord hereunder accrued to the date of such termination, plus, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to (i) the present value of the total rental and other payments owed hereunder for the remaining portion of the Lease term, calculated as if such term expired on the date set forth in Paragraph 1, less
(ii) the then present fair market value of the Premises for such period, which because of the difficulty of ascertaining such value, Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree, shall in no event be deemed to exceed seventy-five percent (75%) of the rental amount set forth in Paragraph 2 above.

C. If Landlord repossesses the Premises without terminating the Lease, Tenant, at Landlord's option, shall be liable for and shall pay Landlord on demand all rental and other payments owed to Landlord hereunder, accrued to the date of such repossession, plus all amounts required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord until the date of expiration of the term as stated in Paragraph 1, diminished by all amounts received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such remaining term (but only to the extent of the rent herein reserved). Actions to collect amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this subparagraph may be brought from time to time, on one or more occasions, without the necessity of Landlord's waiting until expiration of the Lease term.

D. During an event of default, in addition to any sum provided to be paid herein, Tenant also shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord (i) broker's fees incurred by Landlord in connection with reletting the whole or any part of the Premises; (ii) the costs of removing and storing Tenant's or other occupant's property; (iii) the costs of repairing, altering, remodeling or otherwise putting the Premises into condition acceptable to a new tenant or tenants; and (iv) all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in enforcing or defending Landlord's rights and/or remedies. If either party hereto institute any action or proceeding to enforce any provision hereof by reason of any alleged breach of any provision of the Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive from the losing party all reasonable attorney's fees and all court costs in connection with such proceeding.

E. In the event Tenant fails to make any payment due hereunder when payment is due, to help defray the additional cost to Landlord for processing such late payments, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand a late charge in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such installment; and the failure to pay such amount within ten (10) days after demand therefor shall be an additional event of default hereunder. The provision for such late charge shall be in addition to all of Landlord's other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord's remedies in any manner.

F. Exercise by Landlord of any one or more remedies hereunder granted or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises by Landlord, whether by agreement or by operation of law, it being understood that such surrender can be effected only by the written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Tenant and Landlord further agree that forbearance by Landlord to enforce its rights pursuant to the Lease at law or in equity, shall not be a waiver of Landlord's right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default.

G. In the event of termination and/ or repossession of the Premises for an event of default, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises and to collect rental after reletting; provided that, Tenant shall not be entitled to credit or reimbursement of any proceeds in excess of the rental owed hereunder. Landlord may relet the whole or any portion of the Premises for any period, to any Tenant and for any use and purpose.

H. If Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within the time specified in this Lease or, if no time is specified, within thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure, Tenant's exclusive remedy shall be an action for damages. Unless and until Landlord fails to so cure any default after such notice, Tenant shall not have any remedy or cause of action by reason thereof. All obligations of Landlord hereunder will be construed as covenants, not conditions; and all such obligations will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its possession of the Premises and not thereafter. The term "Landlord" shall mean only the owner, for the time being of the Premises, and in the event of the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all covenants and obligations of the Landlord thereafter accruing but such covenants and obligations shall be binding during the Lease term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner's ownership. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, Landlord shall not have any personal liability hereunder. In the event of breach or default by Landlord in any term or provision of this Lease,

10

Tenant agrees to look solely to the equity or interest then owned by Landlord in the Premises; however, in no event, shall any deficiency judgment or any money of any kind be sought or obtained against any Landlord.

I. If Landlord repossesses the Premises pursuant to the authority herein granted, the Landlord shall have the right to (i) keep in place and use or (ii) remove and store all of the furniture, Fixtures and equipment at the Premises, including that which is owned by or leased to Tenant at all times prior to any foreclosure thereon by Landlord or repossession thereof by any Landlord thereof of third party having a lien thereof. Landlord also shall have the right to relinquish possession of all or any portion of such furniture, fixtures, equipment and other property to any person ("Claimant") who presents to Landlord a copy of any instrument represented by Claimant to have been executed by Tenant (or any predecessor of Tenant) granting Claimant the right under various circumstances to take possession of such furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property, without the necessity on the part of Landlord to inquire into the authenticity or legality of said instrument. The rights of Landlord herein stated shall be in addition to any and all other rights that Landlord has or may hereafter have at law or in equity; and Tenant stipulates and agrees that the rights herein granted Landlord are commercially reasonable.

J. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts payable by Tenant to or on behalf of Landlord under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated as rent, shall constitute rent.

K. This is a contract under which applicable law excuses Landlord from accepting performance from (or rendering performance to) any person or entity other than Tenant.

21. MORTGAGES. Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgages and/or deeds of trust now or any time hereafter constituting a lien or change upon the Premises or the improvements situated thereon or the building of which the Premises are a part, provided, however, that if the mortgagee, trustee, or holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust elects to have Tenant's interest in this Lease superior to any such instrument, then by notice to Tenant from such mortgage, trustee or holder, this Lease shall be deemed superior to such lien, whether this Lease was executed before or after said mortgage or deed of trust. Tenant, at any time hereafter on demand, shall execute any instruments, releases or other documents that may be required by any mortgagee for the purpose of subjecting and subordinating this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage. Further, Tenant, at any time hereafter on demand, shall deliver to Landlord a certified copy of its most recent financial statement.

22. MECHANIC'S LIENS. Tenant has no authority, express or implied, to create or place any lien or encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever upon, or in any manner to bind the interest of Landlord or Tenant in the Premises or to charge the rentals payable hereunder for any claim in favor of any person dealing with Tenant, including those who may furnish materials or perform labor for any construction or repairs. Tenant covenants and agrees that it will pay or cause to be paid all sums legally due and payable by it on account of any labor performed or materials furnished in connection with any work performed on the Premises and that will save and hold Landlord harmless from any and all loss, cost or expense based on or arising out of asserted claims or liens against the leasehold estate or against the right, title and interest of the Landlord in the Premises or under the terms of this Lease. Tenant agrees to give Landlord immediate written notice of the placing of any lien or encumbrance against the Premises.

23. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. The term "Substances," as used in this Lease shall mean pollutants, contaminants, toxic or hazardous wastes, or any other substances, the use, storage, handling, disposal, transportation or removal of which is regulated, restricted, prohibited or penalized by any "Environmental Law," which term shall mean any federal, state or local law, ordinance or other statute of a governmental or quasi-governmental authority relating to pollution or protection of health or the environment and shall specifically include, but not be limited to, any "hazardous substance" as that term is defined under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 and any amendments or successors in function thereto. Tenant hereby agrees that (i) no activity will be conducted on the Premises that will produce any Substance except for such activities that are part of the ordinary course for Tenant's business activities (the "Permitted Activities") provided said Permitted Activities are conducted in accordance with all Environmental Laws and have been approved in advance in writing by Landlord (which approval Landlord may grant or withhold in its sole discretion); Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining any required permits and paying any fees and providing any testing required by any governmental agency; (ii) the Premises will not be used in any manner for the storage of any Substance except for the temporary storage of such materials that are used in the ordinary course of Tenant's business provided such substances are properly stored in a manner and location meeting all Environmental Laws and approved in advance in writing by Landlord (which approval Landlord may grant or withhold in its sole discretion); Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining any required permits and paying any fees and providing any testing required by any governmental agency; (iii) no portion of the Premises will be used as a landfill or a dump; (iv) other than a generator and its associated aboveground fuel supply, Tenant will not install any underground or aboveground tank of any type;
(v) Tenant will not allow any surface or subsurface conditions to exist or come into existence that constitute, or with the passage of time, may constitute a public or private nuisance; (vi) Tenant will not permit any Substances to be brought onto the Premises, except in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and if so brought or found located thereon, the same shall

11

be immediately removed, and properly disposed, and all required cleanup procedures shall be diligently undertaken pursuant to all Environmental Laws; and (vii) Tenant shall in all regards comply with Environmental Laws including, without limitation, meeting any necessary financial responsibility requirements. Prior to any Substance being brought upon or into the Premises, whether Landlord's written permission is required or not, Tenant will provide to Landlord any applicable material safety data sheets regarding said Substance as well as a written description of the amount of such Substance to be brought upon or into the Premises and the common and recognized chemical name of such Substance. Tenant shall bear responsibility for insuring that all record keeping, reporting and remediation responsibilities of Tenant under Environmental Laws are met and Tenant assumes all such responsibility and liability for such legal compliance. Landlord or Landlord's representative shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises for, among other purposes, the purposes of inspecting the storage, use and disposal of any Substances and to review compliance with all Environmental Laws. Should it be determined, in Landlord's sole opinion, that any Substances are being improperly stored, used, or disposed of, then Tenant shall immediately take such corrective action as required by applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant will provide Landlord written notification of the release or disposal of any Substances either within the Premises or outside of Tenant's Premises and will also provide Landlord written notice of any pending or threatened litigation concerning the breach or purported breach of any Environmental Laws. If at any time during or after the term of the Lease, the Premises is found to be contaminated by Substances or subject to said conditions, arising from or as a result of Tenant's negligence (whether in whole or in part) or the use of the Premises or any Substances by Tenant or any of Tenant's agents, employees, assigns or subtenants, Tenant shall diligently institute proper and thorough cleanup procedures in accordance with Environmental Laws at Tenant's sole cost, and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all claims, demands, actions, liabilities, costs, expenses, damages, fines, reimbursement, restitution, response costs, cleanup costs and obligations (including investigative responses and attorney's fees) of any nature. The foregoing indemnification and the responsibilities of Tenant shall apply to Tenant regardless of whether they arise from any Permitted Activity or from any Substances, the use of which Landlord approved, and shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease. Landlord shall be under no obligation to expend any sums or to seek reimbursement to enforce the indemnification obligations of Tenant hereunder.

Permitted Materials:

The chemical components of the FM 200 Fire Suppression System.

Diesel fuel as required for the generator

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed assignment, subletting, or transfer of Tenant's interest in this Lease if (i) the anticipated use of the Premises by the proposed assignee, subtenant, or transferee (collectively, a "Transferee") involves the generation, storage, use, treatment, or disposal of Substances;
(ii) the proposed Transferee has been required by any prior Landlord, lender, or governmental authority to make remedial action in connection with Substances contaminating a property, if the contamination resulted from such Transferee's actions or use of the property in question; or (iii) the proposed Transferee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal, or storage of a Substance.

24. MISCELLANEOUS.

A. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for the convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope of intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

B. In the event the Premises constitute a portion of a multiple occupancy building or buildings, Tenant's "proportionate share", as used in this Lease, shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the space contained in the Premises and the denominator of which the entire space contained in the building or buildings.

C. The terms, provisions and covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall run with the land and shall apply to, inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and upon their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, legal representatives, successors and assigns, except as otherwise herein expressly provided. Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, its rights and obligations in the building and property that are subject of this Lease. Each party agrees to furnish to the other, promptly upon demand, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, or other appropriate documentation evidencing the due amortization of such party to enter into this Lease.

D. Landlord shall not be held responsible for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain labor or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental restrictions, governmental regulations, governmental controls, enemy or hostile governmental action, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the control of the Landlord.

12

E. Tenant agrees, from time to time, within ten (10) days after request of Landlord, to execute and deliver to Landlord, or Landlord's designee, a Certificate of Occupancy and an estoppel certificate prepared and/or submitted by Landlord stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, the date to which rent has been paid, the unexpired term of this Lease and such other factual matters pertaining to this Lease as may be requested by Landlord. It is understood and agreed that Tenant's obligation to furnish such estoppel certificates in a timely fashion is a material inducement for Landlord's execution of this Lease. No grace or cure period provided in this Lease shall apply to the Tenant's obligations to timely deliver an estoppel certificate. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints as its attorney in fact to execute on its behalf and in its name any such estoppel certificate if Tenant fails to execute and deliver the estoppel certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord's written request thereof.

F. This Lease constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease, and contains all of the covenants and agreements of Landlord and Tenant with respect thereto. Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge that no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or written, have been made by Landlord or Tenant, or anyone acting on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, which are not contained herein, and any prior agreements, promises, negotiations or representations not expressly set forth in this Lease are of no force and effect. This Lease may not be altered, changed or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.

G. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof, including without limitation, all payment obligations with respect to operating expenses as set forth in Paragraph 2.C and all obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises, including without limitation, all heating and air-conditioning systems and equipment therein, in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excluded. Tenant shall also, prior to vacating the Premises, pay to Landlord the amount, as estimated by Landlord, of Tenant's obligation hereunder for operating expenses for the year in which the Lease expires or terminates. All such amounts shall be used and held by Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant hereunder, with Tenant being liable for any additional costs therefore upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to be returned to Tenant after all such obligations have been determined and satisfied as the case may be. Any security deposit held by Landlord (less the refurbishment fee specified in Paragraph 2.B) shall be credited against the amount due from Tenant under this Paragraph 24.G.

H. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Lease, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and it is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of such clause or provision of this Lease that it is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

I. All references in this Lease to "the date hereof of similar references shall be deemed to refer to the last date, in point of time, on which all parties hereto have executed this Lease.

J. Tenant represents and warrants that it has dealt with no broker, agent or other person in connection with this transaction or that no broker, agent or other person brought into this transaction, other than as may be referenced in a separate written agreement executed by Tenant, and delivered to Landlord prior to the date hereof, and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims by any other broker, agent or other person claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant with regard to this leasing transaction.

K. If and when included within the term "Landlord", as used in this instrument, there is more than one person, firm or corporation, all shall jointly arrange among themselves for their joint execution of a notice specifying some individual at some specific address for the receipt of notices and payments to Landlord. If and when included within the term "Tenant", as used in this instrument, there is more than one person, firm or corporation, all shall jointly arrange among themselves for their joint execution of a notice specifying some individual at some specific address within the continental Unites States for the receipt of notices and payments to Tenant. All parties included within the terms "Landlord" and 'Tenant", respectively shall be bound by notices given in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 26 hereof to the same effect as if each had received such notice.

L. Tenant shall, at all times during the term of this Lease and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations ("Building Rules and Regulations") at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and common areas. The existing Building Rules and Regulations currently in force and effect are attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and made a part hereof. In the events of any conflict between said Building Rules and Regulations and the Lease, the terms and provisions of the Lease shall control.

M. N. As Tenant has been previously informed, the Landlord is a manager managed limited liability company whose manager is FBR Investments, L.L.C. The members of FBR Investments, L.L.C. are shareholders of Ross Brown Partners. Inc. and may, furthermore, be members of the Landlord. Furthermore, FBR Investments, L.L.C. may be a member of Landlord. Ross Brown Partners, Inc. is the property manager for the Landlord and is employed by Landlord to

13

lease the property of which the demised premises are a part. As such, the broker and real estate licensees of Ross Brown Partners, Inc. are solely agents of Landlord.

25. SECURITY SERVICE. Tenant agrees to pay the proportionate share of the cost of any security services and/or of monitoring, repair and maintenance of any burglar alarm systems, water flow detection systems and other protective security equipment that is on or may be installed on the Premises and/or the building of which the Premises are a part, including the cost of any license or permit or user charge required for any such security systems. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages, costs or expenses suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises and any other liability arising in connection with such security systems or services.

26. NOTICES. Each provision of this instrument or of any applicable governmental laws, ordinances, regulations and other requirements with reference to the sending, mailing or delivering of notice or the making of any payment to Landlord to Tenant or with reference to sending, mailing or delivering any notice or the making of any payment by Tenant to Landlord shall be deemed to be compiled with when and if the following steps are taken:

(a) All rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be payable to Landlord at the address set forth below or at such other address as Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Tenant's obligation to pay rent and any other amounts to Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall not be deemed satisfied until such rent and other amounts have been actually received by Landlord. In addition to base rental due hereunder, all sums of money and all payments due Landlord hereunder shall be deemed to be additional rent owed to Landlord.

(b) All payments required to be made by Landlord to Tenant hereunder shall be payable to Tenant at the address set forth below, or at such other address within the continental United States as Tenant may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.

(c) Any written notice or document required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered whether actually received or not when deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, Certified or Registered Mail, addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses set out below, or at such other address as they have therefore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.

28. 27. LANDLORD'S LIEN. In addition to any statutory lien for the rent in Landlord's favor, Landlord shall have and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a continuing security interest for all rentals and other sums of money due or which may become due hereunder from Tenant, upon all goods, wares, equipment, fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property of the Tenant now or hereafter situated as fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property of the Tenant now or hereafter situated at 2220 W. 14TH STREET TEMPE, ARIZONA, and such property shall not be removed therefrom without the consent of Landlord until all arrearages in rent as well as any and all other sums of money then due to Landlord hereunder shall first have been paid and discharged. (Note: Landlord acknowledges that certain goods, wares, equipment, fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property located in the Premises may belong to parties other than Tenant and that the foregoing lien does not attach thereto.) In the event any of the foregoing described property is removed from the Premises in violation of the covenant in the preceding sentence, the security interest shall continue in such property and all proceeds and products, regardless of locations. Upon a default hereunder by Tenant in addition to all other rights and remedies, Landlord shall have all rights and remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code, including without limitation, the right to sell the property described in this Paragraph at public or private sale upon five (5) days notice by Landlord. Tenant hereby agrees to execute such other instruments, necessary or desirable under applicable law to perfect the security interest hereby created. Landlord and Tenant agree that this Lease and security agreement serves as a financing statement and that a copy, photographic or other reproduction of this portion of this Lease may be filed of record by Landlord and have the same force and effect as the original. This security agreement and financing statement also covers fixtures located at the Premises subject to this Lease and legally described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference and is to be filed for record in the real estate records. The record owner of this property is BEL DE MAR, L.L.C., AN ARIZONA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY. OPTIONS. SUBJECT TO THE TENANT'S TIMELY COMPLIANCE WITH ALL PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE PAYMENT OF BASE RENT AND ALL OTHER PAYMENTS REQUIRED UNDER THIS LEASE AND PROVIDED TENANT IS NOT, AND NEVER HAS BEEN, IN DEFAULT UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE AND IS PRESENTLY NOT SUB-LETTING ALL OF THE PREMISES THEN LANDLORD HEREBY GRANTS TO TENANT THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS TO EXTEND THIS LEASE:

TENANT SHALL HAVE TWO (2) OPTIONS TO EXTEND THIS LEASE EACH FOR A PERIOD OF THIRTY-SIX (36) MONTHS EACH BY PROVIDING LANDLORD WITH WRITTEN NOTICE ONE HUNDRED FIFTY 150 ) DAYS BEFORE THE EXPIRATION OF THE THEN EXISTING TERM OF THE LEASE. THE BASE RENT FOR THE FIRST TWELVE (12) MONTHS OF THE FIRST OPTION PERIOD SHALL BE EIGHT THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY-ONE AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($8,671.00) PER MONTH, EIGHT THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED THIRTY-SEVEN AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($8,937.00) PER MONTH FOR THE SECOND TWELVE (12) MONTHS, AND NINE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED FOUR AND 00/100 DOLLARS

14

($9,204.00) per month for the last twelve (12) months. Base Rent for the second option period shall be at a rent negotiated by the parties at the time the prevailing market rates for similarly available space. If the Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on the prevailing market rates, such rates shall be determined by an independent third party market survey in accordance with commercial real estate standard practices.

The Parties acknowledge and agree that the foregoing options are personal to Limelight Mainstreet Tempe, LLC, and are not assignable by Limelight Mainstreet Tempe, LLC without the prior, written consent of Landlord, which consent may be granted or withheld by Landlord in Landlord's sole discretion. (Note: Landlord's written consent to an assignment of Tenant's interest in and to this Lease shall not, unless otherwise expressly stated, be deemed an assignment of the foregoing options.)

29. TENANT IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant has informed Landlord of certain improvements that it desires to do to the Demised Premises including adding additional office space as well as certain improvements to the warehouse. Landlord is generally aware of such plans but has not received detailed drawings and specifications and has not approved such intended alterations. Landlord hereby agrees to provide Tenant with an improvement allowance of forty-five thousand dollars ($45,000). The improvement allowance will be released to Tenant subject to the following:

A. Detailed plans and specifications have been submitted in advance to the Landlord and approved by Landlord. Landlord's approval of such plans and specification is subject to Landlord's discretion.

B. All improvements have been completed in a good and workmanlike condition by contractors approved by Landlord in accordance with all provisions of the lease agreement including, but not limited to, appropriate municipal permits and approvals.

C. Landlord receives appropriate lien waivers from all contractors involved.

D. The cost of any improvements deemed to be standard in the opinion of landlord will be amortized over a 6 year period at an interest rate acceptable to Landlord and added to the base monthly rent due from Tenant.

E. The cost of any improvements deemed to be non-standard by the landlord will be amortized over the remaining term of the lease or any exercised option period at an interest rate acceptable to Landlord and added to the base monthly rent due from tenant.

F. There is at least 24 months left on the lease term or the term of any exercised option period.

30. Notwithstanding anything mentioned in this lease to the contrary, Tenant understands that Tenant is obligated to return the Premises to the condition of a generic industrial building. In particular, returning the building to the condition of a generic industrial building includes, but is not limited to the following:

A. Removing all tenant specific equipment including equipment leased and/or purchased (this does not give Tenant any right to remove any electrical panels, meters or distribution systems). Any damage made to the Premises, building, parking and loading areas or other areas surrounding the building because of such removals will be fully repaired in a good and workmanlike manner as approved by Landlord. Furthermore, any costs that Landlord expends to remove any of tenant's equipment will be immediately due and payable to Landlord in addition to all other costs.

B. Remove the drop ceiling and lights in the area behind the office area and install warehouse level lighting (double tube fluorescent fixtures) and evaporative cooling as approved by Landlord.

C. Remove the specialized fire suppression system and make certain that the "wet" fire suppression system that is in the office areas is extended throughout the "warehouse" area as approved by Landlord.

D. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant's liability for items B. and C. above is limited to Thirty thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($30,000.00)

31. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER/REFUSAL. If Landlord intends to solicit offers to sell either the Project or the Premises, then Landlord will deliver written notice of such intent to Tenant - such notice to contain Landlord's proposal for the basic sale terms. For a period of not less than ten (10) days thereafter, Landlord shall negotiate in good faith with Tenant over the terms of sale for the Premises. If after ten (10) days, Landlord and Tenant have not entered into a binding commitment for the purchase and sale of the Premises, then Landlord's obligation to continue negotiating with Tenant shall automatically cease and Landlord shall be free to sell the premises at any time thereafter to whomever and on whatever terms Landlord desires.

If Landlord receives an unsolicited offer to purchase the Project or the Premises that the Landlord desires to accept, Landlord shall deliver written notice to Tenant of the terms of such offer. Tenant shall have five (5) days from the receipt of such notice to accept the terms of such offer as its own - such acceptance to be by written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall be deemed to have rejected such offer if Tenant (i) fails to respond in writing within such five (5) day period (ii) conditions its acceptance in any material way, or (iii) changes the terms of such offer in any material way.

15

16

EXECUTED BY LANDLORD, this 19th day of November, 2002.

LANDLORD:                               BEL DE MAR, L.L.C., AN ARIZONA
                                        LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

                                        By: MainSpring Capital, L.L.C.
                                        Its: Managing Member

ADDRESS:
2999 North 44th Street, Suite 200       By: /s/ Wilford M. Farnsworth
Phoenix, Arizona 85018                      ------------------------------------
(602) 840-6363                              Wilford M. Farnsworth
                                        Its: Member

EXECUTED BY TENANT, this 19th day of November, 2002.

TENANT:

ADDRESS:

8936 N. Central Ave                     By: Limelight Mainstreet LLC by
Phoenix, AZ 85020                           Limelights Ne;
                                            Sole Member William H. Rinehart, C


                                        Its: /s/ William H. Rinehart
                                             -----------------------------------

17

EXHIBIT "A"

2220 W. 14th Street, Tempe, Arizona 85281

18

EXHIBIT "B"

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, lettering, name or notice (hereinafter collectively referred to as "sign") shall be inscribed, displayed, printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside or inside of the building, the Premises or surrounding area without Landlord's written consent. If such consent is given by Landlord, Landlord may regulate the manner of display of the sign. Landlord shall reserve the right to remove any sign which has not been approved by Landlord or is being displayed in a non-approved manner without notice to and at the expense of the Tenant. All approved signs shall be installed at expense of Tenant by a person approved by Landlord.

Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may appear unsightly from outside of Premises.

2. The sidewalks, paved area, exits and entrances, shall not be obstructed by any of the Tenants or used by them for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective Premises. The paved areas, exits, entrances and roof are not for the use of the general public and the Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control thereof and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of the Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building or its Tenants; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent access by persons with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of Tenant's business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No Tenant and no employees, invitees, contractors or subcontractors of any Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building. In addition, the Tenant will cause to be removed all debris, pallets or any outside storage immediately in front or to the rear of the Premises. If Landlord has to remove the above then Tenant will be charged a minimum of $300.00 for the removal of the material.

3. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new additional locks or any bolts on any door of the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

4. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose than that for which they are constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

5. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, shall not mark on or drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster (except as may be incidental to the hanging of the wall decoration), and shall not in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof.

6. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used any food or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to the Landlord or other occupants of the building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with the other Tenants or those having business in the building. No animals or birds shall be brought in or kept in or about the Premises or the building. No tenant shall disturb neighboring buildings or premises, or those having business with such occupants, by the use of any musical instruments, radio, phonograph, unusual noise, or in any other way. No tenant shall throw anything out of doors or down the passageways. No cooking shall be permitted by Tenant in the Premises.

7. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises, or the building, any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material or use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than by means similar to methods previously deployed on the Premises operation as a data center.

8. Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for or stringing of wires will be allowed without the consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.

9. All keys to the building, offices, rooms and toilet rooms shall be obtained from Landlord's office. Tenant, upon termination of tenancy, shall deliver to the Landlord the keys to the building, offices, rooms and toilet rooms which shall have been furnished and shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing any lost or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord deems it necessary to make such change.

19

10. No tenant shall affix to the floor of the Premises any linoleum, tile, carpet or other familiar floor coverings except as approved by the Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by the tenant.

11. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any rules and regulations of the building.

12. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to tenant, to change name and the street address of the building on which the Premises are a part.

13. Tenant agrees that it shall comply with all fire regulations that may be issued from time to time by Landlord, and Tenant also shall provide Landlord with the name of a designated responsible employee to represent Tenant in all matters pertaining to fire regulations.

14. Landlord reserves the right by written notice to Tenant, to rescind, alter or waive any rule or regulation at any time prescribed for the building when, in Landlord's judgment, it is necessary, or desirable or proper for the best interest of the building or its tenants.

15. Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of the building in connection with or in promotion or advertising the business of Tenant except as Tenant's address. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit or canvas any occupant of the building and shall cooperate to prevent same.

16. Tenant shall be entitled to use parking spaces during working hours, the exact location of which may be designated by Landlord. Tenant shall not park in driveways or loading areas nor reserved parking spaces of other tenants. Landlord or its agents shall have the right to cause to be removed any car of Tenant, its employees or agents, that may be parked in unauthorized areas, and Tenant agrees to save and hold harmless Landlord, its agents and employees from any such and all claims, losses, damages and demands asserted or arising in respect to or in connection with the removal of any such vehicle and for all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such removal. Tenant will from time to time, upon request of Landlord, supply Landlord with a list of license plate numbers of vehicles owned and/or operated by its employees and agents.

20

(FLOOR PLAN)

21

EXHIBIT D

Landlord hereby consents to tenants removal of the following items in accordance with Paragraph 6 of this lease:

1. UPS system consisting of control cabinet, 2 inverter cabinets, 4 battery cabinets, bypass panelboard.

2. 3 Fike FM-200 fire suppression system containers and gas only

3. 3 Liebert air Conditioners and condensers

4. 25 Encore racks with Panduit cable management and power strips

5. Cage fence

6. 5 Control center computer desks

7. Security system, card access system, closed circuit TV system including 16 channel video multiplexer

8. All the cat 5 cable, trays, conduit, unistrut, and above racks and cabinets

9. 2 video projectors and screens, unmounted

10. 2 Sony 32" TVs and carriers for 4 TVs, unmounted

11. 4x10 natural wood conference table

12. 4x8 formica simulated wood conference table

13. 4x8 lunchroom table

14. 4x4 lunchroom table

15. 8 lunchroom chairs

16. 4 waiting room chairs

17. 10 framed prints

18. Windows PC with Badge Access Software and Liebert SiteScan Software

19. Miscellaneous Fiber patch cables

20. 2 filing cabinets

21. Zenith MX200 2000 amp generator transfer switch

22. Sixty-seven cabinets (enclosed racks)

23. Caterpillar 3508 Generator Set, including diesel engine, generator, its fuel tank base and enclosure.

22

Rider to Lease November 19, 2002

This Rider to Lease by and between Bel de Mar, LLC, an Arizona limited liability company (Landlord) and Limelight Mainstreet Tempe, LLC, an Arizona limited liability company (Tenant) is hereby made an integral part of the Commercial Lease by and between Landlord and Tenant for the building whose street address is 2220 W. 14th Street, Tempe, AZ.

Landlord understands that as part of the normal course of Tenant's business, it will be renting to its customers, equipment and space to house the customer's computers. Furthermore, Tenant intends to provide "disaster recovery" services. In the event of such catastrophic failure of customer's computer system, certain of Tenant's customers may occupy space in the warehouse for limited periods of time solely as part of such disaster recovery service. Notwithstanding anything mentioned in this lease to the contrary, the rental by Tenant of equipment and space to house customer's computers shall not be considered subleasing for purposes of this lease and will not require consent of Landlord. For those customers occupying space pursuant to catastrophic circumstances, in the event Tenant notifies Landlord of such occupancy and describes the catastrophic circumstances in writing, Landlord agrees that such occupancy will not require Landlord's written consent. For any other occupancy of the space by third parties, Tenant agrees that Landlord's written consent shall be required as described in paragraph 15A of the lease. If Landlord provides such written consent, Tenant agrees to increase the rent it pays to Landlord by half of the amount it receives in excess of the rent it pays to Landlord on a pro rata basis.

Agreed:

Landlord:                               Tenant:
Bel de Mar, LLC                         Limelight Mainstreet Tempe, LLC by
By: MainSpring Capital, LLC             Limelight Networks, LLC sole member
Its: Manager


By: /s/ Wilford M. Farnsworth, III      By: /s/ William H. Rinehart
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
    Wilford M. Farnsworth, III              William H. Rinehart
Its: Presiding Member                   Its: CEO, MEMBER


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

RECITALS

A. Bel de Mar, L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company (Landlord) and Limelight Mainstreet Tempe, LLC. (Tenant), entered into a Commercial Lease Agreement (Lease Agreement) on the premises located at 2220 W. 14th Street, Tempe, Arizona 85281 (Premises) on November 18, 2002.

B. Landlord and Tenant are mutually desirous of modifying the Lease Agreement.

NOW THERFORE, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. EXPIRATION DATE: The Expiration Date is hereby extended from November 18, 2005 to November 30, 2010.

2. BASE RENT: The Base Rent due from Tenant under Section 2.A. of the Lease Agreement is hereby modified as follows:

January 1, 2005 - November 30, 2005    $ 9,388.70*  $0.70 per sq. ft.
December 1, 2005 - November 30, 2006   $10,005.75*  $0.75 per sq. ft.
December 1, 2006 - November 30, 2007   $10,272.57*  $0.77 per sq. ft.
December 1, 2007 - November 30, 2008   $10,539.40*  $0.79 per sq. ft.
December 1, 2008 - November 30, 2009   $11,073.03*  $0.83 per sq. ft.
December 1, 2009 - November 30, 2010   $11,339.85*  $0.85 per sq. ft.

* Does not include applicable sales tax which shall be payable by Tenant along with Base Rent.

3. EXTENSION OPTION: The two (2), thirty-six (36)-month extension options provided in Section 28 (Bottom of page 14) of the Lease Agreement are hereby terminated and replaced with a single sixty (60) month extension option at the Base Rent set forth below and otherwise exercisable in accordance with the provisions of said Section 28.

December 1, 2010 - November 30, 2011   $15,115.35*  $1.13 per sq. ft.
December 1, 2011 - November 30, 2012   $15,568.81*  $1.16 per sq. ft.
December 1, 2012 - November 30, 2013   $16,035.87*  $1.20 per sq. ft.
December 1, 2013 - November 30, 2014   $16,516.95*  $1.23 per sq. ft.
December 1, 2014 - November 30, 2015   $17,012.46*  $1.27 per sq. ft.

* Does not include applicable sales tax which shall be payable by Tenant along with Base Rent.

4. EARLY TERMINATION: Provided Tenant is not in default under any provision of this amendment or the original "Lease Agreement" referenced above, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease Agreement on November 30, 2008. Tenant's right to terminate is conditioned upon Tenant giving Landlord written notice of Tenant's intention to terminate no later than May 31, 2008 accompanied by a payment to Landlord of Thirty-one thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($31,000.00). If Tenant is in default without having been notified of such default and been given a reasonable time to cure, at the time early termination is exercised, then


tenants right of early termination will not be voided, but, rather, it will be extended until such notice and time to cure is given. At which time, if Tenant has not cured the default, Tenant's right to early termination will be null and void. This notification and time to cure requirement does not apply to any default due to failure to pay any amounts due when owed.

5. EXPANSION OPTION: Tenant has expressed an interest in leasing certain space owned by Landlord located at 2250 W. 14th Street, which space is currently occupied by Integrated Information Systems or its subsidiary (the "Potential Expansion Premises"). Should the Potential Expansion Premises become available, Landlord shall, by written notice, first offer to lease such space to Tenant on the terms and conditions that Landlord intends to offer such space for lease to the general public. Tenant shall have two (2) business days to accept such offer by delivering a written notice of acceptance to Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely deliver such written notice of acceptance or thereafter fails, in Landlord's sole determination, to proceed in good faith towards the execution of a lease for the Potential Expansion Premises, then Tenant shall be deemed to have refused such offer and Landlord shall be free to market the Potential Expansion Premises to the general public.

6. TENANT IMPROVEMENT REIMBURSEMENT: The Forty-five thousand and 00/100 Dollar ($45,000.00) improvement allowance provided by Landlord to Tenant under Section 29 of the Lease Agreement is hereby terminated and replaced with the reimbursement obligations contained in this Paragraph 6. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant has made certain improvements to the Premises that were approved by and are acceptable to Landlord. Subject to Landlord's receipt of (i) a final certificate of occupancy from the City of Tempe for such improvements, (ii) unconditional lien waivers from all applicable contractors, suppliers and/or consultants, and (iii) proof of the amounts paid by Tenant to such contractors, suppliers and/or consultants in connection with such improvements, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the full amount of such expenditures up to the maximum amount of Seventy-six thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($76,000.00). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to restore the Premises as provided in Section 30 of the Lease Agreement remains unchanged by Landlord's consent to such improvements.

7. RATIFICATION: Any and all terms and conditions of the Lease Agreement not expressly amended by this First Addendum remain in full force and effect and Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify the same.

AGREED to and accepted this ___________ day of December 2004.

LANDLORD:                               TENANT:

BEL DE MAR, LLC                         LIMELIGHT MAINSTREET TEMPE, L.L.C.


X By: /s/ Wilford M. Farnsworth         X By: /s/ William H. Rinehart
      -------------------------------         ----------------------------------
      Wilford M. Farnsworth                   William H. Rinehart
Its: Presiding Member                   Its: CEO


Exhibit 10.7

MAINSPRING CAPITAL, L.L.C.

COMMERCIAL LEASE

BEL DE MAR, L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company

"Landlord"

AND

Limelight Networks, Inc. a Delaware Corporation

"Tenant"

SUMMARY OF LEASE TERMS*

Date:                   December 1, 2004

Lease Number:           ______________________________________________

Project:                Airway Corporate Center

Square Footage:         7,529 (approximately)

Address:                2250 W. 14th Street, Tempe, Arizona 85281

Term:                   Five (5) years

Base Rental Schedule:                Rate
                         Months   (per s.f.)   Base Rent
                        -------   ----------   ------------------------
                        1 - 6        $0.35     $2,635.15 per month NNN*
                        7 - 12       $0.70     $5,270.30 per month NNN*
                        13 - 24      $0.75     $5,646.75 per month NNN*
                        25 - 36      $0.80     $6,023.20 per month NNN*
                        37 - 48      $0.81     $6,098.49 per month NNN*
                        49 - 60      $0.83     $6,249.07 per month NNN*

* Plus applicable rental tax.

Current Rental Tax
Rate:                   2.3%

Current Estimated
Operating Expenses:     $0.22 per square foot per month

Other Items:            ______________________________________________
                        ______________________________________________

NOTE: This summary is provided for the Tenant's convenience only. It is not to be construed as a part of the above referenced Lease Agreement. In the event that there is a conflict between this summary of lease terms and the Lease Agreement, the language in the Lease Agreement shall prevail.

1

STANDARD LEASE AGREEMENT

PHXINDNII DATE December 23, 2004

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT, made and entered into by and between BEL DE MAR, L.L.C., AN ARIZONA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as "Landlord", and LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC. A DELAWARE CORPORATION., hereinafter referred to as "Tenant";

WITNESSETH:

1. PREMISES AND TERM. In consideration of the mutual obligations of Landlord and Tenant set forth herein, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby takes from Landlord the Premises situated within the County of MARICOPA, State of ARIZONA, more particularly described on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, (the "Premises"), together with all rights, privileges, easements, appurtenances, and amenities belonging to or in any way pertaining to the Premises, to have and to hold, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. The term of this Lease shall commence on the commencement date hereinafter set forth and shall end on JANUARY 31, 2010. If this Lease is executed before the Premises become vacant or otherwise available and ready for occupancy, or if any present Tenant or occupant of the Premises holds over, and Landlord cannot acquire possession of the Premises prior to the date recited as the commencement date of this Lease, Landlord shall not be deemed in default hereunder, and Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Premises at such time as Landlord is able to tender the same, which date shall thenceforth be deemed the "commencement date", and Landlord hereby waives payment of rent covering any period prior to the tendering of possession to Tenant hereunder.

A. EXISTING BUILDING. If no improvements are to be constructed to the Premises, the commencement date shall be FEBRUARY 1, 2005. Tenant acknowledges that, (i) it has inspected and accepts the Premises, (ii) the buildings and improvements comprising the same are suitable for the purpose for which the Premises are leased, (iii) the Premises are in good and satisfactory condition, and (iv) no representations as to the repair of the Premises, nor promises to alter, remodel or improve the Premises have been made by Landlord (unless otherwise set forth in the Lease). In no event shall Landlord be liable for any defects in the Premises or for any limitation on its use. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a Letter of Acceptance of delivery of the Premises.

B. BUILDING TO BE CONSTRUCTED OR SHELL SPACE. If the Premises or part thereof are to be constructed, the commencement date shall be deemed to be the sooner of the date upon which the Premises and other improvements to be erected in accordance with the plans and specifications described on Exhibit "C" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the "Plans") have been substantially completed or the date upon which the Tenant takes occupancy. As used herein, the term "substantially completed" shall mean, that in the opinion of the architect or space planner that prepared the Plans, such improvements have been completed in accordance with the Plans and the Premises are in good and satisfactory condition, subject only to completion of minor punch list items. As soon as such improvements have been substantially completed, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing that the commencement date has occurred. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Tenant shall submit to Landlord in writing a punch list of items needing completion or correction. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to complete such items within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice. In the event Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors cause construction of such improvements to be delayed, the commencement date shall be deemed to be the date that, in the opinion of the architect or space planner that prepared the Plans, substantial completion would have occurred if such delays had not taken place. The taking of possession by Tenant shall be deemed to conclusively establish that the buildings and other improvements had been completed in accordance with the Plans, that the Promises are in good and satisfactory condition as of when possession was taken, and that Tenant has accepted such buildings and other improvements without representation or warrant) from Landlord. Upon Landlord's request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a Letter of Acceptance of delivery of the Premises.

2. BASE RENT, SECURITY DEPOSIT AND OPERATING EXPENSE PAYMENTS.

A. BASE RENT. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord base rent ("Base Rent") for the Premises, in advance, without demand, deduction or set off, at the rate of TWO THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED THIRTY-FIVE AND 15/100 DOLLARS ($2,635.15)* PER MONTH DURING MONTHS ONE (1) THROUGH SIX (6) OF THE INITIAL LEASE TERM, FIVE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY AND 30/100 DOLLARS ($5,270.30)* PER MONTH DURING MONTHS SEVEN (7) THROUGH TWELVE (12) OF THE INITIAL LEASE TERM, FIVE THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED FORTY-SIX AND 75/100 DOLLARS ($5,646.75)* PER MONTH DURING MONTHS THIRTEEN (13) THROUGH TWENTY-FOUR (24) OF THE INITIAL LEASE TERM, SIX THOUSAND TWENTY-THREE AND 20/100 DOLLARS ($6,023.20)* PER MONTH DURING MONTHS TWENTY-FIVE
(25) THROUGH THIRTY-SIX (36) OF THE INITIAL LEASE TERM, SIX THOUSAND NINETY-EIGHT AND 49/100 DOLLARS ($6,098.49)* PER MONTH DURING MONTHS THIRTY-SEVEN (37) THROUGH FORTY-EIGHT (48) OF THE INITIAL LEASE TERM AND SIX THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED FORTY-NINE AND _7/100 DOLLARS ($6,249.07)* PER MONTH DURING MONTHS FORTY-NINE (49) THROUGH SIXTY (60) OF THE INITIAL LEASE TERM, per month during the term hereof. One such monthly installment, plus the other monthly charges set forth in Paragraph 2.C below,

2

shall be due and payable on the date hereof and a like monthly installment shall be due and payable on or before the first day of each calendar month succeeding the commencement date, except that all payments due hereunder for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any rent due hereunder except where expressly provided in this Lease. Tenant waives and releases all statutory liens and off-set rights as to rent.

B. SECURITY DEPOSIT. In addition, Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord on the date hereof the sum of SEVEN THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($7,300.00). which shall be held by Landlord, without obligation for interest, as security for the performance of Tenant's obligations under the Lease, it being expressly understood and agreed that this deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord's damages in case of Tenant's default. Upon each occurrence of an event of default, Landlord may use all or part of the deposit to pay rent or other payments due Landlord under this Lease, and the cost of any other damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such event of default without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. On demand, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount that will restore the security deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall, upon written request from Landlord, deposit additional monies with Landlord so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Tenant or to accommodate a Tenant or assignee, Landlord shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. The security deposit shall be deemed the property of Landlord and Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts, but any remaining balance of such deposit shall be returned by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days from the time Tenant's obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled, less a refurbishment fee equal to fifteen percent of the total deposit.

C. OPERATING EXPENSE PAYMENTS. During each month of the Lease Term, on the same date that Base Rent is due, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to one-twelfth of the amount, as estimated by Landlord, of Tenant's Proportionate Share (hereinafter defined) of Operating Expenses for the Project. Payments thereof for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The term "Operating Expenses" means all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the ownership, maintenance, and operation of the Project including, but not limited to costs of Taxes (hereinafter defined) and fees payable to tax consultants and attorneys for consultation and contesting taxes; insurance; utilities (subject to the other provisions of this Lease regarding utilities) maintenance, repair and replacement of all portions of the Project, including without limitation, paying and parking areas, roads, roofs, alleys, and driveways, mowing, landscaping, exterior painting, utility lines, mechanical systems, and amounts paid to contractors and subcontractors for work or services performed in connection with any of the foregoing; charges or assessments of any association of which the Project is subject; property management fees payable to a property manager, including any affiliate of Landlord, or if there is no property manager, an administration fee of fifteen percent (15%) of Operating Expenses payable to Landlord; security services, if any; trash collection, sweeping and removal; and additions, alterations or replacements made by Landlord at Landlord's sole discretion to the Project in order to comply with applicable laws or codes as amended from time to time or that are appropriate to the continued operation of the Project, provided that the cost of such additions, alterations, or replacements that are required to be capitalized for federal income tax purposes shall be amortized on a straight line basis over a period equal to the lesser of the useful life thereof for federal income tax purposes or ten (10) ten years. Operating Expenses do not include debt service under mortgages or ground rent under ground leases, costs of restoration to the extent of net insurance proceeds received by Landlord with respect thereto, leasing commissions, renovating of space for tenants, or depreciation or amortization except as provided above.

The monthly estimated Operating Expense payments may be increased or decreased by Landlord from time to time to reflect the projected actual cost of all such items. If the Tenant's total payments for any year are less that Tenant's Proportionate Share of actual operating costs for such year, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within ten (10) days after demand. If the total payments of Tenant for any year are more than Tenant's Proportionate Share of actual operating costs for such year, Landlord shall retain such excess and credit it against Tenant's next payments. For purposes of calculating Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, a year shall mean a calendar year except the first year, which shall begin on the Commencement Date, and the last year, which shall end on the expiration of this Lease.

The Tenant's "Proportionate Share" shall be a fraction, having as its numerator the floor area of the Premises and its denominator the total floor area of the Project, all as determined by Landlord. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant's Proportionate Share for any item of the Project that includes the Premises.

3. TAXES.

A. Subject to Tenant's reimbursement obligation and Landlord's right to contest, Landlord agrees to pay all taxes, assessments and governmental charges of any kind and nature (collectively referred to herein as "Taxes") that accrue against the

3

Premises, and/or the land and/or improvements of which the Premises are a part. Landlord shall have the right to contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens thereof. The Landlord shall have the right to employ a tax consulting firm and legal counsel to attempt to assure a fair tax burden on the building and grounds within the applicable taxing jurisdiction. Tenant agrees to pay its proportionate share of the cost of such consultant and legal counsel.

B. Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or fixtures placed in the Premises. If any such taxes are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord's property and (i) Landlord pays the same or (ii) the assessed value of Landlord's property is increased by inclusion of such personal property and fixtures and Landlord pays the increased taxes, then, upon demand Tenant shall pay to Landlord such taxes.

C. If at any time during the term of this Lease, there shall be levied, assessed or imposed on Landlord a capital levy or other tax directly or indirectly upon the rents received therefrom and/or a franchise tax, any excise, transaction, sales or privilege tax, assessment, levy or charge measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon such rents from the Premises and/or the land improvements of which the Premises are a part, then all such taxes, assessments, levies or charges, or the part, thereof so measured or based, shall be payable to Landlord, monthly or upon demand, at the option of the Landlord, as additional rent.

4. LANDLORD'S REPAIRS.

A. Landlord, at its own expense, shall maintain only the structural soundness of the roof, foundation and exterior walls of the building of which the Premises are a part in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and casualty losses and damages caused by Tenant excluded. The term "walls" as used herein shall not include windows, glass or plate glass, doors and overhead doors, special store fronts, dock bumpers, dock plates or levelers, or office entries. Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice of defect or need for repairs, after which Landlord shall have reasonable opportunity to repair same or cure such defect. Landlord's obligation to maintain the aforementioned items shall be limited solely to the cost of such repairs or maintenance or the curing of any defect in the same.

B. Landlord reserves the right to perform the paving maintenance, common area and landscape replacement and maintenance, exterior painting, common water and sewage line plumbing and any other items that are otherwise Tenant's obligations under Paragraph 5.A, all of which are sometimes referred to herein as common area charges, and Tenant shall be liable for its proportionate share of the cost and expense of such repair, replacement, maintenance and other such items.

C. Tenant agrees to pay its proportionate share of the cost of (i) maintenance and/or landscaping of any property that is a part of the building and/or project of which the Premises are a part, (ii) maintenance and/or landscaping of any property that is maintained or landscaped by any property owner or community owner association that is named in the restrictive covenants or deed restrictions to which the Premises are subject, and (iii) operating and maintaining any property, facilities or services provided for the common use of Tenant and other tenants of any project or building of which the Premises are a part.

D. Landlord reserves the right to alter or modify the building of which the premises are a part and/or common areas associated therewith, when such alterations or modifications are required by governmental laws, codes, ordinances, regulations, or any other applicable authorities, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the "ADA"), in which event Tenant shall be liable for its proportionate share of such cost. If such modification is a capital modification for the general benefit of the project, and is required regardless of Tenant's particular use of the Premises, then the cost shall be an operating expense allocated over the lesser of five (5) years or the useful life of the modification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such modification is predicated by Tenant's particular use of the Premises or is principally for the benefit of Tenant (and not other Tenants of the building) the cost shall be borne entirely by Tenant and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for same promptly upon demand.

E. Tenant may audit Landlord's books relevant to the operating expenses upon reasonable notice to Landlord; provided, however, Tenant agrees to pay all costs associated with or resulting from such audit, including reimbursement to Landlord and Landlord's agents for time or costs incurred.

5. TENANT'S REPAIRS.

A. Landlord reserves the prior right, exercisable at any time and in its sole discretion, to coordinate, perform, or to contract of the performance of Tenant's repair, maintenance and replacement obligations under this Paragraph 5. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the costs of any such services or repairs incurred by Landlord. Except only those repairs for which Landlord is responsible under Paragraph 4.A, Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense shall: (i) maintain all parts of the Premises, landscape and grounds surrounding the Premises and the building at which the Premises are a part, in good condition, (ii) promptly make all necessary repairs and replacements, (iii) keep the parking areas, driveways and alleys surrounding the Premises in a clean and sanitary condition, and maintain any spur track servicing the Premises.

B. Tenant, at its own cost and expense, shall enter into and deliver to Landlord a regularly scheduled preventative maintenance service contract with a maintenance contractor approved by Landlord for servicing all hot water, heating and air-conditioning systems and other equipment within the Premises. The service contract must include all services required by the Landlord and must become effective within thirty (30) days of the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises. In the event Tenant does not deliver said contract to Landlord within thirty (30) days of the commencement date, the Landlord has the right to

4

contract for said service without notice to Tenant, and Tenant shall upon demand reimburse Landlord for the full cost thereof. Additionally Landlord, at any time and in its sole discretion, reserves the right upon ninety (90) days written notice to Tenant to enter into a regularly scheduled preventative maintenance service contract covering the service, repair and/or replacement of any or all such items for the entire building(s) of which the Premises are a part, in which event Tenant shall be liable for its proportionate share of the cost and expense of said preventative maintenance service contract in accordance with Paragraph 4 above.

C. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10, Tenant shall repair and pay for any damage to the Premises or the Project caused by Tenant or Tenant's employees, agents or invitees, or caused by Tenant's default hereunder. Access to the roof or the exterior walls of the Premises or Project for purposes of repairs or otherwise by the Tenant shall be subject to Landlord's prior approval and to such conditions as Landlord may require.

6. ALTERATIONS. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, partitions, or other improvements to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant has conveyed to the Landlord its desire to make certain alterations to the Premises as specified in Schedule "C" of this Agreement ("Specified Alterations"), and the Landlord has agreed in principle to allow the Specified Alterations to be made by the Tenant subject to Landlord's approval of plans and specifications to be submitted to Landlord by Tenant and, provided that Tenant complies with all other provisions of paragraph 6 herein. Tenant, at its own cost and expense, may erect shelves, bins, machinery and trade fixtures as it desires as well as alterations, additions, partitions, or other improvements which have been specifically consented to in writing by Landlord, provided that (i) such items do not alter the basic character of the Premises or the building and/or improvements of which the Premises are a part, (ii) such items do not overload or damage the same, (iii) such items may be removed without injury to the Premises, and (iv) the construction, erection or installation thereof complies with all applicable governmental laws, codes, ordinances, regulations, or any other applicable authorities, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the "ADA"), and with Landlord's details, specifications and other requirements, (v) any architectural, engineering, construction management, permits, inspections or other cost or fee required to assure compliance with conditions set forth in this Paragraph 6 shall be paid by Tenant promptly upon demand. All alterations, additions, partitions, or other improvements erected by Tenant shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the term of this Lease; provided however, at the termination of this Lease, Landlord shall have the option, exercisable in Landlord's sole discretion, to require Tenant either upon request to remove, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, all or part of each alterations, additions, partitions, or other improvements, at which time Tenant shall promptly restore the Premises to its original condition, or to keep in place the same at which time such alterations, additions, improvements, and partitions shall become the property of Landlord. All shelves, bins, machinery and trade fixtures installed by Tenant shall be removed on or before the earlier to occur of the date of termination of this Lease or vacating the Premises, at which time Tenant shall restore the Premises to their original condition. All alterations, installations, removals and restoration shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner so as not to damage or alter the primary structure or structural qualities of the buildings and other improvements situated on the Premises or of which the Premises are a part.

7. SIGNS. Any signage Tenant desires for the Premises shall be subject to Landlord's written approval and shall be submitted to Landlord prior to the commencement date of this Lease. Tenant shall repair, paint and/or replace the building facia surface to which its signs are attached upon vacation of the Premises, or the removal or alteration of the signage. Tenant shall not (i) make any changes to the exterior of die Premises, (ii) install any exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners or painting, or (iii) erect or install any signs, windows, or door lettering, placards, decorations or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlord's prior written consent. Tenant, at its sole cost, shall obtain all applicable governmental permits and approvals for signage and exterior treatments. All signs, decorations, advertising media, blinds, draperies and other window treatment or bars or other security installations visible from outside the Premises shall conform in all respects to the criteria established by Landlord and any applicable governmental laws, ordinances, regulations, or other requirements.

8. PARKING. Tenant shall be entitled to park in common with other tenants of the Project in those areas designed for non-reserved parking. Tenant agrees not to burden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of the parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right, in its absolute discretion, to determine whether parking facilities are becoming crowded and, in such event, to allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant's parking rights against any third parties. No vehicle storage of any nature shall be allowed or permitted in any parking area without Landlord's prior written consent.

9. UTILITIES.

A. Landlord agrees to provide normal water and electricity connection to the Premises as determined in Landlord's reasonable discretion. Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, sewer, sprinkler services, refuse and trash collection, and other utilities and services used on or at the Premises and any maintenance or inspection charges for utilities, together with any taxes, penalties, surcharges or the like pertaining to the Tenant's use of the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to cause any of said services to be separately metered or charged to Tenant by provider, at Tenant's expense. Tenant shall

5

pay its share of all charges for jointly metered utilities, based on consumption as reasonably determined by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable for any interruption or failure of utility service on the Premises.

B. In the event water is not separately metered to Tenant, Tenant agrees that it will not use water for uses other than normal domestic restroom and kitchen usage; and, Tenant does further agree to reimburse Landlord for the entire amount of common water costs as additional rental if, in fact, Tenant uses water for uses other than normal domestic restroom and kitchen uses without first obtaining Landlord's written permission. Furthermore, Tenant agrees in such event to install at its own expense, a submeter to determine Tenant's usage.

C. Tenant agrees it will not use sewer capacity for any use other than normal domestic restroom and kitchen use. Tenant further agrees to notify Landlord of any other sewer use ("excess sewer use") and also agrees to reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses related to Tenant's excess sewer use, which shall include, but is expressly herein not limited to, the cost of acquiring additional sewer capacity to service Tenant's Lease.

10. INSURANCE.

A. Subject to Tenant's reimbursement obligation, Landlord shall maintain such fire and extended coverage insurance covering the building situated on the Premises or of which the Premises are a part as Landlord deems appropriate. Such insurance may provide for a commercially reasonable deductive. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverage as it may deem necessary, including but not limited to, comprehensive general liability insurance, loss of rental insurance for up to 12 months rental, and such additional insurance and coverage shall be reimbursable by Tenant as provided herein. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon insurer's cost calculations).

B. Tenant, at its own expense, shall maintain during the term of this Lease a policy or policies of worker's compensation and comprehensive general liability insurance, including personal injury and property damage, with contractual liability endorsement, in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for property damage and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence for personal injuries or deaths of persons occurring in or about the Premises. Tenant, at its own expense, also shall maintain during the term of this Lease fire and extended coverage insurance covering the replacement cost of
(i) all alterations, additions, partitions and Tenant's personal property contained within the Premises by Tenant or by Landlord on behalf of Tenant and
(ii) all of Tenant's personal property contained within the Premises. Said policies shall (i) name Landlord as an additional insured and insure Landlord's contingent liability under this Lease (except for the worker's compensation policy, which instead shall include waiver of subrogation endorsement in favor of Landlord), (ii) be issued by an insurance company which is acceptable to Landlord, (iii) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless thirty
(30) days written notice shall be given to Landlord, and (iv) provide primary coverage to Landlord, when any policy issued to Landlord provides duplicate or if similar coverage, Landlord's policy will be excess over Tenant's policies. Said policies or certificates thereof shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant within ten (10) written days of the commencement of the term of the Lease and upon each renewal of said insurance.

C. Tenant will not permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would (i) void the insurance thereon, (ii) increase the insurance risk, or (iii) cause the disallowance of any sprinkler credits, including without limitation, use of the Premises for the receipt, storage or handling of any product, material or merchandise that is explosive or highly flammable. If any increase in the cost of any insurance of the Premises or the building of which the Premises are a part is caused by Tenant's use of the Premises, or because Tenant vacates the Premises, then Tenant shall pay the amount of such increase to Landlord.

11. FIRE AND CASUALTY DAMAGE.

A. If the Premises or the building of which the Premises are a part should be damaged or destroyed by fire or other peril, Tenant immediately shall give written notice to Landlord. If the buildings situated on the Premises or of which the Premises are a part should be totally destroyed by any peril covered by insurance to be provided by Landlord under Paragraph 10.A above, or if they should be so damaged thereby that, in the Landlord's estimation, rebuilding or repairs cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such damage, this Lease shall terminate and rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective upon the date of the occurrence of such damage, provided Tenant has paid to Landlord the deductible or applicable portion of the deductible, as the case may be, under the Landlord's insurance policy.

B. If the buildings situated upon the Premises or of which the Premises are a part, should be damaged by any peril covered by the insurance to be provided by Landlord under Paragraph 10.A above, and in Landlord's estimation, rebuilding or repairs can be substantially completed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of such damage, this Lease shall not terminate, and Landlord shall restore the Premises to substantially its previous condition, except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of the partitions, fixtures, additions and other improvements that may have been constructed, erected or installed in, or about the Premises or for the benefit of, or by or for the Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deductible under Landlord's insurance policy within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord's invoice therefor. If the damage covered by the insurance also involves portions of the building or buildings other than the Premises, Tenant shall pay only a portion of the deductible, based on the ratio of the cost of repairing the damage in the Premises

6

to the total of repairing all damage in the building or buildings. If such repairs and rebuilding have not been substantially completed within one hundred fifty (150) days after the date of such damage, Tenant, at Tenant's exclusive remedy, may, upon payment of insurance policy, terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord in which event the rights and obligations hereunder shall cease and terminate. As an alternative to the aforementioned rebuilding, repairs and/or reduction of rent, Landlord may, at its sole option, use reasonable efforts to provide a reasonably comparable facility for Tenant to lease at the then prevailing fair market rental for either (i) the remainder of the term of the Lease, or (ii) the period of time during which the Premises are untenantable.

C. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after such requirements is made known by any such holder, whereupon all rights and obligations hereunder shall cease and terminate.

D. Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive and release each other of and from any and all rights of recovery, claim, action or cause of action, against each other, their agents, officers and employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to the Premises, improvements to the building of which the Premises are a part, or personal property (building contents) within the building and /or Premises, for any reason regardless of cause or origin. Each party of this Lease agrees immediately after execution of this Lease to give each insurance company, which has issued to its policies of fire and extended coverage insurance, written notice of the terms of the mutual waivers contained in this subparagraph, and if necessary, to have the insurance policies properly endorsed.

12. LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION. Except for any claims, rights of recovery and causes of action that Tenant has released, Landlord shall hold Tenant harmless and defend Tenant against any and all claims or liability for any injury or damage to any person in, on or about the Premises or any part thereof and/or the building of which the Premises are a part, when such injury shall be caused by the act, neglect, negligence, fault of, or omission of any duty with respect to the same by Landlord, its agents, servants and employees. Except for any claims, rights of recovery and causes of action that Landlord has released, Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and defend Landlord against any and all claims or liability for any injury or damage (i) to any person or property whatsoever occurring in, on or about the Premises or any part thereof and/or of the building of which the Premises are a part, including without limitation elevators, stairways, passageways or hallways, the use of which Tenant may have in accordance with this Lease, when such injury or damage shall be caused by the act, neglect, negligence, fault of, or mission of any duty with respect to the same by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, or invitees, (ii) arising from the conduct of management of any work done by the Tenant in or about the Premises, (iii) arising from transactions of the Tenant, (iv) Tenant's breach of any covenant contained in this Lease, including but not limited to Tenant's failure to comply with any of the matters set forth relating to environmental requirements as defined and described in Paragraph 23 and incorporated herein by reference, and (v) all costs, counsel fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 12 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

13. USE. The Premises shall be used only for the purpose of general office use, data center operations, receiving, storing, shipping, and selling (other than retail) products, materials and merchandise made and/or distributed by Tenant and for such other lawful purposes as may be incidental thereto. Outside storage, including without limitation, storage of trucks and other vehicles and the washing thereof at any time is prohibited without Landlord's prior written consent. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain any and all licenses and permits necessary for such use, shall at all times maintain the Premises in a clean, healthful and safe condition and comply with all governmental laws, codes, ordinances, regulations or any other applicable authorities with regard to the use, condition or occupancy of the Premises including, without limitation, the ADA. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, for the correction, prevention, and abatement of nuisances in or upon, or connected with, the Premises. Tenant shall not permit any objectionable or unpleasant odors, smoke, dust, gas, noise, vibrations, or pest infestations to emanate from the Premises, nor take any other action that would constitute a nuisance or would disturb, unreasonably interfere with, or endanger Landlord or any other tenants of the building or project of which the Premises are a part. Tenant's use of the Premises shall at all times comply with the insurance provisions in Paragraph 10 hereof.

14. INSPECTION. Landlord and its agents and representatives shall have the right to enter the Premises at any reasonable time during business hours to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease. During the period that is six (6) months prior to the end of the Lease term upon telephonic notice to Tenant, Landlord and Landlord's representative may enter the Premises during business hours for the purpose of showing the Premises. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to vacating the Premises and shall arrange to meet with Landlord for a joint inspection of the Premises prior to vacating. If Tenant fails to give such notice or to arrange for such inspection, then Landlord's inspection of the Premises shall be deemed correct for the purpose of determining Tenant's responsibility for repairs and restoration of the Premise.

7

15. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

A. Tenant shall not have the right to assign, transfer or encumber this Lease, or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Any attempted assignment, transfer or encumbrance by Tenant in violation of the terms and covenants of this Paragraph shall be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease to any affiliate provided that such assignment is in form satisfactory to Landlord. Any assignee or transferee of Tenant's interest in this Lease (all such assignees and transferees being hereinafter referred to as "Transferees"), by assuming Tenant's obligations hereunder, shall assume liability to Landlord for all amounts paid to persons other than Landlord by such Transferees in contravention of this Paragraph. No assignment, or other transfer, whether consented to by Landlord or not permitted hereunder shall relieve Tenant of its liability hereunder. If an event of default occurs while the Premises or any part thereof are assigned or sublet, then Landlord, in addition to any other remedies herein provided, or provided by law, may collect directly from such Transferee all rents payable to the Tenant and apply such rent against any sums due Landlord hereunder. No such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or a release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant's obligations hereunder.

B. Tenant is permitted to enter into a lease agreement that permits a third party ("Sub-Tenant(s)") to take a portion or all of the Premises from the Tenant, provided that the Sub-tenant's use, in the sole discretion of the Landlord, does not substantively or adversely change the Tenant's approved use, the Tenant remains primarily responsible for all monies to be paid under the terms of this lease, including but not limited to, the payment of base rent and operating expenses as defined in paragraph 2, and the Sub-Tenant maintains an adherence to the applicable terms set out in this Agreement. In the event that a Sub-Tenant fails to adhere to the applicable terms of this Agreement, the Landlord shall retain its rights with respect to the Tenant, and may proceed with rights and recourse provided for the benefit of the Landlord under this Agreement, as if the Tenant itself had failed to adhere the terms of this Agreement.

C. If an event of default occurs while the Premises or any part thereof are assigned, transferred or sublet, then Landlord, in addition to any other remedies herein provided, or provided by law, may collect directly from such Transferee all rents payable to the Tenant and apply such rent against any sums due Landlord hereunder. No such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or a release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant's obligations hereunder.

D. If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C., Section 101, et seq., (the "Bankruptcy Code"), any and all monies or other consideration payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. Any and all monies or other considerations constituting Landlord's property under the preceding sentence not paid or delivered to Landlord be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and be promptly paid or delivered to Landlord.

E. Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed, without further act or deed, to have assumed all of the obligations arising under this Lease on and after the date of such assignment. Any such assignee shall upon demand execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument confirming such assumption.

16. CONDEMNATION. If the whole or any substantial part as determined by Landlord of the Premises should be taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof and the taking prevents or materially interferes with the use of the Premises for the purpose for which they were leased to tenant, this Lease shall terminate and the rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective on the date of such taking. If less than a substantial part, as determined by Landlord, of the Premises is taken for any public or quasi-public use under any governmental law, ordinance or regulation or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof, this Lease shall not terminate, but the rent payable hereunder during the unexpired portion of this Lease shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under all of the circumstances. All compensation awarded in connection with or as a result of any of the foregoing proceedings shall be the property of Landlord and Tenant hereby assigns any interest in any such award to Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall have no interest in any award made to Tenant for loss of business or goodwill or for the taking of Tenant's fixtures and improvements, if a separate award for such items is made, to Tenant.

17. HOLDING OVER. At the termination of this Lease by its expiration or otherwise, Tenant immediately shall deliver possession to Landlord with all cleaning, repairs and maintenance required herein to be performed by Tenant completed. If, for any reason, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the expiration of the Lease, unless the parties hereto otherwise agree in writing, such possession shall be subject to termination by either Landlord or Tenant at any time upon not less than ten (10) days advance written notice, and all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease shall be applicable during such period, except that Tenant shall pay Landlord from time to time, upon demand, as rental for the period of such possession, an amount equal to double the rent in effect on the termination date, computed on a daily basis for each day of such period. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly

8

provided. The preceding provisions of this Paragraph 17 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises in the absence of written consent thereto by Landlord.

18. QUIET ENJOYMENT. Landlord covenants that on or before the commencement date it will have good title to the Premises, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, excepting only the lien for such mortgage or mortgages as are permitted by the terms of this Lease, zoning ordinances and other building and fire ordinances and governmental regulations relating to the use of such property, and easements, restrictions and other conditions of record. If this Lease is a sublease, then Tenant agrees to take the Premises subject to the provisions of the prior Leases. Landlord represents that it has the authority to enter into this Lease and that so long as Tenant pays all amounts due hereunder and performs all other covenants and agreements herein set forth, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the term hereof without hindrance or molestation from Landlord, subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease.

19. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The following events (herein individually referred to as "event of default") each shall be deemed to be events of nonperformance by Tenant under this Lease:

A. Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of the rent herein when due, or any other payment of reimbursement to Landlord required herein when due, and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days from the date such payment was due.

B. The Tenant or any guarantor of the Tenant's obligations hereunder shall
(i) become insolvent; (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts;
(iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iv) commence any case, proceeding or other case action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property; or (v) take any action to authorize or in contemplation of any of the actions set forth above in this Paragraph.

C. Any case, proceeding or other action against the Tenant or any guarantor of the Tenant's obligations hereunder shall be commenced seeking (i) to have an order for relief entered against it as debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent; (ii) reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization of relief of debtors; (iii) appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its property, and such case, proceeding or other action
(a) results in the entry of an order for relief against it which is not fully stayed within seven (7) business days after the entry thereof, or (b) shall remain undismissed for a period of forty-five (45) days.

D. Tenant shall (i) vacate all of a substantial portion of the Premises, or
(ii) fail to continuously operate its business at the Premises for the permitted use set forth herein, whether or not Tenant is in default of the rental payments due under this Lease.

E. Tenant shall fail to discharge any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of Paragraph 22 hereof within twenty (20) days after any such lien or encumbrance is filed against the Premises.

F. Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease (other than those listed in this Paragraph 19), and shall not cure such failure within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof to Tenant.

20. REMEDIES.

A. Upon each occurrence of an event of default and so long as such event of default shall be continuing. Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand:

(i) Terminate this Lease; and/or (ii) Enter upon and take possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease; and/or (iii) Alter all locks and other security devices at the Premises with or without terminating this Lease, and pursue, at Landlord's option, one or more remedies pursuant to this Lease, Tenant hereby specifically waiving any state or federal law to the contrary; and in any such event Tenant immediately shall surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails so to do, Landlord, without waiving any other remedy it may have, may enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying such Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim of damages therefore.

B. If Landlord terminates this Lease, at Landlord's option, Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord, the sum of all rental and other payments owed to Landlord hereunder accrued to the date of such termination, plus, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to (i) the present value of the total rental and other payments owed hereunder for the remaining portion of the Lease term, calculated as if such term expired on the date set forth in Paragraph 1, less
(ii) the then present fair market value of the Premises for such period, which because of the difficulty of ascertaining such value, Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree, shall in no event be deemed to exceed seventy-five percent (75%) of the rental amount set forth in Paragraph 2 above.

C. If Landlord repossesses the Premises without terminating the Lease, Tenant, at Landlord's option, shall be liable for and shall pay Landlord on demand all rental and other payments owed to Landlord hereunder, accrued to the date of such repossession, plus all amounts required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord until the date of expiration of the term as stated in

9

Paragraph 1, diminished by all amounts received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such remaining term (but only to the extent of the rent herein reserved). Actions to collect amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this subparagraph may be brought from time to time, on one or more occasions, without the necessity of Landlord's waiting until expiration of the Lease term.

D. During an event of default, in addition to any sum provided to be paid herein, Tenant also shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord (i) broker's fees incurred by Landlord in connection with reletting the whole or any part of the Premises; (ii) the costs of removing and storing Tenant's or other occupant's property; (iii) the costs of repairing; altering, remodeling or otherwise putting the Premises into condition acceptable to a new tenant or tenants; and (iv) all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in enforcing or defending Landlord's rights and/or remedies. If either party hereto institute any action or proceeding to enforce any provision hereof by reason of any alleged breach of any provision of the Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive from the losing party all reasonable attorney's fees and all court costs in connection with such proceeding.

E. In the event Tenant fails to make any payment due hereunder when payment is due, to help defray the additional cost to Landlord for processing such late payments, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand a late charge in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such installment; and the failure to pay such amount within ten (10) days after demand therefor shall be an additional event of default hereunder. The provision for such late charge shall be in addition to all of Landlord's other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord's remedies in any manner.

F. Exercise by Landlord of any one or more remedies hereunder granted or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises by Landlord, whether by agreement or by operation of law, it being understood that such surrender can be effected only by the written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Tenant and Landlord further agree that forbearance by Landlord to enforce its rights pursuant to the Lease at law or in equity, shall not be a waiver of Landlord's right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default.

G. In the event of termination and/ or repossession of the Premises for an event of default, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises and to collect rental after reletting; provided that, Tenant shall not be entitled to credit or reimbursement of any proceeds in excess of the rental owed hereunder. Landlord may relet the whole or any portion of the Premises for any period, to any Tenant and for any use and purpose.

H. If Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure, Tenant's exclusive remedy shall be an action for damages. Unless and until Landlord fails to so cure any default after such notice, Tenant shall not have any remedy or cause of action by reason thereof. All obligations of Landlord hereunder will be construed as covenants, not conditions; and all such obligations will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its possession of the Premises and not thereafter. The term "Landlord" shall mean only the owner, for the time being of the Premises, and in the event of the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all covenants and obligations of the Landlord thereafter accruing but such covenants and obligations shall be binding during the Lease term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner's ownership. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, Landlord shall not have any personal liability hereunder. In the event of breach or default by Landlord in any term or provision of this Lease, Tenant agrees to look solely to the equity or interest then owned by Landlord in the Premises; however, in no event, shall any deficiency judgment or any money of any kind be sought or obtained against any Landlord.

I. If Landlord repossesses the Premises pursuant to the authority herein granted, the Landlord shall have the right to (i) keep in place and use or (ii) remove and store all of the furniture, fixtures and equipment at the Premises, including that which is owned by or leased to Tenant at all times prior to any foreclosure thereon by Landlord or repossession thereof by any Landlord thereof of third party having a lien thereof. Landlord also shall have the right to relinquish possession of all or any portion of such furniture, fixtures, equipment and other property to any person ("Claimant") who presents to Landlord a copy of any instrument represented by Claimant to have been executed by Tenant (or any predecessor of Tenant) granting Claimant the right under various circumstances to take possession of such furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property, without the necessity on the part of Landlord to inquire into the authenticity or legality of said instrument. The rights of Landlord herein stated shall be in addition to any and all other rights that Landlord has or may hereafter have at law or in equity; and Tenant stipulates and agrees that the rights herein granted Landlord are commercially reasonable.

J. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts payable by Tenant to or on behalf of Landlord under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated as rent, shall constitute rent.

K. This is a contract under which applicable law excuses Landlord from accepting performance from (or rendering performance to) any person or entity other than Tenant.

21. MORTGAGES. Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgages and/or deeds of trust now or any time hereafter constituting a lien or change upon the Premises or the improvements situated thereon or the building of which the Premises are a part, provided, however, that if the mortgagee, trustee, or holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust elects to

10

have Tenant's interest in this Lease superior to any such instrument, then by notice to Tenant from such mortgage, trustee or holder, this Lease shall be deemed superior to such lien, whether this Lease was executed before or after said mortgage or deed of trust. Tenant, at any time hereafter on demand, shall execute any instruments, releases or other documents that may be required by any mortgagee for the purpose of subjecting and subordinating this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage. Further, Tenant, at any time hereafter on demand, shall deliver to Landlord a certified copy of its most recent financial statement.

22. MECHANIC'S LIENS. Tenant has no authority, express or implied, to create or place any lien or encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever upon, or in any manner to bind the interest of Landlord or Tenant in the Premises or to charge the rentals payable hereunder for any claim in favor of any person dealing with Tenant, including those who may furnish materials or perform labor for any construction or repairs. Tenant covenants and agrees that it will pay or cause to be paid all sums legally due and payable by it on account of any labor performed or materials furnished in connection with any work performed on the Premises and that will save and hold Landlord harmless from any and all loss, cost or expense based on or arising out of asserted claims or liens against the leasehold estate or against the right, title and interest of the Landlord in the Premises or under the terms of this Lease. Tenant agrees to give Landlord immediate written notice of the placing of any lien or encumbrance against the Premises.

23. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. The term "Substances," as used in this Lease shall mean pollutants, contaminants, toxic or hazardous wastes, or any other substances, the use, storage, handling, disposal, transportation or removal of which is regulated, restricted, prohibited or penalized by any "Environmental Law," which term shall mean any federal, state or local law, ordinance or other statute of a governmental or quasi-governmental authority relating to pollution or protection of health or the environment and shall specifically include, but not be limited to, any "hazardous substance" as that term is defined under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 and any amendments or successors in function thereto. Tenant hereby agrees that (i) no activity will be conducted on the Premises that will produce any Substance except for such activities that are part of the ordinary course for Tenant's business activities (the "Permitted Activities") provided said Permitted Activities are conducted in accordance with all Environmental Laws and have been approved in advance in writing by Landlord (which approval Landlord may grant or withhold in its sole discretion); Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining any required permits and paying any fees and providing any testing required by any governmental agency; (ii) the Premises will not be used in any manner for the storage of any Substance except for the temporary storage of such materials that are used in the ordinary course of Tenant's business provided such substances are properly stored in a manner and location meeting all Environmental Laws and approved in advance in writing by Landlord (which approval Landlord may grant or withhold in its sole discretion); Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining any required permits and paying any fees and providing any testing required by any governmental agency; (iii) no portion of the Premises will be used "as a landfill or a dump; (iv) Tenant will not install any underground or aboveground tank of any type; (v) Tenant will not allow any surface or subsurface conditions to exist or come into existence that constitute, or with the passage of time, may constitute a public or private nuisance; (vi) Tenant will not permit any Substances to be brought onto the Premises, except in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and if so brought or found located thereon, the same shall be immediately removed, and properly disposed, and all required cleanup procedures shall be diligently undertaken pursuant to all Environmental Laws; and (vii) Tenant shall in all regards comply with Environmental Laws including, without limitation, meeting any necessary financial responsibility requirements. Prior to any Substance being brought upon or into the Premises, whether Landlord's written permission is required or not, Tenant will provide to Landlord any applicable material safety data sheets regarding said Substance as well as a written description of the amount of such Substance to be brought upon or into the Premises and the common and recognized chemical name of such Substance. Tenant shall bear responsibility for insuring that all record keeping, reporting and remediation responsibilities of Tenant under Environmental Laws are met and Tenant assumes all such responsibility and liability for such legal compliance. Landlord or Landlord's representative shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Premises for, among other purposes, the purposes of inspecting the storage, use and disposal of any Substances and to review compliance with all Environmental Laws. Should it be determined, in Landlord's sole opinion, that any Substances are being improperly stored, used, or disposed of, then Tenant shall immediately take such corrective action as required by applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant will provide Landlord written notification of the release or disposal of any Substances either within the Premises or outside of Tenant's Premises and will also provide Landlord written notice of any pending or threatened litigation concerning the breach or purported breach of any Environmental Laws. If at any time during or after the term of the Lease, the Premises is found to be contaminated by Substances or subject to said conditions, arising from or as a result of Tenant's negligence (whether in whole or in part) or the use of the Premises or any Substances by Tenant or any of Tenant's agents, employees, assigns or subtenants, Tenant shall diligently institute proper and thorough cleanup procedures in accordance with Environmental Laws at Tenant's sole cost, and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all claims, demands, actions, liabilities, costs, expenses, damages, fines, reimbursement, restitution, response costs, cleanup costs and obligations (including investigative responses and attorney's fees) of any nature. The foregoing indemnification and the responsibilities of Tenant shall apply to Tenant regardless of whether they arise from any Permitted Activity or from any Substances, the use of which Landlord approved, and shall survive the termination or expiration of this lease. Landlord shall be under no obligation to expend any sums or to seek reimbursement to enforce the indemnification obligations of Tenant hereunder.

11

Permitted Materials: Chemicals approved and used for industrial fire suppression systems operating in the premises.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed assignment, subletting, or transfer of Tenant's interest in this Lease if (i) the anticipated use of the Premises by the proposed assignee, subtenant, or transferee (collectively, a "Transferee") involves the generation, storage, use, treatment, or disposal of Substances; (ii) the proposed Transferee has been required by any prior Landlord, lender, or governmental authority to make remedial action in connection with Substances contaminating a property, if the contamination resulted from such Transferee's actions or use of the property in question; or
(iii) the proposed Transferee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal, or storage of a Substance.

24. MISCELLANEOUS.

A. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for the convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope of intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

B. In the event the Premises constitute a portion of a multiple occupancy building or buildings, Tenant's "proportionate share", as used in this Lease, shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the space contained in the Premises and the denominator of which the entire space contained in the building or buildings.

C. The terms, provisions and covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall run with the land and shall apply to, inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and upon their respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, legal representatives, successors and assigns, except as otherwise herein expressly provided. Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, its rights and obligations in the building and property that are subject of this Lease. Each party agrees to furnish to the other, promptly upon demand, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, or other appropriate documentation evidencing the due amortization of such party to enter into this Lease.

D. Landlord shall not be held responsible for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain labor or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental restrictions, governmental regulations, governmental controls, enemy or hostile governmental action, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the control of the Landlord.

E. Tenant agrees, from time to time, within ten (10) days after request of Landlord, to execute and deliver to Landlord, or Landlord's designee, a Certificate of Occupancy and an estoppel certificate prepared and/or submitted by Landlord stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, the date to which rent has been paid, the unexpired term of this Lease and such other factual matters pertaining to this Lease as may be requested by Landlord. It is understood and agreed that Tenant's obligation to furnish such estoppel certificates in a timely fashion is a material inducement for Landlord's execution of this Lease. No grace or cure period provided in this Lease shall apply to the Tenant's obligations to timely deliver an estoppel certificate. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints as its attorney in fact to execute on its behalf and in its name any such estoppel certificate if Tenant fails to execute and deliver the estoppel certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord's written request thereof.

F. This Lease constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease, and contains all of the covenants and agreements of Landlord and Tenant with respect thereto. Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge that no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or written, have been made by Landlord or Tenant, or anyone acting on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, which are not contained herein, and any prior agreements, promises, negotiations or representations not expressly set forth in this Lease are of no force and effect. This Lease may not be altered, changed or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.

G. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof, including without limitation, all payment obligations with respect to operating expenses as set forth in Paragraph 2.C and all obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises, including without limitation, all heating and air-conditioning systems and equipment therein, in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excluded. Tenant shall also, prior to vacating the Premises, pay to Landlord the amount, as estimated by Landlord, of Tenant's obligation hereunder for operating expenses for the year in which the Lease expires or terminates. All such amounts shall be used and held by Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant hereunder, with Tenant being liable for any additional costs therefore upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to be returned to Tenant after all such obligations have been determined and satisfied as the case may be. Any security deposit held by Landlord (less the refurbishment fee specified in Paragraph 2.B) shall be credited against the amount due from Tenant under this Paragraph 24.G.

H. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Lease, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall

12

not be affected thereby, and it is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of such clause or provision of this Lease that it is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

I. All references in this Lease to "the date hereof of similar references shall be deemed to refer to the last date, in point of time, on which all parries hereto have executed this Lease.

J. Tenant represents and warrants that it has dealt with no broker, agent or other person in connection with this transaction or that no broker, agent or other person brought into this transaction, other than as may be referenced in a separate written agreement executed by Tenant, and delivered to Landlord prior to the date hereof, and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims by any other broker, agent or other person claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant with regard to this leasing transaction.

K. If and when included within the term "Landlord", as used in this instrument, there is more than one person, firm or corporation, all shall jointly arrange among themselves for their joint execution of a notice specifying some individual at some specific address for the receipt of notices and payments to Landlord. If and when included within the term "Tenant", as used in this instrument, there is more than one person, firm or corporation, all shall jointly arrange among themselves for their joint execution of a notice specifying some individual at some specific address within the continental Unites States for the receipt of notices and payments to Tenant. All parties included within the terms "Landlord" and "Tenant", respectively shall be bound by notices given in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 26 hereof to the same effect as if each had received such notice.

L. Tenant shall, at all times during the term of this Lease and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations ("Building Rules and Regulations") at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and common areas. The existing Building Rules and Regulations currently in force and effect are attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and made a part hereof. In the events of any conflict between said Building Rules and Regulations and the Lease, the terms and provisions of the Lease shall control.

M. Landlord shall have the right to substitute for the Premises other space within the building; provided, however, the usable area of the substituted premises shall not be less than the usable area of the originally leased premises, and no increase in the rentals provided to be paid by Tenant hereunder shall be occasioned by such substitution of premises. Tenant shall relocate to such substitution of premises. Tenant shall relocate to such substituted premises upon thirty (30) days notice thereof, and Landlord shall pay the reasonable moving expenses of Tenant incidental to such substitution of premises. Upon such relocation, such substituted premises shall be considered the Premises described in this Lease for all uses and purposes as though originally leased to Tenant by this Lease.

N. As Tenant has been previously informed, the Landlord is a manager managed limited liability company whose manager is MainSpring Capital, L.L.C. The members of MainSpring Capital, L.L.C. are shareholders of Ross Brown Partners, Inc. and may, furthermore, be members of the Landlord. Furthermore, MainSpring Capital, L.L.C. may be a member of Landlord. Ross Brown Partners, Inc. is the property manager for the Landlord and is employed by Landlord to lease the property of which the demised premises are a part. As such, the broker and real estate licensees of Ross Brown Partners, Inc. are solely agents of Landlord.

25. SECURITY SERVICE. Tenant agrees to pay the proportionate share of the cost of any security services and/or of monitoring, repair and maintenance of any burglar alarm systems, water flow detection systems and other protective security equipment that is on or may be installed on the Premises and/or the building of which the Premises are a part, including the cost of any license or permit or user charge required for any such security systems. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages, costs or expenses suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises and any other liability arising in connection with such security systems or services.

26. NOTICES. Each provision of this instrument or of any applicable governmental laws, ordinances, regulations and other requirements with reference to the sending, mailing or delivering of notice or the making of any payment to Landlord to Tenant or with reference to sending, mailing or delivering any notice or the making of any payment by Tenant to Landlord shall be deemed to be compiled with when and if the following steps are taken:

(a) All rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be payable to Landlord at the address set forth below or at such other address as Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Tenant's obligation to pay rent and any other amounts to Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall not be deemed satisfied until such rent and other amounts have been actually received by Landlord. In addition to base rental due hereunder, all sums of money and all payments due Landlord hereunder shall be deemed to be additional rent owed to Landlord.

(b) All payments required to be made by Landlord to Tenant hereunder shall be payable to Tenant at the address set forth below, or at such other address within the continental United States as Tenant may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.

(c) Any written notice or document required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered whether actually received or not when deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, Certified or Registered

13

Mail, addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses set out below, or at such other address as they have therefore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.

27. LANDLORD'S LIEN. In addition to any statutory lien for the rent in Landlord's favor, Landlord shall have and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a continuing security interest for all rentals and other sums of money due or which may become due hereunder from Tenant, upon all goods, wares, equipment, fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property of the Tenant now or hereafter situated as fixtures, furniture, inventory and other personal property of the Tenant now or hereafter situated at 2250 W. 14TH STREET, TEMPE, ARIZONA 85282, and such property shall not be removed therefrom without the consent of Landlord until all arrearages in rent as well as any and all other sums of money then due to Landlord hereunder shall first have been paid and discharged. In the event any of the foregoing described property is removed from the Premises in violation of the covenant in the preceding sentence, the security interest shall continue in such property and all proceeds and products, regardless of locations. Upon a default hereunder by Tenant in addition to all other rights and remedies, Landlord shall have all rights and remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code, including without limitation, the right to sell the property described in this Paragraph at public or private sale upon five (5) days notice by Landlord. Tenant hereby agrees to execute such other instruments, necessary or desirable under applicable law to perfect the security interest hereby created. Landlord and Tenant agree that this Lease and security agreement serves as a financing statement and that a copy, photographic or other reproduction of this portion of this Lease may be filed of record by Landlord and have the same force and effect as the original. This security agreement and financing statement also covers fixtures located at the Premises subject to this Lease and legally described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference and is to be filed for record in the real estate records. The record owner of this property is BEL DE MAR, L.L.C., AN ARIZONA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY.

14

EXECUTED BY LANDLORD, this 28th day of December, 2004.

LANDLORD: BEL DE MAR, L.L.C., AN ARIZONA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

By: MainSpring Capital, LLC
Its: Manager

ADDRESS:                                /s/ Wilford M. Farnsworth
2999 North 44th Street, Suite 200       ----------------------------------------
Phoenix, Arizona 85018                  By: Wilford M. Farnsworth, III
(602) 840-6363                          Its: Presiding Member

EXECUTED BY TENANT, this __________ day of ____________, 20__.

TENANT: LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION

ADDRESS:                                /s/ Bill Rinehart
2250 W. 14th Street                     ----------------------------------------
Tempe, Arizona 85282                    By: Bill Rinehart
                                        Its: President

15

EXHIBIT "A"

2250 W. 14th STREET, TEMPE, ARIZONA 85282

(RENDERING OF SITE PLAN)

* All dimensions are approximate

16

EXHIBIT "B"
BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, lettering, name or notice (hereinafter collectively referred to as "sign") shall be inscribed, displayed, printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside or inside of the building, the Premises or surrounding area without Landlord's written consent. If such consent is given by Landlord, Landlord may regulate the manner of display of the sign. Landlord shall reserve the right to remove any sign which has not been approved by Landlord or is being displayed in a non-approved manner without notice to and at the expense of the Tenant. All approved signs shall be installed at expense of Tenant by a person approved by Landlord.

Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may appear unsightly from outside of Premises.

2. The sidewalks, paved area, exits and entrances, shall not be obstructed by any of the Tenants or used by them for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective Premises. The paved areas, exits, entrances and roof are not for the use of the general public and the Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control thereof and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of the Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building or its Tenants; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent access by persons with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of Tenant's business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No Tenant and no employees, invitees, contractors or subcontractors of any Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building. In addition, the Tenant will cause to be removed all debris, pallets or any outside storage immediately in front or to the rear of the Premises. If Landlord has to remove the above then Tenant will be charged a minimum of $300.00 for the removal of the material.

3. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new additional locks or any bolts on any door of the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

4. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose than that for which they are constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

5. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, shall not mark on or drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster (except as may be incidental to the hanging of the wall decoration), and shall not in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof.

6. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used any food or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to the Landlord or other occupants of the building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with the other Tenants or those having business in the building. No animals or birds shall be brought in or kept in or about the Premises or the building. No tenant shall disturb neighboring buildings or premises, or those having business with such occupants, by the use of any musical instruments, radio, phonograph, unusual noise, or in any other way. No tenant shall throw anything out of doors or down the passageways. No cooking shall be permitted by Tenant in the Premises.

7. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises, or the building, any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material or use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

8. Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for or stringing of wires will be allowed without the consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.

9. All keys to the building, offices, rooms and toilet rooms shall be obtained from Landlord's office. Tenant, upon termination of tenancy, shall deliver to the Landlord the keys to the building, offices, rooms and toilet rooms which shall have been furnished and shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing any lost or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord deems it necessary to make such change.

17

10. No tenant shall affix to the floor of the Premises any linoleum, tile, carpet or other familiar floor coverings except as approved by the Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by the tenant.

11. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any rules and regulations of the building.

12. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to tenant, to change name and the street address of the building on which the Premises are a part.

13. Tenant agrees that it shall comply with all fire regulations that may be issued from time to time by Landlord, and Tenant also shall provide Landlord with the name of a designated responsible employee to represent Tenant in all matters pertaining to fire regulations.

14. Landlord reserves the right by written notice to Tenant, to rescind, alter or waive any rule or regulation at any time prescribed for the building when, in Landlord's judgment, it is necessary, or desirable or proper for the best interest of the building or its tenants. .

15. Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of the building in connection with or in promotion or advertising the business of Tenant except as Tenant's address. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit or canvas any occupant of the building and shall cooperate to prevent same.

16. Tenant shall be entitled to use parking spaces during working hours, the exact location of which may be designated by Landlord. Tenant shall not park in driveways or loading areas nor reserved parking spaces of other tenants. Landlord or its agents shall have the right to cause to be removed any car of Tenant, its employees or agents, that may be parked in unauthorized areas, and Tenant agrees to save and hold harmless Landlord, its agents and employees from any such and all claims, losses, damages and demands asserted or arising in respect to or in connection with the removal of any such vehicle and for all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such removal. Tenant will from time to time, upon request of Landlord, supply Landlord with a list of license plate numbers of vehicles owned and/or operated by its employees and agents.

18

EXHIBIT "C"

Specified Alterations:

1. One partition wall that will divide the bullpen East/West. It may be a modular wall or drywall construction partition for the purpose of creating two secure spaces, each inaccessible to the other without entering through an outside entrance or interior common area ("Common Area").

2. Modification of existing HVAC ducting so as to properly control airflow throughout the Premises after partitioning, utilizing existing rooftop HVAC units without alterations to hardware or location.

3. Providing access to the Common Area from the northward space via a new doorway at the north wall or north west corner wall of the Common Area.

19

20

Exhibit 10.8

LEASE

CALWEST INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES, LLC,

Landlord,

and

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.,

Tenant


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
1.  USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE..........................................     1
2.  TERM.................................................................     1
3.  RENT.................................................................     2
4.  RENT ADJUSTMENTS.....................................................     3
5.  SECURITY DEPOSIT.....................................................     4
6.  ALTERATIONS..........................................................     4
7.  REPAIR...............................................................     5
8.  LIENS................................................................     6
9.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING............................................     6
10. INDEMNIFICATION......................................................     7
11. INSURANCE............................................................     8
12. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION................................................     8
13. SERVICES AND UTILITIES...............................................     8
14. HOLDING OVER.........................................................     8
15. SUBORDINATION........................................................     9
16. RULES AND REGULATIONS................................................     9
17. REENTRY BY LANDLORD..................................................     9
18. DEFAULT..............................................................     9
19. REMEDIES.............................................................    10
20. TENANT'S BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY....................................    12
21. QUIET ENJOYMENT......................................................    13
22. CASUALTY.............................................................    13
23. EMINENT DOMAIN.......................................................    14
24. SALE BY LANDLORD.....................................................    14
25. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES................................................    14
26. SURRENDER OF PREMISES................................................    15
27. NOTICES..............................................................    15
28. TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT..............................................    15
29. RELOCATION OF TENANT.................................................    16
30. DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS...........................................    16
31. TENANT'S AUTHORITY...................................................    16
32. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS..............................    16
33. COMMISSIONS..........................................................    16
34. TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW..............................................    17
35. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS...............................................    17
36. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.....................................................    17
37. EXAMINATION NOT OPTION...............................................    17

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
38. RECORDATION..........................................................    17
39. OPTION TO EXTEND.....................................................    17
40. TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT.........................................    17
41. LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S LIABILITY...................................    18

EXHIBIT A - FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES
EXHIBIT A-1 - SITE PLAN
EXHIBIT B - BILL OF SALE
EXHIBIT C - COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM
EXHIBIT D - RULES AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT E - ADDITIONAL SURRENDER CONDITIONS

ii

MULTI-TENANT INDUSTRIAL NET LEASE

REFERENCE PAGES

BUILDING:                        801 S. 16TH STREET
                                 PHOENIX, AZ 85034

LANDLORD:                        CALWEST INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES, LLC,
                                 A CALIFORNIA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

LANDLORD'S ADDRESS:              C/O RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY
                                 4050 EAST COTTON CENTER BLVD.
                                 SUITE 14
                                 PHOENIX, AZ 85040

WIRE INSTRUCTIONS AND/OR         FILE 50050
ADDRESS FOR RENT PAYMENT:        LOS ANGELES, CA 90074-0050

LEASE REFERENCE DATE:            SEPTEMBER 7, 2005

TENANT:                          LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., A DELAWARE
                                 CORPORATION

TENANT'S NOTICE ADDRESS:

   (a) As of beginning of        801 S.16TH STREET
       Term:                     PHOENIX, AZ 85034

   (b) Prior to beginning of     2220 W. 14TH ST.
       Term (if different):      TEMPE, AZ 85281

PREMISES ADDRESS:                801 S. 16TH STREET
                                 PHOENIX, AZ 85034

PREMISES RENTABLE AREA:          APPROXIMATELY 8,224 RENTABLE SQ. FT. (FOR
                                 OUTLINE OF PREMISES SEE EXHIBIT A)

USE:                             GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE AND SALES OFFICES
                                 RELATED TO THE WAREHOUSING AND DISTRIBUTION OF
                                 CONTENT DELIVERY NETWORK FOR INTERNET
                                 DISTRIBUTION OF VIDEO, MUSIC, GAMES AND
                                 DOWNLOADS

SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE:     OCTOBER 1, 2005

TERM OF LEASE:                   APPROXIMATELY FIVE (5) YEARS, BEGINNING ON THE
                                 COMMENCEMENT DATE AND ENDING ON THE TERMINATION
                                 DATE. THE PERIOD FROM THE COMMENCEMENT DATE TO
                                 THE LAST DAY OF THE SAME MONTH IS THE
                                 "COMMENCEMENT MONTH."

TERMINATION DATE:                THE LAST DAY OF THE SIXTIETH (60TH) FULL
                                 CALENDAR MONTH AFTER (IF THE COMMENCEMENT MONTH
                                 IS NOT A FULL CALENDAR MONTH), OR FROM AND
                                 INCLUDING (IF THE COMMENCEMENT MONTH IS A FULL
                                 CALENDAR MONTH), THE COMMENCEMENT MONTH

iii

ANNUAL RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF
RENT (Article 3):

MONTHS:            $/RSF   MONTHLY/RENT*
-------           ------   -------------
COMMENCEMENT
DATE-1/31/06      $ 0.00     $    0.00
2/1/06-9/30/06    $0.825     $6,784.80
10/1/06-9/30/07   $0..85     $6,990.40
10/1/07-9/30/08   $0.875     $7,196.00
10/1/08-9/30/09   $ 0.90     $7,401.60
10/1/09-9/30/10   $0.925     $7,607.20

* PLUS APPLICABLE SALES AND TRANSACTION PRIVILEGE TAXES

INITIAL ESTIMATED MONTHLY        $888.19, WHICH CHARGES SHALL COMMENCE TO BE
INSTALLMENT OF RENT              DUE ON FEBRUARY 1, 2006
ADJUSTMENTS (Article 3)

TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE SHARE:    9.64%

SECURITY DEPOSIT:                $7,500.00

ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING FEE        $750.00

SUBORDINATION FEE                $750.00
                                 (IF LANDLORD FORM IS USED, THIS FEE WILL BE
                                 WAIVED.)

REAL ESTATE BROKER DUE           LANDLORD WILL PAY A BROKERAGE FEE TO TRAMMELL
COMMISSION:                      CROW COMPANY (MARK DETMER/BO MILLS)

                                 TENANT WILL PAY A BROKERAGE FEE TO CIRCLE ROAD
                                 (DAVID BRUNNER) PER SEPARATE AGREEMENT BETWEEN
                                 TENANT AND CIRCLE ROAD

TENANT'S SIC CODE:               3648

AMORTIZATION RATE:               11%

The Reference Pages information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease. In the event of any conflict between any Reference Pages information and the Lease, the Lease shall control. This Lease includes Exhibits A through E, all of which are made a part of this Lease.

LANDLORD:                               TENANT:

CALWEST INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES, LLC,     LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.,

A CALIFORNIA LIMITED LIABILITY          A DELAWARE CORPORATION
COMPANY

By: RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a
    Delaware corporation, Authorized
    Agent


By: /s/ Bret C. Borg                    By: /s/ William H. Rinehart
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Name: Bret C. Borg, CPM                 Name: William H. Rinehart
Title: District Manager                 Title: President
Dated: 9/23/05                          Dated: 9-22-05

iv

LEASE

By this Lease Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises in the Building as set forth and described on the Reference Pages. The Premises are depicted on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A, and the Building is depicted on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1. The Reference Pages, including all terms defined thereon, are incorporated as part of this Lease.

1. USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE.

1.1 The Premises are to be used solely for the purposes set forth on the Reference Pages. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure, annoy, or disturb them, or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful, or objectionable purpose, or commit any waste. Tenant shall not do, permit or suffer in, on, or about the Premises the sale of any alcoholic liquor without the written consent of Landlord first obtained. Tenant shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the use of the Premises and its occupancy and shall promptly comply with all governmental orders and directions for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations in the Building or appurtenant land, caused or permitted by, or resulting from the specific use by, Tenant, or in or upon, or in connection with, the Premises, all at Tenant's sole expense. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done on or about the Premises or bring or keep anything into the Premises which will in any way increase the rate of, invalidate or prevent the procuring of any insurance protecting against loss or damage to the Building or any of its contents by fire or other casualty or against liability for damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Building or any part thereof.

1.2 Tenant shall not, and shall not direct, suffer or permit any of its agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees (collectively, the "Tenant Entities") to at any time handle, use, manufacture, store or dispose of in or about the Premises or the Building any (collectively "Hazardous Materials") flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives or any substance subject to regulation by or under any federal, state and local laws and ordinances relating to the protection of the environment or the keeping, use or disposition of environmentally hazardous materials, substances, or wastes, presently in effect or hereafter adopted, all amendments to any of them, and all rules and regulations issued pursuant to any of such laws or ordinances (collectively "Environmental Laws"), nor shall Tenant suffer or permit any Hazardous Materials to be used in any manner not fully in compliance with all Environmental Laws, in the Premises or the Building and appurtenant land or allow the environment to become contaminated with any Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may handle, store, use or dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous Materials (such as aerosol cans containing insecticides, toner for copiers, paints, paint remover and the like) to the extent customary and necessary for the use of the Premises for general office purposes; provided that Tenant shall always handle, store, use, and dispose of any such Hazardous Materials in a safe and lawful manner and never allow such Hazardous Materials to contaminate the Premises, Building and appurtenant land or the environment. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold each and all of the Landlord Entities (as defined in Article 30) harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney's fees) incurred by reason of any actual or asserted failure of Tenant to fully comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, or the presence, handling, use or disposition in or from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials by Tenant or any Tenant Entity (even though permissible under all applicable Environmental Laws or the provisions of this Lease), or by reason of any actual or asserted failure of Tenant to keep, observe, or perform any provision of this Section 1.2.

1.3 Tenant and the Tenant Entities will be entitled to the non-exclusive use of the common areas of the Building as they exist from time to time during the Term, including the parking facilities, subject to Landlord's rules and regulations regarding such use. However, in no event will Tenant or the Tenant Entities park more vehicles in the parking facilities than Tenant's Proportionate Share of the total parking spaces available for common use. The foregoing shall not be deemed to provide Tenant with an exclusive right to any parking spaces or any guaranty of the availability of any particular parking spaces or any specific number of parking spaces.

2. TERM.

2.1 The Term of this Lease shall begin on the date ("Commencement Date") which shall be the later of the Scheduled Commencement Date as shown on the Reference Pages and the date that Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises to Tenant, and shall terminate on the date as shown on the Reference Pages ("Termination Date"), unless sooner terminated by the provisions of this Lease. Landlord shall have no obligation to (but may do so earlier) tender possession of the Premises to Tenant until Tenant has submitted to Landlord checks representing the first Monthly Installment of Rent that

1

is due (representing the month of February, 2006), the rent adjustments due per Article 4 below (which are due for the first month of the Term, and each month thereafter), and the Security Deposit, together with proof satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant has properly procured all of the insurance coverages required of Tenant under this Lease). Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises in "broom-swept" and clean condition, with all of the electrical, mechanical (excluding the Leibert air conditioning units) and plumbing systems in good working condition, the work, if any, to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Exhibit B to this Lease substantially completed. Tenant understands and agrees that the existing generator in the Premises shall be delivered to it in its current "as is, where is" condition, with Tenant being responsible for all maintenance, repair and/or replacement of the generator during the Term of the Lease. If Tenant spends in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) on the maintenance, repair and/or replacement of the generator during the sixty (60) month initial Term of the Lease, and if reasonable proof of such expenses is delivered to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to September 30, 2010, then Landlord shall execute a bill of sale as in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B transferring all of Landlord's right, title and interest in and to the generator to Tenant, without any warranty or representation as to its condition. Despite any inference to the contrary which can be drawn from the foregoing language, if an Event of Default (as defined in Article 18 of the Lease) occurs during the Term, of the Lease, then Landlord shall have no obligation to deliver the generator to Tenant regardless of how much Tenant spends in connection therewith. Tenant shall deliver a punch list of items not in good working condition completed within thirty (30) days after Landlord tenders possession of the Premises and Landlord agrees to proceed with due diligence to perform its obligations regarding such items. Tenant shall, at Landlord's request, execute and deliver a memorandum agreement provided by Landlord in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, setting forth the actual Commencement Date, Termination Date and, if necessary, a revised rent schedule. Should Tenant fail to do so within thirty (30) days after Landlord's request, the information set forth in such memorandum provided by Landlord shall be conclusively presumed to be agreed and correct. Upon occupancy of the Premises, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a bill of sale as in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

2.2 Tenant agrees that in the event of the inability of Landlord to deliver possession of the Premises on the Scheduled Commencement Date for any reason, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage resulting from such inability, but Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until the time when Landlord can, after notice to Tenant, deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant. No such failure to give possession on the Scheduled Commencement Date shall affect the other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Scheduled Commencement Date (other than as a result of strikes, shortages of materials, holdover tenancies or similar matters beyond the reasonable control of Landlord and Tenant is notified by Landlord in writing as to such delay), Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease unless said delay is as a result of: (a) Tenant's failure to agree to plans and specifications and/or construction cost estimates or bids; (b) Tenant's request for materials, finishes or installations other than Landlord's standard except those, if any, that Landlord shall have expressly agreed to furnish without extension of time agreed by Landlord; (c) Tenant's change in any plans or specifications; or, (d) performance or completion by a party employed by Tenant (each of the foregoing, a "Tenant Delay"). If any delay is the result of a Tenant Delay, the Commencement Date and the payment of rent under this Lease shall be accelerated by the number of days of such Tenant Delay.

2.3 In the event Landlord permits Tenant, or any agent, employee or contractor of Tenant, to enter, use or occupy the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, such entry, use or occupancy shall be subject to all the provisions of this Lease other than the payment of rent, including, without limitation, Tenant's compliance with the insurance requirements of Article 11. Said early possession shall not advance the Termination Date.

3. RENT.

3.1 Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Annual Rent in effect from time to time by paying the Monthly Installment of Rent then in effect on or before the first day of each full calendar month during the Term, except that the first full month's rent (representing the charges due for the month of February, 2006) shall be paid upon the execution of this Lease. The Monthly Installment of Rent in effect at any time shall be one-twelfth (1/12) of the Annual Rent in effect at such time. Rent for any period during the Term which is less than a full month shall be a prorated portion of the Monthly Installment of Rent based upon the number of days in such month. Said rent shall be paid to Landlord, without deduction or offset and without notice or demand, at the Rent Payment Address, as set forth on the Reference Pages, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord may require by notice to Tenant that all subsequent rent payments be made by an automatic payment from Tenant's bank account to Landlord's account, without cost to Landlord. Tenant must implement such automatic payment system prior to the next scheduled rent payment or within ten
(10) days after Landlord's notice, whichever is later. Unless specified in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts and sums payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed additional rent.

2

3.2 Tenant recognizes that late payment of any rent or other sum due under this Lease will result in administrative expense to Landlord, the extent of which additional expense is extremely difficult and economically impractical to ascertain. Tenant therefore agrees that if rent or any other sum is not paid when due and payable pursuant to this Lease, a late charge shall be imposed in an amount equal to the greater of: (a) Fifty Dollars ($50.00), or (b) six percent (6%) of the unpaid rent or other payment. The amount of the late charge to be paid by Tenant shall be reassessed and added to Tenant's obligation for each successive month until paid. The provisions of this Section 3.2 in no way relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or other payments on or before the date on which they are due, nor do the terms of this Section 3.2 in any way affect Landlord's remedies pursuant to Article 19 of this Lease in the event said rent or other payment is unpaid after date due.

4. RENT ADJUSTMENTS.

4.1 For the purpose of this Article 4, the following terms are defined as follows:

4.1.1 LEASE YEAR: Each fiscal year (as determined by Landlord from time to time) falling partly or wholly within the Term.

4.1.2 EXPENSES: All costs of operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and management of the Building (including the amount of any credits which Landlord may grant to particular tenants of the Building in lieu of providing any standard services or paying any standard costs described in this
Section 4.1.2 for similar tenants), as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including the following costs by way of illustration, but not limitation: water and sewer charges; insurance charges of or relating to all insurance policies and endorsements deemed by Landlord to be reasonably necessary or desirable and relating in any manner to the protection, preservation, or operation of the Building or any part thereof; utility costs, including, but not limited to, the cost of heat, light, power, steam, gas; waste disposal; the cost of janitorial services; the cost of security and alarm services (including any central station signaling system); costs of cleaning, repairing, replacing and maintaining the common areas, including parking and landscaping, window cleaning costs; labor costs; costs and expenses of managing the Building including management and/or administrative fees; air conditioning maintenance costs; elevator maintenance fees and supplies; material costs; equipment costs including the cost of maintenance, repair and service agreements and rental and leasing costs; purchase costs of equipment; current rental and leasing costs of items which would be capital items if purchased; tool costs; licenses, permits and inspection fees; wages and salaries; employee benefits and payroll taxes; accounting and legal fees; any sales, use or service taxes incurred in connection therewith. In addition, Landlord shall be entitled to recover, as additional rent (which, along with any other capital expenditures constituting Expenses, Landlord may either include in Expenses or cause to be billed to Tenant along with Expenses and Taxes but as a separate item), Tenant's Proportionate Share of: (i) an allocable portion of the cost of capital improvement items which are reasonably calculated to reduce operating expenses;
(ii) the cost of fire sprinklers and suppression systems and other life safety systems; and (iii) other capital expenses which are required under any governmental laws, regulations or ordinances which were not applicable to the Building at the time it was constructed; but the costs described in this sentence shall be amortized over the reasonable life of such expenditures in accordance with such reasonable life and amortization schedules as shall be determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, with interest on the unamortized amount at one percent (1%) in excess of the Wall Street Journal prime lending rate announced from time to time. Expenses shall not include depreciation or amortization of the Building or equipment in the Building except as provided herein, loan principal payments, costs of alterations of tenants' premises, leasing commissions, interest expenses on long-term borrowings or advertising costs.

4.1.3 TAXES: Real estate taxes and any other taxes, charges and assessments which are levied with respect to the Building or the land appurtenant to the Building, or with respect to any improvements, fixtures and equipment or other property of Landlord, real or personal, located in the Building and used in connection with the operation of the Building and said land, any payments to any ground lessor in reimbursement of tax payments made by such lessor; and all fees, expenses and costs incurred by Landlord in investigating, protesting, contesting or in any way seeking to reduce or avoid increase in any assessments, levies or the tax rate pertaining to any Taxes to be paid by Landlord in any Lease Year. Taxes shall not include any corporate franchise, or estate, inheritance or net income tax, or tax imposed upon any transfer by Landlord of its interest in this Lease or the Building or any taxes to be paid by Tenant pursuant to Article 28.

4.2 Tenant shall pay as additional rent for each Lease Year Tenant's Proportionate Share of Expenses and Taxes incurred for such Lease Year.

4.3 The annual determination of Expenses shall be made by Landlord and shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, subject to the provisions of this
Section 4.3. During the Term, Tenant may review, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, the books and records supporting such determination in an office of Landlord, or Landlord's agent, during normal business

3

hours, upon giving Landlord five (5) days advance written notice within sixty
(60) days after receipt of such determination, but in no event more often than once in any one (1) year period, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement acceptable to Landlord, and provided that if Tenant utilizes an independent accountant to perform such review it shall be one of national standing which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, is not compensated on a contingency basis and is also subject to such confidentiality agreement. If Tenant fails to object to Landlord's determination of Expenses within ninety
(90) days after receipt, or if any such objection fails to state with specificity the reason for the objection, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such determination and shall have no further right to object to or contest such determination. In the event that during all or any portion of any Lease Year or Base Year, the Building is not fully rented and occupied Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment in occupancy-related Expenses for such year for the purpose of avoiding distortion of the amount of such Expenses to be attributed to Tenant by reason of variation in total occupancy of the Building, by employing consistent and sound accounting and management principles to determine Expenses that would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been at least ninety-five percent (95%) rented and occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been Expenses for such Lease Year.

4.4 Prior to the actual determination thereof for a Lease Year, Landlord may from time to time estimate Tenant's liability for Expenses and/or Taxes under Section 4.2, Article 6 and Article 28 for the Lease Year or portion thereof. Landlord will give Tenant written notification of the amount of such estimate and Tenant agrees that it will pay, by increase of its Monthly Installments of Rent due in such Lease Year, additional rent in the amount of such estimate. Any such increased rate of Monthly Installments of Rent pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall remain in effect until further written notification to Tenant pursuant hereto.

4.5 When the above mentioned actual determination of Tenant's Liability for Expenses and/or Taxes is made for any Lease Year and when Tenant is so notified in writing, then:

4.5.1 If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to
Section 4.3 on account of Expenses and/or Taxes for the Lease Year is less than Tenant's liability for Expenses and/or Taxes, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord as additional rent in one lump sum within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord's bill therefor; and

4.5.2 If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to
Section 4.3 on account of Expenses and/or Taxes for the Lease Year is more than Tenant's Liability for Expenses and/or Taxes, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the then next due payments to be made by Tenant under this Article 4, or, if the Lease has terminated, refund the difference in cash.

4.6 If the Commencement Date is other than January 1 or if the Termination Date is other than December 31, Tenant's liability for Expenses and Taxes for the Lease Year in which said Date occurs shall be prorated based upon a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year.

5. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant shall deposit the Security Deposit with Landlord upon the execution of this Lease. Said sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant and not as an advance rental deposit or as a measure of Landlord's damage in case of Tenant's default. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may use any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant's default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant's default. If any portion is so used, Tenant shall within five
(5) days after written demand therefor, deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant's failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Except to such extent, if any, as shall be required by law, Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant at such time after termination of this Lease when Landlord shall have determined that all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled.

6. ALTERATIONS.

6.1 Except for those, if any, specifically provided for in Exhibit B to this Lease, Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any alterations, additions, or improvements, including, but not limited to, the attachment of any fixtures or equipment in, on, or to the Premises or any part thereof or the making of any improvements as required by Article 7, without the prior written consent of Landlord. When applying for such consent, Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, furnish complete plans and specifications for such alterations, additions and improvements. Landlord's consent shall not be

4

unreasonably withheld with respect to alterations which (i) are not structural in nature, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, (iii) do not affect or require modification of the Building's electrical, mechanical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems, and (iv) in aggregate do not cost more than $5.00 per rentable square foot of that portion of the Premises affected by the alterations in question.

6.2 In the event Landlord consents to the making of any such alteration, addition or improvement by Tenant, the same shall be made by using either Landlord's contractor or a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, in either event at Tenant's sole cost and expense. If Tenant shall employ any contractor other than Landlord's contractor and such other contractor or any subcontractor of such other contractor shall employ any non-union labor or supplier, Tenant shall be responsible for and hold Landlord harmless from any and all delays, damages and extra costs suffered by Landlord as a result of any dispute with any labor unions concerning the wage, hours, terms or conditions of the employment of any such labor. In any event Landlord may charge Tenant a construction management fee not to exceed five percent (5%) of the cost of such work to cover its overhead as it relates to such proposed work, plus third-party costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the proposed work and the design thereof, with all such amounts being due five (5) days after Landlord's demand.

6.3 All alterations, additions or improvements proposed by Tenant shall be constructed in accordance with all government laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, using Building standard materials where applicable, and Tenant shall, prior to construction, provide the additional insurance required under Article 11 in such case, and also all such assurances to Landlord as Landlord shall reasonably require to assure payment of the costs thereof, including but not limited to, notices of non-responsibility, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds and funded construction escrows and to protect Landlord and the Building and appurtenant land against any loss from any mechanic's, materialmen's or other liens. Tenant shall pay in addition to any sums due pursuant to Article 4, any increase in real estate taxes attributable to any such alteration, addition or improvement for so long, during the Term, as such increase is ascertainable; at Landlord's election said sums shall be paid in the same way as sums due under Article 4. Landlord may, as a condition to its consent to any particular alterations or improvements, require Tenant to deposit with Landlord the amount reasonably estimated by Landlord as sufficient to cover the cost of removing such alterations or improvements and restoring the Premises, to the extent required under Section 26.2

7. REPAIR.

7.1 Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises, except as specified in Exhibit B if attached to this Lease and except that Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural portions of the roof, foundation and walls of the Building. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant accepts them as being in good order, condition and repair and in the condition in which Landlord is obligated to deliver them, except as set forth in the punch list to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.1. It is hereby understood and agreed that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically set forth in this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord by Tenant.

7.2 Tenant shall at its own cost and expense keep and maintain all parts of the Premises and such portion of the Building and improvements as are within the exclusive control of Tenant in good condition, promptly making all necessary repairs and replacements, whether ordinary or extraordinary, with materials and workmanship of the same character, kind and quality as the original (including, but not limited to, repair and replacement of all fixtures installed by Tenant, water heaters serving the Premises, windows, glass and plate glass, doors, exterior stairs, skylights, any special office entries, interior walls and finish work, floors and floor coverings, heating and air conditioning systems serving the Premises, electrical systems and fixtures, sprinkler systems, dock boards, truck doors, dock bumpers, plumbing work and fixtures, and performance of regular removal of trash and debris). Tenant as part of its obligations hereunder shall keep the Premises in a clean and sanitary condition. Tenant will, as far as possible keep all such parts of the Premises from deterioration due to ordinary wear and from falling temporarily out of repair, and upon termination of this Lease in any way Tenant will yield up the Premises to Landlord in good condition and repair, loss by fire or other casualty excepted (but not excepting any damage to glass). Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, repair any damage to the Premises or the Building resulting from and/or caused in whole or in part by the negligence or misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, invitees, or any other person entering upon the Premises as a result of Tenant's business activities or caused by Tenant's default hereunder.

7.3 Except as provided in Article 22, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment in the Building. Except to the

5

extent, if any, prohibited by law, Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord's expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

7.4 Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, enter into a regularly scheduled preventive maintenance/service contract with a maintenance contractor approved by Landlord for servicing all heating and air conditioning systems and equipment serving the Premises (and a copy thereof shall be furnished to Landlord). The service contract must include all services suggested by the equipment manufacturer in the operation/maintenance manual and must become effective within thirty (30) days of the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises. Should Tenant fail to do so, Landlord may, upon notice to Tenant, enter into such a maintenance/ service contract on behalf of Tenant or perform the work and in either case, charge Tenant the cost thereof along with a reasonable amount for Landlord's overhead.

7.5 Landlord shall coordinate any repairs and other maintenance of any railroad tracks serving the Building and, if Tenant uses such rail tracks, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord or the railroad company from time to time upon demand, as additional rent, for its share of the costs of such repair and maintenance and for any other sums specified in any agreement to which Landlord or Tenant is a party respecting such tracks, such costs to be borne proportionately by all tenants in the Building using such rail tracks, based upon the actual number of rail cars shipped and received by such tenant during each calendar year during the Term.

8. LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and appurtenant land and Tenant's leasehold interest in the Premises free from any liens arising out of any services, work or materials performed, furnished, or contracted for by Tenant, or obligations incurred by Tenant. In the event that Tenant fails, within ten (10) days following the imposition of any such lien, to either cause the same to be released of record or provide Landlord with insurance against the same issued by a major title insurance company or such other protection against the same as Landlord shall accept (such failure to constitute an Event of Default), Landlord shall have the right to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith shall be payable to it by Tenant within five (5) days Landlord's demand.

9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

9.1 Tenant shall not have the right to assign or pledge this Lease or to sublet the whole or any part of the Premises whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by anyone other than Tenant, and shall not make, suffer or permit such assignment, subleasing or occupancy without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and said restrictions shall be binding upon any and all assignees of the Lease and subtenants of the Premises. In the event Tenant desires to sublet, or permit such occupancy of, the Premises, or any portion thereof, or assign this Lease, Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord at least sixty (60) days but no more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the proposed commencement date of such subletting or assignment, which notice shall set forth the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee, the relevant terms of any sublease or assignment and copies of financial reports and other relevant financial information of the proposed subtenant or assignee.

9.2 Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, permitted or otherwise, Tenant shall at all times remain directly, primarily and fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent specified in this Lease and for compliance with all of its other obligations under the terms, provisions and covenants of this Lease. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, if the Premises or any part of them are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided in this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from such assignee or subtenant all rents due and becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease and apply such rent against any sums due to Landlord from Tenant under this Lease, and no such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

9.3 In addition to Landlord's right to approve of any subtenant or assignee, Landlord shall have the option, in its sole discretion, in the event of any proposed subletting or assignment, to terminate this Lease, or in the case of a proposed subletting of less than the entire Premises, to recapture the portion of the Premises to be sublet, as of the date the subletting or assignment is to be effective. The option shall be exercised, if at all, by Landlord giving Tenant written notice given by Landlord to Tenant within thirty
(30) days following Landlord's receipt of Tenant's written notice as required above. However, if Tenant notifies Landlord, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord's termination notice, that Tenant is rescinding its proposed assignment or sublease, the termination notice shall be void and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If this Lease shall be terminated with respect to the entire Premises pursuant to this Section, the Term of this Lease shall end on the date stated in Tenant's notice as the effective date of the sublease or assignment as if that date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term. If Landlord recaptures under this Section only a portion of the Premises, the rent to be paid from time to time during the unexpired Term shall abate proportionately based on the

6

proportion by which the approximate square footage of the remaining portion of the Premises shall be less than that of the Premises as of the date immediately prior to such recapture. Tenant shall, at Tenant's own cost and expense, discharge in full any outstanding commission obligation which may be due and owing as a result of any proposed assignment or subletting, whether or not the Premises are recaptured pursuant to this Section 9.3 and rented by Landlord to the proposed tenant or any other tenant.

9.4 In the event that Tenant sells, sublets, assigns or transfers this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of any Increased Rent (as defined below), less the Costs Component (as defined below), when and as such Increased Rent is received by Tenant. As used in this Section, "Increased Rent" shall mean the excess of (i) all rent and other consideration which Tenant is entitled to receive by reason of any sale, sublease, assignment or other transfer of this Lease, over (ii) the rent otherwise payable by Tenant under this Lease at such time. For purposes of the foregoing, any consideration received by Tenant in form other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value as determined by Landlord in good faith. The "Costs Component" is that amount which, if paid monthly, would fully amortize on a straight-line basis, over the entire period for which Tenant is to receive Increased Rent, the reasonable costs incurred by Tenant for leasing commissions and tenant improvements in connection with such sublease, assignment or other transfer.

9.5 Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, it shall be considered reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any assignment of this Lease or sublease of any portion of the Premises if at the time of either Tenant's notice of the proposed assignment or sublease or the proposed commencement date thereof, there shall exist any uncured default of Tenant or matter which will become a default of Tenant with passage of time unless cured, or if the proposed assignee or sublessee is an entity: (a) with which Landlord is already in negotiation; (b) is already an occupant of the Building unless Landlord is unable to provide the amount of space required by such occupant; (c) is a governmental agency; (d) is incompatible with the character of occupancy of the Building; (e) with which the payment for the sublease or assignment is determined in whole or in part based upon its net income or profits; or (f) would subject the Premises to a use which would: (i) involve increased personnel or wear upon the Building; (ii) violate any exclusive right granted to another tenant of the Building; (iii) require any addition to or modification of the Premises or the Building in order to comply with building code or other governmental requirements; or, (iv) involve a violation of Section 1.2. Tenant expressly agrees that for the purposes of any statutory or other requirement of reasonableness on the part of Landlord, Landlord's refusal to consent to any assignment or sublease for any of the reasons described in this Section 9.5, shall be conclusively deemed to be reasonable.

9.6 Upon any request to assign or sublet, Tenant will pay to Landlord the Assignment/Subletting Fee plus, on demand, a sum equal to all of Landlord's costs, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred in investigating and considering any proposed or purported assignment or pledge of this Lease or sublease of any of the Premises, regardless of whether Landlord shall consent to, refuse consent, or determine that Landlord's consent is not required for, such assignment, pledge or sublease. Any purported sale, assignment, mortgage, transfer of this Lease or subletting which does not comply with the provisions of this Article 9 shall be void.

9.7 If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust, any transfer or transfers of or change or changes within any twelve (12) month period in the number of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or limited liability company, the general partnership interests in the partnership or the identity of the persons or entities controlling the activities of such partnership or trust resulting in the persons or entities owning or controlling a majority of such shares, partnership interests or activities of such partnership or trust at the beginning of such period no longer having such ownership or control shall be regarded as equivalent to an assignment of this Lease to the persons or entities acquiring such ownership or control and shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article 9 to the same extent and for all intents and purposes as though such an assignment.

10. INDEMNIFICATION. None of the Landlord Entities shall be liable and Tenant hereby waives all claims against them for any damage to any property or any injury to any person in or about the Premises or the Building by or from any cause whatsoever (including without limiting the foregoing, rain or water leakage of any character from the roof, windows, walls, basement, pipes, plumbing works or appliances, the Building not being in good condition or repair, gas, fire, oil, electricity or theft), except to the extent caused by or arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors. Tenant shall protect, indemnify and hold the Landlord Entities harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney's fees) incurred by reason of (a) any damage to any property (including but not limited to property of any Landlord Entity) or any injury (including but not limited to death) to any person occurring in, on or about the Premises or the Building to the extent that such injury or damage shall be caused by or arise from any actual or alleged act, neglect, fault, or omission by or of Tenant or any Tenant Entity to meet any standards imposed by any duty with respect to the injury or damage; (b) the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by the Tenant in or about the Premises or from transactions of the Tenant concerning the Premises;

(c)

7

Tenant's failure to comply with any and all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the condition or use of the Premises or its occupancy; or (d) any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Tenant to be performed pursuant to this Lease. The provisions of this Article shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability accruing prior to such termination.

11. INSURANCE.

11.1 Tenant shall keep in force throughout the Term: (a) a Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies to protect the Landlord Entities against any liability to the public or to any invitee of Tenant or a Landlord Entity incidental to the use of or resulting from any accident occurring in or upon the Premises with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and not less than $2,000,000 in the annual aggregate, or such larger amount as Landlord may prudently require from time to time, covering bodily injury and property damage liability and $1,000,000 products/completed operations aggregate; (b) Business Auto Liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident; (c) insurance protecting against liability under Worker's Compensation Laws with limits at least as required by statute; (d) Employers Liability with limits of $1,000,000 $500,000 each accident, $1,000,000 $500,000 disease policy limit, $1,000,000 $500,000 disease--each employee; (e) All Risk or Special Form coverage protecting Tenant against loss of or damage to Tenant's alterations, additions, improvements, carpeting, floor coverings, panelings, decorations, fixtures, inventory and other business personal property situated in or about the Premises to the full replacement value of the property so insured, (f) Business Interruption Insurance for 100% of the 12 months actual loss sustained, and (g) and (f) Excess Liability in the amount of $5,000,000 $4,000,000.

11.2 The aforesaid policies shall (a) be provided at Tenant's expense; (b) name the Landlord Entities as additional insureds (General Liability) and loss payee (Property--Special Form); (c) be issued by an insurance company with a minimum Best's rating of "A:VII" during the Term; and (d) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten days for non-payment of premium) shall have been given to Landlord; a certificate of Liability insurance on ACORD Form 25 and a certificate of Property insurance on ACORD Form 27 shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon the Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days prior to each renewal of said insurance.

11.3 Whenever Tenant shall undertake any alterations, additions or improvements in, to or about the Premises ("Work") the aforesaid insurance protection must extend to and include injuries to persons and damage to property arising in connection with such Work, without limitation including liability under any applicable structural work act, and such other insurance as Landlord shall require; and the policies of or certificates evidencing such insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of any such Work.

12. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. So long as their respective insurers so permit, Tenant and Landlord hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by fire, extended coverage, All Risks or other insurance now or hereafter existing for the benefit of the respective party but only to the extent of the net insurance proceeds payable under such policies. Each party shall obtain any special endorsements required by their insurer to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver.

13. SERVICES AND UTILITIES. Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, sewer, sprinkler system charges and other utilities and services used on or from the Premises, together with any taxes, penalties, and surcharges or the like pertaining thereto and any maintenance charges for utilities. Tenant shall furnish all electric light bulbs, tubes and ballasts, battery packs for emergency lighting and fire extinguishers. If any such services are not separately metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay such proportion of all charges jointly metered with other premises as determined by Landlord, in its sole discretion, to be reasonable. Any such charges paid by Landlord and assessed against Tenant shall be immediately payable to Landlord on demand and shall be additional rent hereunder. Tenant will not, without the written consent of Landlord, contract with a utility provider to service the Premises with any utility, including, but not limited to, telecommunications, electricity, water, sewer or gas, which is not previously providing such service to other tenants in the Building. Landlord shall in no event be liable for any interruption or failure of utility services on or to the Premises.

14. HOLDING OVER. Tenant shall pay Landlord for each day Tenant retains possession of the Premises or part of them after termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise at the rate ("Holdover Rate") which shall be Two Hundred Percent (200%) of the greater of (a) the amount of the Annual Rent for the last period prior to the date of such termination plus all Rent Adjustments under Article 4; and (b) the then market rental value of the Premises as determined by Landlord assuming a new lease of the Premises of the then usual duration and other terms, in either case, prorated on a daily basis, and also pay all damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention. If Landlord gives notice to Tenant of Landlord's election to such effect, such holding over shall constitute renewal of this Lease for a period from month to month or one
(1) year, whichever shall be specified in such notice, in either case at the Holdover Rate, but if the Landlord does not so elect, no

8

such, renewal shall result notwithstanding acceptance by Landlord of any sums due hereunder after such termination; and instead, a tenancy at sufferance at the Holdover Rate shall be deemed to have been created. In any event, no provision of this Article 14 shall be deemed to waive Landlord's right of reentry or any other right under this Lease or at law.

15. SUBORDINATION. Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to ground or underlying leases and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust now or hereafter placed on, against or affecting the Building, Landlord's interest or estate in the Building, or any ground or underlying lease; provided, however, that if the lessor, mortgagee, trustee, or holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust elects to have Tenant's interest in this Lease be superior to any such instrument, then, by notice to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed superior, whether this Lease was executed before or after said instrument. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver within ten
(10) days of Landlord's request such further instruments evidencing such subordination or superiority of this Lease as may be required by Landlord.

16. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with all the rules and regulations as set forth in Exhibit D to this Lease and all reasonable and non-discriminatory modifications of and additions to them from time to time put into effect by Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building of any such rules and regulations.

17. REENTRY BY LANDLORD.

17.1 Landlord reserves and shall at all times have the right to re-enter the Premises to inspect the same, to show said Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants, and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Building, without abatement of rent, and may for that purpose erect, use and maintain scaffolding, pipes, conduits and other necessary structures and open any wall, ceiling or floor in and through the Building and Premises where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, provided entrance to the Premises shall not be blocked thereby, and further provided that the business of Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the arrangement and/or locations of entrances, or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, windows, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the Building and to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known. In the event that Landlord damages any portion of any wall or wall covering, ceiling, or floor or floor covering within the Premises, Landlord shall repair or replace the damaged portion to match the original as nearly as commercially reasonable but shall not be required to repair or replace more than the portion actually damaged. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned by any action of Landlord authorized by this Article 17.

17.2 For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant's vaults and safes or special security areas (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises. As to any portion to which access cannot be had by means of a key or keys in Landlord's possession, Landlord is authorized to gain access by such means as Landlord shall elect and the cost of repairing any damage occurring in doing so shall be borne by Tenant and paid to Landlord within five (5) days of Landlord's demand.

18. DEFAULT.

18.1 Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, the following events shall be deemed to be Events of Default under this Lease:

18.1.1 Tenant shall fail to pay when due any sum of money becoming due to be paid to Landlord under this Lease, whether such sum be any installment of the rent reserved by this Lease, any other amount treated as additional rent under this Lease, or any other payment or reimbursement to Landlord required by this Lease, whether or not treated as additional rent under this Lease, and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days after written notice that such payment was not made when due, but if any such notice shall be given, for the twelve (12) month period commencing with the date of such notice, the failure to pay within five (5) days after due any additional sum of money becoming due to be paid to Landlord under this Lease during such period shall be an Event of Default, without notice.

18.1.2 Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease which is not provided for in another Section of this Article and shall not cure such failure within twenty (20) days (forthwith, if the failure involves a hazardous condition) after written notice of such failure to Tenant provided, however, that such failure shall not be an event of default if such failure could not reasonably be cured during such twenty (20) day period, Tenant has commenced

9

the cure within such twenty (20) day period and thereafter is diligently pursuing such cure to completion, but the total aggregate cure period shall not exceed ninety (90) days.

18.1.3 Tenant shall fail to vacate the Premises immediately upon termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon termination of Tenant's right to possession only.

18.1.4 Tenant shall become insolvent, admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition in bankruptcy or a petition to take advantage of any insolvency statute, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, make a transfer in fraud of creditors, apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, or file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or any state thereof.

18.1.5 A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree adjudicating Tenant bankrupt, or appointing a receiver of Tenant, or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, without the consent of Tenant, or approving a petition filed against Tenant seeking reorganization or arrangement of Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any state thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof.

19. REMEDIES.

19.1 Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default described or referred to in Article 18, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever, concurrently or consecutively and not alternatively:

19.1.1 Landlord may, at its election, terminate this Lease or terminate Tenant's right to possession only, without terminating the Lease.

19.1.2 Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon any termination of Tenant's right to possession without termination of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises immediately, and deliver possession thereof to Landlord, and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord full and free license to enter into and upon the Premises in such event and to repossess Landlord of the Premises as of Landlord's former estate and to expel or remove Tenant and any others who may be occupying or be within the Premises and to remove Tenant's signs and other evidence of tenancy and all other property of Tenant therefrom without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, and without incurring any liability for any damage resulting therefrom, Tenant waiving any right to claim damages for such re-entry and expulsion, and without relinquishing Landlord's right to rent or any other right given to Landlord under this Lease or by operation of law.

19.1.3 Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, Landlord shall be entitled to recover as damages, all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, and other sums due and payable by Tenant on the date of termination, plus as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the sum of: (a) an amount equal to the then present value of the rent reserved in this Lease for the residue of the stated Term of this Lease including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and all other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant, minus the fair rental value of the Premises for such residue; (b) the value of the time and expense necessary to obtain a replacement tenant or tenants, and the estimated expenses described in Section 19.1.4 relating to recovery of the Premises, preparation for reletting and for reletting itself; and (c) the cost of performing any other covenants which would have otherwise been performed by Tenant.

19.1.4 Upon any termination of Tenant's right to possession only without termination of the Lease:

19.1.4.1 Neither such termination of Tenant's right to possession nor Landlord's taking and holding possession thereof as provided in Section 19.1.2 shall terminate the Lease or release Tenant, in whole or in part, from any obligation, including Tenant's obligation to pay the rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent, under this Lease for the full Term, and if Landlord so elects Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord the entire amount of the rent as and when it becomes due, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, for the remainder of the Term plus any other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant for the remainder of the Term.

10

19.1.4.2 Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises or portions thereof to the extent required by applicable law. Landlord and Tenant agree that nevertheless Landlord shall at most be required to use only the same efforts Landlord then uses to lease premises in the Building generally and that in any case that Landlord shall not be required to give any preference or priority to the showing or leasing of the Premises or portions thereof over any other space that Landlord may be leasing or have available and may place a suitable prospective tenant in any such other space regardless of when such other space becomes available and that Landlord shall have the right to relet the Premises for a greater or lesser term than that remaining under this Lease, the right to relet only a portion of the Premises, or a portion of the Premises or the entire Premises as a part of a larger area, and the right to change the character or use of the Premises. In connection with or in preparation for any reletting, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate the same to the extent Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof, together with Landlord's expenses of reletting, including, without limitation, any commission incurred by Landlord, within five (5) days of Landlord's demand. Landlord shall not be required to observe any instruction given by Tenant about any reletting or accept any tenant offered by Tenant unless such offered tenant has a credit-worthiness acceptable to Landlord and leases the entire Premises upon terms and conditions including a rate of rent (after giving effect to all expenditures by Landlord for tenant improvements, broker's commissions and other leasing costs) all no less favorable to Landlord than as called for in this Lease, nor shall Landlord be required to make or permit any assignment or sublease for more than the current term or which Landlord would not be required to permit under the provisions of Article 9.

19.1.4.3 Until such time as Landlord shall elect to terminate the Lease and shall thereupon be entitled to recover the amounts specified in such case in Section 19.1.3, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the full amount of all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and other sums reserved in this Lease for the remaining Term, together with the costs of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating and Landlord's expenses of reletting and the collection of the rent accruing therefrom (including reasonable attorney's fees and broker's commissions), as the same shall then be due or become due from time to time, less only such consideration as Landlord may have received from any reletting of the Premises; and Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suits from time to time to recover any sums falling due under this Article 19 as they become due. Any proceeds of reletting by Landlord in excess of the amount then owed by Tenant to Landlord from time to time shall be credited against Tenant's future obligations under this Lease but shall not otherwise be refunded to Tenant or inure to Tenant's benefit.

19.2 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) cure such default at Tenant's sole expense. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord may, at Landlord's option, enter into and upon the Premises if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that Tenant is not acting within a commercially reasonable time to maintain, repair or replace anything for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease or to otherwise effect compliance with its obligations under this Lease and correct the same, without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without incurring any liability for any damage or interruption of Tenant's business resulting therefrom and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord within five (5) days of Landlord's demand as additional rent, for any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant's obligations under this Lease, plus interest from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Wall Street Journal prime rate.

19.3 Tenant understands and agrees that in entering into this Lease, Landlord is relying upon receipt of all the Annual and Monthly Installments of Rent to become due with respect to all the Premises originally leased hereunder over the full Initial Term of this Lease for amortization, including interest at the Amortization Rate. For purposes hereof, the "Concession Amount" shall be defined as the aggregate of all amounts forgone or expended by Landlord as free rent under the lease, under Exhibit B hereof for construction allowances (excluding therefrom any amounts expended by Landlord for Landlord's Work, as defined in Exhibit B), and for brokers' commissions payable by reason of this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant agrees that if this Lease or Tenant's right to possession of the Premises leased hereunder shall be terminated as of any date ("Default Termination Date") prior to the expiration of the full Initial Term hereof by reason of a default of Tenant, there shall be due and owing to Landlord as of the day prior to the Default Termination Date, as rent in addition to all other amounts owed by Tenant as of such Date, the amount ("Unamortized Amount") of the Concession Amount determined as set forth below; provided, however, that in the event that such amounts are recovered by Landlord pursuant to any other provision of this Article 19, Landlord agrees that it shall not attempt to recover such amounts pursuant to this Paragraph 19.3. For the purposes hereof, the Unamortized Amount shall be determined in the same manner as the remaining principal balance of a mortgage with interest at the Amortization Rate payable in level payments over the same length of time as from the effectuation of the Concession concerned to the end of the full Initial Term of this Lease would be determined. The foregoing provisions shall also apply to and upon any reduction of space in the Premises, as though such reduction were a termination for Tenant's default, except that (i) the Unamortized Amount shall be reduced by any amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord to effectuate such reduction and (ii) the manner of application shall be that the Unamortized Amount shall first be determined as though for a full termination as of the Effective Date of the elimination of the portion, but then the amount so

11

determined shall be multiplied by the fraction of which the numerator is the rentable square footage of the eliminated portion and the denominator is the rentable square footage of the Premises originally leased hereunder; and the amount thus obtained shall be the Unamortized Amount.

19.4 If, on account of any breach or default by Tenant in Tenant's obligations under the terms and conditions of this Lease, it shall become necessary or appropriate for Landlord to employ or consult with an attorney or collection agency concerning or to enforce or defend any of Landlord's rights or remedies arising under this Lease or to collect any sums due from Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay all costs and fees so incurred by Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs. TENANT EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO: (A) TRIAL BY JURY; AND (B) SERVICE OF ANY NOTICE REQUIRED BY ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE LAW OR ORDINANCE APPLICABLE TO LANDLORDS OR TENANTS BUT NOT REQUIRED BY THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE.

19.5 Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies provided in this Lease or any other remedies provided by law (all such remedies being cumulative), nor shall pursuit of any remedy provided in this Lease constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord under this Lease or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease.

19.6 No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents during the Term shall be deemed a termination of this Lease or an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to terminate this Lease or accept a surrender of said Premises shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease. Landlord's acceptance of the payment of rental or other payments after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall not be construed as a waiver of such Default, unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing. Forbearance by Landlord in enforcing one or more of the remedies provided in this Lease upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Default or of Landlord's right to enforce any such remedies with respect to such Default or any subsequent Default.

19.7 To secure the payment of all rentals and other sums of money becoming due from Tenant under this Lease, Landlord shall have and Tenant grants to Landlord a first lien upon the leasehold interest of Tenant under this Lease, which lien may be enforced in equity, and a continuing security interest upon all goods, wares, equipment, fixtures, furniture, inventory, accounts, contract rights, chattel paper and other personal property of Tenant situated on the Premises, and such property shall not be removed therefrom without the consent of Landlord until all arrearages in rent as well as any and all other sums of money then due to Landlord under this Lease shall first have been paid and discharged. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies provided in this Lease or by law, all rights and remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code, including without limitation the right to sell the property described in this Section 19.7 at public or private sale upon five (5) days' notice to Tenant. Tenant shall execute all such financing statements and other instruments as shall be deemed necessary or desirable in Landlord's discretion to perfect the security interest hereby created. Any request by Tenant or its lender(s) that Landlord subordinate or waive the lien granted herein, or Landlord's statutory lien, shall be made in writing and shall be accompanied by a check made payable to Landlord in the amount of the Subordination Fee, as set forth on the Reference Pages to this Lease.

19.8 Any and all property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the authority of this Lease or of law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed and/or stored, as the case may be, by or at the direction of Landlord but at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges against such property so long as the same shall be in Landlord's possession or under Landlord's control. Any such property of Tenant not retaken by Tenant from storage within thirty (30) days after removal from the Premises shall, at Landlord's option, be deemed conveyed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.

19.9 If more than one (1) Event of Default occurs during the Term or any renewal thereof, Tenant's renewal options, expansion options, purchase options and rights of first offer and/or refusal, if any are provided for in this Lease, shall be null and void.

20. TENANT'S BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY.

20.1 If at any time and for so long as Tenant shall be subjected to the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or other law of the United States or any state thereof for the protection of debtors as in effect at such time (each a "Debtor's Law"):

12

20.1.1 Tenant, Tenant as debtor-in-possession, and any trustee or receiver of Tenant's assets (each a "Tenant's Representative") shall have no greater right to assume or assign this Lease or any interest in this Lease, or to sublease any of the Premises than accorded to Tenant in Article 9, except to the extent Landlord shall be required to permit such assumption, assignment or sublease by the provisions of such Debtor's Law. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, any right of any Tenant's Representative to assume or assign this Lease or to sublease any of the Premises shall be subject to the conditions that:

20.1.1.1 Such Debtor's Law shall provide to Tenant's Representative a right of assumption of this Lease which Tenant's Representative shall have timely exercised and Tenant's Representative shall have fully cured any default of Tenant under this Lease.

20.1.1.2 Tenant's Representative or the proposed assignee, as the case shall be, shall have deposited with Landlord as security for the timely payment of rent an amount equal to the larger of: (a) three (3) months' rent and other monetary charges accruing under this Lease; and (b) any sum specified in Article 5; and shall have provided Landlord with adequate other assurance of the future performance of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease. Without limitation, such assurances shall include, at least, in the case of assumption of this Lease, demonstration to the satisfaction of the Landlord that Tenant's Representative has and will continue to have sufficient unencumbered assets after the payment of all secured obligations and administrative expenses to assure Landlord that Tenant's Representative will have sufficient funds to fulfill the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and, in the case of assignment, submission of current financial statements of the proposed assignee, audited by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and showing a net worth and working capital in amounts determined by Landlord to be sufficient to assure the future performance by such assignee of all of the Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

20.1.1.3 The assumption or any contemplated assignment of this Lease or subleasing any part of the Premises, as shall be the case, will not breach any provision in any other lease, mortgage, financing agreement or other agreement by which Landlord is bound.

20.1.1.4 Landlord shall have, or would have had absent the Debtor's Law, no right under Article 9 to refuse consent to the proposed assignment or sublease by reason of the identity or nature of the proposed assignee or sublessee or the proposed use of the Premises concerned.

21. QUIET ENJOYMENT. Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that Tenant, while paying the rental and performing its other covenants and agreements contained in this Lease, shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term without hindrance or molestation from Landlord subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any interference or disturbance by other tenants or third persons, nor shall Tenant be released from any of the obligations of this Lease because of such interference or disturbance.

22. CASUALTY

22.1 IN the event the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other cause and in Landlord's reasonable estimation such damage can be materially restored within one hundred eighty (180) days, Landlord shall forthwith repair the same and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate abatement in rent from the date of such damage. Such abatement of rent shall be made pro rata in accordance with the extent to which the damage and the making of such repairs shall interfere with the use and occupancy by Tenant of the Premises from time to time. Within forty-five (45) days from the date of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of Landlord's reasonable estimation of the length of time within which material restoration can be made, and Landlord's determination shall be binding on Tenant. For purposes of this Lease, the Building or Premises shall be deemed "materially restored" if they are in such condition as would not prevent or materially interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises for the purpose for which it was being used immediately before such damage.

22.2 If such repairs cannot, in Landlord's reasonable estimation, be made within one hundred eighty (180) days, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the option of giving the other, at any time within ninety (90) days after such damage, notice terminating this Lease as of the date of such damage. In the event of the giving of such notice, this Lease shall expire and all interest of the Tenant in the Premises shall terminate as of the date of such damage as if such date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term. In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant exercises its option to terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, and the rent hereunder shall be proportionately abated as provided in Section 22.1.

13

22.3 Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any damage or loss by or from fire or other cause to any panelings, decorations, partitions, additions, railings, ceilings, floor coverings, office fixtures or any other property or improvements installed on the Premises by, or belonging to, Tenant. Any insurance which may be carried by Landlord or Tenant against loss or damage to the Building or Premises shall be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control.

22.4 In the event that Landlord should fail to complete such repairs and material restoration within sixty (60) days after the date estimated by Landlord therefor as extended by this Section 22.4, Tenant may at its option and as its sole remedy terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of said period of time, whereupon the Lease shall end on the date of such notice or such later date fixed in such notice as if the date of such notice was the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term; provided, however, that if construction is delayed because of changes, deletions or additions in construction requested by Tenant, strikes, lockouts, casualties, Acts of God, war, material or labor shortages, government regulation or control or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, the period for restoration, repair or rebuilding shall be extended for the amount of time Landlord is so delayed.

22.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article:
(a) Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct, or restore the Premises when the damages resulting from any casualty covered by the provisions of this Article 22 occur during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or any extension thereof, but if Landlord determines not to repair such damages Landlord shall notify Tenant and if such damages shall render any material portion of the Premises untenantable Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord's notice; and (b) in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises or Building requires that any insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after such requirement is made by any such holder, whereupon this Lease shall end on the date of such damage as if the date of such damage were the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.

22.6 In the event of any damage or destruction to the Building or Premises by any peril covered by the provisions of this Article 22, it shall be Tenant's responsibility to properly secure the Premises and upon notice from Landlord to remove forthwith, at its sole cost and expense, such portion of all of the property belonging to Tenant or its licensees from such portion or all of the Building or Premises as Landlord shall request.

23. EMINENT DOMAIN. If all or any substantial part of the Premises shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or conveyance in lieu of such appropriation, either party to this Lease shall have the right, at its option, of giving the other, at any time within thirty (30) days after such taking, notice terminating this Lease, except that Tenant may only terminate this Lease by reason of taking or appropriation, if such taking or appropriation shall be so substantial as to materially interfere with Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises. If neither party to this Lease shall so elect to terminate this Lease, the rental thereafter to be paid shall be adjusted on a fair and equitable basis under the circumstances. In addition to the rights of Landlord above, if any substantial part of the Building shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof, and regardless of whether the Premises or any part thereof are so taken or appropriated, Landlord shall have the right, at its sole option, to terminate this Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to any and all income, rent, award, or any interest whatsoever in or upon any such sum, which may be paid or made in connection with any such public or quasi-public use or purpose, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any interest it may have in or claim to all or any part of such sums, other than any separate award which may be made with respect to Tenant's trade fixtures and moving expenses; Tenant shall make no claim for the value of any unexpired Term.

24. SALE BY LANDLORD. In event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any future liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, expressed or implied, contained in this Lease in favor of Tenant, and in such event Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor in interest of Landlord in and to this Lease. Except as set forth in this Article 24, this Lease shall not be affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee. If any security has been given by Tenant to secure the faithful performance of any of the covenants of this Lease, Landlord may transfer or deliver said security, as such, to Landlord's successor in interest and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with regard to said security.

25. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. Within ten (10) days following any written request which Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord or mortgagee or prospective mortgagee a sworn statement certifying: (a) the date of commencement of this Lease; (b) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications to this Lease, that this lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date

14

and nature of such modifications); (c) the date to which the rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (d) the fact that there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in Tenant's statement; and (e) such other matters as may be requested by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Article 25 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary or purchaser, and Tenant shall be liable for all loss, cost or expense resulting from the failure of any sale or funding of any loan caused by any material misstatement contained in such estoppel certificate. Tenant irrevocably agrees that if Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within such ten (10) day period Landlord or Landlord's beneficiary or agent may execute and deliver such certificate on Tenant's behalf, and that such certificate shall be fully binding on Tenant.

26. SURRENDER OF PREMISES.

26.1 Tenant shall arrange to meet Landlord for two (2) joint inspections of the Premises, the first to occur at least thirty (30) days (but no more than sixty (60) days) before the last day of the Term, and the second to occur not later than forty-eight (48) hours after Tenant has vacated the Premises. In the event of Tenant's failure to arrange such joint inspections and/or participate in either such inspection, Landlord's inspection at or after Tenant's vacating the Premises shall be conclusively deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant's responsibility for repairs and restoration. In connection with the condition of the Premises and the systems servicing same Tenant shall also be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for compliance with the terms and conditions of Exhibit E attached hereto.

26.2 All alterations, additions, and improvements in, on, or to the Premises made or installed by or for Tenant, including carpeting (collectively, "Alterations"), shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the Term. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, all Alterations shall become a part of the realty and shall belong to Landlord without compensation, and title shall pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale. At the end of the Term or any renewal of the Term or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant will peaceably deliver up to Landlord possession of the Premises, together with all Alterations by whomsoever made, in the same conditions received or first installed, broom clean and free of all debris, excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects by notice given to Tenant at least ten (10) days prior to expiration of the Term, Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost, remove any Alterations, including carpeting, so designated by Landlord's notice, and repair any damage caused by such removal. Tenant must, at Tenant's sole cost, remove upon termination of this Lease, any and all of Tenant's furniture, furnishings, movable partitions of less than full height from floor to ceiling and other trade fixtures and personal property (collectively, "Personalty"). Personalty not so removed shall be deemed abandoned by the Tenant and title to the same shall thereupon pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale, but Tenant shall remain responsible for the cost of removal and disposal of such Personalty, as well as any damage caused by such removal. In lieu of requiring Tenant to remove Alterations and Personalty and repair the Premises as aforesaid, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant delivered at least thirty
(30) days before the Termination Date, require Tenant to pay to Landlord, as additional rent hereunder, the cost of such removal and repair in an amount reasonably estimated by Landlord.

26.3 All obligations of Tenant under this Lease not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount, as estimated by Landlord, necessary to repair and restore the Premises as provided in this Lease and/or to discharge Tenant's obligation for unpaid amounts due or to become due to Landlord. All such amounts shall be used and held by Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant, with Tenant being liable for any additional costs upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to be returned to Tenant after all such obligations have been determined and satisfied. Any otherwise unused Security Deposit shall be credited against the amount payable by Tenant under this Lease.

27. NOTICES. Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered under this Lease shall be addressed to the intended recipient, by fully prepaid registered or certified United States Mail return receipt requested, or by reputable independent contract delivery service furnishing a written record of attempted or actual delivery, and shall be deemed to be delivered when tendered for delivery to the addressee at its address set forth on the Reference Pages, or at such other address as it has then last specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this Article 27, or if to Tenant at either its aforesaid address or its last known registered office or home of a general partner or individual owner, whether or not actually accepted or received by the addressee. Any such notice or document may also be personally delivered if a receipt is signed by and received from, the individual, if any, named in Tenant's Notice Address.

28. TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT. In addition to rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord, upon demand, any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties to this Lease: (a) upon, allocable to, or measured by or on the gross or net rent payable under this Lease, including without limitation any gross income tax or excise tax levied by

15

the State, any political subdivision thereof, or the Federal Government with respect to the receipt of such rent; (b) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof, including any sales, use or service tax imposed as a result thereof; (c) upon or measured by the Tenant's gross receipts or payroll or the value of Tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant or leasehold improvements, alterations or additions located in the Premises; or (d) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest of Tenant in this Lease or the Premises. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant agrees to pay, before delinquency, any and all taxes levied or assessed against Tenant and which become payable during the term hereof upon Tenant's equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises.

29. RELOCATION OF TENANT. Landlord, at its sole expense, on at least sixty (60) days prior written notice, may require Tenant to move from the Premises to other space of comparable size and decor in order to permit Landlord to consolidate the space leased to Tenant with other adjoining space leased or to be leased to another tenant. In the event of any such relocation, Landlord will pay all expenses of preparing and decorating the new premises so that they will be substantially similar to the Premises from which Tenant is moving, and Landlord will also pay the expense of moving Tenant's furniture and equipment to the relocated premises. In such event this Lease and each and all of the terms and covenants and conditions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and thereupon be deemed applicable to such new space except that revised Reference Pages and a revised Exhibit A shall become part of this Lease and shall reflect the location of the new premises.

30. DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS. The Article headings shown in this Lease are for convenience of reference and shall in no way define, increase, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Lease. Any indemnification or insurance of Landlord shall apply to and inure to the benefit of all the following "Landlord Entities", being Landlord, Landlord's investment manager, and the trustees, boards of directors, officers, general partners, beneficiaries, stockholders, employees and agents of each of them. Any option granted to Landlord shall also include or be exercisable by Landlord's trustee, beneficiary, agents and employees, as the case may be. In any case where this Lease is signed by more than one person, the obligations under this Lease shall be joint and several. The terms "Tenant" and "Landlord" or any pronoun used in place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or corporations, and their and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof. The term "rentable area" shall mean the rentable area of the Premises or the Building as calculated by the Landlord on the basis of the plans and specifications of the Building including a proportionate share of any common areas. Tenant hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by the figures for the rentable square footage of the Premises and Tenant's Proportionate Share shown on the Reference Pages; however, Landlord may adjust either or both figures if there is manifest error, addition or subtraction to the Building or any business park or complex of which the Building is a part, remeasurement or other circumstance reasonably justifying adjustment. The term "Building" refers to the structure in which the Premises are located and the common areas (parking lots, sidewalks, landscaping, etc.) appurtenant thereto. If the Building is part of a larger complex of structures, the term "Building" may include the entire complex, where appropriate (such as shared Expenses or Taxes) and subject to Landlord's reasonable discretion.

31. TENANT'S AUTHORITY. If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that all persons signing on behalf of the entity were authorized to do so by appropriate actions. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, simultaneously with the delivery of this Lease, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, opinion of counsel or other appropriate documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing the due authorization of Tenant to enter into this Lease.

32. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS. At Landlord's request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy, certified by an officer of Tenant as being a true and correct copy, of Tenant's most recent audited financial statement, or, if unaudited, certified by Tenant's chief financial officer as being true, complete and correct in all material respects. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to obtain one or more credit reports on Tenant at any time, and shall execute such further authorizations as Landlord may reasonably require in order to obtain a credit report.

33. COMMISSIONS. Each of the parties represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Lease, except as described on the Reference Pages. Tenant agrees that it shall be solely responsible for payment of any commission or fee due to its broker. Circle Road (David Brunner). Landlord shall pay the commission or fee due to its broker, Trammell Crow Company (Mark Detmer/Bo Mills).

16

34. TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW. Time is of the essence of this Lease and all of its provisions. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the state in which the Building is located.

35. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Subject to the provisions of Article 9, the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties to this Lease.

36. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease, together with its exhibits, contains all agreements of the parties to this Lease and supersedes any previous negotiations. There have been no representations made by the Landlord or any of its representatives or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its exhibits. This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument duly executed by the parties to this Lease.

37. EXAMINATION NOT OPTION. Submission of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a reservation of the Premises. Landlord shall not be bound by this Lease until it has received a copy of this Lease duly executed by Tenant and has delivered to Tenant a copy of this Lease duly executed by Landlord, and until such delivery Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Premises to other prospective tenants. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord may withhold delivery of possession of the Premises from Tenant until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord any security deposit required by Article 5, the first month's rent as set forth in Article 3 and any sum owed pursuant to this Lease.

38. RECORDATION. Tenant shall not record or register this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, and then shall pay all charges and taxes incident such recording or registration.

39. OPTION TO EXTEND. Tenant shall, provided the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default under any of the other terms and conditions of the Lease at the time of notification or commencement, have three (3) options to extend this Lease for a term of three (3) years each, for the portion of the Premises being leased by Tenant as of the date each such extension term is to commence, on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, except as modified by the terms, covenants and conditions as set forth below:

a. If Tenant elects to exercise said option, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice no earlier than the date which is eight
(8) months prior to the expiration of the Term of the Lease but no later than the date which is six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease. If Tenant fails to provide such notice, Tenant shall have no further or additional right to extend or renew the term of the Lease.

b. The Annual Rent and Monthly Installment in effect at the expiration of the Term of the Lease (as it may be extended from time to time) shall be increased to reflect the current fair market rental for comparable space in the Building and in other similar buildings in the same rental market as of the date the applicable extension term is to commence, taking into account the specific provisions of the Lease which will remain constant. Landlord shall advise Tenant of the new Annual Rent and Monthly Installment for the Premises no later than twenty (20) days after receipt of Tenant's written request therefor. Said request shall be made no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the first date on which Tenant may exercise its option under this Paragraph. Said notification of the new Annual Rent may include a provision for its escalation to provide for a change in fair market rental between the time of notification and the commencement of the extension term. In no event shall the Annual Rent and Monthly Installment for any option period be less than the Annual Rent and Monthly Installment in the preceding period.

c. This option is not transferable; the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they intend that the aforesaid option to extend this Lease shall be "personal" to Tenant as set forth above and that in no event will any assignee or sublessee have any rights to exercise the aforesaid option to extend.

40. TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the non-exclusive right (it being understood that Landlord may grant, extend or renew similar rights to others) to install, maintain, and from time to time replace a satellite dish or telecommunications antennae (a "DISH") on the roof of the Building, provided that prior to commencing any installation or maintenance. Tenant shall (i) obtain Landlord's prior approval of the proposed size, weight and location of the Dish and method for fastening the Dish to the roof, (ii) such installation and/or replacement shall comply strictly with all Laws and the conditions of any bond or warranty maintained by Landlord on the roof, (iii) use the Dish solely for its internal use, (iv) not grant any right to use of the Dish to any other party, and (v) obtain, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, any necessary federal, state, and municipal permits, licenses and approvals, and deliver copies thereof to Landlord. Landlord may supervise or perform any roof penetration related to the installation of a Dish, and Landlord may

17

charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant agrees that all installation, construction and maintenance shall be performed in a neat, responsible, and workmanlike manner, using generally acceptable construction standards, consistent with such reasonable requirements as shall be imposed by Landlord. Tenant further agrees to label each cable or wire placed by Tenant in the telecommunications pathways of the Building, with identification information as required by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Building caused by Tenant's installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of the Dish. The Dish shall remain the property of Tenant, and Tenant may remove the Dish at its cost at any time during the Term. Tenant shall remove the Dish at Tenant's cost and expense upon the expiration or termination of this Lease. Tenant agrees that the Dish, and any wires, cables or connections relating thereto, and the installation, maintenance and operation thereof shall in no way interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Building, or the operation of communications ("including, without limitation, other satellite dishes) or computer devices by Landlord or by other tenants or occupants of the Project. If such interference shall occur, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice thereof and Tenant shall correct the same within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt of such notice. Landlord reserves the right to disconnect power to any Dish if Tenant fails to correct such interference within twenty-four (24) hours after such notice. Landlord makes no warranty or representation that the Building or any portions thereof are suitable for the use of a Dish, it being assumed that Tenant has satisfied itself thereof. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord's Agents from and against claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind and nature, including attorneys' fees, incurred by or asserted against Landlord arising out of Tenant's installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of the Dish.]

39.41. LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S LIABILITY. Redress for any claim against Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord's interest in the Building. The obligations of

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

18

Landlord under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment manager's trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.

LANDLORD:                               TENANT:

CALWEST INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES, LLC,     LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., A DELAWARE
                                        CORPORATION
A CALIFORNIA LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY

By: RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a
    Delaware corporation, Authorized
    Agent


By: /s/ Bret C. Borg                    By: /s/ William H. Rinehart
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Name: Bret C. Borg, CPM                 Name: William H. Rinehart
Title: District Manager                 Title: President
Dated: 9/23/05                          Dated: 9-22-05

18

EXHIBIT A - FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the Lease Reference Date of September 7, 2005 between Calwest Industrial Properties, LLC, as Landlord and Limelight Networks, Inc., as Tenant

Exhibits A is intended only to show the general layout of the Premises as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease. It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord's rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations. It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

801 South 16th Street

Phoenix, Arizona 85034

8,224 Square Feet

(FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES)

A-1

EXHIBIT A-1 - SITE PLAN

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the Lease Reference Date of September 7, 2005 between Calwest Industrial Properties, LLC, as Landlord and Limelight Networks, Inc., as Tenant

Exhibits A-1 is intended only to show the general layout of the Premises as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease. It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord's rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations. It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

SKY HARBOR - 801 SOUTH 16TH
Phoenix, Arizona

(RENDERING OF SITE PLAN)

801 SOUTH 16TH STREET
PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85034
8,224 SQUARE FEET

A-2

EXHIBIT B - BILL OF SALE

ATTACHED TO AND MADE A PART OF LEASE BEARING THE
LEASE REFERENCE DATE OF SEPTEMBER 7, 2005 BETWEEN
CALWEST INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES, LLC, AS LANDLORD AND
LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., AS TENANT

BILL OF SALE

Calwest Industrial Properties, LLC ("Seller"), FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, does hereby grant, sell, transfer and deliver to Limelight Networks, Inc. ("Buyer") all of its right, title and interest in and to the following described property (hereinafter the "Property") heretofore located at 801 S. 16th St., Phoenix, AZ:
Two (2) 30 ton Leibert air conditioning units, and the cables and racks associated therewith.

Seller makes no warranty and/or representation as to the condition of the Property, that it is the lawful owner of the Property, that the Property is free from liens, security interests and/or encumbrances, or that the Property is suitable for Buyer's intended purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller has executed this Bill of Sale this ___________ day of _____________, 2005.

SELLER:

CALWEST INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES, LLC,

A CALIFORNIA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

By: RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a
Delaware corporation, Authorized
Agent

By:
Name: Bret C. Borg, CPM
Title: District Manager

B-1

(SAMPLE ONLY)

EXHIBIT C - COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

ATTACHED TO AND MADE A PART OF LEASE BEARING THE
LEASE REFERENCE DATE OF SEPTEMBER 7, 2005 BETWEEN
CALWEST INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES, LLC, AS LANDLORD AND
LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., AS TENANT

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

THIS MEMORANDUM, made as of __________, 20__, by and between ("Landlord") and __________ ("Tenant").

Recitals:

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease, dated for reference __________, 20__ (the "Lease") for certain premises (the "Premises") consisting of approximately ____ square feet at the building commonly known as __________.

B. Tenant is in possession of the Premises and the Term of the Lease has commenced.

C. Landlord and Tenant desire to enter into this Memorandum confirming the Commencement Date, the Termination Date and other matters under the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. The actual Commencement Date is __________

2. The actual Termination Date is __________

3. The schedule of the Annual Rent and the Monthly Installment of Rent set forth on the Reference Pages is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted therefor:

[INSERT RENT SCHEDULE]

4. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

LANDLORD:                               TENANT:


By:
    ---------------------------------


By:            DO NOT SIGN              By:              DO NOT SIGN
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Name:                                   Name:
      -------------------------------         ----------------------------------
Title:                                  Title:
       ------------------------------          ---------------------------------
Dated:                                  Dated:
       ------------------------------          ---------------------------------

C-1

EXHIBIT D - RULES AND REGULATIONS

ATTACHED TO AND MADE A PART OF LEASE BEARING THE
LEASE REFERENCE DATE OF SEPTEMBER 7, 2005 BETWEEN
CALWEST INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES, LLC, AS LANDLORD AND
LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., AS TENANT

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice (collectively referred to as "Signs") shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord which consent shall be in Landlord's sole discretion. All approved Signs shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at Tenant's expense by a person or vendor approved by Landlord and shall be removed by Tenant at Tenant's expense upon vacating the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to remove any Sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule at Tenant's expense and without notice.

2. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades or screens attached to or hung in or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises or Building, Tenant shall immediately discontinue such use. No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed against or near any glass partitions or doors or windows which may appear unsightly, in the opinion of Landlord, from outside the Premises.

3. Tenant shall not alter any lock or other access device or install a new or additional lock or access device or bolt on any door of its Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the keys or other means of access to all doors.

4. If Tenant requires telephone, data, burglar alarm or similar service, the cost of purchasing, installing and maintaining such service shall be borne solely by Tenant. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall direct electricians as to where and how telephone, data, and electrical wires are to be introduced or installed. The location of burglar alarms, telephones, call boxes or other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord.

5. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of its Premises, including mezzanine area, if any, which exceeds the load per square foot that such floor was designed to carry and that is allowed by law. Heavy objects shall stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

6. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building without Landlord's prior written consent which consent shall be in Landlord's sole discretion.

7. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork, plaster or drywall (except for pictures and general office uses) or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof. Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises or paint or seal any floors in any manner except as approved by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.

8. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, except that Underwriters' Laboratory approved microwave ovens or equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages shall be permitted, provided that such equipment and use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

9. Tenant shall not use any hand trucks except those equipped with the rubber tires and side guards, and may use such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve. Tenant shall not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building. Forklifts which operate on asphalt areas shall only use tires that do not damage the asphalt.

10. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or any photograph or other likeness of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant's business except that Tenant may include the Building name in Tenant's address. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to any tenant, to change the name and address of the Building.

D-1

11. All trash and refuse shall be contained in suitable receptacles at locations approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not place in the trash receptacles any personal trash or material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing such trash without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal.

12. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governing authority.

13. Tenant assumes all responsibility for securing and protecting its Premises and its contents including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

14. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord without Landlord's prior written consent.

15. No person shall go on the roof without Landlord's permission.

16. Tenant shall not permit any animals, other than seeing-eye dogs, to be brought or kept in or about the Premises or any common area of the property.

17. Tenant shall not permit any motor vehicles to be washed or mechanical work or maintenance of motor vehicles to be performed on any portion of the Premises or parking lot.

18. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of any premises in the Building. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any tenant or tenants, and any such waiver by Landlord shall not be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations for any or all tenants.

19. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for safety and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation of good order in and about the Building. Tenant agrees to abide by all such rules and regulations herein stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant's employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

20. Any toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown into them. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

21. Tenant shall not permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigarettes or cigars in areas reasonably designated by Landlord or any applicable governmental agencies as non-smoking areas.

22. Any directory of the Building or project of which the Building is a part ("Project Area"), if provided, will be exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to charge for the use thereof and to exclude any other names.

23. Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills or any other written material in the Building or Project Area is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same. No tenant shall solicit business from other tenants or permit the sale of any goods or merchandise in the Building or Project Area without the written consent of Landlord.

24. Any equipment belonging to Tenant which causes noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space therein to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants in the Building shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant's expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate the noise or vibration.

25. Driveways, sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances and stairways ("Access Areas") shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by tenants for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective premises. Access areas are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by

D-2

all persons whose presence, in the judgement of Landlord, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building or its tenants.

26. Landlord reserves the right to designate the use of parking areas and spaces. Tenant shall not park in visitor, reserved, or unauthorized parking areas. Tenant and Tenant's guests shall park between designated parking lines only and shall not park motor vehicles in those areas designated by Landlord for loading and unloading. Vehicles in violation of the above shall be subject to being towed at the vehicle owner's expense. Vehicles parked overnight without prior written consent of the Landlord shall be deemed abandoned and shall be subject to being towed at vehicle owner's expense. Tenant will from time to time, upon the request of Landlord, supply Landlord with a list of license plate numbers of vehicles owned or operated by its employees or agents.

27. No trucks, tractors or similar vehicles can be parked anywhere other than in Tenant's own truck dock area. Tractor-trailers which must be unhooked or parked with dolly wheels beyond the concrete loading areas must use steel plates or wood blocks under the dolly wheels to prevent damage to the asphalt paving surfaces. No parking or storing of such trailers will be permitted in the parking areas or on streets adjacent thereto.

28. During periods of loading and unloading, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow and loading and unloading areas of other tenants. All products, materials or goods must be stored within the Tenant's Premises and not in any exterior areas, including, but not limited to, exterior dock platforms, against the exterior of the Building, parking areas and driveway areas. Tenant agrees to keep the exterior of the Premises clean and free of nails, wood, pallets, packing materials, barrels and any other debris produced from their operation.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

D-3

EXHIBIT E - ADDITIONAL SURRENDER CONDITIONS

ATTACHED TO AND MADE A PART OF LEASE BEARING THE
LEASE REFERENCE DATE OF SEPTEMBER 7, 2005 BETWEEN
CALWEST INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES, LLC, AS LANDLORD AND
LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., AS TENANT

It is the Tenant's obligation to leave the Premises in good, clean condition with all systems in good working order and repair. Among any other items deemed reasonably appropriate by Landlord, the following items will be inspected by Landlord at such time as Landlord deems inspection thereof to be appropriate to confirm that they are in good working order and repair:

1. All heating and air conditioning equipment, exhaust fans and hot water heaters. Tenant shall provide Landlord's office with a copy of an inspection and service report detailing the condition of said equipment, which report shall be provided by an Arizona licensed mechanical contractor, within three (3) days after Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises. If Landlord terminates Tenant's right to possession of the Premises, Landlord shall have the report prepared at Tenant's cost and expense.

2. All lights in the office and warehouse must be working. Tenant is obligated to relamp and/or reballast the fixtures as necessary.

3. All overhead doors must be serviced and repaired.

4. All exterior metal doors, including hardware, must be serviced or replaced as necessary.

5. All damaged sheetrock in the office area and in the warehouse along the demising walls shall be repaired.

6. All office and warehouse floors must be left in good, clean condition.

7. Any and all exterior signage must be removed, with Tenant having the obligation to repair and repaint the fascia as necessary.

8. Tenant shall remove all data, telecommunication and other cabling installed by Tenant or Tenant's contractors within the Premises. Unless directed otherwise by Landlord, conduit and all other raceways are to remain in place. Tenant must use caution not to damage ceiling tile, ceiling grid, walls and all other improvements within the Premises when removing any such cabling. Tenant must restore ceiling tiles, ceiling grid, walls and all other improvements within the Premises to its original condition, normal wear & tear accepted.

If the Tenant elects not to do any of the above within three (3) days of written notice, Landlord shall have the right to have the necessary repairs performed, to deduct the cost thereof from the Security Deposit (if any), and to invoice Tenant for the balance due. Tenant shall pay said balance within ten (10) days of receipt of said invoice.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

E-1

Exhibit 10.9

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.


.

.
.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
1    ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS .........................................     4

2    LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT ..........................................     4
     2.1    Promise to Pay ..............................................     4
     2.2    Termination of Commitment to Lend ...........................     5
     2.3    Overadvances ................................................     5
     2.4    Interest Rate, Payments .....................................     6
     2.5    Authority to Debit Accounts .................................     6
     2.6    Fees ........................................................     6

3    CONDITIONS OF LOANS ................................................     6
     3.1    Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension ............     6
     3.2    Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions ...............     7

4    CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST ......................................     7
     4.1    Grant of Security Interest ..................................     7
     4.2    Authorization to File .......................................     7

5    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .....................................     7
     5.1    Due Organization and Authorization ..........................     7
     5.2    Collateral ..................................................     8
     5.3    Litigation ..................................................     8
     5.4    No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements ..........     8
     5.5    Solvency ....................................................     8
     5.6    Regulatory Compliance .......................................     8
     5.7    Investments in Subsidiaries .................................     9
     5.8    Full Disclosure .............................................     9

6    AFFIRMATIVE CONVENANTS .............................................     9
     6.1    Government Compliance .......................................     9
     6.2    Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates .................     9
     6.3    Inventory; Returns ..........................................    10
     6.4    Taxes .......................................................    10
     6.5    Insurance ...................................................    10
     6.6    Primary Accounts ............................................    10
     6.7    Financial Covenants .........................................    10
     6.8    Registration of Intellectual Property Rights ................    11
     6.9    Further Assurances ..........................................    11

7    NEGATIVE CONVENANTS ................................................    11
     7.1    Dispositions ................................................    12
     7.2    Changes in Business, Ownership, Management or Locations .....    12
     7.3    Mergers or Acquisitions .....................................    12
     7.4    Indebtedness ................................................    12
     7.5    Encumbrance .................................................    12
     7.6    Distributions; Investments ..................................    12
     7.7    Transactions with Affiliates ................................    13
     7.8    Subordinated Debt ...........................................    13
     7.9    Compliance ..................................................    13


8    EVENTS OF DEFAULT ..................................................    13
     8.1    Payment Default .............................................    13
     8.2    Covenant Default ............................................    13
     8.3    Material Adverse Change .....................................    13
     8.4    Attachment ..................................................    14
     8.5    Insolvency ..................................................    14
     8.6    Other Agreements ............................................    14
     8.7    Judgments ...................................................    14
     8.8    Misrepresentations ..........................................    14
     8.9    Guaranty ....................................................    14

9    BANK'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES .........................................    14
     9.1    Rights and Remedies .........................................    14
     9.2    Power of Attorney ...........................................    15
     9.3    Bank Expenses ...............................................    15
     9.4    Bank's Liability for Collateral .............................    15
     9.5    Remedies Cumulative .........................................    16
     9.6    Demand Waiver ...............................................    16

10   NOTICES ............................................................    16

11   CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER .........................    16

12   GENERAL PROVISIONS .................................................    16
     12.1   Successors and Assigns ......................................    16
     12.2   Indemnification .............................................    17
     12.3   Time of Essence .............................................    17
     12.4   Severability of Provision ...................................    17
     12.5   Amendments in Writing, Integration ..........................    17
     12.6   Counterparts ................................................    17
     12.7   Survival ....................................................    17
     12.8   Confidentiality .............................................    17
     12.9   Attorneys' Fees, Costs and Expenses .........................    17

13   DEFINITIONS ........................................................    18
     13.1   Definitions .................................................    18


THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated April 15, 2005 but effective as of the Effective Date, between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California chartered bank with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 14300 Northsight Boulevard, Suite 203, Scottsdale, Arizona 85260 ("Bank") and LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 2220 W. 14th Street, Tempe, AZ 85281 ("Borrower") provides the terms on which Bank will lend to Borrower and Borrower will repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement will be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. The term "financial statements" includes the notes and schedules. The terms "including" and "includes" always mean "including (or includes) without limitation," in this or any Loan Document. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13, if not otherwise defined herein.

2 LOAN AND TERMS Of PAYMENT

2.1 PROMISE TO PAY.

Borrower promises to pay Bank the unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions and interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Credit Extensions.

2.1.1 REVOLVING ADVANCES.

(a) Bank will make Advances not exceeding (i) the lesser of (A) the Committed Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base, minus (ii) the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), and minus (iii) the amount of utilized Cash Management Services covered under the Cash Management Services Sublimit. Amounts borrowed under this Section may be repaid and reborrowed during the term of this Agreement.

(b) To obtain an Advance, Borrower must notify Bank by facsimile or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Business Day the Advance is to be made. Borrower must promptly confirm the notification by delivering to Bank the Payment/Advance Form attached as Exhibit B. Bank will credit Advances to Borrower's deposit account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Borrower will indemnify Bank for any loss Bank suffers due to such reliance.

(c) The Committed Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Maturity Date, when all Advances are immediately payable.

2.1.2 EQUIPMENT FACILITY.

(a) Through March 31, 2006 (the "Equipment Availability End Date"), Bank will make advances ("Equipment Advance" and, collectively, "Equipment Advances") not exceeding the Committed Equipment Line. The Equipment Advances may only be used to finance or refinance Equipment purchased on or after 90 days before the date of each Equipment Advance and may not exceed 100% of the equipment invoice excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expense. Soft costs may constitute up to $500,000 of the aggregate Equipment Advances. Each Equipment Advance must be for a minimum of $100,000. The number of Equipment Advances is limited to 1 per month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the Effective Date an Equipment Advance in the amount of $750,000 shall be advanced for


Equipment purchases, provided that the amount of such Equipment Advance does not exceed 100% of Borrower's net book value of fixed assets and that invoices for at least $250,000 of Equipment dated within 150 days prior the date of such Equipment Advance are provided to Bank on or prior thereto.

(b) Each Equipment Advance shall immediately amortize and be payable in 36 equal monthly payments of principal and interest beginning 30 days following such Equipment Advance and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter. The final payment due on the applicable Equipment Maturity Date shall include all outstanding principal and all accrued unpaid interest. Equipment Advances when repaid may not be re-borrowed.

(c) To obtain an Equipment Advance, Borrower must notify Bank (the notice is irrevocable) by facsimile no later than 12:00 p.m. Pacific time one Business Day before the day on which the Equipment Advance is to be made. The notice in the form of Exhibit B (Payment/Advance Form) must be signed by a Responsible Officer or designee and include a copy of invoices for the Equipment being financed and such additional information as Bank may request; provided, however, copies of invoices related to the initial Equipment Advance made on the Effective Date shall not be required.

2.1.3 LETTERS OF CREDIT SUBLIMIT.

Bank will issue or have issued Letters of Credit for Borrower's account not exceeding (i) the lesser of the Committed Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base minus (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the Advances and minus the Cash Management Sublimit; however, the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) may not exceed $500,000. Borrower's Letter of Credit reimbursement obligation will be secured by unencumbered cash on terms acceptable to Bank at any time upon the Revolving Maturity Date if the term of this Agreement is not extended by Bank. Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request.

2.1.4 CASH MANAGEMENT SERVICES SUBLIMIT.

Borrower may use up to $500,000 (the "Cash Management Services Sublimit") for Bank's Cash Management Services, which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in various cash management services agreements related to such services (the "Cash Management Services"). All amounts Bank pays for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Advances under the Committed Revolving Line.

2.2 TERMINATION OF COMMITMENT TO LEND.

Bank's obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of the Obligations will terminate if, in Bank's sole discretion, there has been a material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operation or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or in the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or there has been any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank prior to the execution of this Agreement.

2.3 OVERADVANCES.

If Borrower's Obligations under Section 2.1.1, 2.1.3, and 2.1.4 exceed the lesser of either (i) the Committed Revolving Line or (ii) the Borrowing Base, Borrower must promptly pay Bank the excess.


2.4 INTEREST RATE, PAYMENTS.

(a) Interest Rate. Advances accrue interest on the outstanding principal balance at a per annum rate equal to the greater of either (i) 0.75 percentage points above the Prime Rate or (ii) 6.00%. Equipment Advances accrue interest on the outstanding principal balance at a per annum rate equal to the Basic Rate. After an Event of Default, Obligations accrue interest at 5 percent above the rate effective immediately before the Event of Default. The interest rate increases or decreases when the Prime Rate changes. Interest is computed on a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(b) Payments. Interest due on the Committed Revolving Line is payable monthly on the same day of each month as the day on which the Effective Date occurs. Payments received after 12:00 noon Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional interest shall accrue. If any change in the law increases Bank's expenses or decreases its return from the Equipment Advances, Borrower will pay Bank upon request the amount of such increase or decrease.

2.5 AUTHORITY TO DEBIT ACCOUNTS.

Bank may debit any of Borrower's deposit accounts including Account Number 3300467946 for principal and interest payments owing or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. Bank will notify Borrower when it debits Borrower's accounts. These debits are not a set-off.

2.6 FEES. Borrower will pay:

(a) Facility Fee. A fully earned, non-refundable Facility Fee of $20,000 for the Committed Revolving Line, due on the Effective Date, and the deposit previously received by Bank in the same amount shall be applied against such Fee;

(b) Bank Expenses. All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and reasonable expenses) incurred through and after the date of this Agreement, payable when due; and

(c) Early Termination Fees. A fully earned, non-refundable early termination fee of one percent (1%) of the Committed Revolving Line (currently $10,000) shall be due upon voluntary or involuntary payment in full of Borrower's Obligations under the Committed Revolving Line and termination of the Committed Revolving Line prior to the Revolving Maturity Date; and a fully earned, non-refundable early termination fee of one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal balance of all Equipment Advances shall be due upon voluntary or involuntary payment in full of Borrower's Obligations under the Committed Equipment Line prior to the relevant Equipment Maturity Dates and termination of Bank's obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of such Obligations under the Committed Equipment Line; provided that no such early termination fees shall be payable if Bank agrees to refinance and/or redocument this Agreement in another lending division of Bank (in Bank's sole discretion) prior to the relevant Maturity Dates.

3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL CREDIT EXTENSION.

Bank's obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that it receive the agreements, documents and fees it reasonably requires.


3.2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL CREDIT EXTENSIONS.

Bank's obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following:

(a) timely receipt of any Payment/Advance Form; and

(b) the representations and warranties in Section 5 must be materially true on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension and no Event of Default may have occurred and be continuing, or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower's representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties of Section 5 remain true.

4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST.

Borrower grants Bank a continuing security interest in all presently existing and later acquired Collateral to secure all Obligations and performance of each of Borrower's duties under the Loan Documents. Except for Permitted Liens, any security interest will be a first priority security interest in the Collateral. Bank may place a "hold" on any deposit account pledged as Collateral. If this Agreement is terminated, Bank's lien and security interest in the Collateral will continue until Borrower fully satisfies its Obligations. If Borrower shall at any time, acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the brief details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.2 AUTHORIZATION TO FILE.

Borrower authorizes Bank to file financing statements without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions, as Bank deems appropriate, in order to perfect or protect Bank's interest in the Collateral.

5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 DUE ORGANIZATION AND AUTHORIZATION.

Borrower and each Subsidiary is duly existing and in good standing in its state of formation and qualified and licensed to do business in, and in good standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. Borrower has not changed its state of formation or its organizational structure or type or any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of formation.

The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized, and do not conflict with Borrower's formation documents, nor constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.


5.2 COLLATERAL.

Borrower has good title to the Collateral, free of Liens except Permitted Liens or Borrower has Rights to each asset that is Collateral. Borrower has no other deposit account, other than the deposit accounts described in the Schedule. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations, and the service or property has been performed or delivered to the account debtor or its agent for immediate shipment to and unconditional acceptance by the account debtor. Except as described in the Schedule the Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as at a warehouse). In the event that Borrower, after the date hereof, intends to store with or otherwise deliver any of the Collateral to such a bailee, then Borrower will receive the prior written consent of Bank and such bailee must acknowledge in writing that the bailee is holding such Collateral for the benefit of Bank. Borrower has no notice of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any account debtor whose accounts are an Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects. Borrower is the sole owner of the intellectual Property, except for non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business. Each Patent is valid and enforceable and no part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party, except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

5.3 LITIGATION.

Except as shown in the Schedule, there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower's Responsible Officers, threatened by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary in which a likely adverse decision could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

5.4 NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

All consolidated financial statements for Borrower, and any Subsidiary, delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower's consolidated financial condition and Borrower's consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower's consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.5 SOLVENCY.

The fair salable value of Borrower's assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; the Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.6 REGULATORY COMPLIANCE.

Borrower is not an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" under the investment Company Act. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. None of Borrower's or any Subsidiary's properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each Subsidiary has timely filed all required tax returns and paid, or made adequate provision to pay, all material taxes, except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP. Borrower


and each Subsidiary has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all government authorities that are necessary to continue its business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

5.7 INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES.

Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted investments.

5.8 FULL DISCLOSURE.

No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank (taken together with all such written certificates and written statements to Bank) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading. It being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected and forecasted results.

6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower will do all of the following for so long as Bank has an obligation to lend, or there are outstanding Obligations:

6.1 GOVERNMENT COMPLIANCE.

Borrower will maintain its and all Subsidiaries' legal existence and good standing in its jurisdiction of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Borrower's business or operations. Borrower will comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business or operations or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

6.2 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, REPORTS, CERTIFICATES.

(a) Borrower will deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but no later than 20 days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower's consolidated operations during the period certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank; (ii) as soon as available, but no later than 120 days after the last day of Borrower's fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) within 5 days of filing, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower's security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, if any, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (iv) a prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of $100,000 or more; (v) budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information Bank reasonably requests; (vi) prompt notice of any material change in the composition of the intellectual Property, including any subsequent ownership right of Borrower in or to any Copyright, Patent or Trademark not shown in any intellectual property security agreement between Borrower and Bank or knowledge of an event that materially adversely affects the value of the intellectual Property; and (vii) as soon as


available but no later than 30 days prior to each fiscal year end, Borrower's financial projections for the following year on a monthly basis.

(b) Within 20 days after the last day of each month, Borrower will deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of Exhibit C, with aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable.

(c) Within 20 days after the last day of each month, Borrower will deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of Exhibit D.

(d) Borrower will allow Bank to audit Borrower's Collateral at Borrower's expense. Such audits will be conducted no more often than annually unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6.3 INVENTORY; RETURNS.

Borrower will keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its account debtors will follow Borrower's customary practices as they exist at execution of this Agreement. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims, that involve more than $50,000.

6.4 TAXES.

Borrower will make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, timely payment of all material federal, state, and local taxes or assessments and will deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment.

6.5 INSURANCE.

Borrower will keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts, as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies will be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank in Bank's reasonable discretion. All property policies will have a lender's loss payable endorsement showing Bank as an additional loss payee and all liability policies will show the Bank as an additional insured and provide that the insurer must give Bank at least 20 days notice before canceling its policy. At Bank's request, Borrower will deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy will, at Bank's option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

6.6 PRIMARY ACCOUNTS.

Borrower will maintain its primary operating and investment accounts with Bank. As to any deposit accounts and investment accounts maintained with institutions not related to Bank, in which the aggregate balances exceed 10% of Borrower's cash, Borrower shall cause such institutions to enter into a control agreement in form acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment in order to perfect Bank's first priority security interest in said deposit accounts and investment accounts.

6.7 FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

Borrower will maintain as of the last day of each month:


(i) QUICK RATIO (ADJUSTED). A ratio of Quick Assets to Current Liabilities (excluding investor/related party debt) of at least 1.00 to 1.00 until October 31, 2005 and thereafter at least 1.25 to 1.00.

(ii) DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIO. A ratio of Borrower's (a) consolidated earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets and other non-cash charges made to Borrower's income (all a determined by GAAP) minus unfunded capital expenditures for the preceeding three-month period to (b) current maturities of long term debt due Bank plus interest expense paid Bank during the preceeding three-month period of at least 2.00 to 1.00, measured monthly on a rolling 3 month basis.

6.8 REGISTRATION OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

Borrower shall not register any Copyrights or Mask Works with the United States Copyright Office unless it: (i) has given at least fifteen (15) days' prior notice to Bank of its intent to register such Copyrights or Mask Works and has provided Bank with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (ii) executes a security agreement or such other documents as Bank may reasonably request in order to maintain the perfection and priority of Bank's security interest in the Copyrights proposed to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (iii) records such security documents with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the Copyright application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank a copy of the Copyright application(s) filed with the United States Copyright Office, together with evidence of the recording of the security documents necessary for Bank So maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such Copyrights or Mask Works. Borrower shall provide written notice to Bank of any application filed by Borrower in the United States Patent Trademark Office for a patent or to register a trademark or service mark within 30 days of any such filing.

Borrower will (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Intellectual Property and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements and (ii) not allow any Intellectual Property to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank's written consent.

6.9 FURTHER ASSURANCES.

(a) Borrower will execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank's security interest in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Borrower will cause each Subsidiary to guaranty the Obligations.

(c) Within 60 days following the Effective Date, Borrower will deliver to Bank Consents to Removal of Personal Property (or such other form of landlord's waiver as may be acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion) from the owners of Borrower's Tempe, Arizona headquarters, and from the owners of the premises at such locations as Bank may specify where Equinix, Global Crossing and Switch and Data are lessees, renters or otherwise have possession of Borrower's assets.

7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS


For so long as Bank has an obligation to lend or there are any outstanding Obligations, Borrower shall not, without Bank's prior written consent (which shall be a matter of its good faith business judgment), do any of the following:

7.1 DISPOSITIONS.

Convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively "Transfer"), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (i) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (ii) of non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries In the ordinary course of business; or (iii) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment.

7.2 CHANGES IN BUSINESS, OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT OR LOCATIONS OF COLLATERAL.

Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related thereto or have a material change in its ownership or management of greater than 25% (other than by the sale of Borrower's equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the investment). Borrower will not, without at least 30 days prior written notice, relocate its chief executive office, change its state of formation (including reincorporation), change its organizational number or name or add any new offices or business locations (such as warehouses) in which Borrower maintains or stores over $5,000 in Collateral.

7.3 MERGERS OR ACQUISITIONS.

Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except, as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such action during the term of this Agreement, (i) where such transaction would not require more than 15% of Borrower's cash or 25% of Borrower's stock, and (ii) a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 INDEBTEDNESS.

Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 ENCUMBRANCE.

Create, incur, or allow any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted here, subject to Permitted Liens.

7.6 DISTRIBUTIONS; INVESTMENTS.

Directly or indirectly acquire or own any Person, or make any investment in any Person, other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; or pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment with respect to, or redeem, retire or purchase, any capital stock, except that Borrower may make repurchases of stock in Borrower from former employees or directors of Borrower or its Subsidiaries under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000 in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to any such repurchase.


7.7 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower's business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm's length transaction with a nonaffiliated Person.

7.8 SUBORDINATED DEBT.

Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank's prior written consent.

7.9 COMPLIANCE.

Become an "investment company" or a company controlled by an "investment company," under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business or operations or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following is an Event of Default;

8.1 PAYMENT DEFAULT.

If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations within 3 days after their due date, however, during such period no Credit Extensions will be made;

8.2 COVENANT DEFAULT.

(a) If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Sections 6.2 or 6.7 or violates any of the covenants contained in Section 7 of this Agreement, or

(b) If Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

8.3 MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.

If there (i) occurs a material adverse change in the business, operations, or financial condition of the Borrower, or (ii) is a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any


portion of the Obligations; or (iii) is a material impairment of the value or priority of Bank's security interests in the Collateral (the foregoing being defined as a "Material Adverse Change").

8.4 ATTACHMENT.

If any material portion of Borrower's assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver and the attachment, seizure or levy is not removed in 10 days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or prevented by court order from conducting a material part of its business or if a judgment or other claim becomes a Lien on a material portion of Borrower's assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against any of Borrower's assets, by any government agency and not paid within 10 days after Borrower receives notice. These are not Events of Default if stayed or if a bond is posted pending contest by Borrower (but no Credit Extensions will be made during the cure period);

8.5 INSOLVENCY.

If Borrower becomes insolvent or if Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding or an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within 45 days (but no Credit Extensions will be made before any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 OTHER AGREEMENTS.

If there is a default in any agreement between Borrower and a third party that gives the third party the right to accelerate any Indebtedness exceeding $100,000 or that could cause a Material Adverse Change;

8.7 JUDGMENTS.

If a money judgment(s) in the aggregate of at least $100,000 is rendered against Borrower and is unsatisfied and unstayed for 10 days (but no Credit Extensions will be made before the judgment is stayed or satisfied);

8.8 MISREPRESENTATIONS.

If Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any material misrepresentation or material misstatement now or later in any warranty or representation in this Agreement or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document; or

8.9 GUARANTY.

Any guaranty of any Obligations ceases for any reason to be in full force or any Guarantor does not perform any obligation under any guaranty of the Obligations, or any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or later in any warranty or representation in any guaranty of the Obligations or in any certificate delivered to Bank in connection with the guaranty, or any circumstance described in Sections 8.4, 8.5 or 8.7 occurs to any Guarantor.

9 BANK'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

When an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) Declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);


(b) Stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower's benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable; notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank's security interest in the funds and verify the amount of the Account. Borrower must collect all payments in trust for Bank and, if requested by Bank, immediately deliver the payments to Bank in the form received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit;

(d) Make any payments and do any commercially reasonable acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower will assemble the Collateral if Bank requires and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank's rights or remedies;

(e) Place a "hold" on any account maintained with Bank and deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any control agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(f) Apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(g) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower's labels, Patents, Copyrights, Mask Works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank's exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower's rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank's benefit; and

(h) Dispose of the Collateral according to the Code.

9.2 POWER OF ATTORNEY.

Effective only when an Event of Default occurs and continues, Borrower irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney to: (i) endorse Borrower's name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (ii) sign Borrower's name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against account debtors, (iii) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower's insurance policies; (iv) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; and
(v) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Bank may exercise the power of attorney to sign Borrower's name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of any security interest regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. Bank's appointment as Borrower's attorney in fact, and all of Bank's rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank's obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 BANK EXPENSES.

If Borrower fails to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons, Bank may make all or part of the payment or obtain insurance policies required in Section 6.5, and take any commercially reasonable action under the policies Bank deems prudent. Any amounts paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable,


bearing interest at the then applicable rate and secured by the Collateral. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank's waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 BANK'S LIABILITY FOR COLLATERAL.

If Bank complies with reasonable banking practices and Section 9-207 of the Code, it is not liable for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other person. Except as provided above, Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.5 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

Bank's rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank's exercise of one right or remedy is not an election, and Bank's waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank's delay is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence. No waiver is effective unless signed by Bank and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it was given.

9.6 DEMAND WAIVER.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

10 NOTICES

All notices or demands by any party about this Agreement or any other related agreement must be in writing and be personally delivered or sent by an overnight delivery service, by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile to the addresses set forth at the beginning of this Agreement. A party may change its notice address by giving the other party written notice.

11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

Arizona law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Maricopa County, Arizona.

BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights under it without Bank's prior written consent which may be granted or withheld in Bank's discretion. Bank has the right,


without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank's obligations, rights and benefits under this Agreement.

12.2 INDEMNIFICATION.

Borrower will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses incurred, or paid by Bank from, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 TIME OF ESSENCE.

Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations in this Agreement.

12.4 SEVERABILITY OF PROVISION.

Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 AMENDMENTS IN WRITING, INTEGRATION.

All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by Borrower and Bank. This Agreement represents the entire agreement about this subject matter, and supersedes prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.6 COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, are an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.7 SURVIVAL.

All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force while any Obligations remain outstanding. The obligations of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank will survive until all statutes of limitations for actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

12.8 CONFIDENTIALITY.

In handling any confidential information, Bank will exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made (i) to Bank's subsidiaries or affiliates in connection with their business with Borrower, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the loans (provided, however, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts in obtaining such prospective transferee or purchasers agreement of the terms of this provision), (iii) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order, (iv) as required in connection with Bank's examination or audit and (v) as Bank considers reasonably appropriate exercising remedies under this Agreement. Confidential information does not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in Bank's possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.


12.9 ATTORNEYS' FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES.

In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of the Loan Documents, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and other reasonable costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 DEFINITIONS.

In this Agreement:

"ACCOUNTS" are all existing and later arising accounts, contract rights, and other obligations owed Borrower in connection with its sale or lease of goods (including licensing software and other technology) or provision of services, all credit insurance, guaranties, other security and all merchandise returned or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower's Books relating to any of the foregoing, as such definition may be amended from time to time according to the Code.

"ADVANCE" or "ADVANCES" is a loan advance (or advances) under the Committed Revolving Line.

"AFFILIATE" of a Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person's senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person's managers and members.

"BANK EXPENSES" are all reasonable audit fees and expenses and reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) for preparing, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including appeals or insolvency Proceedings).

"BASIC RATE" is, as of the date of the Equipment Advance, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of 360 days) equal to the sum of (a) the U.S. Treasury note yield to maturity for a term equal to 36 months as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the day of the Equipment Advance, plus (b) 4.25%.

"BORROWER'S BOOKS" are all Borrower's books and records including ledgers, records regarding Borrower's assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition and all computer programs or discs or any equipment containing the information.

"BORROWING BASE" is 80% of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower's most recent Borrowing Base Certificate; provided, however, that Bank may lower the percentage of the Borrowing Base after performing an audit of Borrower's Collateral.

"BUSINESS DAY" is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which the Bank is closed.

"CASH MANAGEMENT SERVICES" are defined in Section 2.1.4.

"CODE" is the Arizona Uniform Commercial Code, as applicable.

"COLLATERAL" is the property described on Exhibit A.

"COMMITTED EQUIPMENT LINE" is a Credit Extension of up to $2,750,000.


"COMMITTED REVOLVING LINE" is an Advance of up to $1,000,000.

"COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" is March 31, 2006.

"CONTINGENT OBLIGATION" is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but "Contingent Obligation" does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

"COPYRIGHTS" are all copyright rights, applications or registrations and like protections in each work or authorship or derivative work, whether published or not (whether or not it is a trade secret) now or later existing, created, acquired or held.

"CREDIT EXTENSION" is each Advance, Equipment Advance, Letter of Credit, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower's benefit.

"CURRENT ASSETS" are amounts that under GAAP should be included on that date as current assets on Borrower's consolidated balance sheet.

"CURRENT LIABILITIES" are the aggregate amount of Borrower's Total liabilities which mature within one (1) year.

"EFFECTIVE DATE" is the date Bank executes this Agreement.

"ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS" are Accounts in the ordinary course of Borrower's business that meet all Borrower's representations and warranties in Section 5; but Bank may in its reasonable discretion change eligibility standards by giving Borrower notice. Unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing, Eligible Accounts will not include:

(a) Accounts that the account debtor has not paid within 90 days of invoice date;

(b) Accounts for an account debtor, 50% or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within 90 days of invoice date;

(c) Credit balances over 90 days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts for an account debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed 25% of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless the Bank approves in writing;

(e) Accounts for which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States, except for Accounts which are otherwise Eligible and where the account debtor has its principal place of business in the United Kingdom limited to an aggregate amount of $125,000;

(f) Accounts for which the account debtor is a federal government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality, except for Accounts of the United States if the


payee has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. 3727);

(g) Accounts for which Borrower owes the account debtor, but only up to the amount owed (sometimes called "contra" accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(h) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, sales guaranteed, sale or return, sale on approval, bill and hold, or other terms if account debtor's payment may be conditional;

(i) Accounts for which the account debtor is Borrower's Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(j) Accounts in which the account debtor disputes liability or makes any claim and Bank believes there may be a basis for dispute (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(k) Accounts for which Bank reasonably determines collection to be doubtful.

"EQUIPMENT" is all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

"EQUIPMENT ADVANCE" is defined in Section 2.1.2.

"EQUIPMENT AVAILABILITY END DATE" is defined in Section 2.1.2.

"EQUIPMENT MATURITY DATE" is a date 36 months after each Equipment Advance, but no later than March 31, 2009 as to the last Equipment Advance.

     "ERISA" is the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its
regulations.

     "GAAP" is generally accepted accounting principles.

"GUARANTOR" is any present or future guarantor of the Obligations, including any present or future Subsidiary of Borrower.

"INDEBTEDNESS" is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations and (d) Contingent Obligations.

"INSOLVENCY PROCEEDING" are proceedings by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

"INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" is all of Borrower's:

(a) Copyrights, Trademarks, Patents, and Mask Works including amendments, renewals, extensions, and all licenses or other rights to use and all license fees and royalties from the use;

(b) Any trade secrets and any intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or later existing, created, acquired or held;


(c) All design rights which may be available to Borrower now or later created, acquired or held;

(d) Any claims for damages (past, present or future) for infringement of any of the rights above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue and collect damages for use or infringement of the intellectual property rights above;

All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including all insurance, indemnity or warranty payments.

"INVENTORY" is present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest, including merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products intended for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, of every kind and description now or later owned by or in the custody or possession, actual or constructive, of Borrower, including inventory temporarily out of its custody or possession or in transit and including returns on any accounts or other proceeds (including insurance proceeds) from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title.

"INVESTMENT" is any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

"LETTER OF CREDIT" is defined in Section 2.1.3.

"LIEN" is a mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

"LOAN DOCUMENTS" are, collectively, this Agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, extended or restated.

"MASK WORKS" are all mask works or similar rights available for the protection of semiconductor chips, now owned or later acquired.

"MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE" is defined in Section 8.3.

"OBLIGATIONS" are debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, including cash management services, letters of credit and foreign exchange contracts, if any and including interest accruing after insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank.

"PATENTS" are patents, patent applications and like protections, including Improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

"PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS" IS:

(a) Borrower's indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(b) indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Schedule;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(e) indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens.


"PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" are:

(a) Investments shown on the Schedule and existing on the Effective Date; and

(b) (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or its agency or any State maturing within 1 year from its acquisition, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than 1 year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and (iii) Bank's certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than 1 year after issue.

"PERMITTED LIENS" are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Schedule or arising under this Agreement or other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, if they have no priority when not paid over any of Bank's security interests;

(c) Purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment, or
(ii) existing on equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the equipment;

(d) Licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of Borrower's business and any interest or title of a licensor or under any license or sublicense, if the licenses and sublicenses permit granting Bank a security interest;

(e) Leases or subleases granted in the ordinary course of Borrower's business, including in connection with Borrower's leased premises or leased property;

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase.

"PERSON" is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company association, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

"PRIME RATE" is Bank's most recently announced "prime rate," even if it is not Bank's lowest rate.

"QUICK ASSETS" is, on any date until three months after the Effective Date, Borrower's consolidated, unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, plus all Accounts; and, after three months after the Effective Date, Borrower's consolidated, unrestricted cash and cash equivalents held at Bank, plus all Accounts.

"RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" is each of the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of Borrower.

"REVOLVING MATURITY DATE" is the date 364 days from the Effective Date.


"RIGHTS", as applied to the Collateral, means the Borrower's rights and interests in, and powers with respect to, that Collateral, whatever the nature of those rights, interests and powers and, in any event, including Borrower's power to transfer rights in such Collateral to Bank.

"SCHEDULE" is any attached schedule of exceptions.

"SUBORDINATED DEBT" is debt incurred by Borrower subordinated to Borrower's indebtedness owed to Bank and which is reflected in a written agreement in a manner and form acceptable to Bank and approved by Bank in writing.

"SUBSIDIARY" is for any Person, any other business entity of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Person or one or more Affiliates of the Person.

"TANGIBLE NET WORTH" is, on any date, the consolidated total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries minus, (i) any amounts attributable to (a) goodwill, (b) intangible items such as unamortized debt discount and expense, patents, trade and service marks and names, copyrights and research and development expenses except prepaid expenses, and (c) reserves not already deducted from assets, and (ii) Total Liabilities.

"TOTAL LIABILITIES" is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower's consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, and current portion Subordinated Debt allowed to be paid, but excluding all other Subordinated Debt.

"TRADEMARKS" are trademark and servicemark rights, registered or not, applications to register and registrations and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Assignor connected with the trademarks.

BORROWER:

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

By: /s/ William H. Rinehart
    ---------------------------------
Title: President & CEO

BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By: /s/ Travis D. Wood
    ---------------------------------
Title: VICE PRESIDENT
Effective Date: 4/15/05


EXHIBIT A

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower's right, title and interest in and to the following whether owned now or hereafter arising and whether the Borrower has rights now or hereafter has rights therein and wherever located:

All goods and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all machinery, fixtures, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

All inventory, now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower's custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above;

All contract rights and general intangibles (as such definitions may be amended from time to time according to the Code), now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, goodwill, trademarks, servicemarks, trade styles, trade names, patents, patent applications, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, infringements, claims, computer programs, computer discs, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind,;

All now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or the rendering of services by Borrower (as such definitions may be amended from time to time according to the Code) whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, insurance (including refund) claims and proceeds, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower;

All documents, cash, deposit accounts, securities, securities entitlements, securities accounts, investment property, financial assets, letters of credit, letter of credit rights, certificates of deposit, instruments and chattel paper and electronic chattel paper now owned or hereafter acquired and Borrower's Books relating to the foregoing;

All copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished, now owned or hereafter acquired; all trade secret rights, including all rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals, license rights and agreements and confidential information, now owned or hereafter acquired; all mask work or similar rights available for the protection of semiconductor chips, now owned or hereafter acquired; all claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing; and

All Borrower's Books relating to the foregoing and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof.


EXHIBIT B

LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM
DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 12:00 P.S.T.

FAX TO: _________ DATE: _______________

- LOAN PAYMENT:

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC. (Borrower)

From Account #_______________________ To Account #_____________________
(Deposit Account #) (Loan Account #)

Principal $___________________ and/or interest $___________________________

All Borrower's representation and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects up to and including the date of the transfer request for a loan payment, but those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of that date:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: Phone Number:

- LOAN ADVANCE:

COMPLETE OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST SECTION BELOW IF ALL OR A PORTION OF THE
FUNDS FROM THIS LOAN ADVANCE ARE FOR AN OUTGOING WIRE.

From Account #_______________________ To Account #_____________________
(Loan Account #) (Deposit Account #)

Amount of Advance $__________________

All Borrower's representation and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects up to and including the date of the transfer request for an advance, but those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of that date:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: _____________________ Phone Number: _________________

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST

COMPLETE ONLY IF ALL OR A PORTION OF FUNDS FROM THE LOAN ADVANCE ABOVE ARE
TO BE WIRED.

Deadline for same day processing is 12:00 pm, P.S.T.

Beneficiary Name: ____________________ Amount of Wire: $________________

Beneficiary Bank: ____________________ Account Number: _________________

City and State: ____________________________

Beneficiary Bank Transit                  Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift,
(ABA) #: _____________                    Sort, Chip, etc.): ________

                                          (FOR INTERNATIONAL WIRE ONLY)

Intermediary Bank: __________________     Transit (ABA) #: ________________

For Further Credit to: ____________________________________________________

Special instruction: ______________________________________________________

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

Authorized Signature:               2nd Signature (If Required):
                      -----------                                ----------
Print Name/Title:                   Print Name/Title:
                  ---------------                     ---------------------
Telephone #                         Telephone #
           ----------------------              ----------------------------


Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement

The exact correct corporate name of Borrower is (attach a copy of the formation documents, e.g., articles, partnership agreement): _____________________________

Borrower's State of formation: __________________

Borrower has operated under only the following other names (if none, so state):


All other address at which the Borrower does business are as follows (attach additional sheets if necessary and include all warehouse addresses):


Borrower has deposit accounts and/or investment accounts located only at the following institutions:


List Acct. Numbers: ____________________________________________________________

Liens existing on the Effective Date and disclosed to and accepted by Bank in writing:



Investments existing on the Effective Date and disclosed to and accepted by Bank in writing:



SUBORDINATED DEBT:

Indebtedness on the Effective Date and disclosed to and consented to by Bank in writing:



The following is a list of the Borrower's copyrights (including copyrights of software) which are registered with the United States Copyright Office. (Please include name of the copyright and registration number and attach a copy of the registration):


The following is a list of all software which the Borrower sells, distributes or licenses to others, which is not registered with the United States Copyright Office. (Please include versions which are not registered:

The following is a list of all of the Borrower's patents which are registered with the United States Patent Office. (Please include name of the patent and registration number and attach a copy of the registration.):

The following is a list of all of the Borrower's patents which are pending with the United States Patent Office. (Please include name of the patent and a copy of the application.):


The following is a list of all of the Borrower's registered trademarks. (Please include name of the trademark and a copy of the registration.):

Borrower is not subject to litigation which would have a material adverse effect on the Borrower's financial condition, except the following (attach additional comments, if needed):


Tax ID Number _________________________________

Organizational Number, if any: ________________


EXHIBIT C
BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

Borrower LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.                    Bank: Silicon Valley Bank
                                                           14300 Northsight
                                                           Boulevard, Suite 203,
                                                           Scottsdale, Arizona
                                                           85260

Commitment Amount: $1,000,000

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
1.    Accounts Receivable Book Value as of
      _______________________                                       $___________
2.    Additions (please explain on reverse)                         $___________
3.    TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE                                     $___________

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without
   duplication)
4.    Amounts over 90 days due                       $___________
5.    Balance of 50% over 90 day accounts            $___________
6.    Credit balances over 90 days                   $___________
7.    Concentration Limits                           $___________
8.    Foreign Accounts**                             $___________
9.    Federal Governmental Accounts                  $___________
10.   Contra Accounts                                $___________
11.   Promotion or Demo Accounts                     $___________
12.   Intercompany/Employee Accounts                 $___________
13.   Other (please explain on reverse)              $___________
14.   TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS                          $___________
15.   Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #14)                              $___________
16.   LOAN VALUE OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #15)                           $___________
**    except for up to $125,000 from UK eligibles

BALANCES
17.   Maximum Loan Amount                            $___________
18.   Total Funds Available [Lesser of #17 or #16]                  $___________
19.   Present balance owing on Line of Credit        $___________
20.   Outstanding under Sublimits (LC or CM)         $___________
21.   RESERVE POSITION (#18 minus #19 and #20)                      $___________

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

COMMENTS:

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

By:

Authorized Signer

EXHIBIT D
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK

        14300 Northsight Boulevard, Suite 203
        Scottsdale, Arizona 85260

FROM:   LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

     The undersigned Responsible Officer of LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

("Borrower") certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the "Agreement"), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _____________________________ with all required covenants except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date. In addition, the undersigned certifies that Borrower, and each Subsidiary, has timely filed all required tax returns and paid, or made adequate provision to pay, all material taxes, except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The Officer certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The Responsible Officer acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered.

PLEASE INDICATE COMPLIANCE STATUS BY CIRCLING YES/NO UNDER "COMPLIES" COLUMN.

REPORTING COVENANT                  REQUIRED                 COMPLIES
------------------                  --------                 --------
Monthly financial statements + CC   Monthly within 20 days   Yes   No
Annual (Audited)                    FYE within 120 days      Yes   No
A/R & A/P Agings                    Monthly within 20 days   Yes   No
A/R Audit                           Initial and Annual       Yes   No
Borrowing Base Certificate          Monthly within 20 days   Yes   No
Annual financial projections        30 days prior to FYE     Yes   No

FINANCIAL COVENANT                       REQUIRED                ACTUAL       COMPLIES
-------------------                      --------                ------       --------
Maintain on a Monthly Basis:
   Minimum Quick Ratio (Adjusted)        1.00:1.00 to 10/31/05   _____:1.00   Yes   No
                                         1.25:1.00 thereafter
   Minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio   2.00:1.00               _____:1.00   Yes   No

Have there been updates to Borrower's intellectual property? Yes/No Borrower only has deposit accounts located at the following institutions:
______________________________.


COMMENTS REGARDING EXCEPTIONS: See Attached.

BANK USE ONLY

                                        Received by:
                                                     ---------------------------
Sincerely,                                               AUTHORIZED SIGNER
                                        Date:
                                              ----------------------------------
LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
                                        Verified:
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                         AUTHORIZED SIGNER

                                        Date:
-------------------------------------         ----------------------------------

SIGNATURE

------------------------------------- Compliance Status: Yes No
TITLE


DATE

LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Loan Modification Agreement is entered into as of July 21, 2005, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California - chartered bank with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office at 14300 Northsight Blvd., Suite 203, Scottsdale, AZ 85260 ("Bank") and LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 2220 W. 14th Street, Tempe, AZ 85281 ("Borrower").

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS: Among other indebtedness which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is or may be indebted to Bank pursuant to, among other documents, a Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 15, 2005, as it may be amended from time to time (the "Loan Agreement"). The Loan Agreement provided for, among other things, a Committed Revolving Line in the original principal amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and a Committed Equipment Line in the original principal amount of Two Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($2,750,000). Defined terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Hereinafter, all indebtedness owing by Borrower to Bank shall be referred to as the "Indebtedness."

2. DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL. Repayment of the Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral, as described in the Loan Agreement and in the Intellectual Property Security Agreement. Hereinafter, the above-described security documents, together with all other documents securing repayment of the Indebtedness shall be referred to as the "Security Documents". Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Indebtedness shall be referred to as the "Existing Loan Documents".

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS.

A. Modification(s) to Loan Agreement.

1. Subsection (i) of Section 6.7 of the Loan Agreement entitled "Financial Covenants" is amended to read as follows:

Borrower will maintain as of the last day of each month:

(i) QUICK RATIO (ADJUSTED). A ratio of Quick Assets to Current Liabilities (excluding investor/related party debt) of at least 1.00 to 1.00 until April 30, 2006 and thereafter at least 1.25 to 1.00.

2. The following term in Section 13.1 entitled "Definitions" is hereby amended to read:

"COMMITTED EQUIPMENT LINE" is a Credit Extension of up to $4,750,000 of which $2,637,675.26 is available as of July 21, 2005.

B. Consent to Transaction.

Borrower has notified Bank of Borrower's request to prepay existing Subordinated Debt owing to the Raciborski Family Foundation and to Ridgeline Capital, LLC which Subordinated Debt is subject to those certain Intercreditor and Subordination Agreements dated as of April 15, 2005 with such creditors (the "Transaction"). Borrower has requested that Bank consent to the Transaction for purposes of Section 7.8 of the Loan Agreement, which might otherwise constitute a default under the Loan Agreement if Bank does not provide its consent, and for purposes of such Intercreditor and Subordination Agreements. Bank's consent to the Transaction is specifically conditioned upon Borrower raising new Subordinated Debt (under an agreement satisfactory to Bank) from Partners for Growth, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, in a minimum aggregate amount equal to, and the proceeds of which will be applied to, the Subordinated Debt


being prepaid to the Raciborski Family Foundation and to Ridgeline Capital,
LLC. This Loan Modification Agreement will serve as Bank's consent to the Transaction solely for the purposes of Section 7.8 of the Loan Agreement. Bank's consent: (1) shall not limit or impair the Bank's right to demand strict performance of this covenant as set forth in the Loan Agreement following consummation of the Transaction; and (2) shall not limit or impair the Bank's right to demand strict performance of all other covenants and provisions set forth in the Loan Agreement, at all times

4. CONSISTENT CHANGES. The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

5. PAYMENT OF LOAN FEE AND EXPENSES. Borrower shall pay to Bank a fee in the amount of Ten Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($10,000.00) (the "Loan Fee") plus all of Bank's reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Loan Modification Agreement.

6. NO DEFENSES. Borrower agrees that, as of the date hereof, it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts under the Indebtedness.

7. CONTINUING VALIDITY. Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Indebtedness, Bank is relying upon Borrower's representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank's agreement to modifications to the existing Indebtedness and the consent to the Transaction pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future consents, waivers or modifications to the Indebtedness. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Indebtedness. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers and endorsers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. Unless expressly released herein, no maker, endorser, or guarantor will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement. The terms of this paragraph apply not only to this Loan Modification Agreement, but also to all subsequent loan modification agreements.

8. CONDITIONS. The effectiveness of this Loan Modification Agreement is conditioned upon receipt by Bank of (a) the Loan Fee, and (b) a fully executed counterpart hereof.

This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

BORROWER:                               BANK:

LIMELIGHT NETWORK, INC.                 SILICON VALLEY BANK


By: /s/ William H. Rinehart             By: /s/ Travis D. Wood
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Name: William H. Rinehart               Name: TRAVIS D. WOOD
Title: President & CEO                  Title: VICE PRESIDENT


LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Loan Modification Agreement is entered into as of August 15, 2005, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California - chartered bank with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office at 14300 Northsight Blvd., Suite 203, Scottsdale, AZ 85260 ("Bank") and LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 2220 W. 14th Street, Tempe, AZ 85281 ("Borrower").

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS: Among other indebtedness which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is or may be indebted to Bank pursuant to, among other documents, a Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 15, 2005, as it may be amended from time to time (the "Loan Agreement"). The Loan Agreement provided for, among other things, a Committed Revolving Line in the original principal amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and a Committed Equipment Line in the original principal amount of Two Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($2,750,000) which was changed to $4,750,000 as of July 21, 2005. Defined terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Hereinafter, all indebtedness owing by Borrower to Bank shall be referred to as the "Indebtedness."

2. DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL. Repayment of the Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral, as described in the Loan Agreement and in the intellectual Property Security Agreement. Hereinafter, the above-described security documents, together with all other documents securing repayment of the Indebtedness shall be referred to as the "Security Documents". Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Indebtedness shall be referred to as the "Existing Loan Documents".

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS.

A. Modification(s) to Loan Agreement.

1. Section 6.7 of the Loan Agreement entitled "Financial Covenants" is amended to read as follows:

6.7 FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

Borrower will maintain as of the last day of each month:

(i) QUICK RATIO (ADJUSTED). A ratio of Quick Assets to Current Liabilities (excluding investor/related party debt) of at least 0.90 to 1.00 until October 31, 2005 and thereafter of at least 1.00 to 1.00 until April 30, 2006 and thereafter of at least 1.25 to 1.00.

(i) DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIO. A ratio of Borrower's (a) consolidated earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets and other non-cash charges made to Borrower's income (all a determined by GAAP) minus unfunded capital expenditures for the preceding three-month period to (b) the principal and interest payments on debt due Bank paid and payable to Bank during the preceding three-month period of at least 2.50 to 1.00 until October 31, 2005 and thereafter of at least 2.00 to 1.00, measured monthly on a rolling 3 month basis.

2. Exhibit D attached hereto shall be substituted for that attached to the Loan Agreement.


B. Waiver of Financial Covenant Default.

Bank hereby waives Borrower's existing default under the Loan Agreement by virtue of Borrower's failure to comply with the monthly Quick Ratio (Adjusted) financial covenant as of June 30, 2005. Bank's waiver of Borrower's compliance with this covenant shall apply only to the foregoing period. Accordingly, for the month ending July 31, 2005, Borrower shall be in compliance with this covenant.

Bank's agreement to waive the above-described default (1) in no way shall be deemed an agreement by the Bank to waive Borrower's compliance with the above-described covenant as of all other dates and
(2) shall not limit or impair the Bank's right to demand strict performance of this covenant as of all other dates and (3) shall not limit or impair the Bank's right to demand strict performance of all other covenants as of any date.

4. CONSISTENT CHANGES. The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

5. PAYMENT OF LOAN FEE AND EXPENSES. Borrower shall pay to Bank a fee in the amount of One Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($1,500.00) (the "Loan Fee") plus all of Bank's reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Loan Modification Agreement.

6. NO DEFENSES. Borrower agrees that, as of the date hereof, it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts under the Indebtedness.

7. CONTINUING VALIDITY. Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing indebtedness, Bank is relying upon Borrower's representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank's agreement to modifications to the existing Indebtedness and the waiver contained in this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future consents, waivers or modifications to the indebtedness. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the indebtedness. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers and endorsers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. Unless expressly released herein, no maker, endorser, or guarantor will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement. The terms of this paragraph apply not only to this Loan Modification Agreement, but also to all subsequent loan modification agreements.

8. CONDITIONS. The effectiveness of this Loan Modification Agreement is conditioned upon receipt by Bank of (a) the Loan Fee, and (b) a fully executed counterpart hereof.

This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

BORROWER:                               BANK:

LIMELIGHT NETWORK, INC.                 SILICON VALLEY BANK


By: /s/ William H. Rinehart             By: /s/ Travis D. Wood
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Name: William H. Rinehart               Name: TRAVIS D. WOOD
Title: President & CEO                  Title: VICE PRESIDENT


THIRD AMENDMENT
TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT to Loan and Security Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into this 27th day of October, 2005, by and between Silicon Valley Bank ("Bank") and LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower") whose address is 2220 West 14th Street, Tempe, AZ 85281.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 15, 2005, as amended (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the "Loan Agreement").

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to provide additional equipment term loan financing.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT.

2.1 SECTION 2.1.5 (EQUIPMENT 2 FACILITY). A new Section 2.1.5 is added to the Loan Agreement as follows:

2.1.5 Equipment 2 Facility.

(a) Through September 30, 2006 (the "Equipment 2 Availability End Date"), Bank will make advances (each an "Equipment 2 Advance" and, collectively, "Equipment 2 Advances") not exceeding the Committed Equipment 2 Line. The Equipment 2 Advances may only be used to finance or refinance Equipment purchased on or after 90 days before the date of each Equipment 2 Advance and may not exceed 100% of the equipment invoice excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expense. Soft costs

1

may constitute up to $500.000 of the aggregate Equipment 2 Advances. Each Equipment 2 Advance must be for a minimum of $100,000. The number of Equipment 2 Advances is limited to 1 per month.

(b) Each Equipment 2 Advance made prior to 07/01/2006 shall amortize and be payable in 24 equal monthly payments of principal and interest beginning 07/31/2006 and continuing on the last day of each month thereafter. Until the first equal monthly payment of principal and interest is due on each Equipment 2 Advance made prior to 07/01/2006, interest only shall be payable monthly beginning on the last day of the month in which the Equipment 2 Advance is made and continuing on the last day of each month thereafter. Each Equipment 2 Advance made on or after 07/01/2006 shall amortize and be payable in 24 equal monthly payments of principal and interest beginning 30 days following such Equipment 2 Advance and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter. The final payment due on the applicable Equipment 2 Maturity Date shall include all outstanding principal and all accrued unpaid interest. Equipment 2 Advances when repaid may not be re-borrowed.

(c) To obtain an Equipment 2 Advance, Borrower must notify Bank (the notice is irrevocable) by facsimile no later than 12:00 p.m. Pacific time one Business Day before the day on which the Equipment 2 Advance is to be made. The notice in the form of Exhibit B (Payment/Advance Form) must be signed by a Responsible Officer or designee and include a copy of invoices for the Equipment being financed and such additional information as Bank may reasonably request.

2.2 SECTION 2.4 (INTEREST RATE, PAYMENTS). The second sentence of subsection (a) of Section 2.4 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Equipment Advances and Equipment 2 Advances accrue interest on the outstanding principal balance at a per annum rate equal to the Basic Rate.

The last sentence of subsection (b) of Section 2.4 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

If any change in the law increases Bank's expenses or decreases its return from the Equipment Advances or the Equipment 2 Advances, Borrower will pay Bank upon request the amount of such increase or decrease.

2.3 SECTION 2.6 (FEES). Subsection (c) entitled "Early Termination Fees" of Section 2.6 is amended by adding the following clause (beginning in the third line from the end immediately before the words "provided that"):

and a fully earned, non-refundable early termination fee of one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal balance of all Equipment 2 Advances shall be due upon voluntary or involuntary payment in full of Borrower's Obligations under the

2

Committed Equipment 2 Line prior to the relevant Equipment 2 Maturity Dates and termination of Bank's obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of such Obligations under the Committed Equipment 2 Line;

2.4 SECTION 13 (DEFINITIONS). The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in SECTION 13.1 are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

"BASIC RATE" is, as of the date of the relevant Equipment Advance or Equipment 2 Advance, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of 360 days) equal to the sum of (a) the U.S. Treasury note yield to maturity for a term equal to 36 months as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the day of the Equipment Advance, plus (b) 4.25%; provided that, for any Equipment 2 Advance made on or after July 1, 2006, it is, as of the date of the relevant Equipment 2 Advance, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of 360 days) equal to the sum of (a) the U.S. Treasury note yield to maturity for a term equal to 24 months as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the day of the Equipment Advance, plus (b) 4.25%.

"CREDIT EXTENSION" is each Advance, Equipment Advance, Equipment 2 Advance, Letter of Credit, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower's benefit.

2.5 SECTION 13 (DEFINITIONS). The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in SECTION 13.1 are added and inserted in their appropriate places:

"COMMITTED EQUIPMENT 2 LINE" is a Credit Extension of up to $2,500,000.

"EQUIPMENT 2 ADVANCE" is defined in Section 2.1.5.

"EQUIPMENT 2 AVAILABILITY END DATE" is defined in Section 2.1.5.

"EQUIPMENT 2 MATURITY DATE" is June 30, 2008 for any Equipment 2 Advance made prior to July 1, 2006; and for each Equipment 2 Advance made on or after July 1, 2006, it is the date 24 months after each such Equipment 2 Advance, but no later than September 30, 2008 as to the last Equipment 2 Advance.

3. LIMITATION OF AMENDMENTS.

3.1 The amendments set forth in SECTION 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which

3

Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) to Borrower's knowledge no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy,

4

insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors' rights.

5. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Borrower's payment of a fee in an amount equal to $12,500.00, (c) Bank's receipt of an Acknowledgment of Amendment and Reaffirmation of Guaranty substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1, duly executed and delivered by each Guarantor, and (d) Bank's receipt of an additional Warrant issued by Borrower entitling Bank to purchase 171,875 shares of common stock of Borrower at an exercise price of $0.40 per share, with such Warrant to be on the same terms as the Warrant for 83,333 shares issued by Borrower to Bank and dated with an Issue Date of August 31, 2005.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

BANK                                    BORROWER

SILICON VALLEY BANK                     LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.


By: /s/ Travis D. Wood                  By: /s/ William H. Rinehart
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Name: TRAVIS D. WOOD                    Name: William H. Rinehart
Title: VICE PRESIDENT                   Title: President & CEO

5

FOURTH AMENDMENT
TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT to Loan and Security Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into this 24th day of February, 2006, by and between Silicon Valley Bank ("Bank") and LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower") whose address is 2220 West 14th Street, Tempe, AZ 85281.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 15, 2005, as amended (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the "Loan Agreement").

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank further amend the Loan Agreement to increase and extend the Committed Revolving Line and to provide additional equipment term loan financing beyond that which was provided by the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated October 27, 2005.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT.

2.1 SECTION 2.1.6 (EQUIPMENT 3 FACILITY). A new Section 2.1.6 is added to the Loan Agreement as follows:

2.1.6 Equipment 3 Facility.

(a) Through September 30, 2006 (the "Equipment 3 Availability End Date") but subject to subsection (c) of this Section 2.1.6 below, Bank will make advances (each an "Equipment 3 Advance" and, collectively, "Equipment 3 Advances") not exceeding the Committed Equipment 3 Line. The Equipment 3 Advances may only be used to finance or refinance Equipment purchased on or

1

after 90 days before the date of each Equipment 3 Advance and may not exceed 100% of the equipment invoice excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expense. Soft costs may constitute up to $500,000 of the aggregate Equipment 3 Advances. Each Equipment 3 Advance must be for a minimum of $100,000. The number of Equipment 3 Advances is limited to 1 per month.

(b) Each Equipment 3 Advance made prior to 09/30/2006 shall amortize and be payable in 24 equal monthly payments of principal and interest beginning 10/31/2006 and continuing on the last day of each month thereafter. Until the first equal monthly payment of principal and interest is due on each Equipment 3 Advance made prior to 09/30/2006, interest only shall be payable monthly beginning on the last day of the month in which the Equipment 3 Advance is made and continuing on the last day of each month thereafter. Each Equipment 3 Advance made on 09/30/2006 shall amortize and be payable in 24 equal monthly payments of principal and interest beginning 10/31/2006 and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter. The final payment due on the applicable Equipment 3 Maturity Date shall include all outstanding principal and all accrued unpaid interest. Equipment 3 Advances when repaid may not be re-borrowed.

(c) Bank has no obligation to make any Equipment 3 Advance until Borrower has reported EBITDA of not less than $1,500,000 for the months of January and February, 2006, combined, as reflected in the monthly financial statements delivered to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof. As used herein "EBITDA" means consolidated earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets and other non-cash charges made to Borrower's income (all a determined by GAAP).

(d) To obtain an Equipment 3 Advance, Borrower must notify Bank (the notice is irrevocable) by facsimile no later than 12:00 p.m. Pacific time one Business Day before the day on which the Equipment 3 Advance is to be made. The notice in the form of Exhibit B (Payment/Advance Form) must be signed by a Responsible Officer or designee and include a copy of invoices for the Equipment being financed and such additional information as Bank may reasonably request.

2.2 SECTION 2.4 (INTEREST RATE, PAYMENTS). The second sentence of subsection (a) of Section 2.4 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Equipment Advances and Equipment 2 Advances and Equipment 3 Advances accrue interest on the outstanding principal balance at a per annum rate equal to the Basic Rate.

The last sentence of subsection (b) of Section 2.4 is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

2

If any change in the law increases Bank's expenses or decreases its return from the Equipment Advances or the Equipment 2 Advances or the Equipment 3 Advances, Borrower will pay Bank upon request the amount of such increase or decrease.

2.3 SECTION 2.6 (FEES). Subsection (c) entitled "Early Termination Fees" of Section 2.6 is amended by adding the following clause (beginning immediately before the words "provided that"):

and a fully earned, non-refundable early termination fee of one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal balance of all Equipment 3 Advances shall be due upon voluntary or involuntary payment in full of Borrower's Obligations under the Committed Equipment 3 Line prior to the relevant Equipment 3 Maturity Dates and termination of Bank's obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of such Obligations under the Committed Equipment 3 Line;

2.4 SECTION 13 (DEFINITIONS). The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in SECTION 13.1 are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

"BASIC RATE" is, as of the date of the relevant Equipment Advance or Equipment 2 Advance or Equipment 3 Advance, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of 360 days) equal to the sum of (a) the U.S. Treasury note yield to maturity for a term equal to 36 months as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the day of the Equipment Advance, plus (b) 4.25%; provided, that, for any Equipment 3 Advance made on September 30, 2006, it is, as of the date of any such Equipment 3 Advance, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of 360 days) equal to the sum of (a) the U.S. Treasury note yield to maturity for a term equal to 24 months as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the day of the Equipment Advance, plus (b) 4.25%.

"COMMITTED REVOLVING LINE" is an Advance of up to $1,500,000.

"CREDIT EXTENSION" is each Advance, Equipment Advance, Equipment 2 Advance, Equipment 3 Advance, Letter of Credit, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower's benefit.

"REVOLVING MATURITY DATE" is April 13, 2007.

2.5 SECTION 13 (DEFINITIONS). The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in SECTION 13.1 are added and inserted in their appropriate places:

"COMMITTED EQUIPMENT 3 LINE" is a Credit Extension of up to $2,500,000.

3

"EQUIPMENT 3 ADVANCE" is defined in Section 2.1.6.

"EQUIPMENT 3 AVAILABILITY END DATE" is defined in Section 2.1.6.

"EQUIPMENT 3 MATURITY DATE" is September 30, 2008 for any Equipment 3 Advance made on or prior to September 30, 2006.

3. LIMITATION OF AMENDMENTS.

3.1 The amendments set forth in SECTION 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) to Borrower's knowledge no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or

4

authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors' rights.

5. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Borrower's payment of a fee in an amount equal to $15,000, (c) Bank's receipt of an Acknowledgment of Amendment and Reaffirmation of Guaranty substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1, duly executed and delivered by each Guarantor, and (d) Bank's receipt of an additional Warrant issued by Borrower entitling Bank to purchase 171,875 shares of common stock of Borrower at an exercise price of $0.40 per share, with such Warrant to be on the same terms as the Warrant for 171,875 shares issued by Borrower to Bank and dated with an Issue Date of October 20, 2005.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

BANK                                    BORROWER

SILICON VALLEY BANK                     LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.


By: /s/ TRAVIS D WOOD                   By: /s/ William H Rinehart
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Name: TRAVIS D WOOD                     Name: William H Rinehart
Title: VICE PRESIDENT                   Title: President & CEO

5

FIFTH AMENDMENT
TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT to Loan and Security Agreement (this "Amendment") is entered into this 10 day of November, 2006, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK ("Bank") and LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower") whose address is 2220 West 14th Street, Tempe, AZ 85281.

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 15, 2005, as amended (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the "Loan Agreement").

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank further amend the Loan Agreement to increase and extend the Committed Revolving Line to support working capital requirements and to refinance existing debt to Bank and to provide additional equipment term loan financing beyond that which was provided by the original Loan Agreement, the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated October 27, 2005 and the Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated February 24, 2006, to finance new and used equipment and related software.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT.

2.1 Section 2.1.1 (Revolving Advances) and Section 2.1.2 (Equipment Facility). Sections 2.1.1 and 2.1.2 are amended entirely and replaced with the following:

2.1.1 Revolving Advances

(a) (I) Bank will make Revolving Advances up to an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 and (II) thereafter Bank will make Revolving Advances (that exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate) up to an aggregate amount not exceeding (i) the lesser of (A) S4,000,000, or (B) the Borrowing Base, minus (ii) the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), and minus (iii) the amount of utilized Cash Management Services covered under the Cash Management Services Sublimit. Amounts borrowed under this Section may be repaid and reborrowed during the term of this Agreement.

(b) To obtain a Revolving Advance, Borrower must notify Bank as provided in Section 3.4(a).


(c) The Committed Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Maturity Date, when all Revolving Advances are immediately payable. Interest on the Committed Revolving Line is payable monthly.

2.1.2 Equipment Facility.

(a) Until the close of business December 31, 2008, Bank will make advances (each an "Equipment Advance" and, collectively, "Equipment Advances") not exceeding the Committed Equipment Line. The Equipment Advances may only be used to finance or refinance Eligible Equipment purchased on or after 90 days before the date of each Equipment Advance and may not exceed 100% of the equipment invoices including the following soft costs ("Soft Costs") relating to such Equipment being financed by such Equipment Advance: taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expense. Soft Costs may constitute up to $2,500,000 of the aggregate Equipment Advances. Each Equipment Advance (except the final Equipment Advance) must be for a minimum of $3,000,000 and the number of Equipment Advances is limited to eight (8). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) upon or promptly after the date the Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement relating to this Agreement becomes effective (the "Fifth Effective Date"), one Equipment Advance in the amount of the then existing debt to Bank for the equipment loans made by Bank to Borrower prior to such Fifth Effective Date (approximately $7,500,000) (the "Repayment Advance") shall be advanced hereunder and (ii) one Equipment Advance in the aggregate amount of Eligible Equipment purchases made since June 1, 2006 and up to the Fifth Effective Date shall be advanced hereunder on or before November 30, 2006, provided that invoices for such Eligible Equipment dated within 150 days prior the date of such Equipment Advance are provided to Bank on or prior to the date of such Equipment Advance.

(b) Each Equipment Advance shall bear interest payable monthly commencing 30 days following such Equipment Advance until the date which is six
(6) months following such Equipment Advance, and such Equipment Advance shall then amortize and be payable in 54 consecutive, equal monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest beginning on the date six months following such Equipment Advance and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter. The final payment due on the applicable Equipment Maturity Date shall include all outstanding principal and all accrued unpaid interest. After repayment, no Equipment Advances may be re-borrowed.

(c) To obtain an Equipment Advance, Borrower must notify Bank as provided in Section 3.4(a) and include a copy of invoices for the Equipment being financed, except in the case of the Repayment Advance, and such additional information as Bank may reasonably request.

2.2 Section 2.1.3 (Letters of Credit Sublimit) and Section 2.1.4 (Cash Management Services Sublimit). Sections 2.1.3 and 2.1.4 are each amended by changing the dollar amount of "$500,000" in each place where it appears to the dollar amount of "$1,000,000"; and by changing the term "Advances" in each place where it appears to the term "Revolving Advances".

2.3 Section 2.1.5 (Equipment 2 Facility) and Section 2.1.6 (Equipment 3 Facility). Sections 2.1.5 and 2.1.6 are deleted entirely.

2.4 Section 2.3 (Overadvances) and Section 2.4 (Interest Rate, Payments). Sections 2.3 and 2.4 are amended entirely and replaced with the following:

2.3 General Provisions Relating to the Advances; Overadvances.

(a) Each Advance shall, at Borrower's option in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, be either in the form of a Prime Rate Advance or a LIBOR Advance; provided that in no event shall Borrower maintain at any time LIBOR Advances having more than one Interest Period per Advance. Borrower shall pay interest accrued on the Advances at the rates and in the manner set forth in
Section 2.4{b).

2

(b) If Borrower's Obligations for Revolving Advances made under Section 2.1.1(a)(II) and under Sections 2.1.3, and 2.1.4 exceed the lesser of either (i) $4,000,000 or (ii) the Borrowing Base, Borrower must promptly pay Bank the excess.

2.4 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Computation of Interest. Interest on the Credit Extensions and all fees payable hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which such interest accrues. In computing interest on any Credit Extension, the date of the making of such Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

(b) Advances. Each Advance shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the date when made, continued or converted until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus the Prime Rate Margin or the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin, as the case may be. On and after the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Advance outstanding on the date of occurrence of an Event of Default or acceleration of the Obligations, the Effective Amount of such LIBOR Advance shall, during the continuance of such Event of Default or after acceleration, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus five percent (5.00%). Pursuant to the terms hereof, interest on each Advance shall be paid in arrears on each Interest Payment Date. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any prepayment of any Advance pursuant to this Agreement for the portion of any Advance so prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof. All accrued but unpaid interest on the Advances shall be due and payable on the applicable maturity date.

(c) Default Interest. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.4(b), after an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest five percent (5.00%) above the rate effective immediately before the Event of Default (the "DEFAULT RATE"). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest provided in this Section 2.4(c) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(d) Prime Rate Advances. Each change in the interest rate of the Prime Rate Advances based on changes in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change and to the extent of such change. Bank shall use its best efforts to give Borrower prompt notice of any such change in the Prime Rate; provided, however, that any failure by Bank to provide Borrower with notice hereunder shall not affect Bank's right to make changes in the interest rate of the Prime Rate Advances based on changes in the Prime Rate.

(e) LIBOR Advances. The interest rate applicable to each LIBOR Advance shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.4(a) hereunder. Subject to Sections 3.6 and 3.7, such rate shall apply during the entire Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance, and interest calculated thereon shall be payable on the Interest Payment Date applicable to such LIBOR Advance.

2.5 Section 2.6 (Fees). Subsection (c) entitled "Early Termination Fees" of Section 2.6 is amended entirely and replaced with the following:

(c) Early Termination Fees. A fully earned, non-refundable early termination fee of three-fourths of one percent (0.75%) of the outstanding principal balance of all Equipment Advances shall be due upon voluntary or involuntary payment in full of Borrower's Obligations under the Committed Equipment Line prior to the relevant Equipment Maturity Dates and termination of Bank's obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of such Obligations under the Committed Equipment Line if such payment and termination is made on or prior to the first anniversary of the Fifth Effective Date, and a fee of one-half of one percent (0.50%) of the outstanding principal balance of all Equipment Advances if such payment and

3

termination is made on or prior to the second anniversary of the Fifth Effective Date; provided that no such early termination fees shall be payable if Bank agrees to refinance and/or redocument this Agreement in another lending division of Bank (in Bank's sole discretion) prior to the relevant Maturity Dates or if such payment and termination is made as a direct result of an initial public offering of Borrower's equity securities.

And a new subsection (d) entitled "Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee" is added to Section 2.6 as follows:

(d) Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee. A fee (the "Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee"), payable quarterly, in arrears, by the 15th day of the month following each calendar quarter, in an amount equal to one-fourth of one percent (0.25%) per annum of the average unused portion of the Revolving Line, as determined by Bank. Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate or repayment of any Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee previously earned by Bank pursuant to this Section notwithstanding any termination of the Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank's obligation to make loans and advances hereunder.

2.6 Section 3.2 (Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions).
Section 3.2 is amended entirely and replaced with the following and the following Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7 are added to the Agreement:

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank's obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following:

(a) timely receipt of a Notice of Borrowing and/or Payment/Advance Form, as applicable; and

(b) the representations and warranties in Section 5 shall be true in all material respects on the date of the Notice of Borrowing or Payment/Advance Form, as applicable, and on the effective date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower's representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Section 5 remain true in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that the extension of a Credit Extension prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower's obligation to deliver such item, and any such extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank's sole discretion.

3.4 Procedure for the Borrowing of Advances.

(a) Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, each Advance shall be made upon Borrower's irrevocable written notice delivered to Bank in the form of a Notice of Borrowing and, if applicable, a Payment/Advance Form, each executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Borrower will indemnify Bank for any loss Bank suffers due to such reliance. Such Notice of Borrowing must be received by Bank prior to 11:00 a.m. Pacific time, (i) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the requested

4

Funding Date, in the case of LIB0R Advances, and (ii) at least one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Funding Date, in the case of Prime Rate Advances, specifying:

(1) the amount of the Advance, which, if a LIB0R Advance is requested, shall be in an aggregate minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or in any integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof;

(2) the requested Funding Date:

(3) whether the Advance is to be comprised of LIBOR Advances or Prime Rate Advances; and

(4) the duration of the Interest Period applicable to any such LIBOR Advances included in such notice; provided that if the Notice of Borrowing shall fail to specify the duration of the Interest Period for any Advance comprised of LIBOR Advances, such Interest Period shall be one (1) month.

(b) The proceeds of all such Advances will then be made available to Borrower on the Funding Date by Bank by transfer to the Designated Deposit Account and, subsequently, by wire transfer to such other account as Borrower may instruct in the Notice of Borrowing. No Advances shall be deemed made to Borrower, and no interest shall accrue on any such Advance, until the related funds have been deposited in the Designated Deposit Account.

3.5 Conversion and Continuation Elections.

(a) So long as (i) no Event of Default or Default exists; (ii) Borrower shall not have sent any notice of termination of this Agreement; and (iii) Borrower shall have complied with such customary procedures as Bank has established from time to time for Borrower's requests for LIBOR Advances, Borrower may, upon irrevocable written notice to Bank:

(1) elect to convert on any Business Day, Prime Rate Advances in an amount equal to $1,000,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof into LIBOR Advances;

(2) elect to continue on any Interest Payment Date any LIBOR Advances maturing on such Interest Payment Date (or any part thereof in an amount equal to $1,000,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof); provided, that if the aggregate amount of LIBOR Advances shall have been reduced, by payment, prepayment, or conversion of part thereof, to be less than $1,000,000, such LIBOR Advances shall automatically convert into Prime Rate Advances, and on and after such date the right of Borrower to continue such Advances as, and convert such Advances into, LIBOR Advances shall terminate; or

(3) elect to convert on any Interest Payment Date any LIBOR Advances maturing on such Interest Payment Date (or any part thereof in an amount equal to $1,000,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof) into Prime Rate Advances.

(b) Borrower shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation in accordance with Section 10, entitled Notices, to be received by Bank prior to 11:00 a.m. Pacific time at least (i) three (3) Business Days in advance of the Conversion Date or Continuation Date, if any Advances are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Advances; and (ii) one (1) Business Day in advance of the Conversion Date, if any Advances are to be converted into Prime Rate Advances, in each case specifying the:

(1) proposed Conversion Date or Continuation Date;

(2) aggregate amount of the Advances to be converted or continued which, if any Advances are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Advances, shall be in an aggregate minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or in any integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof;

(3) nature of the proposed conversion or continuation; and

(4) duration of the requested Interest Period.

(c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Advances, Borrower shall have timely failed to select a new Interest Period to be applicable to such LIBOR Advances, Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such LIBOR Advances into Prime Rate Advances.

(d) Any LIBOR Advances shall, at Bank's option, convert into Prime Rate Advances in the event that (i) an Event of Default or Default shall exist, or
(ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Prime Rate Advances which have been previously converted to LIBOR Advances, or the aggregate principal

5

amount of existing LIBOR Advances continued, as the case may be, at the beginning of an Interest Period shall at any time during such Interest Period exceed the Revolving Line. Borrower agrees to pay Bank, upon demand by Bank (or Bank may, at its option, charge the Designated Deposit Account or any other account Borrower maintains with Bank) any amounts required to compensate Bank for any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost, or expense incurred by Bank, as a result of the conversion of LIBOR Advances to Prime Rate Advances pursuant to any of the foregoing.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Bank shall not be required to purchase United States Dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable LIBOR market to fund any LIBOR Advances, but the provisions hereof shall be deemed to apply as if Bank had purchased such deposits to fund the LIBOR Advances.

3.6 Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Advances. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the following provisions shall govern with respect to LIBOR Advances as to the matters covered:

(a) Determination of Applicable Interest Rate. As soon as practicable on each Interest Rate Determination Date, Bank shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error in calculation, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the LIBOR Advances for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower.

(b) Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate. In the event that Bank shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any LIBOR Advance, that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Advance on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR, Bank shall on such date give notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower of such determination, whereupon (i) no Advances may be made as, or converted to, LIBOR Advances until such time as Bank notifies Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to Advances in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower.

(c) Compensation for Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods. Borrower shall compensate Bank, upon written request by Bank (which request shall set forth the manner and method of computing such compensation), for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities, if any (including any interest paid by Bank to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its LIBOR Advances and any loss, expense or liability incurred by Bank in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds) such that Bank may incur: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by Bank or due to any failure of Bank to fund LIBOR Advances due to impracticability or illegality under Sections 3.7(d) and 3.7(e)) a borrowing or a conversion to or continuation of any LIBOR Advance does not occur on a date specified in a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, or (ii) if any principal payment or any conversion of any of its LIBOR Advances occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Advance.

(d) Assumptions Concerning Funding of LIBOR Advances. Calculation of all amounts payable to Bank under this Section 3.6 and under Section 3.4 shall be made as though Bank had actually funded each of its relevant LIBOR Advances through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the definition of LIBOR Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such LIBOR Advance and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that Bank may fund each of its LIBOR Advances in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 3.6 and under Section 3.4.

(e) LIBOR Advances After Default. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) Borrower may not elect to have an Advance be made or continued as, or converted to,

6

a LIBOR Advance after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect for such Advance and (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 3.6(c), any Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to a requested conversion/continuation that has not yet occurred shall be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower and be deemed a request to convert or continue Advances referred to therein as Prime Rate Advances.

3.7 Additional Requirements/Provisions Regarding LIBOR Advances.

(a) If for any reason (including voluntary or mandatory prepayment or acceleration), Bank receives all or part of the principal amount of a LIBOR Advance prior to the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance, Borrower shall immediately notify Borrower's account officer at Bank and, on demand by Bank, pay Bank the amount (if any) by which (i) the additional interest which would have been payable on the amount so received had it not been, received until the last day of such Interest Period exceeds (ii) the interest which would have been recoverable by Bank by placing the amount so received on deposit in the certificate of deposit markets, the offshore currency markets, or United States Treasury investment products, as the case may be, for a period starting on the date on which it was so received and ending on the last day of such Interest Period at the interest rate determined by Bank in its reasonable discretion. Bank's determination as to such amount shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(b) Borrower shall pay Bank, upon demand by Bank, from time to time such amounts as Bank may determine to be necessary to compensate it for any costs incurred by Bank that Bank determines are attributable to its making or maintaining of any amount receivable by Bank hereunder in respect of any Advances relating thereto (such increases in costs and reductions in amounts receivable being herein called "Additional Costs"), in each case resulting from any Regulatory Change which:

(i) changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to Bank under this Agreement in respect of any Advances (other than changes which affect taxes measured by or imposed on the overall net income of Bank by the jurisdiction in which Bank has its principal office);

(ii) imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with, or other liabilities of Bank (including any Advances or any deposits referred to in the definition of LIBOR); or

(iii) imposes any other condition affecting this Agreement (or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities).

Bank will notify Borrower of any event occurring after the Closing Date which will entitle Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section 3.7 as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such compensation. Bank will furnish Borrower with a statement setting forth the basis and amount of each request by Bank for compensation under this Section
3.7. Determinations and allocations by Bank for purposes of this Section 3.7 of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of maintaining its obligations to make Advances, of making or maintaining Advances, or on amounts receivable by it in respect of Advances, and of the additional amounts required to compensate Bank in respect of any Additional Costs, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(c) If Bank shall determine that the adoption or implementation of any applicable law, rule, regulation, or treaty regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank, or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its applicable lending office) with any respect or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank, or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of Bank or any person or entity controlling Bank (a "Parent") as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank (or its Parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, or compliance (taking into consideration policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Bank to be material, then from time to time, within fifteen
(15) days after demand by Bank, Borrower shall pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such reduction. A statement of Bank claiming compensation under this Section 3.7(c) and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

7

(d) If, at any time, Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that (i) the amount of LIBOR Advances for periods equal to the corresponding Interest Periods are not available to Bank in the offshore currency interbank markets, or (ii) LIBOR does not accurately reflect the cost to Bank of lending the LIBOR Advances, then Bank shall promptly give notice thereof to Borrower. Upon the giving of such notice, Bank's obligation to make the LIBOR Advances shall terminate; provided, however, Advances shall not terminate if Bank and Borrower agree in writing to a different interest rate applicable to LIBOR Advances.

(e) If it shall become unlawful for Bank to continue to fund or maintain any LIBOR Advances, or to perform its obligations hereunder, upon demand by Bank, Borrower shall prepay the Advances in full with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder (including, without limitation, any amount payable in connection with such prepayment pursuant to
Section 3.7(a)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by Bank as described above relates to a LIBOR Advance then being requested by Borrower pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Borrower shall have the option, subject to the provisions of Section 3.6(c), to (i) rescind such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such rescission on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above, or (ii) modify such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation to obtain a Prime Rate Advance or to have outstanding Advances converted into or continued as Prime Rate Advances by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such modification on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above.

2.7 Section 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates), Subsection (b) of Section 6.2 is amended entirely and replaced with the following:

(b) Within 20 days after the last day of each month, Borrower will deliver to Bank aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable, and, after outstanding Revolving Advances exceed $1,000,000, within 20 days after the last day of each month and at the time of any request for a Revolving Advance, Borrower will deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of Exhibit C.

2.8 Section 6.7 (Financial Covenants). Section 6.7 is amended entirely and replaced with the following:

6.7 Financial Covenants. Commencing as of November 30, 2006, Borrower will maintain as of the last day of each month:

(i) Minimum Adjusted Quick Ratio. A ratio of Quick Assets to Current Liabilities of at least 1.50 to 1.00.

(ii) Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. A ratio of Borrower's (a) consolidated earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets and other non-cash charges made to Borrower's income (all as determined by GAAP) minus unfunded capital expenditures and minus cash taxes for the preceding nine-month period to (b) current maturities of long term debt plus interest expense paid or payable during the preceding nine-month period of at least 1.50 to 1.00, measured monthly on a rolling 9 month basis.

(iii) Minimum Tangible Net Worth. A Tangible Net Worth of at least $30,000,000, increasing by 50% of quarterly Net Income each fiscal quarter.

2.9 Section 13 (Definitions). The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

8

"Advance" is a Revolving Advance or an Equipment Advance, or both Revolving Advances and Equipment Advances, collectively, as the context requires.

"Business Day" is any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of California are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close, except that if any determination of a "Business Day" shall relate to a LIBOR Advance, the term "Business Day" shall also mean a day on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market.

"Committed Equipment Line" is an Equipment Advance or Equipment Advances in an aggregate maximum amount of up to $25,000,000.

"Committed Revolving Line" is a Revolving Advance or Revolving Advances in an aggregate maximum amount of up to $5,000,000.

"Credit Extension" is each Revolving Advance, Equipment Advance, Letter of Credit, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower's benefit.

"Equipment Maturity Date" is the earliest of (a) the date sixty (60) months after the respective Equipment Advance or (b) the date of acceleration after the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

"Quick Assets" is, on any date, Borrower's consolidated, unrestricted cash and cash equivalents held at Bank, plus all Accounts.

"Revolving Maturity Date" is the earliest of (a) October 31, 2009 [the third (3rd) anniversary of the Fifth Effective Date] or (b) the date of acceleration after the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

"Schedule" is any attached schedule of exceptions or Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank.

The definition of "Eligible Accounts" set forth in Section 13.1 is amended by changing the dollar amount of "$125,000" set forth in subpart (e) of said definition to the dollar amount of "$400,000"

The following terms and their respective definitions are deleted from Section 13.1 in their entirety:

Basic Rate, Committed Equipment 2 Line, Committed Equipment 3 Line, Equipment Availability End Date, Equipment 2 Advance, Equipment 2 Availability End Date, Equipment 2 Maturity Date, Equipment 3 Advance, Equipment 3 Availability End Date, and Equipment 3 Maturity Date.

The following terms and their respective definitions set forth below are added to Section 13.1 and inserted in their appropriate alphabetical order:

"Continuation Date" means any date on which Borrower elects to continue a LIBOR Advance into another Interest Period.

"Conversion Date" means any date on which Borrower elects to convert a Prime Rate Advance to a LIBOR Advance or a LIBOR Advance to a Prime Rate Advance.

"Default Rate" is defined in Section 2.4(c).

"Designated Deposit Account" is Borrower's deposit account, Account Number 3300467946, maintained with Bank.

9

"EBITDA" is Borrower's consolidated earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets and other non-cash charges made to Borrower's income (all a determined by GAAP).

"Effective Amount" means with respect to any Advances on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowing and prepayments or repayments thereof occurring on such date.

"Eligible Equipment" is (a) new or used general purpose computer equipment, office equipment, test and laboratory equipment, and furnishings, subject to the limitations set forth herein, and (b) leasehold improvements, intangible property such as computer software and software licenses, equipment specifically designed or manufactured for Borrower, other intangible property, limited use property and other similar property and soft costs approved by Bank, including taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses, all of which complies with all of Borrower's representations and warranties to Bank and which is acceptable to Bank in all respects and in which Bank has a first priority Lien.

"Fifth Effective Date" is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

"Funded Debt" is, on any date, Borrower's consolidated Indebtedness.

"Funding Date" is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

"Interest Payment Date" means, with respect to any LIBOR Advance, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance and, with respect to Prime Rate Advances, the last day of each month (or, if the last day of the month does not fall on a Business Day, then on the first Business Day following such date), and each date a Prime Rate Advance is converted into a LIBOR Advance to the extent of the amount converted to a LIBOR Advance.

"Interest Period" means, as to any LIBOR Advance, the period commencing on the date of such LIBOR Advance, or on the conversion/continuation date on which the LIBOR Advance is converted into or continued as a LIBOR Advance, and ending on the date that is one (1), two (2) or three (3) months thereafter, in each case as Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation; provided, however, that (a) no Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR Advance shall end later than the Revolving Maturity Date or any applicable Equipment Maturity Date, (b) the last day of an Interest Period shall be determined in accordance with the practices of the LIBOR interbank market as from time to time in effect, (c) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the following Business Day unless, in the case of a LIBOR Advance, the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day, (d) any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Advance that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, and
(e) interest shall accrue from and include the first Business Day of an Interest Period but exclude the last Business Day of such Interest Period.

"Interest Rate Determination Date" means each date for calculating the LIBOR for purposes of determining the interest rate in respect of an Interest Period. The Interest Rate Determination Date shall be the second Business Day prior to the first day of the related Interest Period for a LIBOR Advance.

"LIBOR Rate" means, for each Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Advances comprising part of the same Advance or Advances, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward to

10

the nearest 1/16th of one percent (0.0625%)) equal to LIBOR for such Interest Period divided by one (1) minus the Reserve Requirement for such Interest Period.

"LIBOR Rate Margin" is, at any date of determination, the applicable interest rate factor set forth in the column entitled "LIBOR Margin" in the applicable table below set opposite the corresponding ratio or range of ratios in the column entitled "Funded Debt to Trailing 12-Month EBITDA" in the tables identified below for Revolving Advances or Equipment Advances, as applicable, in which Borrower's then current ratio of Funded Debt to Trailing 12-Month EBITDA would fall:

For Revolving Advances:

Pricing        Funded Debt to         LIBOR    Prime
 Level    Trailing 12-Month EBITDA   Margin   Margin
-------   ------------------------   ------   ------
I                  < 1.50x            2.00%    0.00%
II        > or = 1.50x and < 2.00x    2.25%    0.50%
III       > or = 2.00x and < 2.50x    2.50%    0.75%
IV        > or = 2.50x and < 3.00x    2.75%    1.00%
V               > or = 3.00x          3.00%    1.25%

For Equipment Advances:

Pricing        Funded Debt to         LIBOR    Prime
 Level    Trailing 12-Month EBITDA   Margin   Margin
-------   ------------------------   ------   ------
I                  < 1.50x            2 25%    0.25%
II        > or = 1.50x and < 2.00x    2.50%    0.75%
III       > or = 2.00x and < 2.50x    2.75%    1.00%
IV        > or = 2.50x and < 3.00x    3.00%    1.25%
V               > or = 3.00x          3.25%    1.50%

"LIBOR" means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for any Advance to be made as, continued as or converted into a LIBOR Advance, the rate of interest per annum determined by Bank to be the per annum rate of interest at which deposits in United States Dollars are offered to Bank in the London interbank market (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of one percent (0.01%)) in which Bank customarily participates at 11:00 a.m. (local time in such interbank market) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a period approximately equal to such Interest Period and in an amount approximately equal to the amount of such Advance.

"LIBOR Advance" means an Advance that bears interest based on the LIBOR Rate.

"Net Income" means, as calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.

"Notice of Borrowing" means a notice given by Borrower to Bank in accordance with Section 3.4(a), substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached, with appropriate insertions.

"Notice of Conversion/Continuation" means a notice given by Borrower to Bank in accordance with Section 3.5, substantially in the form of Exhibit F. attached, with appropriate insertions.

"Payment/Advance Form" is a Loan Payment/Advance Request Form in the form attached as Exhibit B.

"Prime Rate Advance" means an Advance that bears interest based on the Prime Rate.

11

"Prime Rate Margin" is, at any date of determination, the applicable interest rate factor set forth in the column entitled "Prime Margin" in the applicable table below set opposite the corresponding ratio or range of ratios in the column entitled "Funded Debt to Trailing 12-Month EBITDA" in the tables identified below for Revolving Advances or Equipment Advances, as applicable, in which Borrower's then current ratio of Funded Debt to Trailing 12-Month EBITDA would fail:

For Revolving Advances:

Pricing        Funded Debt to         LIBOR    Prime
 Level    trailing 12-Month EBITDA   Margin   Margin
-------   ------------------------   ------   ------
   I               < 1.50x            2.00%    0.00%
  II      > or = 1.50x and < 2.00x    2.25%    0.50%
  III     > or = 2.00x and < 2.50x    2.50%    0.75%
   IV     > or = 2.50x and < 3.00x    2.75%    1.00%
   V            > or = 3.00x          3.00%    1.25%

For Equipment Advances:

Pricing        Funded Debt to         LIBOR    Prime
 Level    trailing 12-Month EBITDA   Margin   Margin
-------   ------------------------   ------   ------
   I               < 1.50x            2 25%    0.25%
  II      > or = 1.50x and < 2.00x    2.50%    0.75%
  III     > or = 2.00x and < 2.50x    2.75%    1.00%
   IV     > or = 2.50x and < 3.00x    3.00%    1.25%
   V            > or = 3.00x          3.25%    1.50%

"Regulatory Change" means, with respect to Bank, any change on or after the date of this Agreement in United States federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations, including Regulation D, or the adoption or making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives, or requests applying to a class of lenders including Bank, of or under any United States federal or state, or any foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

"Reserve Requirement" means, for any Interest Period, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental, or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D against "Eurocurrency liabilities" (as such term is used in Regulation D) by member banks of the Federal Reserve System. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by Bank by reason of any Regulatory Change against (a) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the LIBOR Rate is to be determined as provided in the definition of LIBOR or (b) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include Advances.

"Trailing 12-Month EBITDA" is, at any date of determination, Borrower's EBITDA, as of the most recent month end, for the most recent twelve (12) consecutive months.

2.9A Exhibits C and D attached to the Loan Agreement are amended entirely and replaced with Exhibits C and D attached hereto and Exhibits E and F attached hereto are added to the Loan Agreement.

12

3. LIMITATION OF AMENDMENTS.

3.1 The amendments set forth in SECTION 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) to Borrower's knowledge no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors' rights.

5. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

13

6. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Borrower's payment to Bank of a fee in an amount equal to $112,500.00, and (c) Bank's receipt of (i) an Acknowledgment of Amendment and Reaffirmation of Guaranty substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1, duly executed and delivered by each Guarantor, (ii) a Perfection Certificate on Bank's form therefore, (iii) an Addendum to Intellectual Property Security Agreement, and
(iv) the proceeds of the Repayment Advance being made under Section 2.1.2(a) as amended by this Amendment.

7. GOVERNING LAW. This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona.

8. MISCELLANEOUS. All of the provisions in Sections 10, 11 and 12 of the Loan Agreement which are not already included in this Amendment are incorporated in this Amendment by this reference as if fully set forth herein, except that the references in the Loan Agreement to the term "this Agreement" and words of similar import shall mean this Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

BANK:                                   BORROWER:

SILICON VALLEY BANK                     LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.


By: /s/ Travis D. Wood                  By: /s/ William H. Rinehart
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Name: TRAVIS D. WOOD                    Name: William H. Rinehart
Title: VICE PRESIDENT                   Title: President & CEO

14

EXHIBIT C
BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

Borrower LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.                    Bank: Silicon Valley Bank
                                                           14300 Northsight
                                                           Boulevard, Suite 203,
                                                           Scottsdale, Arizona
                                                           85260

Commitment Revolving Line: $5,000,000

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
1.    Accounts Receivable Book Value as of __________                           $___________
2.    Additions (please explain on reverse)                                     $___________
3.    TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE                                                 $___________

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)
4.    Amounts over 90 days due                                   $___________
5.    Balance of 50% over 90 day accounts                        $___________
6.    Credit balances over 90 days                               $___________
7.    Concentration Limits                                       $___________
8.    Foreign Accounts**                                         $___________
9.    Federal Governmental Accounts                              $___________
10.   Contra Accounts                                            $___________
11.   Promotion or Demo Accounts                                 $___________
12.   Intercompany/Employee Accounts                             $___________
13.   Other (please explain on reverse)                          $___________
14.   TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS                                      $___________
15.   Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #14)                                          $___________
16.   LOAN VALUE OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #15)                                       $___________
**    except for up to $400,000 from UK eligibles

BALANCES
17.   Maximum Loan Amount                                        $  4,000,000
18.   Total Funds Available [Lesser of #17 or #16]                              $___________
19.   Present balance owing on Line of Credit minus $1,000,000   $___________
20.   Outstanding under Sublimits (LC or CM)                     $___________
21.   RESERVE POSITION (#18 minus #19 and #20)                                  $___________

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

COMMENTS:                               BANK USE ONLY


LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.                Rec'd by:
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  Auth. Signer
By:                                     Date:
    ---------------------------------         ----------------------------------
    Authorized Signer


                                        Verified:
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  Auth. Signer
                                        Date:
                                              ----------------------------------


EXHIBIT D
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK

14300 Northsight Boulevard, Suite 203
Scottsdale, Arizona 85260

FROM: LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

The undersigned Responsible Officer of LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC. ("Borrower") certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the "Agreement"), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _______ with all required covenants except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date. In addition, the undersigned certifies that Borrower, and each Subsidiary, has timely filed all required tax returns and paid, or made adequate provision to pay, all material taxes, except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The Officer certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The Responsible Officer acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered.

Please Indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under "Complies" column.

Reporting Covenant                       Required                  Complies
------------------                       --------                  --------
Monthly financial statements + CC        Monthly within 20 days    Yes   No
Annual (Audited)                         FYE within 120 days       Yes   No
A/R & A/P Agings                         Monthly within 20 days    Yes   No
A/R Audit                                Initial and Annual        Yes   No
Borrowing Base Certificate               Monthly within 20 days*   Yes   No
Annual financial projections             30 days prior to FYE      Yes   No

* after Revolving Advances exceed $1,000,000

Financial Covenant                       Required            Actual       Complies
------------------                       --------            ------       --------
Maintain on a Monthly Basis:
   Minimum (Adjusted Quick Ratio)        1.50:1.00           ____:1.00    Yes   No
   Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio   1.50:1.00           ____:1.00    Yes   No
   Minimum Tangible Net Worth            $30,000,000         $_________   Yes   No
                                         + 50% of
                                         Qtrly NI ea
                                         FQ

For interest rate margin purposes:

Ratio of Funded Debt to Training 12-Month EBITDA, as of end of month is:
_______:1.00

Have there been updates to Borrower's intellectual property? Yes/No

Borrower only has deposit accounts located at the following institutions:
______________________________.


Comments Regarding Exceptions: See Attached.

Sincerely,                              BANK USE ONLY

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.
                                        Received by:
                                                     ---------------------------
----------------------------------                   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
SIGNATURE                               Date:
                                              ----------------------------------
----------------------------------
TITLE
                                        Verified:
----------------------------------                ------------------------------
DATE                                              AUTHORIZED SIGNER
                                        Date:
                                              ----------------------------------

Compliance Status: Yes

3

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING
LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

Date: _______________________

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK
3003 Tasman Drive
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Attention: Corporate Services Department

RE: Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 15, 2005 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"), by and between Limelight Networks, Inc. ("Borrower") and Silicon Valley Bank (the "Bank")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein and used herein as so defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to
Section 3.4(a) of the Loan Agreement, of the borrowing of an Advance.

1. The Funding Date, which shall be a Business Day, of the requested borrowing is __________________.

2. The aggregate amount of the requested borrowing is $_________________.

3. The requested Advance shall consist of $_______________ of Prime Rate Advances and $_______________________ of LIBOR Advances.

4. The duration of the interest Period for the LIBOR Advances included in the requested Advance shall be ________ months.

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed Advance before and after giving effect thereto, and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as applicable:

(a) all representations and warranties of Borrower contained in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

(b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed Advance; and

(c) if the requested Advance is to be a Revolving Advance, such Revolving Advance will not cause the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Revolving Advances exceeding $1,000,000 to exceed, as of the designated Funding Date, (i) the lesser of (A) $4,000,000 or (B) the Borrowing Base minus (ii) the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), and minus (iii) the aggregate outstanding Revolving Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services) exceeding $1,000,000.

BORROWER                                LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------

For internal Bank use only

LIBOR Pricing Date   LIBOR   LIBOR Variance   Maturity Date
------------------   -----   --------------   -------------
                                  ___%


EXHIBIT F
FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION
LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

Date __________________

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK
3003 Tasman Drive
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Attention: Corporate Services Department

RE: Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 15, 2005 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"), by and between Limelight Networks, Inc. ("Borrower") and Silicon Valley Bank (the "Bank")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Loan Agreement, of the [conversion]
[continuation] of the Advances specified herein, that:

1. The date of the [conversion] [continuation] is _______________, 20___.

2. The aggregate amount of the proposed Advances to be [converted] is $_______ _______________or [continued] is $______________________.

3. The Advances are to be [converted into] [continued as] [LIBOR] [Prime Rate] Advances.

4. The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Advances included in the
[conversion] [continuation] shall be_____months.

The undersigned, on behalf of Borrower, hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed [conversion] [continuation], before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

(a) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed [conversion] [continuation].

BORROWER                                LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------

For internal Bank use only

LIBOR Pricing Date   LIBOR   LIBOR Variance   Maturity Date
------------------   -----   --------------   -------------
                                  ___%


SCHEDULE 1

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF AMENDMENT
AND
REAFFIRMATION OF GUARANTY

Section 1. Guarantor hereby acknowledges and confirms that it has reviewed and approved the terms and conditions of the Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of even date herewith (the "Amendment").

Section 2. Guarantor hereby consents to the Amendment and agrees that the Unconditional Guaranty of Guarantor dated April 15, 2005 relating to the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be impaired or otherwise affected by the execution of the Amendment or any other document or instrument delivered in connection herewith.

Section 3. Guarantor represents and warrants that, after giving effect to the Amendment, all representations and warranties contained in the Guaranty are true, accurate and complete as if made the date hereof.

Dated as of___________, 2006

GUARANTOR                               [INSERT NAME]


                                        By:
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                        Title:
                                               ---------------------------------

6

 

Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Limelight Mainstreet Tempe, LLC incorporated in Arizona on November 13, 2002.
Limelight Metro Services, LLC incorporated in Arizona on November 13, 2002.
Limelight Networks Hong Kong Limited incorporated in Hong Kong on September 11, 2006.
Limelight Networks International, Inc. incorporated in Delaware on July 11, 2006.
Limelight Networks (UK) Limited incorporated in the United Kingdom on July 13, 2006.

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated March 21, 2007, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Limelight Networks, Inc. for the registration of shares of its Class A common stock.

                                        /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
March 21, 2007